University of California. ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON ASTRONOMY: * <** IN FOUK PAKTS. OONTAINIM.G i SYSTEMATIC AND COMPEEHENSIVE EXPOSITION OF THE THEORY, AND THE MOKE IMPORTANT PRACTICAL PROBLEMS ; WITH SOLAR, LUNAR, AND OTHER ASTRONOMICAL TABLES, DESIGNED FOB USE AS A TEXT-BOOK IN COLLEGES AND THE HIGHER ACADEMIES. - BY WILLIAM A. NOBTON, A. M,, FELLOW OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, AND OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, AND CORRESPOND**** - : =i==^z MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE. LIBKA i; . THIBD EDITION. Xl Y |f^ I T V CORRECTED, IMPROVED, AND ENLARGED. ( ' \ t V ! NEW YORK: JOHN WILEY, 167 BROADWAY. .- *;.. v i' " ' 1853. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1845. By WILLIAM A NORTON, In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New York. Stereotyped by RICHARD C. VALENTINE. 17 Dnteh-itreet, New YorK. PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. THE object for which the present treatise on Astronomy has been written, is to provide a suitable text-book for the use of the students of Colleges and the higher Academies, and at the same time to furnish the practical astronomer with rules, or formulae, and accurate tables for performing the more important astronomi- cal calculations. It is divided into four Parts. The first three Parts contain the theory : the First Part treating of the determination of the places and motions of the heavenly bodies ; the Second, of the phenom- ena resulting from the motions of these bodies, and of their ap- pearances, dimensions, and physical constitution ; and the Third, of the theory of Universal Gravitation. The Fourth Part consists of Practical Problems, which are solved with the aid of the Tables appended to the work. An Appendix is added, containing a large collection of useful trigonometrical formulae, and such investiga- tions of astronomical formulae as, from their length, could not, consistently with the plan of the work, be admitted into the text, and which it was still deemed advisable to retain, for the benefit of the few who might wish to pursue them. The chief peculiarities of this treatise, as compared with the kindred works now in use in our Colleges, are, 1. The adoption of the Copernican System as an hypothesis at the outset, leaving it to be established by the agreement between the conclusions to which it leads and the results of observation. 2. A connected ex- position of the principles and methods of astronomical observation, embracing the doctrine of the sphere, the construction and use of .:*/ Iv PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. the principal astronomical instruments, and the theory of the cor- rections for refraction, parallax, aberration, precession, and nuta- tion. 3. The exhibition of the methods of determining the motions and places of the different classes of the heavenly bodies, in one connection. 4. The explanation of the principles of the construc- tion of astronomical tables. 5. The addition of a chapter on the measurement of time, embracing the explanation of the different kinds of time, the processes by which one is converted into an- other, the methods of determining the time from astronomical obser- vations with the transit instrument and sextant, and the calendar. 6. The contemplation of the phenomena of the aspect and appa- rent motion of the heavenly bodies as consequences of their motions in space, and the deduction of the various circumstances of these phenomena from the theory of the orbitual motions previously es- tablished. 7. A comprehensive view of the theory of Universal Gravitation, followed out into its various consequences. 8. An exposition of the operations of the disturbing forces in producing the principal perturbations of the motions of the Solar System. 9. The solution of Practical Problems by means of logarithmic formulae instead of rules. 10. The addition of lunar, solar, and other astronomical tables, of peculiar accuracy and improved ar- rangement. It may further be mentioned, that many of the investigations have been materially simplified, and that the aim has been to in- troduce into all of them as much simplicity and uniformity of method as possible. Particular attention has also been paid to the diagrams, it being of great importance that they should convey correct notions to the mind of the student. The Problems in the Fourth Part /are principally for making calculations relative to the Sun, Moon, and Fixed Stars. The Tables of the Sun and Moon, used in finding the places of these bodies, have, for the most part, been abridged and computed from the tables of Delambre,- as corrected by Bessel, and those of Burckhardt ; and the Tables of Epochs have all been reduced to the meridian of Greenwich. These Tables will give the places PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. V and motions of the Sun and Moon within a fraction of a second of the tables from which they were derived. But as this degree of accuracy will not generally be required, rules are also given in the Fourth Part for obtaining approximate results. The entire set of Tables has been stereotyped, and great pains has been taken, by repeated revisions and verifications, to render them accurate. The principal astronomical works which have been consulted, are those of Vince, Gregory, Woodhouse, Delambre, Biot, La- place, Herschel, and Gummere ; also FranccBur's Uranography, Francmur's Practical Astronomy, Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Article " Astronomy," and Baily's Tables and Formula. Free use has been made of the methods of investigation and demonstra- tion pursued in these treatises, such modifications being intro- duced, in those which have been adopted, as the plan of the work required. New Yo'*, January, 1839. PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. IN preparing a new edition of the present treatise, material al- terations, and, it is hoped, improvements have been made in it. The more abstruse parts are now printed in smaller type, and their connection with the other portions of the book is made such that they can be pursued or omitted at pleasure : by which the opportunity is afforded of making a selection between two courses of study, differing materially in extent, and in the amount of labor and mathematical attainment required for their acquisition. Wood- cuts have also been substituted for the original plates, as more convenient to the student ; and for the sake of more ample illus- tration, nearly fifty new diagrams have been added. Many of these are illustrative of the telescopic appearances of the planets and other heavenly bodies. Considerable additions have been made to several of the Chapters ; especially to the Chapter on Instruments, and those in which the appearances and physical constitution of the heavenly bodies are treated of. These are, for the most part, printed in a small-sized type, as well as the parts above specified. The Chapters on Comets have been rewritten. The Author has also endeavored, in many instances which need not be enumerated, to profit by such criticisms and suggestions of improvement as have been made by others, as well as by his own experience in the use of the work as a text-book. The Tables remain unaltered ; with the exception of Tables L, I'L, III., and IV., which have been rendered more accurate. Fre- quent comparisons, since the publication of the first edition, of the Lunar and Solar Tables with the places of the Moon and Sun, as PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. vii given in the Nautical Almanac and the Connaissance des Terns, have furnished additional confirmation of their accuracy. Notwithstanding the considerable augmentation which the work has received, the retail price of it is very much reduced. The references in the text to the investigations of astronomical formulae in the Appendix, were omitted, in preparing this edition, under the expectation that the new matter to be inserted would render the omission of these investigations necessary. They are, however, retained ; and the articles are designated in which men- tion is made of such formulas. In addition to the Astronomical works mentioned in the preface to the first edition, the Author has particularly consulted, in the preparation of this edition, besides periodicals, Littrow's Wonders of the Heavens, KendaWs Uranography, NichoVs Phenomena of the Solar System, Nicholas Architecture of the Heavens, and Ma- son's Introduction to Practical Astronomy. , His acknowledgments are due to Professor Kendall for the copy which he was permitted to take of the delineation of the great comet of 1843, given in his Uranography. Where passages have been borrowed entire from any author, credit has been given in the usual way, viz., by references to specifications of title, &c., inserted at the bottom of the page. To these it should be added that the greater portion of the Chap- ter on the Calendar, after the first paragraph, is taken from Wood- house's Astronomy, and most of Art. 463, from Gregory's Astron- omy. Particular assistance has also been derived, in Part IV., from Gummere's Astronomy. It would be idle in every new scientific treatise, to attempt to designate all the instances in which the same forms of expression and the same methods of investiga- tion may have been adopted, that occur in other kindred treatises. DELAWARE COLLEGE, Newark, Del, June, 1845. PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION. SINCE the publication of the previous edition, numerous im- portant and highly interesting astronomical discoveries have been made. These have been introduced into the present edition, by appending*a collection of Notes to the text. The references to these notes, inserted in the text, will bring the different topics of which they treat to the notice of the stu- dent, in the proper connection, while they will collectively form a brief exposition of the progress recently made in astro- nomical science. It has been the intention to make this edi- tion a faithful picture of the present state of the science ; in so far as this end could be attained within the limits which should be observed in the preparation of a college text-book. PROVIDENCE, April, 1852. TABLE OF CONTENTS. INTRODUCTION. General Notions General Phenomena of the Heavens PART I ON THE DETERMINATION OF THE PLACES AND MOTIONS OF THE HEAVENLY BODIES. CHAPTER I. On the Celestial and Terrestrial Spheres .' ; . . ^ V . n CHAPTER II. On the Construction and Use of the Principal Astronomical Instruments 23 Transit Instrument - - - -.-.,* . 26 Astronomical Clock ^ .- f ,,< : ^%..-.* : /-^ ,* 31 Astronomical Circle - - - V'_. -> \' ' ' ' '* - 32 Altitude and Azimuth Instrument , *, - - - - 3$ Equatorial - ", - ,..,,V* /.', "- /-;y-^t ;'&. 37 Sextant > . . . 4 '.!, .... 39 Errors of Instrumental Admeasurement ----- 43 Telescope - - .... . . . - #. CHAPTER III. On the Corrections of the Co-ordinates of the Observed Place of a Heavenly Body - - - - - . ,^ . . 43 Refraction - - - - - * - * , : - 44 /Parallax .... j--' .; . . . 49 f Aberration --.-.- . >. - - 55 f Precession and Nutation ^4>^i.^-%- *' ... 60 Remarks on the Corrections. Verification of the Hypothesis that the Diurnal Motion of the Stars is Uniform and Circular 66 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER IV. PACK Of the Earth its Figure and Dimensions Latitude and Longitude of a Place ..--------66 Determination of the Latitude and Longitude of a Place 69 CHAPTER V. Of the Places of the Fixed Stars 72 CHAPTER VI. Of the apparent motion of the Sun in the Heavens - 77 CHAPTER VII. Of the Motions of the Sun, Moon, and Planets, in their orbits - 82 Kepler's Laws - - ; '' '< "--;, ,- - - ib. Definitions of Terms - - - -- - - - 85 Elements of the Orbit of a Planet - - - - . - - 87 Methods of Determining the Elements of the Sun's Apparent Orbit, or of the Earth's Real Orbit 88 Methods of Determining the Elements of the Moon's Orbit - 92 Methods of Determining the Elements of a Planet's Orbit - 94 Mean Elements and their Variations - - - - - 102 CHAPTER VIII. On the Determination of the Place of a Planet, or of the Sun, or Moon, for a Given Time, by the Elliptical Theory ; and of the Verification of Kepler's Laws ' 105 Place of a Planet, or of the Sun or Moon in its Orbit - - ib. Heliocentric Place of a Planet - - - . - . . V 106 Geocentric Place of a Planet - - 107 Places of the Sun and Moon - - - .,- 108 Verification of Kepler's Laws * -; "-? ib. CHAPTER IX. On the Inequalities of the Motions of the Planets and of the Moon ; and of the Construction of Tables for finding the Places of these Bodies 109 Construction of Tables - . _ . . . . 114 TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER X. PAGE Of the Motions of the Comets *V,' . - - - 117 CHAPTER XL Of the Motions of the Satellites - - - .... 134 CHAPTER XII. the Measurement of Time - - - - - - - 137 Different Kinds of Time ----,. ,. _. - - ib. Conversion of one Species of Time into another - - - 128 Determination of the Time and Regulation of Clocks by Astro- nomical Observations - - - - - . - 130 ^f the Calendar - - v,, ^ ,^ : , ^ , ^ ,;.... . . 133 PART II. ON THE PHENOMENA RESULTING FROM THE MOTIONS OF THE HEAVENLY BODIES, AND ON THEIR APPEARANCES, DIMENSIONS, AND PHYSICAL CONSTITUTION. CHAPTER XIII. Of the Sun and the Phenomena attending its Apparent Motions - 137 Inequality of Days - - -* ." - ib Twilight - - - V V 141 The Seasons * - J^ - , - 144 Appearance, Dimensions, and Physical Constitution of the Sun 147 CHAPTER XIV. Of the Moon and its Phenomena - - - - *>.* 153 Phases of the Moon - * * * * * * ** Moon's Rising, Setting, and Passage over the Meridian - . 155 Rotation and Librations of the Moon - . .%- - ' - 158 Dimensions and Physical Constitution of the Moon * - 159 Hi TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER XV. PAS Eclipses of the Sun and Moon Occultations of the Fixed Stars - 162 Eclipses of the Moon - - r *. - .... ib. Eclipses of the Sun 171 Occultations - - '" -, : '.' 183 CHAPTER XVI. Of the Planets and the Phenomena occasioned by their Motions in Space * r '- 184 Apparent Motions of the Planets with respect to the Sun ib. Stations and Retrogradations of the Planets - - -- 187 Phases of the Inferior Planets .... W : : 4' 190 Transits of the Inferior Planets - - - - * - 191 Appearances, Dimensions, Rotation, and Physical Constitution of the Planets 192 CHAPTER XVII. Of Comets - - - - - ' - - 201 Their General Appearance Varieties of Appearance - - ib. Form, Structure, and Dimensions of Comets T v - * - 205 Physical Constitution of Comets - - - . * . 207 CHAPTER XVIII. Of the Fixed Stars *,. *; 211 Their Number and Distribution over the Heavens -; - ib. Annual Parallax and Distance of the Stars .... 213 Nature and Magnitude of the Stars ..... 216 Variable Stars - - . 917 Double Stars V ^ - 219 Proper Motions of the Stars - *';.- . - 222 Clusters of Stars Nebulae 223 Distance and Magnitude of Nebulje ..... 227 Structure of the Material Universe Nebular Hypothesis - 229 TABLE OF CONTENTS. xiii PART III. OF THE THEORY OF UNIVERSAL GRAVITATION. CHAPTER XIX. ffMP Of the Principle of Universal Gravitation -V,^\y - - 231 CHAPTER XX. Theory of the Elliptic Motion of the Planets - '"' * 234 CHAPTER XXI. Theory of the Perturbations of the Elliptic Motion of the Planets and of the Moon ^--...-^ ...... 239 CHAPTER XXII. Of the Relative Masses and Densities of the Sun, Moon, and Planets ; and of the Relative Intensity of the Gravity at their surface - 249 CHAPTER XXIII. Of the Figure and Rotation of the Earth ; and of the Precession of the Equinoxes and Nutation *? . .>-' - J '. ",-'" '' * 251 CHAPTER XXIV. the Tides *' '"' '"--'., , '-; i." - ' ..* .' .- - - 254 PART IV. ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. EXPLANATIONS OF THE TABLES - - f '^ t " '" " " ^^ PROB. I. To work, by logistical logarithms, a proportion the terms of which, are degrees and minutes, or minutes and seconds, of an arc ; or hours and minutes, or minutes and seconds, of time 266 fclV TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGI PBOB. II. To take from a table the quantity corresponding to a given value of the argument, or to given values of the arguments of the table - ' ' * ' ' 267 PROB. III. To convert Degrees, Minutes, and Seconds of the Equa- tor into Hours, Minutes, &c., of Time v ? - - '- 273 PROB. IV. To convert Time into Degrees, Minutes, and Seconds ib. PROB. V. The Longitudes of two Places, and the Time at one of them being given, to find the corresponding time at the other 274 PROB. VI. The Apparent time being given, to find the correspond- ing Mean Time ; or, the Mean Time being given, to find the Apparent - ,r - - - - ' ^75 PROB. VII. To correct the Observed Altitude of a Heavenly Body for Refraction - 278 PROB. VIII. The Apparent Altitude of a Heavenly Body being given, to find its True Altitude - - - - - - 279 PROB. IX. To find the Sun's Longitude, Hourly Motion, and Semi- diameter, for a given Time, from the Tables ... 281 PROB. X. To find the Apparent Obliquity of the Ecliptic, for a given Time, from the Tables - >''' .* ; ./< - ' '-*<*. \- ^ 283 PROB. XL Given the Sun's Longitude and the Obliquity of the Ecliptic, to find his right Ascension and Declination - - 284 PROB. XII. Given the Sun's Right Ascension and the Obliquity of the Ecliptic, to find his Longitude and Declination -jgfc r , .^ 285 PROB. XIII. The Sun's Longitude and the Obliquity of the Ecliptic- being given, to find the Angle of Position - - - , . _ 285 PROB. XIV. To find from the Tables, the Moon's Longitude, Lati- tude, Equatorial Parallax, Semi-diameter, and Hourly Motions in Longitude and Latitude, for a given Time ... 286 PROB. XV. The Moon's Equatorial Parallax, and the Latitude of a Place, being given, to find the Reduced Parallax and Latitude 295 PROB. XVI. To find the Longitude and Altitude of the Nonagesi- mal Degree of the Ecliptic, for a given Time and Place - ib. PROB. XVII. To find the Apparent Longitude and Latitude, as affected by Parallax, and the Augmented Semi-diameter of the Moon ; the Moon's True Longitude, Latitude, Horizontal Semi- diameter, and Equatorial Parallax, and the Longitude and Alti- tude of the Nonagesimal Degree of the Ecliptic, being given 298 PBOB. XVIII. To find the Mean Right Ascension and Declination, or Longitude and Latitude of a Star, for a given Time, from the Tables 302 TABLE OP CONTENTS. XV PAOB PROB. XIX. To find the Aberrations of a Star in Right Ascension and Declination, for a given Day - .... 393 PROB. XX. To find the Nutations of a Star in Right Ascension and Declination, for a given Day - - - - - 304 PROB. XXI. To find the Apparent Right Ascension and Declina- tion of a Star, for a given day ...... 306 PROB. XXII. To find the Aberrations of a Star in Longitude and Latitude, for a given Day - 307 PROB. XXIII. To find the Apparent Longitude and Latitude of a Star, for a given Day - ib. PROB. XXIV. To compute the Longitude and Latitude of a Heavenly Body from its Right Ascension and Declination, the Obliquity of the Ecliptic being given ----- 308 PROB. XXV. To compute the Right Ascension and Declination of a Heavenly Body from its Longitude and Latitude, the Obliquity of the Ecliptic being given - 309 PROB. XXVI. The Longitude and Declination of a Body being given, and also the Obliquity of the Ecliptic, to find the Angle ofPosition 310 PROB. XXVII. To find from the Tables the Time of New or Full Moon, for a given Year and Month - - - - - 311 PROB. XXVIII. To determine the number of Eclipses of the Sun and Moon that may be expected to occur in any given Year, and the Times nearly at which they will take place - - 314 PROB. XXIX. To calculate an Eclipse of the Moon 317 PROB. XXX. To calculate an Eclipse of the Sun, for a given Place 321 PROB. XXXI. To find the Moon's Longitude, &c., from the Nau- tical Almanac --------- 338 APPENDIX. TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE I. Relative to a Single arc or angle a ib. II. Relative to Two Arcs a and b, of which a is supposed to be the greater - # III. Trigonometrical Series IV. Differences of Trigonometrical Lines - ib. V. Resolution of Right-angled Spherical Triangles ib. VI. Resolution of Oblique-angled Spherical Triangles - - 345 XVI TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAOB INVESTIGATION OP ASTRONOMICAL FORMULJE - 348 Formulae for the Parallax in Right Ascension and Declination, and in Longitude and Latitude - ib. Formulas for the Aberration in Longitude and Latitude, and in Right Ascension and Declination - 355 Formulae for the Nutation in Right Ascension and Declination 359 Formulae for computing the effects of the Oblateness of the Earth's Surface, upon the Apparent Zenith Distance and Azimuth of a Star -------- 353 Solution of Kepler's Problem, by which a Body's Place is found in an Elliptical Orbit 364 NOTES. L to XXII - 369-382 CALIFORNIA- AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON ASTBOIOMY. INTRODUCTION. GENERAL NOTIONS GENERAL PHENOMENA OF THE HEAVENS.^ 1 . The space, indefinite in extent, which is exterior to the earth, is called the Heaven or Heavens, or the Firmament. The sun, moon, and stars, the luminous bodies which are posited in this space, are called the Heavenly Bodies. The entire assemblage of these bodies is frequently called the Heavens. 2. The most casual observation shows us that the heavenly bodies are subject to a variety of motions, as well as to various changes of appearance. The science which treats of the laws and causes of these motions and changes, is called Astronomy ;* or, more particularly, Astronomy is a mixed mathematical science, which treats of the motions, positions, distances, appearances, mag- nitudes, and physical constitution of the heavenly bodies. It has been divided into the two departments of Plane or Pure Astronomy, a.nd Physical Astronomy. Plane Astronomy comprehends, 1st, the description of the motions, appearance^ and: structure of the heavenly bodies, and the description and explanation of their phe- nomena, which may be called Descriptive Astronomy ; 2d, the methods of observation and calculation employed in obtaining a knowledge of the facts embodied in Descriptive Astronomy, and the computation from these of the details of occasional phenome- na, as eclipses of the sun and moon, occupations of the- stars,. &c., which is denominated Practical Astronomy <.. Physical Astronomy investigates inductively the physical causes of the observed mo- tions and constitution of the great bodies of the material universe, and deduces, as a mechanical problem, from the one great cause, the principle of universal gravitation, all the minutiae of the celes- tial mechanism. * From Affi^p, a star, and w.w, a law. 1 2 INTRODUCTION. 3. The origin of the science of Astronomy is involved in obscurity ; but it it supposed that its first truths were discovered in the early ages of the world by shepherds, who, at the same time, watched their flocks by night, and followed the motions and noted the varying aspects o'f the heavenly bodies. Each successive age, from that time to the present, has, with occasional interruptions, brought to it its contributions of observations and discoveries. The imposing character of the celestial phenomena, and their intimate relations to the every-day wants of life, as well as the superstitions of the ignorant, have, from time immemorial, conspired to attract to this science the interested attention of mankind, and promote its ad- vancement. From the very nature of things, some of its truths have only unfolded themselves, as century after century has passed away ; while others still await the lapse of future ages. Its history, in a theoretical point of view, presents two prom- inent epochs, viz : 1. The epoch of the discovery of the true system of the world, by Copernicus, towards the middle of the sixteenth century ; soon followed by the discovery of the exact laws of its motions in space, by Kepler, (early in the sev- enteenth century ;) which has so completely changed the whole face of the science, and has been succeeded by such a mass of observations of greatly increased accu- racy, and such an uninterrupted series of important discoveries, that it may almost be said to be the date of its origin, as the science is now taught. 2. The epoch of the discovery of universal gravitation, by Sir Isaac Newton, (1683;) a discovery that has brought Astronomy within the province of Mechanical Philoso- phy, and contributed greatly to its advancement and extension, by making known its physical theory, which has been developed by Laplace and others with great minuteness of detail. Contemplating the science from a practical point of view, we find that its most prominent epoch is that of the discovery of the telescope, a the beginning of the seventeenth century, since which time, by the adaptation of the telescope to instruments for admeasurement, and the improvement of these instruments, its means of research have been gradually perfected and extended, as art and science have advanced hand in hand : until from a few shepherds, un- der the open sky on the plains of Chaldea, with naught but their natural powers of vision, there has come to be a large body of professed Astronomers in charge of permanent observatories erected in almost every civilized country on the globe ; and furnished at the same time with telescopes that bring the heavenly bodies hun- dreds or even thousands of times nearer, and disclose a new world of celestial ob- jects, and with instruments that mark out, with the greatest precision, the ever varying places of all these bodies. 4. To be able to form correct notions of the phenomena of the heavens, it is necessary to know the form of the earth. We learn from the following circumstances that the earth is a body of a globular form, insulated in space. 1st. When a vessel is receding from the land, an observer stationed upon Fig. 1. the coast, first loses sight of the hull, then of the lower parts of the sails, and lastly, of the topsails. This is the case whatever is the direction of the course of the vessel, and at whatever part of the earth it is ob- served. That this is a proof of the roundness of the sea, will at once be seen on in- specting Fig. 1. It will readily be perceived that no part of the earth could be- come interposed between the GENERAL NOTIONS. hull and the lower parts of the sails of a distant vessel, and the eye of the observer, if the sea were really what it appears to be, an indefinitely extended plane. 2d.* At sea the visible horizon, or the line bounding the visible portion of the earth's surface, is every- where a circle, of a greater or less extent, according to the altitude of the point of observation, and is on all sides equally depressed. To illustrate this proof, let BOA (Fig. 2) represent a portion of the earth's surface supposed to be spherical, P the position of the eye of 'the observer, and DPC a horizontal line. If we conceive lines, such as PA and PB, to be drawn through the point of observation P, tangent to the earth in every direction, it is plain that these lines will all touch the earth at the same distance from the observer, and therefore that the line AGB, conceived to be traced through all the points of contact, A,B, &c., which would be the visible horizon, is a circle. It is also manifest that the an- gles of depression CPA, DPB, &c., of the horizon in different directions, would be equal, and that a greater portion of the earth's surface would be seen, and thus that the horizon would increase in extent, in proportion as the altitude of the point of observation, P, increased. 3d. Navigators, as it is well known, have sailed around the earth in different directions. These facts prove the surface of the sea to be convex, and the surface of the land conforms very nearly to that of the sea ; for the elevations of the highest moun- tains bear an exceedingly small proportion to the dimensions of the whole earth. 5. If an indefinite number of lines, PA, PB, &c., be conceived to be drawn through the point of observation P, (Fig. 2,) touching the earth on all sides, a conical surface will be formed, having its vertex at P, and extending indefinitely into space. All heavenly bodies, which at any time are situated below this surface, have the earth interposed between them and the eye of the observer, and therefore cannot be seen. All bodies that are above this surface, which send sufficient light to the eye, are visible. That portion 4 INTRODUCTION. of the heavens which is above this surface, presents the appear- ance of a solid vault or canopy, resting upon the earth at the visi- ble horizon, (see Fig. 2 ;) and to this vault the sun, moon, and stars seem to be attached. It is hardly necessary to remark that this is an optical illusion. It will be seen in the sequel that the heavenly bodies are distributed through space at various distances from the earth, and that the distances of all of them are very great in com- parison with the dimensions of the earth. It will suffice, in the conception of phenomena, to suppose the eye of the observer to be near the earth's surface, and that the imaginary conical surface above mentioned, which separates the visible from the invisible portion of the heavens, is a horizontal plane, confounded for a certain distance with the visible part of the earth. This is called the plane of the horizon, and sometimes the horizon simply. 6. Up and downed! any place on the earth's surface, are from and towards the swfece ; and thus at different places have every variety of absolute direction in space. This fact should not merely be acknowledged to be true, but should be dwelt upon until the mind has become familiarized to the conception of it, and divested, as far as possible, of the notion of an absolute up and down in space. 7. The earth is surrounded with a transparent gaseous medium, called the earth's atmosphere, estimated to be some fifty miles in height ; through which all the heavenly bodies are seen. The at- mosphere is not perfectly transparent, but shines throughout with light received from the heavenly bodies, and reflected from its par- ticles ; and thus forms a luminous canopy over our heads by day and by night. This is called the sky. It appears blue because this is the color of the atmosphere ; that is, because the particles of the atmosphere reflect the blue rays more abundantly than any other color. By day the portion of the atmosphere which lies above the horizon is highly illuminated by the sun, and shines with so strong a light as to efface the stars. 8. The most conspicuous of the celestial phenomena, is a con tinual motion common to all the heavenly bodies, by which they are carried around the earth in regular succession. The daily circulation of the sun and moon about the earth is a fact recog- nised by all persons. If the heavens be attentively watched on any clear evening, it will soon be seen that the stars have a motion precisely similar to that of the sun and moon. To describe the phenomenon in detail, as witnessed at night : if, on a clear night, we observe the heavens, we shall find that the stars, while they retain the same situations with respect to each other, undergo a continual change of position with respect to the earth. Some will be seen to ascend from a quarter called the East, being replaced by others that come into view, or rise ; others, to descend towards the opposite quarter, the West, and to go out of view, or set : and if our observations be continued throughout the night, with the GENERAL PHENOMENA OF THE HEAVENS. 5 east on our left, and the west on our right, the stars which rise in the east will be seen to move in parallel circles, entirely across the visible heavens, and finally to set in the west. Each star will ascend in the heavens during the first half of its course, and de- scend during the remaining half. The greatest heights of the several stars will be different, but they will all be attained towards that part of the heavens which lies directly in front, called the South. If we now turn our backs to the south, and direct our attention to the opposite quarter, the North, new phenomena will present themselves. Some stars will appear, as before, ascending, reaching their greatest heights, and descending ; but other stars will be seen, farther to tne north, that never set, and which appear to revolve in circles, from east to west, about a certain star that seems to remain stationary. This seemingly stationary star is called the Pole Star; and those stars that revolve about it, and never set, are called Circumpolar Stars. It should be remarked, how ever, that the pole star, when accurately observed by means of instruments, is found not to be strictly stationary, but to describe a small circle about a point at a little distance from it as a fixed centre. This point is called the North Pole. It is, in reality, about the north pole, as thus defined, and not the pole star, that the apparent revolutions of the stars at the north are performed. At the corresponding hours of the following night the aspect of the heavens will be the same, from which it appears that the stars re- turn to the same position once in about 24 hours. It would seem, then, that the stars all appear to move from east to west, exactly as if attached to the concave surface of a hollow sphere, which rotates in this direction about an axis passing through the station of the observer and the north pole of the heavens, in a space of time nearly equal to 24 hours. For the sake of simplicity this conception is generally adopted. This motion, common to all the heavenly bodies, is called their Diurnal Motion. It is ascertained, by certain accurate methods of observation and computation, here- after to be exhibited, that the diurnal motion of the stars is strictly uniform and circular. 9. It is important to observe, that the conception of a single sphere to which the stars are supposed to be attached, will not represent their diurnal motion, as seen from every part of the earth's surface^ unless the sphere be supposed to be of such vast dimensions that the earth is comparatively but a mere point at its centre.* 10. A circle cut out of the heavens conceived to be a rotating sphere, by a plane passing through the axis of rotation, has a north * The student should strive to familiarize his mind with this notion of the sphere of the heavens. The disposition, so natural to every one, to conceive the stars to be at no very great distance from the earth, in comparison with the dimensions of so large a body, will, until it is overcome, often give rise to very erroneous concep- tions of the different appearances of the same phenomenon, as viewed from different points of the earth's surface 6 INTRODUCTION. and south direction ; and a circle cut out by a plane perpendicular to the axis, has an east and west direction. 11. The greater number of the stars preserve constantly the same relative position with respect to each other ; and they are therefore called Fixed Stars. There are, however, a few stars, called Planets* which are perpetually changing their places in the heavens. The number of the planets is ten. Each has a distinc- tive name, as follows : Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Ceres, Pallas, Juno, and Vesta. Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn are visible to the naked eye, and have been known from the most ancient times. The other five, namely, Ura- nus, Ceres, Pallas, Juno, and Vesta, cannot be seen without the assistance of the telescope, and were discovered by modern ob- servers.! (See Note I, at the end of the Appendix.) 1 2. The planets are distinguishable from each other either by a dif- ference of aspect, or by a difference of apparent motion with respect to the sun. Venus and Jupiter are the two most brilliant planets : they are quite similar in appearance, but their apparent motions with respect to the sun are very different. Venus never recedes beyond 40 or 50 from the sun, while Jupiter is seen at every va- riety of angular distance from him. Mars is known by the ruddy color of his light. Saturn has a pale, dull aspect. 13. The apparent motion of the planets is generally directed towards the east ; but they are occasionally seen moving towards the west. As their easterly prevails over their westerly motion, they all, in process of time, accomplish a revolution around the earth. The periods of revolution are different for each planet. 14. The Sun and Moon are also continually changing their places among the fixed stars. 15. From repeated examinations of the situation of the moon among the stars, it is found that she has with respect to them a progressive circular motion from west to east, and completes a re- volution around the earth in about 27 days. 16. The motion of the sun is also constantly progressive, and directed from west to east. This will appear on observing for a number of successive evenings the stars which first become visi- ble in that part of the heavens where the sun sets. It will be found that those stars which in the first instance were observed to set just after the sun, soon cease to be visible, and are replaced by others that were seen immediately to the east of them ; and that these, in their turn, give place to others situated still farther to the east. The sun, then, is continually approaching the stars that lie * Fom .wAov^rijf, a wanderer. t The planet Uranus was discovered in 1781 by Dr. Herschel, who gave it the name of Georgium Sidus. By the European astronomers it was called Herschel. It is now generally known by the name given in the text. Ceres, Pallas, Juno, and Vesta have been discovered since 1800 ; the first by Piazzi, the second and fourth by Olbers, and the third by Harding. GENERAL PHENOMENA OF THE HEAVENS. Fig. 3. on the eastern side of him. To make this more evident, let us suppose that the small circle aon (Fig. 3) rep- resents a section of the earth perpendic- ular to the axis of ro- tation of the imagi- nary sphere of the heavens, (8,*) con- ceived to pass through the earth's centre ; the large circle H Z S a section of the heavens perpendicular to the same line, and pass- ing through the sun ; and the right line H o r the plane of the horizon at the station o. The direction of the diurnal motion is from H towards Z and S. Suppose that an hour or so after sunset the sun is at S, and that the star r is seen in the western horizon ; also that the stars t, u, v, &c., are so dis- tributed that the distances rt, tu, uv, &c. are each equal to S r. Then, at the end of two or three weeks, an hour after sunset the star t will be in the horizon ; at the end of another interval of two or three weeks the star u will be in the same situation at the same hour ; at the end of another interval, the star v, &c. It is plain, then, that the sun must at the ends of these successive intervals be in the successive positions in the heavens, r, t, u, &c. ; otherwise, when he is brought by his diurnal motion to the point S, below the horizon, the stars t, u, v, &c., could not be successively in the plane of the horizon at r. Whence it appears that he has a mo- tion in the heavens in the direction S r t u v, opposite to that of the diurnal motion ; that is, towards the east. Another proof of the progressive motion of the sun among the stars from west to east, is found in the fact that the same stars rise and set earlier each successive night, and week, and month during the year. At the end of six months the same stars rise and set 12 hours earlier ; which shows that the sun accomplishes half a revo- lution in this interval. At the end of a year, or of 365 days, the stars rise and set again at the same hours, from which it appears that the sun completes an entire revolution in the heavens in this period of time. It is to be observed that the sun does not advance directly to- wards the east. He has also some motion from south to north, and * Numbers thus enclosed in a parenthesis refer, in general, to a previous article. 8 INTRODUCTION. north to south. It is a matter of common observation that the snn is moving towards the north from winter to summer, and towards the south from summer to winter. 17. When the place of the sun in the heavens is accurately found from day to day by certain methods of observation, hereaf- ter to be explained, it appears that his path is an exact circle, in- clined about 23 to a circle running due east and west, (10.) 18. The motions of the sun, moon, and planets are for the most part confined to a certain zone, of about 18 in breadth, extending around the heavens from west to east, (or nearly so,) which has received the name of the Zodiac. 19. There is yet another class of bodies, called Comets* (or hairy Stars,) that have a motion among the fixed stars. They ap- pear only occasionally in the heavens, and continue visible only for a few weeks or months. They shine with a diffusive nebu- lous light, and are commonly accompanied by a fainter divergent stream of similar light, called a tail. 20. The motions of the comets are not restricted to the zodiac. These bodies are seen in all parts of the heavens, and moving in every variety of direction. 21. By inspecting the planets with telescopes, it has been dis- covered that some of them are constantly attended by a greater or less number of small stars, whose positions are continually vary- ing. These attendant stars are called Satellites. The planets which have satellites are Jupiter, Saturn, and Uranus. The sat- ellites are sometimes called Secondary Planets ; the planets upon which they attend being denominated Primary Planets. 22. The sun and moon, the planets, (including the earth,) to- gether with their satellites, and the comets, compose the Solar System. 23. From the consideration of the apparent motions and other phenomena of the solar system, several theories have been form- ed in relation to the arrangement and actual motions in space of the bodies that compose it. The theory, or system, now univer- sally received, is (in its most prominent features) that which was taught by Copernicus in the sixteenth century, and which is known by the name of the Copernican System. It is as follows : The sun occupies a fixed centre, about which the planets (in- cluding the earth) revolve from west to east,t in planes that are but slightly inclined to each other, and in the following order : Mer- cury, Venus, the Earth, Mars, Vesta, Juno, Ceres, Pallas, Jupiter, * From Coma, a head of hair. t A motion in space from west to east is a motion from right to left, to a person situated within the orbit described, and on the north side of its plane. To obtain a clear conception of the motions of the solar system, the reader must place him- self, in imagination, in some such situation as this, entirely detached from the earth and all the other bodies of the system. It is customary to take the plane of the earth's orbit as the plane of reference in conceiving of the planetary motions. GENERAL PHENOMENA OF THE HEAVENS. 9 Saturn, and Uranus. The earth rotates from west to east, about an axis inclined to the plane of its orbit under an angle of about 66J, and which remains continually parallel to itself as the earth revolves around the sun. The moon revolves from west to east around the earth as a centre ; and, in like manner, the satellites circulate from west to east around their primaries. Without the solar system, and at immense distances from it, are the fixed stars. (See the Frontispiece, which is a diagram of the solar 'system in projection.) 24. We shall here, at the outset, adopt this system as an hypo- thesis, and shall rely upon the simple and complete explanations it affords of the celestial phenomena, as they come to be investi- gated, together with the evidence furnished by Physical Astrono- my, to produce entire conviction of its truth in the mind of the student. 25. The following are the characters or symbols employed by astronomers for denoting the several planets, and the sun and moon : The Sun, Ceres, . . . . ? Mercury, Pallas, . . . . $ Venus, 5 Jupiter, . . . . ^ The Earth, .... Saturn, . . . . ^ Mars, ...... $ Uranus, . . . W Vesta, fi The Moon, . . V Juno, $ 26. The two planets, Mercury and Venus, whose orbits lie with- in the earth's orbit, are called Inferior Planets. The others are called Superior Planets. 27. The angular distance between any two fixed stars is found to be the same, from whatever point on the earth's surface it is measured. It follows, therefore, that the diameter of -the earth is insensible, when compared with the distance of the fixed stars ; and that, with respect to the region of space which separates us from these bodies, the whole earth is a mere point. Moreover, the angular distance between any two fixed stars is the same at what- ever period of the year it is measured. Whence, if the earth re- volves around the sun, its entire orbit must be insensible in com- parison with the distance of the stars. 28. On the hypothesis of the earth's rotation, the diurnal motion of the heavens is a mere illusion, occasioned by the rotation of the earth. To explain this, suppose the axis of the earth prolonged on till it intersects the heavens, considered as concentric with the earth. Conceive a great circle to be tracgd through the two points of intersection and the point directly over head, and let the position of the stars be referred to this circle. It will be readily perceived that the relative motion of this circle and the stars will be the same, whether the circle rotates with the earth from west to east, or, the 2 10 INTRODUCTION. earth being stationary, the whole heavens rotate about the same axis and at the same rate in the opposite direction. Now, as the motion of the earth is perfectly equable, we are insensible of it, and therefore attribute the changes in the situations of the stars with respect to the earth to an actual motion of these bodies. Ii follows, then, that we must com eive the heavens to rotate as above mentioned, since, as we have seen, such a motion would give rise to the same changes of situation as the supposed rotation of the earth. It was stated (Art. 8) that the sphere of the heavens ap- pears to rotate about a line passing through the north pole and the station of the observer ; but, as the radius of the earth is insensi- ble in comparison with the distance of the stars, an axis passing through the centre of the earth will, in appearance, pass through the station of the observer, wherever this may be upon the earth's surface. 29. We in like manner infer that the observed motion of the sun in the heavens is only an apparent motion, occasioned by the Fig. 4. orbitual motion of the earth. Let E, E' (Fig. 4) represent two positions of the earth in its orbit EE'E" about the sun S. When the earth is at E, the observer will refer the sun to that part of the heavens marked s; but when the earth is arrived at E', he will refer it to the part mark- ed s' ; and being in the mean time insensible of his own motion, the sun wall appear to him to have described in the heavens the arc s s', just the same as if it had actu- ally passed over the arc SS' in space, and the earth had, during that time, remained quiescent at E. The motion of the sun from 5 towards s f will be from west to east, since the motion of the earth from E towards E' is in this direction. Moreover, as the axis of the earth is inclined to the plane of its orbit under an angle of 66i, (23,) the plane of the sun's apparent path, which is the same as that of the earth's orbit, will be inclined 23| to a circle perpendicular to the earth's axis, r to a circle directed due east and west. PART I. ON THE DETERMINATION OF THE PLACES AND MOTIONS OF THE HEAVENLY BODIES. CHAPTER I. ON THE CELESTIAL AND TERRESTRIAL SPHERES. 30. IN determining from observation the apparent positions and motions of the heavenly bodies, and, in general, in all investigations that have relation to their apparent positions and motions, Astron- omers conceive all these bodies, whatever may be their actual distance from the earth, to be referred to a spherical surface of an indefinitely great radius, having the station of the observer, or what comes to the very same thing, the centre of the earth, for its centre. This imaginary spherical surface is called the Sphere of the Heavens, or the Celestial Sphere. It is important to observe, that by reason of the great dimensions of this sphere, if two lines be drawn through any two points of the earth, and parallel to each other, they will, when indefinitely prolonged, meet it sensibly in the same point ; and that, if two parallel planes be passed through any two points of the earth, they will intersect it sensibly in the same great circle. This amounts to saying that the earth, as com- pared to this sphere, is to be considered as a mere point at its centre. 31. Not only is the size of the earth to be neglected in compari- son with the celestial sphere, but also the size of the earth's orbit. Thus the supposed annual motion of the earth around the sun, does not change the point in which a line conceived to pass from any station upon the earth in any fixed direction into space, pierces the sphere of the heavens ; nor the circle in which a plane cuts the same sphere. The fixed stars are so remote from the earth that observers, wherever situated upon the earth, and in the different positions of the earth in its orbit, refer them to the same points of the celestial sphere, (27.) The other heavenly bodies are referred by observ- ers at different stations to points somewhat different. 32. For the purposes of observation and computation, certain imaginary points, lines, and circles, appertaining to the celestial sphere, are employed, which we shall now proceed to explain. (1.) The Vertical Line, at any place on the earth's surface, is 12 ON THE CELESTIAL SPHESE, the line of descent of a falling body, or the position assumed by a plumb-line when the plummet is freely suspended and at rest. Every plane that passes through the vertical line is called a Ver- tical Plane. Every plane that is perpendicular to the vertical line, is called a Horizontal Plane. (2.) The Sensible Horizon of a place on the earth's surface, is the circle in which a horizontal plane, drawn through the place, cuts the celestial sphere. As its plane is tangent to the earth, it separates the visible from the invisible portion of the heavens, (5.) (3.) The Rational Horizon is a circle parallel to the former, the plane of which passes through the centre of the earth. The zone of the heavens comprehended between the sensible and ra- tional horizon is imperceptible, or the two circles appear as one and the same at the distance of the earth, (30.) (4.) The Zenith of a place is the point in which the vertical prolonged upward pierces the celestial sphere. The point in which the vertical, when produced downward, intersects the ce- lestial sphere, is called the Nadir. The zenith and nadir are the geometrical poles of the horizon. (5.) The Axis of the Heavens is an imaginary right line pass- ing through the north pole (8) and the centre of the earth. It is the line about which the apparent rotation of the heavens is per- formed. It is, also, on the hypothesis of the earth's rotation, the axis of rotation of the earth prolonged on to the heavens. (6.) The South Pole of the heavens is the point in which the axis of the heavens meets the southern part of the celestial sphere. To illustrate the preceding definitions, let the inner circle n O s (Fig. 5) repre- sent the earth, and the outer circle HZRN the sphere of the heavens ; also let O be a point on the earth's surface, and OZ the vertical line at the station O. Then HOR will be the plane of the sen- sible horizon, HCR the plane of the ra- tional horizon, Z the zenith, and N the na- dir ; and if P be the north pole of the hea- vens, OP, or CP its parallel, will be the axis of the heavens, and P 7 the south pole. DEFINITIONS 13 Fig. 6. The lines CP and OP intersect the heavens in the same point, P; and the planes HOR, and HCR, in the same circle, passing through the points H and R. Unless we are seeking for the exact apparent place in the heav- ens of some other heavenly body than a fixed star, we may con- ceive the observer to be stationed at the earth's centre, in which case OP will become the same as CP, and HOR the same as HCR ; as represented in Fig. 6. In this diagram, the circle of the horizon being supposed to be view- ed from a point above its plane, is represented by the ellipse HARez. Z and N are its geometrical poles. In the construction of Fig. 5 the eye is supposed to be in the plane of the horizon, and HARa is pro- jected into its diameter HCR. Every different place on the surface of the earth has a different zenith, and, except in the case of diametrically opposite places, a different horizon. To illustrate this, let nesq (Fig. 7) represent the earth, and HZRP' the sphere of the heavens ; then, considering the four stations, e, O, ft, and q, the zenith and horizon of the first Fig. 7. will be respectively E and PeP' ; of the se- cond Z and HOR ; of the third P and QnE ; of the fourth Q and P'qP. The diametri- cally opposite places and O' have the same rational horizon, viz. HCR. The same is true of the places n and s, and e and q. Their rational hori- zons are respectively QCE and PCP'. (7.) Vertical Circles are great circles pass- ing through the zenith and nadir. They cut the horizon at right angles, and their planes are vertical. Thus, ZSM (Fig.6) represents a vertical circle passing through the stai S, called the Vertical Circle of the Star. (8.) The Meridian of a place is that vertical circle which con- 14 ON THE CELESTIAL SPHERE. tains the north and south poles of the heavens. The plane of the meridian is called the Meridian Plane. Thus, PZRP' is the meridian of the station C. The half HZR, above the horizon, is termed the Superior Meridian, and the other half RNH, below the horizon, is termed the Inferior Meridian. The two points, as H and R, m which the meridian cuts the horizon, are called the North and South Points of the horizon ; and the line of intersection, as HCR, of the meridian plane with the plane of the horizon, is called the Meridian Line, or'the North and South Line. (9.) The Prime Vertical is the vertical circle which crosses the meridian at right angles. It cuts the horizon in two points, as e, w, called the East and West Points of the Horizon. (10.) The Altitude of any heavenly body is the arc of a vertical circle, intercepted between the centre of the body and the horizon, or the angle at the centre of the sphere, measured by this arc. Thus, SM or MCS is the altitude of the star S. (11.) The Zenith Distance of a heavenly body is the arc of a vertical circle, intercepted between its centre and the zenith ; or the distance of the centre of the body from the zenith, as meas- ured by the arc of a great circle. Thus, ZS, or ZCS, is the zenith distance of the star S. It is obvious that the zenith distance and altitude of a body are complements of each other, and therefore when either one is known that the other may be found. (12.) The Azimuth of a heavenly body is the arc of the horizon, intercepted between the meridian and the vertical circle passing through the centre of the body ; or the angle comprehended be- tween the meridian plane and the vertical plane containing the centre of the body. It is reckoned either from the north or from the south point, and each way from the meridian. HM or HCM represents the azimuth of the star S. The Azimuth and Altitude, or azimuth and zenith distance of a heavenly body, ascertain its position with respect to the horizon and meridian, and therefore its place in the visible hemisphere. Thus, the azimuth HM determines the position of the vertical cir- cle ZSM of the star S with respect to the meridian ZPH, and the altitude MS, or the zenith distance ZS, the position of the star in this circle. (13.) The Amplitude of a heavenly body at its rising, is the arc of the horizon intercepted between the point where the body rises and the east point. Its. amplitude at setting, is the arc of the ho- rizon intercepted between the point where the body sets and the west point. It is reckoned towards the north, or towards the south, according as the point of rising or setting is north or south of the east or west point. Thus, if aBS A represents the circle described by the star S in its diurnal motion, ea will be its amplitude al rising, and wA. its amplitude at setting. DEFINITIONS 15 (14.) The Celestial Equator, or the Equinoctial, is a great cir- cle of the celestial sphere, the plane of which is perpendicular to the axis of the heavens. The north and south poles of the heav- ens are therefore its geometrical poles. The celestial equator is represented in Fig. 6 by EwQe. This circle is also frequently called the Equator, simply. (15.) Parallels of Declination are small circles parallel to the celestial equator. aBSA represents the parallel of declination of the star S. The parallels of declination passing through the stars, are the circles described by the stars in their apparent diurnal motion. These, by way of abbreviation, we shall call Diurnal Circles. (16.) Celestial Meridians, Hour Circles, and Declination Cir- cles, are different names given to all great circles which pass through the poles of the heavens, cutting the equator at right an- gles. PSP' is a celestial meridian. The angles comprehended between the hour circles and the meridian, reckoning from the meridian towards the west, are called Hour Angles, or Horary Angles. (17.) The Ecliptic is that great circle of the heavens which the sun appears to describe in the course of the year. (18.) The Obliquity of the Ecliptic is the angle under which the ecliptic is inclined to the equator. Its amount is 23 . (19.) The Equinoctial Points are the two points in which the ecliptic intersects the equator. That one of these points which the sun passes in the spring is called the Vernal Equinox, and the other, which is passed in the autumn, is called the Autumnal Equi- nox. These terms are also applied to the epochs when the sun is at the one or the other of these points. These epochs are, for the vernal equinox the 21st of March, and for the autumnal equinox the 23d of September, or thereabouts. (20.) The Solstitial Points are the two points of the ecliptic 90 distant from the vernal and autumnal equinox. The one that lies to the north of the equator is called the Summer Solstice, and the other the Winter Solstice. The epochs of the sun's arrival at these points are also designated by the same terms. The sum- mer solstice happens about the 21st of June, and the winter solstice about the 22d of December. (21.) The Equinoctial Colure is the celestial meridian passing through the equinoctial points ; and the Solstitial Colure is the ce- lestial meridian passing through the solstitial points. (22.) The Polar Circles are parallels of declination at a distance from the poles equal to the obliquity of the ecliptic. The one about the north pole is called the Arctic Circle ; the other, about the south pole, is called the Antarctic Circle. The polar circles contain the geometrical poles of the ecliptic. (23.) The Tropics are parallels of declination at a distance from the equator equal to the obliquity of the ecliptic. That which is 16 ON THE CELESTIAL SPHERE. on the north side of the equator is called the Tropic of Cancer, and the other the Tropic of Capricorn. The tropics touch the ecliptic at the solstitial points. Fig. 8. Let C (Fig. 8) represent the centre of the earth and sphere, PCP' the axis of the heavens, EVQA the equator, -W VTA the ecliptic, and K, K', its poles. Then will V be the vernal and A the autumnal equinox ; W the winter, and T the summer solstice ; P VP'A the equinoctial colure ; PKWK'T the solstitial colure ; the angle TCQ, or its measure the arc TQ, the obliquity of the ecliptic; KmU, K'm'U', the polar circles; and TrcZ, Wrc'Z', the tropics. It is important to observe that, agreeably to what has been sta- ted, (Art. 30,) the directions of the equator and ecliptic, of the equi- noctial points, and of the other points and circles just defined and illustrated, are the same at any station upon the surface of the earth as at its centre. Thus, the equator lies always in the plane passing through the place of observation, wherever this may be, and parallel to the plane which, passing through the earth's centre, cuts the heavens in this circle. In like manner the ecliptic lies, everywhere, in a plane parallel to that which is conceived to pass through the centre of the earth and cut the heavens in this circle, and so for the other circles. (24.) The Zodiac (18) extends about 9 on each side of the ecliptic. DEFINITIONS 17 (25.) The ecliptic and zodiac are divided into twelve equal parts, called Signs. Each sign contains 30. The division commences at the vernal equinox. Setting out from this point, and following around from west to east, the Signs of the Zodiac, with the re- spective characters by which they are designated, are as follows : Aries T, Taurus 8, Gemini n, Cancer Sj, Leo SI, Virgo W, Li- bra =*, Scorpio tn, Sagittarius /, Capricornus V3, Aquarius ss, Pisces }. The first six are called northern signs, being north of the equinoctial. The others are called southern signs. The vernal equinox corresponds to the first point of Aries, and the autumnal equinox to the first point of Libra. The summer solstice corresponds to the first point of Cancer, and the winter solstice to the first point of Capricornus. The mode of reckoning arcs on the ecliptic is by signs, degrees, minutes, &c. A motion in the heavens in the order of the signs, or from west to east, is called a direct motion, and a motion contrary to the or- der of the signs, or from east to west, is called a retrograde mo- tion. (26.) The Right Ascension of a heavenly body is the arc of the equator intercepted between the vernal equinox and the declination circle which passes through the centre of the body, as reckoned from the vernal equinox towards the east. It measures the incli- nation of the declination circle of the body to the equinoctial col ure. Thus, PSR being the declination circle of the star S, and V the place of the vernal equinox, VR is the right ascension of the star. It is the measure of the angle VPS. If PS'R' be the declination circle of another star S', SPS', or RR', will be their difference of right ascension. (27.) The Declination of a heavenly body is the arc of a circle of declination, intercepted between the centre of the body and the equator. It therefore expresses the distance of the body from the equator. Thus, RS is the declination of the star S.. Declination is North or South, according as- the body is north or south of the equator. In the use of formulae, a south declination is regarded as nega- tive. The right ascension and declination of a heavenly body are two co-ordinates, which, taken together, fix its position in the sphere of the heavens : for they make known its situation with respect to two circles, the equinoctial colure, and the equator. Thus, VR and RS ascertain the position of the star S with respect to the cir- cles PVP'A, and VQAE. (28.) The Polar Distance of a heavenly body is the arc of a de- clination circle, intercepted between the centre of the body and the elevated pole. The polar distance is the complement of the decli- nation, and, therefore, when either is known the other may be found. 3 18 ON THE TERRESTRIAL SPHERE. (29.) Circles of Latitude are great circles of the celestial sphere, which pass through the poles of the ecliptic, and therefore cut this circle at right angles. Thus, KSL represents a part of the circle of latitude of the star S. (30.) The Longitude of a heavenly body is the arc of the eclip- tic, intercepted between the vernal equinox and the circle of lati- tude which passes through the centre of the body, as reckoned from the vernal equinox towards the east, or in the order of the signs. It measures the inclination of the circle of latitude of the body to the circle of latitude passing through the vernal equinox. Thus, VL is the longitude of the star S. It is the measure of the angle VKS. (31.) The Latitude of a heavenly body is the arc of a Circle of latitude, intercepted between the centre of the body and the eclip- tic. It therefore expresses the distance of the body from the eclip- tic. Thus, LS is the latitude of the star S. Latitude is North or South, according as the body is north or south of the ecliptic. In the use of formulae, a south latitude is affected with the mi- nus sign. The longitude and latitude of a heavenly body are another set of co-ordinates, which serve to fix its position in the heavens. They ascertain its situation with respect to the circle of latitude passing through the vernal equinox and the ecliptic. Thus, VL and LS fix the position of the star S, making known its situation with re- spect to the circles KVK'A and VTAW. (32.) The Angle of Position of a star, is the angle included at the star between the circles of latitude and declination passing through it. PSK is the angle of position of the star S. (33.) The Astronomical Latitude, or the Latitude, of a place, is the arc of the meridian intercepted between the zenith and the ce- lestial equator. It is North or South, according as the zenith is north or south of the equator. ZE (Fig. 7) represents the latitude of the station O ; QOE or QCE being the equator. 33. The earth's surface, considered as spherical, (which ac- curate admeasurement, upon principles that will be explained in the sequel, proves it to be, very nearly,) is called the Terrestrial Sphere. The following geometrical constructions appertain to the terrestrial sphere, as it is employed for the purposes of astronomy. It will be observed that they correspond to those of the celestial sphere above described, and are used for similar objects. (1.) The North and South Poles of the Earth are the two points in which the axis of the heavens intersects the terrestrial sphere. They are also the extremities of the earth's axis of rotation. (2.) The Terrestrial Equator is the great circle in which a plane passing through the centre of the earth, and perpendicular to the axis of the heavens and earth, cuts the terrestrial sphere. The terrestrial and the celestial equator, then, lie in the same plane. DEFINITIONS 19 The poles of the earth are the geometrical poles of the terrestrial equator. The two hemispheres into which the terrestrial equator divides the earth, are called, respectively, the Northern Hemi- sphere and the Southern Hemisphere. (3.) Terrestrial Meridians are great circles of the terrestrial sphere, passing through the north and south poles of the earth, and cutting the equator at right angles. Every plane that passes through the axis of the heavens, cuts the celestial sphere in a celestial me- ridian^ and the terrestrial sphere in a terrestrial meridian. Let PP' (Fig. 9) represent the axis of the heavens, O the centre of the earth, and p andp' its poles. Then, elq will represent the Fig. 9. terrestrial equator, (ELQ representing the celestial equator;) and pep' andpsp' terrestrial meridians, (PEP' and PSP' representing celestial meridians.) (4.) The Reduced Latitude of a place on the earth's surface is the arc of the terrestrial meridian, intercepted between the place and the equator, or the angle at the centre of the earth measured by this arc. Thus, oe, or the angle oOe, is the reduced latitude of the place o. Latitude is North or South, according as the place is north or south of the equator. The reduced latitude dif- fers somewhat from the astronomical latitude, by reason of the slight deviation of the earth from a spherical form. Their differ- ence is called the Reduction of Latitude. (5.) Parallels of Latitude are small circles of the terrestrial 20 ON THE TERRESTRIAL SPHERE. sphere parallel to the equator. Every point of a parallel of latitude has the same latitude. The parallels of latitude which correspond in situation with the polar circles and tropics in the heavens, have received the same appellations as these circles. (See defs. 22, 23, p. 15.) (6.) The Longitude of a place on the earth's surface, is the in- clination of its meridian to that of some particular station, fixed upon as a circle to reckon from, and called the First Meridian. It is measured by the arc of the equator, intercepted between the first meridian and the meridian passing through the place, and is called East or West, according as the latter meridian is to the east or to the west of the first meridian. Thus, if pqp' be supposed to re- present the first meridian, the angle spq, or the arc ql, will be the longitude of the place s. Different nations have, for the most part, adopted different first meridians. The English use the meridian which passes through the Royal Observatory at Greenwich, near London; and the French, the meridian of the Royal Observatory at Paris. In the United States the longitude is, for astronomical purposes, reckoned from the meridian of Greenwich or Paris, (generally the former.) The longitude and latitude of a place designate its situation on the earth's surface. They are precisely analogous to the right as- cension and decimation of a star in the heavens. 34. The diagram (see Fig. 6) which we made use of in Art. 32 in illustrating our description of the circles of the celestial sphere, represents the aspect of this sphere at a place at which the north pole of the heavens is some- where between the zenith arid horizon. Such is the position of the north pole at all places situated between the equator and the north pole of the earth. For, let O (Fig. 10) represent a place on the earth's surface, HOR the horizon, OZ the vertical, HZR the meridian, and ZE the latitude. QOE will then represent the equinoctial, and P, P', 90 dis- tant from E and on the meri- dian, the poles. Now, we have HP = ZH ZP = 90 ZP ; ZE = PE ZP - 90 ZP. Whence HP = ZE. Thus, the altitude of the pole is everywhere equal to the latitude of the place. It follows, therefore, that in proceeding from the equator to the north pole, the altitude of the north pole of the heav- ens will gradually increase from to 90. By inspecting Fig. 7, it will be seen that this increase of the al- ASPECTS OF THE CELESTIAL SPHERE. 21 titude of the pole in going north, is owing to the fact that in fol- lowing the curved surface of the earth the horizon, which is con- tinually tangent to the earth, is being constantly more and more depressed towards the north, while the absolute direction of the pole remains unaltered. If the spectator is in the southern hemisphere, the elevated pole, as it is always on the opposite side of the zenith from the equator, will be the south pole. At corresponding situations of the spec- tator it will obviously have the same altitude as the north pole in the northern hemisphere. 35. Let us now inquire minutely into the principal circumstan- ces of the diurnal motion of the stars, as it is seen by a spectator situated somewhere between the equator and the north pole. And in the first place, it is a simple corollary from the proposition just established, that the parallel of declination to the north, whose polar distance is equal to the latitude of the place, will lie entirely above the horizon, and just touch it at the north point. This cir- cle is called the circle of perpetu- Fig. 11. al apparition ; the line #H (Fig. 11) represents its projection on the me- ridian plane. The stars compre- hended between it and the north pole will never set. As the de- pression of the south pole is equal to the altitude of the north pole, H[ the parallel of declination o R, at ,1 distance from the south pole equal to the latitude of the place, will lie entirely below the horizon, and just touch it at the south point. The parallel thus situated is call- ed the circle of perpetual occultation. The stars comprehended between it and the south pole will never rise. The celestial equator (which passes through the east and west points) will intersect the meridian at a point E, whose zenith dis- tance ZE is equal to the latitude of the place (Def. 33, Art. 32,) and consequently, whose altitude RE is equal to the co-latitude of the place. Therefore, in the situation of the observer above supposed, the equator QOE, passing to the south of the zenith, will, togeth- er with the diurnal circles nr, st, &c., which are all parallel to it, be obliquely inclined to the horizon, making with it an angle equal to the co-latitude of the place. As the centres c,c', &c., of the diurnal circles lie on the axis of the heavens, which is inclined to the horizon, all diurnal circles situated between the two circles of perpetual apparition and occultation, aH and oR, with the excep- tion of the equator, will be divided unequally by the horizon. The greater parts of the circles nr, nY, &c., to the north of the equa- tor, will be above the horizon ; and the greater parts of the circles 22 ON THE CELESTIAL SPHERE. st y s't', &c., to the south of the equator, will be below the horizon Therefore, while the stars situated in the equator will remain an equal length of time above and below the horizon, those to the north of the equator will remain a longer time above the horizon than below it ; and those to the south of the equator, on the con- trary, a longer time below the horizon than above it. It is also obvious, from the manner in which the horizon cuts the different diurnal circles, that the disparity between the intervals of time that a star remains above and below the horizon, will be the greater the more distant it is from the equator. Again, the stars will all cul- minate, or attain to their greatest altitude, in the meridian : for, since the meridian crosses the diurnal circles at right angles, they will have the least zenith distance when in this circle. Moreover, as the meridian bisects the portions of the diurnal circles which lie above the horizon, the stars will all employ the same length of time in passing from the eastern horizon to the meridian, as in passing from the meridian to the western horizon. The circum- polar stars will pass the meridian twice in 24 hours ; once above, and once below the pole. These meridian passages are called, respectively, Upper and Lower Culminations, or Inferior and Su- perior Transits. It will be observed, that in travelling towards the north the cir- cles of perpetual apparition and occultation, together with those portions of the heavens about the poles which are constantly visible and invisible, are continually on the increase. It is evident, from what is stated in Art. 34, that the circum- stances of the diurnal motion will be the same at any place in the southern hemisphere, as at the place which has the same latitude in the northern. The celestial sphere in the position relative to the horizon which we have now been considering, which obtains at all places situated between the equator and either pole, is called an Oblique Sphere, because all bodies rise and set obliquely to the horizon. Fig. 12. 36. When the spectator is sit- uated on the equator, both the celestial poles will be in his hori- zon, (34,) and therefore the celes- tial equator and the diurnal circles in general will be perpendicular to the horizon. This situation of the sphere is called a Right Sphere, for the reason that all bodies rise and set at right angles with the horizor . It is represented in Fig. 12. As the diurnal circles are bisected by the horizon, the stars will all remain the same length of time above as below the horizon. ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. 23 37. If the observer be at either oi the poles, the elevated pole of the heavens will be in his zenith, (34,) and consequently, the celes- tial equator will be in his horizon. The stars will move in circles parallel to the horizon, and the whole hemisphere, on the side of the elevated pole, will be continu- ally visible, while the other hem- isphere will be continually invis- ible. This is called a Parallel Sphere. It is represented Fig. 13. m Fig. 13. CHAPTER II. ON THE CONSTRUCTION AND USE OF THE PRINCIPAL ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. 38. ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS are, for the most part, used for the admeasurement of arcs of the celestial sphere, or of angles cor- responding to such arcs at the earth's surface. They consist, es- sentially, of a refracting telescope turning upon a horizontal axis, and of a vertical graduated limb, (or, in some cases, of both a ver- tical and a horizontal graduated limb,) to indicate the angle passed over by the telescope. At the common focus of the object-glass and eye-glass of the telescope is a diaphragm, or circular plate, at- tached to which are two very fine wires, or spider-lines, crossing each other at right angles in its centre. The place of this dia- phragm may be altered by adjusting screws ; it is by this means brought into such a position that the cross of the wires will lie on the axis of the telescope, (that is, the line joining the centres of the object-glass and eye-glass.) The line joining the centre of the ob- ject-glass and the cross of the wires, is technically termed the Line of Collimation. Bringing the cross of the wires upon the axis of the telescope, is called Adjusting the Line of Collimation. A star is known to be on the line of Collimation when it is bisected by the cross-wires. The telescope either turns around the centre of the graduated limb, or, which is more common, the limb and telescope are firmly attached to each other, and turn together. In the first arrange- ment a small steel plate, firmly connected with the telescope, slides along the limb, upon this plate a small mark is drawn, which is called the Index. The required angle is read off by noting the 24 ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. angle upon the limb which is pointed out by the index ; the zero on the limb being generally, in practice, the point from which the angle is reckoi.ed. When the telescope and graduated limb are firmly connected, the limb slides past the index, which is now sta- tionary. The limbs of even the largest instruments are not divided into smaller parts than about 5', but, by means of certain subsidi- ary contrivances, the angle may, with some instruments, be read off lo within a fraction of a second. 39. The principal contrivances for increasing the accuracy of the reading off of angles, are the Vernier, the Micrometer Screw, and the Micrometer Microscope or Reading Microscope. The Vernier is only the index plate, so graduated that a certain number of its divisions occupy the same space as a number one less on the limb. Fig. 14 represents a vernier and a portion of the limb of the instru- ment, 15 divisions on the vernier corresponding to 14 on the limb. If we suppose the smallest divisions of the limb to be 15', and call x the number of minutes in one division of the vernier, then, 15 x == 14 X 15', and x = 14'. Thus, the difference between a division on the vernier and one on the limb, will be 1'. Accordingly, if the index, which is the first. mark on the vernier, should be little past the mark 40 on the limb, and the second mark of the vernier should coincide with the next point of division, marked 15', the angle would be 40 1'. If the third mark on the vernier were coincident with the next division of the limb, marked 30', the angle would be 40 2'. If the fourth with the next division to this, 40 3' ; and so on. By making the divisions on the vernier more numerous, the an- Fig. 14. gle can be read off with greater precision ; but a better expedi- ent is provided in the Microme- ter Screw. This piece of me- chanism is represented in Fig. 14. The part E can be fast- ened to the limb of the instru- ment by means of a screw. FG is a screw, with a milled head at F, working in a collar fixed in the under part of E , and in a nut fixed in the under part of the tel- escope T t. When the part E is fixed or clamped, and the screw is turned around by its milled head at F, it must com- municate a direct motion to the nut, and, consequently, to the telescope and vernier in the direction of FG. Attached to the screw, or to the small cylinder on which it is formed, is an index D, move- able together with the screw, and on a thin graduated immoveable READING MICROSCOPE TIME, ETC. 25 plate, the profile only of which is shown in the figure. Suppose now that the screw is of such fineness that while, together with the index D, it makes a complete revolution, the vernier moves through an arc of 1'. Then, if the plate be divided into 60 equal parts, a motion of the index over one of these parts would answer to a mo- tion of I" on the limb. This being understood, to show the use of the micrometer screw, suppose that no two marks on the vernier and limb are coincident : bring the two nearest into coincidence by turning the screw, and the number of divisions passed over by the index D will be the seconds to be added to or subtracted from the angle read off with the vernier. In observing the coincidence of the divisions of the limb and vernier, the eye is assisted by a mi- croscope.* 40. The Reading Microscope is a compound microscope firmly fixed opposite to the limb, and furnished with cross-wires in the focus of the eye-glass, or conjugate focus of the object-glass, moveable by a fine-threaded micrometer screw, that is, a screw (such as was de- scribed in the previous article) provided with an immoveable grad- uated circular plate, and an index turning with the screw, and glid- ing over the plate, to measure the exact distance through which the head of the screw is moved. The observer looks through the microscope at the limb. The centre of the microscope corresponds to the index of a fixed vernier plate. By turning the screw the intersection of the wires is moved over the space which separates it from the nearest line of division on the limb, in the direction of the zero, and the number of turns and parts of a turn of the screw being noted by means of the graduated plate, the number of mi- nutes and seconds in this space becomes known. The minutes and seconds thus found being added to the angle read off from the limb, the result will be the angle sought. 41. It is obvious that, other things being the same, instruments are accurate in proportion to the power of the telescope and the size of the limb. The large instruments now in use in astronomi- cal observatories, are relied upon as furnishing angles to within 1" of the truth. 42. Time is an essential element in astronomical observation. Three different kinds of time are employed by astronomers : Si- dereal, Apparent or True Solar,' and Mean Solar Time. 43. Sidereal Time is time as measured by the diurnal motion of the stars, or, more properly, of the vernal equinox. A Sidereal Day is the interval between two successive meridian transits of a star, or, (as it is now most generally considered,) the interval be- tween two successive transits of the vernal equinox.. It commences at the instant when the vernal equinox is on the superior meridian, and is divided into 24 Sidereal Hours. 44. Apparent, or True Solar Time, is deduced from observa * Weodhouse's Astronomy, vl. i. p. 55. 4 26 ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. tions upon the sun. An Apparent Solar Day is the interval be- tween two successive meridian passages of the sun's centre ; com- mencing when the sun is on the superior meridian. It appears from observation that it is a little longer than a sidereal day, and that its length is variable during the year. It is divided into 24 Apparent Solar Ifours. 45. Mean Solar Time is measured by the diurnal motion of an imaginary sun, called the Mean Sun, conceived to move uniformly from west to east in the equator, with the real sun's mean motion in the ecliptic, and to have at all times a right ascension equal to the sun's mean longitude. A Mean Solar Day commences when the mean sun is on the superior meridian, and is divided into 24 Mean Solar Hours. Since the mean sun moves uniformly and directly towards the east, the length of the mean solar day must be invariable. 46. The Astronomical Day commences at noon, and is divided into 24 hours ; but the Calendar Day commences at midnight, and is divided into two portions of 12 hours each. 47. Astronomical observations are, for the most part, made in the plane of the meridian. But some of minor importance are made out of this plane. The chief instruments employed for me- ridian observations, are the Astronomical Circle, and the Transit Instrument, used in connection with the Astronomical Clock. These are the capital instruments of an observatory, inasmuch as they serve (as will soon be explained) for the determination of the places of the heavenly bodies, which are the fundamental data of astronomical science. The principal instruments used for making observations out of the meridian plane, are the Altitude and Azi- muth Instrument, the Equatorial, and the Sextant. TRANSIT INSTRUMENT. 48. The Transit Instrument is a meridional instrument, employ- ed in conjunction with a clock or chronometer for observing the passage of celestial objects across the meridian, either for the pur- pose of determining their difference of right ascension, or obtaining the correct time. It is constructed of various dimensions, from a focal length of 20 inches to one of 10 feet. The larger and more perfect instruments are permanently fixed in the meridian plane ; the smaller ones are mounted upon portable stands. Fig. 15 rep- resents a fixed transit instrument. AD is a telescope, fixed, as it is represented in the figure, to a horizontal axis formed of two cones. The two small ends of these cones are ground into two perfectly equal cylinders ; which cylindrical ends are called Pivots. These pivots rest on two angular bearings, in form like the upper part of a Y, and denominated Y's. The Y's are placed in two dove-tailed brass grooves fastened in two stone pillars E and W, so erected as to be perfectly steady. One of the grooves is horizontal, the other vertical, so that, by means of screws, one end of the axis TRANSIT INSTRUMENT. 27 may be pushed a little forward or backward, and the other end may be either slightly depressed or elevated : which two small movements are necessary, as it will be soon explained, for two ad justments of the telescope. Fig. 15. Let E be called the eastern pillar, W the western. On the eastern end of the axis is fixed (so that it revolves with the axis) an index n, the upper part of which, when the telescope revolves, nearly slides along the graduated face of a circle, attached, as it is shown in the figure, to the eastern pillar. The use of this part of the apparatus is to adjust the telescope to the altitude or zenith distance of a star the transit of which is to be observed. Thus, suppose the index n to be at o, in the upper part of the circle, when the telescope is horizontal : then, by elevating the telescope, the index is moved downward. Suppose the position to be that represented in the figure, then the number of degrees between o and the index is the altitude. The wire plate placed in the focus of the transit telescope, has attached to it five vertical wires together with one horizontal wire. In order to be seen at night, these wires, or rather the field of view, requires to be illuminated by artificial light. The illumination of the field is effected by making one of the cones hollow, and ad- mitting the light of a lamp placed in the pillar opposite the orifice ; which light is directed to the wires by a reflector placed diagonally in the telescope. The reflector, having a large hole in its centre, 28 ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. does not interfere with the rays passing down the telescope from the object* The wires are seen as dark lines upon a bright ground. In some of the best instruments recently constructed there is a neat contrivance for illuminating the wires directly, so as to make them appear bright upon a dark ground, which is intended to be used in making observations upon faint stars. Sometimes the transit instrument is furnished with a meridian graduated circle of large size, designed to be used for the measurement of meridian altitudes or zenith distances. It then takes the name of Meridian Circle or Transit Circle ; and serves for the determination of both the right ascension and declination of a heavenly body. The meridian circle of the observatory recently established at Pulkova, near St. Petersburg, has two meridian limbs, provided each with four reading microscopes. 49. We will now explain the principal adjustments of the tran- sit. Upon setting the instrument up it should be so placed that the telescope, when turned down to the horizon, should point north and south, as near as can possibly be ascertained. This being done, then (1.) To adjust the line of collimation. This adjustment consists in bringing the central vertical wire, within the telescope, to intersect the optical axis, which is sup- posed to be fixed by the maker of the instrument perpendicularly to the axis of rotation. There is no occasion with this instrument to have the horizontal wire intersect the . optical axis with exact- ness. Direct the telescope to some small, distant, well-defined object, (the more distant the better,) and bisect it with the middle of the central vertical wire ; then lift the telescope out of its angular bearings, or Y's, and replace it with the axis reversed. Point the telescope again to the same object, and if it be still bi- sected, the collimation adjustment is correct; if not, move the wires one half the angle of deviation, by turning the small screws that hold the wire plate, near the eye-end of the telescope, and the adjustment will be accomplished : but, as half the deviation may not be correctly estimated in moving the wires, it becomes neces- sary to verify the adjustment by moving the telescope the other half, which is done by turning the screw that gives the small azi- muth motion to the Y before spoken of, and consequently to the pivot of the axis which it carries. Having thus again bisected the object, reverse the axis as before, and if half the error was cor- rectly estimated, the object will be bisected upon the telescope being directed to it. If it should not be bisected, the operation of ' reversing and correcting half the error must be gone through again, and until after successive approximations the object is found to be bisected in both positions of the axis ; the adjustment will then be perfect.* * Woodhouse's Astronomy, vol. i. pp. 70-72 ; also Simm's Treatise on Mathe* matical Instruments, p. 53. TRANSIT INSTRUMENT. 29 It is desirable that the central wire should be truly vertical, as we should then have the power of observing the transit of a star on any part of it, as well as the centre. It may be ascertained whether it is so, by elevating and depressing the telescope, when directed to a distant object : if the object is bisected by every part of the wire, the wire is vertical, (or rather it is perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the telescope, and becomes vertical so soon as the axis of rotation is made horizontal.) If it is not bisected, the wire should be adjusted, by turning the inner tube carrying the wire plate until the above test of its vertically be obtained. 50. (2.) To set the axis of rotation of the telescope horizon- tal. This adjustment is effected by means of a spirit-level ; either attached to two upright arms bent at their upper extremities, by which it is hung on the two pivots of the axis, or else having two legs and standing upon the axis. In the first position it is called a hanging level, and in the second a riding level. At one end of the level is a vertical adjusting screw, by which that end may be elevated or depressed. Put the level in its place, and observe to which end of the level the bubble runs, which will always be the more elevated end ; bring it back to the middle by the Y screw for vertical motion, and take off the level and hang it on again with the ends reversed. Then, if the bubble is again found in the mid- dle, the level is already parallel to the axis, and the axis horizon- tal ; but if not, adjust one half the error by the adjusting screw of the level, and the other half by the Y screw ; and let the operation of reversing, and adjusting by halves, be repeated until the bubble will remain stationary in either position of the level, in which case both the level and axis will be horizontal. 51 . (3.) To adjust the line of collimation to the plane of the me- ridian. We have said, that upon setting the instrument up, the telescope is to be brought into the meridian plane, as near as can be ascertained. One mode of establishing it, is to direct the tel- escope to the pole star, and by repeated observations find the position corresponding to its greatest or least altitude. At the present time, we may instead compute by means of existing tables founded on observation, the time of the meridian transit of the pole star, and at that computed time bisect the star by the middle vertical wire. Afterwards the line of collimation may be placed still more exactly in the plane of the meridian in the following manner : Note the times of two successive superior transits of the pole star across the central vertical wire, and the time of the inter- vening inferior transit. If the line of collimation were exactly in the plane of the meridian, as the diurnal circles are bisected by this plane, the interval between the superior and next inferior tran- sit would be precisely equal to the interval between the inferior and next superior transit. Accordingly, if these intervals are not in fact equal, find by repeated trials the position of the telescope 30 ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. and vertical wire for which they are equal, and the line of collima tion will then be in the plane of the meridian. Instead of establishing this equality by a system of trial and error, we may, by means of a formula which has been investiga- ted for the purpose, compute from an observed inequality the amount of the movement in azimuth necessary to correct the error of position of the instrument. Another, and generally a more convenient method, is to observe one of the tran- sits of the pole star, and also the transit of some star that crosses the meridian near the zenith, and which follows or precedes the pole star by a known interval, (differ- e.nce of right ascensions of the two stars,) and compare the observed interval with the calculated interval. The difference of the two may be made to disappear by repeated trials : or a formula may easily be investigated, which shall make known the angular movement of the instrument necessary to make the observed and cal- culated intervals precisely equal. The method of regulating the clock required in making this ad- justment, will be explained when we come to treat of the astro- nomical clock. 52. When the transit telescope has once been placed accurately in the meridian plane, in order to avoid the repetition of trouble- some verifications of its position, a meridian mark should be set up, and permanently established, at a distance from the instru- ment ; its place being determined by means of the middle or me- ridional wire. At Greenwich two such marks, one to the north and another to the south, are used ; they are vertical stripes of white paint upon a black ground, on buildings about two miles dis- tant from the observatory. The position of the telescope is verified by sighting at the meridian mark, when it is once established. 53. The times of the transits of the heavenly bodies are ascer- tained as follows : in the case of a star, the moments of its cross- ing each of the five vertical wires are noted ; as the wires are equally distant from each other, the mean of these times (or their sum divided by 5) will be the time of the star's crossing the mid- dle wire, or of its meridian transit. The utility of having five wires, instead of the central one only, will be readily understood, from the consideration that a mean result of several observations is deserving of more confidence than a single one ; since the chances are that an error which may have been made at one wire will be compensated by an opposite error at another.* If the body observed has a disc of perceptible magnitude, as in the cases of the sun, moon, and planets, the times of the passage of both the west- ern and eastern limb across each of the five wires are noted, and the mean of the whole taken, which will be the instant of the me- ridian transit of the centre of the body. The time of the meridian transit of a body may, in this manner, be ascertained within a few tenths of a second. 54. When a star is on the meridian, its declination circle (Def * Simm's Mathematical Instruments, p. 59. '* * ASTRONOMICAL CLOCK. 31 16, p. 15) coincides with the meridian; moreover, the arc of the equator which lies between the declination circles of two stars, measures their difference of right ascension, (see def. 26, p. 17.) It follows, therefore, that in the interval between the transits of any two stars, the arc of the equator which expresses their difference of right ascension will pass across the meridian, the rate of the motion being that of 1 5 to a sidereal hour : hence the difference of the times of transit of two stars, as observed with a sidereal clock, when converted into degrees by allowing 15 a to the hour, will be the difference between the right ascensions of the two stars. We may, then, in this manner, by means of a transit instrument and sidereal clock, find the differences between the right ascension of any one star and the right ascensions of all the others. This being done, as soon as the position of the vernal equinox with re- spect to the same star becomes known, (and we shall show how to find it,) the absolute right ascensions of all the stars will also become known. Thus RR', (Fig. 8,) is the difference of right ascension of the stars S and S', their absolute right as- censions being VR and VR', and VR is the distance of the vernal equinox V from the declination circle of the star S ; and it will at once be seen that if RR' be found, in the manner just explained so soon as VR becomes known, by adding it to RR' we shall have VR' the right ascension of the star S'. In the actually existing state of astronomical science, the right ascensions of all the stars are more or less accurately known, and a right ascension sought is now obtained directly, by noting the time of the transit of the body with a sidereal clock regulated so as to indicate Oh. Om. Os. when the vernal equinox is on the meridian, and converting it into degrees. ASTRONOMICAL CLOCK. 55. The astronomical clock is very similar to the common clock. It has a compensation pendulum ; that is, a pendulum so construct- ed that its length is unaffected by changes of temperature. The hours on the face are marked from 1 to 24. 56. Astronomers make use of sidereal time (as already stated) in determining the right ascensions of the heavenly bodies, but for all other purposes they generally use mean solar time. 57. To regulate a sidereal clock. When a clock is used for de termining differences of right ascension, (54,) it is adjusted to side- real time if it goes equally and marks out 24 hours in a sidereal day ; it being altogether immaterial at what time it indicates Oh. Om. Os. To ascertain the daily rate of going of a clock which is to be adjusted to sidereal time for the purpose just mentioned, note by the clock the times of two successive meridian transits of the same star : the difference between the interval of the transits and 24 hours will be the daily gain or loss (as the case may be) of the 32 ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. clock with respect to a perfectly accurate sidereal clock.* If the gain or loss, when found after this manner, proves to be the same each day, then the mean rate of going is the same each day. Next, to be able to discover the rate from hour to hour during the day, it is ne. cessary to have obtained beforehand, at various times, and under various states of the circumstances likely to influence the rate of going of the clock, the differences between the times of the transits of a number of different stars, (correcting propor- tionally for the daily rate,) and to take the mean of the several differences found for each pair of stars for the exact difference of their transits. When this lias been done, the rate of the clock may be found at all hours during the day by noting by the clock the differences between the times of the transits of these stars, and com- paring these with the exact differences already found. At the present time, the right ascensions of the stars being known, to ascertain the rate from hour to hour, we have only to compare the intervals of time given by the clock between the transits of different stars taken in the order of their right ascension with their differences of right ascension. 58. The sidereal clocks now in use are made to indicate Oh, Om. Os. when the vernal equinox is on the superior meridian. For the regulation of such clocks, it is necessary to know not only their rate but also their error. This is found by noting the time of the transit of a star, and comparing this with its right ascension ex- pressed in time. If the two are equal the clock is right, otherwise their difference will be its error. If the error of the rate of a clock be considerable, it should be diminished by altering the length of the pendulum ; otherwise, it may be allowed for. The stars best adapted to the regulation of clocks are those in the vicinity of the equator ; for, as their motion is more rapid than that of the stars more distant from the equator, there is less liability to error in noting their transits. 59. A mean solar clock is usually regulated by observations up- on the sun. The method of regulating it cannot be adequately explained until we have treated of the apparent motion of the sun. It will here suffice to state, that with the instruments we have now described, the sun's motion can be ascertained ; and therefore, as a knowledge of this is all that is necessary in order that we may be able to obtain the mean solar time at any instant, that it is pos- sible to express all intervals of time in mean solar time. ASTRONOMICAL CIRCLE. 60. An Astronomical Circle is an instrument designed for the measurement of the zenith distances or altitudes of the heavenly bodies at the instants of their arrival on the meridian. Its essen- tial parts are a graduated circular limb, a telescope turning upon a horizontal axis which passes through the centre of the limb, and a micrometer microscope, (40,) or other piece of apparatus, for read- ing off the angles upon the limb. It is sometimes mounted upon an upright stem, which either turns upon fixed supports or * It is not necessary, in order to obtain the daily rate of a sidereal clock, that the transit instrument should be adjusted to the plane of the meridian. It is only requisite that it should be kept fixed in some one vertical plane. MURAL CIRCLE. 33 rests upon a tripod, and can be turned around in azimuth ; but, in general, the larger circles in the best furnished observatories have their axis let into a massive pier, or wall, of stone, and capable of only such small motions in the horizontal and vertical directions, under the action of screws, as may be necessary for its adjustment to the horizontal position and perpendicular to the meridian plane. These are called Mural Circles. For greater accuracy the angle is read off at six different points of the limb by means of six sta- tionary micrometer microscopes, and the mean of the different readings taken for the angle required. Fig. 16 is a side view of a mural circle. The graduation is on the outer rim, which is per- pendicular to the plane of the wall CDFE. One of the reading Fig. 16. microscopes is represented at A. The others, which are omitted in the figure, are disposed at equal distances around the rim. The position of the telescope may be changed by unclamping it and clamping it to a different part of the limb. In taking an angle, the telescope is made fast to the limb, and the limb glides past the sta- tionary microscopes. The six reading microscopes, together with the power of chang- ing the position of the telescope on the limb, so as to read off the angle from all parts of the limb, when the mean results of a great number of observations are taken, do away with, or at least very considerably lessen the errors of graduation, centring, and une- qual expansion. o 34 ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. 61. In place of mural circles, Mural Quadrants have been much used. Since the mural quadrant has its graduated limb only one fourth the size of the limb of the mural circle, it can be made larger than the circle. But the circle is better balanced than the quadrant, and the quadrant does not possess the advantages which have been enumerated as resulting in the case of the circle from the use of a number of reading microscopes, and from the power to change the position of the telescope on the limb. Besides, two mural quadrants, one to observe the stars north of the zenith, and another to observe the stars south of the zenith, are neces, sary to effect the general object, accomplished by one mural circle, of ascertaining the zenith distance or altitude of any heavenly body at the time of its arrival on the meridian. 62. The largest astronomical circles that have yet been con- structed, are to be found, it is said, in the Dublin and Cambridge Observatories. That in the Dublin Observatory is 8 feet in diame- ter, and has an azimuth motion, (that is, a motion about a vertical axis.) The other is a mural circle. The mural circle in the Na- tional Observatory at Washington has a diameter of a little more than 5 feet. The large mural quadrants of the Greenwich Observatory are of 8 feet radius. 63. There is another modification of the astronomical circle, called the Zenith Sector, which is used to measure the meridian zenith distances of stars that cross the meridian within a few degrees of the zenith. The limb extends only about* 10 on each side of the lowest point. It can, accordingly, be made larger than the limb of the circle or quadrant. The zenith sector in the observatory at Greenwich has a radius of 12 feet. 64. The mural circle, like the transit instrument, requires three adjustments : 1 . Its axis must be made horizontal ; 2. Its line of collimation(38) must be made perpendicular to the horizontal axis; 3. The line of collimation must be made to move in the plane of the meridian. A simple mechanical contrivance exists for carrying the first of the adjustments into complete effect. When the axis is made ho- rizontal, the line of collimation describes a vertical circle ; but it may describe a small circle of the celestial sphere. To make it ne- cessarily describe a great circle, and a meridional circle, there are no mechanical means. Astronomical ones must be resorted to ; and ejen with those, the two latter adjustments are not accom- plished without great difficulty, We may, on this occasion, use the transit. When a star is on the meridional wire of the transit instrument, so move the mural circle that the star may be on its middle wire. Next, observe by the transit instrument when a star, on, or very near to the zenith, crosses the meridian : if, at that time, the star is on the middle vertical wire of the tele- scope of the mural circle, then its line of collimation is rightly adjusted. If the star is on the middle wires of the two telescopes at different times, note their difference and adjust accordingly.* 65. The horizontal point of the limb, technically so called, is the place of the index (or centre of the microscope) answering to * This adjustment must be conducted by some formula which expresses the re- lation between the difference of the times, and the inclination of the line of collima- tion to the plane of the meridian, (Woodhouse's Astronomy, p. 117.) MURAL CIRCLE. 3$ a horizontal position of the line of collimation of the telescope. Perhaps the simplest method of obtaining this point is the follow- ing : Direct the telescope upon some star at the moment of its culmination, and read off the angle on the limb. Procure an arti- ficial horizon, (see art. 79,) and on the following night direct the telescope upon the image of the same -star, as seen in the artificial horizon. By the laws of reflexion, the angle of depression of this image will be equal to the angle of elevation of the star. Accord- ingly the arc on the limb which passes before the reading micro- scope, in moving the telescope from the star to its image, will be double the altitude of the star, and its point of bisection the hori- zontal point.* This point may also be found by directing the telescope upon a star whose altitude is known. 66. In the case of the mural quadrant, if there is no altitude that can be relied on as having been obtained with all attainable accuracy, it is necessary to have recourse to the zenith sector. This instrument is so constructed and arranged, that its horizontal axis can be reversed in position. By taking the zenith distance of a star with its face towards the east, and then of the same star with the face to- wards the west, the half sum of the two will be its true zenith distance. With this we may readily find the vertical point, and thence the horizontal point, on the limb of the mural quadrant, by directing the telescope upon the star observed with the sector, when it is on the meridian. 67. The adjustments of the mural circle having all been effect- ed, and the horizontal point determined, if the instrument be set to this point, and the telescope afterwards directed upon any star in the meridian, the arc of the limb that passes by the reading mi- croscope will be the altitude of the star. In making the observa- tion the telescope must be brought into such a position that the star will be bisected by the horizontal wire, as it passes through the field of view. The altitude of the sun, moon, or any planet, may be ascertained by measuring the altitudes of the upper and lower limbs, and taking their half sum for the altitude of the cen- tre : or, if the apparent semidiameter be known, by adding this to the altitude of the lower limb, or subtracting it from the altitude of the upper limb. 68. The meridian altitude or zenith distance of a heavenly body having been measured with an astronomical circle, or other similar instrument, at a place the latitude of which is known, its declina- tion may easily be found. For, let s, (Fig. 10,) represent the point of meridian passage of a star, or other heavenly body, which crosses the meridian to the north of the zenith (Z.) Es will be its decima- tion, (Def. 27, p. 17,) Zs its meridian zenith distance, and ZE the latitude of the place of observation (O,) (Def. 33, p. 18 :) and we obviously have Es = ZE + Zs . . . (a). * The method of using the level for the determination of the horizontal point may be found explained in Herschel's Astronomy, p. 93. Another piece of appa- ratus, used for the same purpose, called the Floating Collimator, is described in the same work, p. 95. 36 ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS If the star cross the meridian at some point s' between the ze- nith (Z) and the equator (E,) we shall have Es' = ZE Zs', (b) , and if its point cf transit be some point s" to the south of the equa- tor (E,) we shall have Es" = Zs" ZE, and Es" = ZE Zs", (c). The three formulae (a), (6), and (c), may all be compre- hended in one, viz : Declination = latitude + meridian zenith distance . . . ( 1 ) if we adopt the following conventional rules : 1. North latitude is always positive ; 2. The zenith distance is positive when it is North, that is, when the star is north of the zenith, and negative when it is South ; 3. The declination is North if it comes out posi- tive, and South if it comes out negative. If the latitude is South, it must be regarded as negative, and the zenith distance must be affected with the minus sign when it is South, and with the plus sign when it is North. The rule for the declination is the same. In general, North latitude is -f-, South latitude . The zenith distance has the same sign as the latitude when it is of the same name, the contrary sign when it is of a contrary name. North declination is -}-, South declination . The latitude which is here supposed to be known, maybe found by measuring (67) the meridian altitudes of a circumpolar star at its inferior and superior transits, and taking their half sum. For, as the pole lies midway between the points at which the transits take place, its altitude will be the arithmetical mean, or the half sum of the altitudes of these points, and the altitude of the pole is equal to the latitude of the place, (34.) 69. When the right ascension and declination of a heavenly body have been obtained from observation, with a transit instrument and circle, (54, 68,) its longitude and latitude may be computed. For, let S (Fig. 8) represent the place of the body, VRQE the equa- tor, VLTW the ecliptic, and P, K, the north poles of the equator and ecliptic. In the spherical triangle PKS we shall know PS the complement of SR the declination, and the angle KPS = ER = E V + VR = 90 + right ascension ; and if we suppose the obliquity of the ecliptic to be known, we shall know PK. We may therefore compute KS, and the angle PKS. But KS is the complement of SL, which is the latitude of the body S ; and PKS = 180 EKS = 180 (WV + VL) = 180 (90 + longitude) = 90 longitude. The obliquity of the ecliptic, which we have here supposed to be known, is, in practice, easily found ; for it is equal to TQ, the sun's greatest declination. ALTITUDE AND AZIMUTH INSTRUMENT. 70. The Altitude and Azimuth Instrument consists, essentially, of a telescope with two graduated limbs, the one horizontal and the other vertical. The telescope turns about the centre of the verti- cal limb, or turns with the limb about its centre ; and the ver- tical limb turns, with the telescope, about the vertical axis of the horizontal limb. EQUATORIAL. 37 If the telescope be brought into the meridian plane, and after- wards directed upon a star out of this plane, the arc of the hori- zontal limb passed over by the index will be the azimuth of the star. The vertical limb will serve to measure its altitude, 71. The Meridian Line (Def. 8, p 14) at a place may easily be determined with the altitude and azimuth instrument, by a method Fig. 17. called the Method of Equal Alti- tudes. Let O (Fig. 17) represent the place of observation, NPZ the meridian, and S, S' two positions of the same star, at which the alti- tude is the same. Now, the spher- ical triangles ZPS and ZPS' have the side ZP common, ZS=ZS 7 , and (allowing the stars to move in circles) PS=PS'. Hence they are equal, and consequently the angle PZS=PZS' ; that is, equal altitudes of a star correspond to equal azimuths. Therefore, by bisecting the arc of the horizontal limb, comprehended between two positions of the vertical limb for which the observed altitude of a star is the same, we shall obtain the me- ridian line. The meridian line may be approximately determined by this method with the common theodolite ; the observations being made upon the sun. The result will be more accurate if they be made towards the summer or winter solstice, when the sun will have but a slight motion towards the north or south in the interval of the observations. It is, however, easy to determine and allow for the effect of the sun's change of place in the heavens. 72. When the time is accurately known, the north and south line maybe found very easily by directing the telescope of any instrument that has a motion in azi- muth upon a star in the vicinity of the pole and at a distance from the zenith, at the moment of its arrival on the meridian, (which, as will be understood in the se- quel, can now easily be determined from existing data.) EQUATORIAL. 73. The Equatorial is similar, in its construction, to the altitude and azimuth instrument. It is so called from the circumstance of one of the limbs being placed in a position parallel to the plane of the equator. The axis of this limb is then parallel to the axis of the heavens ; and the other limb, to the centre of which the tele- scope is attached, is parallel in every one of its positions to the plane of some one celestial meridian. The limb which is parallel to the equator serves for the measurement of differences of right ascension, and the other for the measurement of declinations. The equatorial is regarded as one of the most indispensable instruments of an astronomical observatory. It is particularly useful in the measurement of apparent diameters, and in all observations that require the telescope to be directed upon a body for a considerable period of time ; as, by giving the limb to which the telescope is attached a slow motion from east to west, the body may be follow ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS, ed in its diurnal motion, and kept continually within the field ot view. This motion is generally produced by clock-work, without the use of the hand. It is also frequently used for determining the right ascension and declination of a comet, or other heavenly body, which for some reason cannot, at the time, be ob- served in the meridian ; and for finding and obtaining a protracted view, or fixing more accurately the place of an object invisible to the naked eye, whose place has been approximately calculated from the results of previous observations. Another important object to which it may be applied, is the determination of small differ- ences of right ascension and declination, and thus of the relative positions of con- tiguous objects. Its determinations of declinations and differences of right ascen- sion, in general, are to be deemed less accurate than those effected with the mural circle and transit instrument ; as, from its more complicated structure, and peculiar position, the parts have less stability and are more subject to unequal strains, bendings, and expansions, than those of the instruments just named. 74. The adjustments of the equatorial are somewhat complica- ted and difficult. They are best performed by following the pole- star round its entire diurnal circle, and by observing, at proper intervals, other considerable stars whose places are well ascertained. (Herschel.) Fig. 18. 75. In addition to the instruments that have now been de- scribed, which are designed and used for the measurement of the angular distances of bodies from some fixed point or circle in the heavens, astronomers have found it convenient and important to have another instrument, or piece of appa- ratus, with which to determine directly the relative situation of two stars that are near to each other ; so near as to be seen, at the same time, in the same field of view. The ap- paratus used for this purpose is attached to the telescope of the equatorial, or other instrument, and is called a Micrometer. Another important use to which it is put, is the measurement of the apparent diameters of the heavenly bodies. It has a variety of forms. The simplest is known by the name of the Wire-Micrometer. It is placed in the focus of the telescope. It consists of two forks of brass, bb'b, cc'c, (Fig. 18) sliding one within the other, and having each a very fine wire, or spider-line, e, and d, stretched perpendicularly across from one prong to the other. These forks are placed length- wise in a shallow rectangular box, aa'aa', about 2 inches wide and 4 inches long ; and have each fine-threaded mi- crometer screws, /, /, working against the ends, b', and c'. The graduated heads of these screws are not represented in the figure, but they may be seen in Fig. 19. They pass p. .Q through the ends a', a', of the box, and have their graduated heads on the outside of it. Between the ends b', c' of the two forks and the con- tiguous ends a', a' of the box are two spiral springs, h, h, which keep the ends of the forks firmly pressed against the ends of the screws, and draw the forks outward and the wires further apart whenever the screws are loosened. By turning the screws in the opposite direction the forks are pushed forward, and the wires brought nearer to each other. The number of complete turns and parts of a turn made by each screw, as a'nri SEXTANT. 39 shown by its graduated head, will make known the fraction of an inch through which the end of it and the contiguous wire is moved. The screws can be so del- icately cut that they will measure with accuracy the ym^ of an inch. The linear space thus measured in the focus of the telescope must be converted into the equiv- alent angular space in the heavens. This is effected by fixing upon two contigu- ous stars, whose distance is accurately known, and measuring with the micrometer the linear distance of their images formed in the focus. In this way will be found how many seconds of angular space correspond to a given movement of either of the wires, as measured by the micrometer scale. The micrometer box is fastened perpendicularly across the eye-end of the tube of the telescope. The eye-piece of the telescope screws into the outer face of the box, (see Fig. 19,) and on looking into it, the wires d, e within the box are seen in its focus ; where also the images of the stars, formed by the object-glass, fall. To save the necessity of counting the revolutions of the micrometer screws, a linear scale is placed within the box, and at one side of it, consisting of a series of teeth, with intervening notches. This is represented in the diagram, (Fig. 18.) A motion of the wire from one notch to another answers, say, to one turn of the screw, and to 1' in space. To measure the angular distance of two stars, the wires are both brought into coincidence at the zero of this scale, when we will suppose that they fall between the stars. By turning the screws they are moved from this position, and the mo- tion is continued until the one star is accurately bisected by one wire, and the other star by the other wire. The number of notches which the wires have passed will express the number of minutes in the space between the stars ; to these are to be added the seconds answering to the fractional parts of a revolution, as shown by the divided heads of the screws. It will be seen, that in order to obtain the real distance between the two stars, the two wires d and e must be brought into such a position as to be perpendicular to the line of the stars. This is effected by giving to the whole box a revolving motion about the optical axis of the telescope, and bringing the wire /, which is perpendicular to d and e, into such a position as to bisect both the stars. The diameter of a heavenly body is measured in a similar manner ; the wires being brought into contact with the opposite limbs. 76. To measure the angle made by the line of direction of two stars with a fixed line passing through one of them, it is necessary that the micrometer box should not only have a revolving motion around the axis of the telescope, but also a grad- uated circle to measure its amount. The cross-wire I is brought by this motion into coincidence first with one line and then with the other, and then the an- gle read off. In this way may be found the angle made by the line of direction of two contiguous stars with the meridian, or a line perpendicular to the meridian, at the moment one of them is crossing this circle. This angle is called the Angle of Position of the two stars, and the micrometer that serves to measure it is called a Position Micrometer. The position of the wire I when perpendicular to the meri- dian may be found by turning it until one of the stars runs along the wire, while the telescope of the equatorial is stationary. Fig. 19 represents a position microm- eter. The micrometer box b, with its attached eye-piece e, is connected with the circle a, and is turned around with it by the small milled-head screw s, which works on an interior toothed wheel, and the angle is read off upon the stationary graduated circle above a, by aid of the vernier, moveable with the plate a SEXTANT. 77. The instruments which have now been described are ob- servatory instruments, the chief design of whose construction is tc furnish the places of the heavenly bodies with all attainable exact- ness. That of which we are now to treat is much less exact, though still of great utility in determining the essential data of some of the practical applications of astronomical science ; as finding the latitude and longitude of a place, and the time of day: and is used chiefly by navigators, and astronomical observers on land, who are precluded, by their situation or other circumstances, 40 ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. Fig. 20. from using the more accurate instruments of an observatory. It is much more conveniently portable than any of these, and has not to be set up and adjusted at every new place of observation. Besides, as it is held in the hand, it can be used at sea, where, by reason of the agitations of the vessel, no instrument supported in the or- dinary way is of any service. 78. The sextant may be defined, in general terms, to be an in- strument which serves for the direct admeasurement of the angu- lar distance between any two visible points. The particular quan- tities that may be measured with it, are, 1st, the altitude of .1 heavenly body ; 2d, the angular distance between any two visible objects in the heavens, or on the earth. Its essential parts are a graduated limb BC, (Fig. 20,) comprising about 60 degrees of the entire circle, which is attached to a triangular frame BAG ; two mirrors, of which one (A) called the Index Glass, is moveable in c( .mection with an index G about A the centre of the limb, and the other (D) called the Ho- rizon Glass, is permanently fixed parallel to the radius AC drawn to the zero point of the limb, and is only half- silvered, (the upper half be- ing transparent ;) and an im- moveable telescope at E, directed towards the horizon- glass. The principle of the construction and use of the sextant may be understood from what follows : A ray of light SA from a celestial ob- ject S, which impinges against the index-glass, is reflected off at an equal angle, and striking the horizon-glass (D) is again reflected to E, where the eye likewise receives through the transparent part of that glass a direct ray from another point or object S'. Now, if AS' be drawn, directed to the object S', SAS', the angular distance between the two objects S and S', is equal to double the angle CAG measured upon the limb of the instrument, (AC being parallel to the horizon-glass.) For, when the index-glass is parallel to the horizon-glass, and the angle on the limb is zero, AD, the course of the first reflected ray, will make equal angles with the two glasses, and therefore the angle SAD will become the angle S'AD, (= ADE ;) and the observer, look ing through the telescope, will see the same object S' both b} direct and reflected light. Now, if the index-glass be moved from this position through any angle CAG, the angle made by the re- flected ray which follows the direction AD with this glass, will be SEXTANT. 41 diminished by an amount equal to this angle ; for, we have DAG = DAC CAG. Therefore the angle made with the index-glass by the new incident ray SA, which after reflexion now pursues the same course ADE, and reaches the eye at E, as it is always equal to that made by the reflected ray, will be diminished by this amount. Consequently, the incident ray in question will, on the whole, that is, by the diminution of its inclination to the mirror by the angle CAG and by the motion of the mirror through the same angle, be displaced towards the right, or upward, an angle S'AS equal to 2GAC. Thus, the angular distance SAS' of two objects S, S', seen in contact, the one (S') directly, and the other (S) by reflex- ion from the two mirrors, is equal to twice the angle CAG that the index-glass is moved from the position (AC) of parallelism to the horizon-glass. Hence the limb is divided into 1 20 equal parts, which are called degrees ; and to obtain the angular distance between two points, it is only necessary to sight directly at one of them, and then move the index until the reflected image of the other is brought into contact with it ; the angle read off on the limb will be the an- gle sought. To obtain the angular distance between two bodies which have a sensible diameter, bring the nearest limbs into contact, and to the angle read off on the limb add the sum of the apparent semi- diameters of the two bodies, or bring the farthest limbs into con- tact, and subtract this sum. 79. The sextant is also employed to take the altitude of a heav- enly body. A horizontal reflector, called an Artificial Horizon, is placed in front of the observer : the angle between the body and its reflected image is then measured, as if this image were a real object ; the half of which will be the altitude of the body. A shallow vessel of mercury forms a very good artificial horizon. In obtaining tne altitude of a body, at sea, its altitude above the visible horizon is measured, by bringing the lower limb into contact with the horizon. To this angle is added the apparent semi-diameter of the body, and from the result is subtracted the depression of the visible horizon below the horizontal line, called the Dip of the Horizon. 80. Hadley's Quadrant differs from the sextant in having a graduated limb of 45, instead of 60, in real extent, and a sight vane instead of a small telescope. It is not capable, then, of meas- uring any angle greater than about 90, while the sextant will measure an angle as great as 120, or even 140, (for the gradua- tion generally extends to 140.) The quadrant is also inferior to ihe sextant in respect to materials and workmanship, and its meas- urements are less accurate. 6 42 ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS. ERRORS OF INSTRUMENTAL ADMEASUREMENT. 81. Whatever precautions may be taken, the results of instru- mental admeasurement will never be wholly free from errors. Errors that arise from inaccuracy in the workmanship or adjust- ment of the instrument may be detected and allowed for. But errors of observation are obviously undiscoverable. Since, how- ever, the chances are that an error committed at one observation will be compensated by an opposite error at another, it is to be expected that a more accurate result will be obtained if a great number of observations, under varied circumstances, be made, instead of one, and the mean of the whole taken for the element sought. And accordingly, it is the uniform practice of astronomi- cal observers to multiply observations as much as is practicable. TELESCOPE. 82. An observatory is not completely furnished unless it is supplied with a large telescope for examining the various classes of objects in the heavens, and one or more smaller ones for exploring the heavens and searching for particular objects invisible to the naked eye, as faint comets, and making observations upon occa- sional celestial phenomena, as eclipses of the sun and moon, occultations of the stars, &c. Telescopes are divided into the two classes of Reflecting and Refract- ing Telescopes. In the former class the image of the object is formed by a con- cave speculum, and in the latter by a converging achromatic lens. This image is viewed and magnified by an eye-glass, or rather by an achromatic eye-piece consisting of two glasses. In the simplest form of the reflecting telescope, the Herschelian, the image formed by the concave speculum is thrown a little to one side, and near the open mouth of the tube, where the observer views it through the eye-glass, with his back turned towards the object. 83. The magnifying power of a telescope is to be carefully distinguished from its illuminating and space-penetrating power. A telescope magnifies by increasing the angle under which the object is viewed : it increases the light received from objects, and reveals to the sight faint stars, nebulae, &c., by intercepting and con- verging to a point a much larger beam of rays. The magnifying power is meas- ured by the ratio of the focal length of the object-glass, or speculum, to that of the eye-piece. The illuminating and space-penetrating power, (for faint objects,) if we leave out of view the amount of light lost by reflexion and absorption, is meas- ured by the proportion which the aperture of the object-glass or speculum bears to the pupil of the eye. Telescopes are provided with several eye-glasses of various powers. The power to be used varies with the object to be viewed, and the purity and degree of tranquillity of the atmosphere. Of two telescopes of the same focal length, that which has the largest aperture will form the brightest image in the focus, and therefore, other things being equal, admit of the use of the most power- ful eye-piece. In this way it happens that the available magnifying power indi- rectly depends materially upon the size of the aperture. In all telescopes there- is a certain fixed ratio between the aperture and focal length, or at least limit to this ratio. In reflecting telescopes it is about one inch of aperture for every foot of focal length, and in refracting, one inch of aperture for from one to two feet of focal length. Reflectors and refractors of the same focal length have about the same actual magnifying and illuminating power. The highest available magnifying power that has yet been obtained is about 6,000 ; but this was applicable only to the faintest stars and nebulous spots. With the best telescopes a magnifying power of a few hundred is the highest that can be applied to the moon and planets. The largest reflecting telescope that has yet been constructed, and directed to the heav- ens, is the celebrated one of Sir William Herschel, of 40 feet focus, and 4 feet aperture. Its illuminating power was about 35,000, which makes its space-pene CORRECTIONS OF CO-ORDINATES. 43 trating power nearly 190 times the distance of the faintest star visible to the naked eye ; and its highest magnifying power was 6,450.* The most powerful refractor yet constructed is in the new observatory at Pulkova, near St. Petersburg. It has an aperture of very nearly 15 inches, (14.93 inches,) and a focal length of 22 feet. The best telescope in the United States is the refractor in the new observatory at Cincinnati.! Its aperture is 12 inches, and focal length about 17 feet. The field of view of telescopes diminishes in proportion as the magnifying power in- creases. It 's stated that with a magnifying power of between 100 and 200 it is a circle not as large as the full moon ; and with a power of 600 or 1000 is nearly filled by one of the planets, while a star will pass across it in from two to three seconds. 84. The diminution of the field of view, and the trepidations of the image oc- casioned by the varying density of the atmosphere, and the unavoidable tremors of the instrument, must ever affix a practical limit to the magnifying power of tele- scopes. This limit, it is probable, is already nearly attained, for the highest pow- ers of the best telescopes can now be used only in the most favorable states of the weather4 85. The largo refracting telescopes are equatorially mounted, that they may, as readily as possible, be directed and retained upon an object. 86. The small telescope, called a comet-seeker, is a refractor of large aperture and wide field. Its power does not exceed 100. CHAPTER III. ON THE CORRECTIONS OF THE CO-ORDINATES OF THE OBSERVED PLACE OF A HEAVENLY BODY. '*" " *' 87. ANGLES measured at the earth's surface with astronomical instruments, answer to the Apparent Place of a heavenly body, and are termed Apparent elements. In astronomical language, the True Place of a heavenly body is its real place in the heavens, as it would be seen from the centre of the earth. Angles which relate to the true place are denominated True elements. The apparent co-ordinates of a star are reduced to the true, by the ap- plication of certain corrections, called Refraction, Parallax, and Aberration. 88. Refraction and aberration are corrections for errors' com- * A reflecting telescope, inferior to Herschel's in size, the diameter of the spe- culum being 3 feet, and the focal length 26 feet, but pronounced by Dr. Robinson superior to it in defining power, has, within a few years, been constructed by the Earl of Rosse, of Ireland. The same nobleman has just completed the construc- tion of a reflecting telescope of unparalleled dimensions, from the use of which im- portant discoveries may be anticipated. The diameter of the speculum is 6 feet, and it has a focal length of 53 feet. | See Note II. i The illuminating and space-penetrating power of telescopes may, however, yet be greatly increased, and a greater distinctness and definiteness in the outline of objects may be obtained. Much may perhaps be gained also by setting up an ob- servatory on the top or sides of some lofty mountain above the greater impurities and disturbances of the lower regions of the atmosphere, and under a tropical sky 44 CORRECTIONS OF CO-ORDIXATES. mitted in the estimation of a star's place, while parallax serves to transfer the co-ordinates from the earth's surface to its centre. The object of the reduction of observations from the surface to the cen- tre of the earth, is to render observations made at different places on the earth's surface directly comparable with each other. Ob- servers occupying different stations upon the earth refer the same body (unless it be a fixed star) to different points of the celestial sphere. Their observations cannot, therefore, be compared to- gether, unless they be reduced to the same point, and the centre of the earth is the most convenient point of reference that can be chosen. 89. The co-ordinate planes or circles to which the place of a star is referred, (p. 17,) are not strictly stationary, but, on the con- trary, have a continual slow motion with respect to the stars. Hence, the true co-ordinates of a star's place which have been found for any one epoch, will not answer, without correction, for any other epoch. The reduction from one epoch to another is effected by applying two corrections, called Precession and Nu- tation. REFRACTION. 90. We learn from the principles of Pneumatics, as well as by experiments with the barometer, that the atmosphere gradually decreases in density from the earth's surface upward. We learn also from the same sources, that it may be conceived to be made up of an infinite number of strata of decreasing density, concentric with the earth's surface. From the known pressure and density of the atmosphere at the surface of the earth, it is computed, that by the laws of the equilibrium of fluids, if its density were through- out the same as immediately in contact with the earth, its altitude would be about 5 miles. Certain facts, hereafter to be mentioned, show that its actual altitude is not far from 50 miles. Now, it is an established principle of Optics, that light in passing from a va- cuum into a transparent medium, or from a rarer into a denser medium, is bent, or refracted, towards the perpendicular to the surface at the point of incidence. It follows, therefore, that the light which comes from a star, in passing into the earth's atmo- sphere, or in passing from one stratum of atmosphere into another, is refracted towards the radius drawn from the centre of the earth to the point of incidence. 91. Let MmnN, NraoO, Oo^Q, (Fig. 21,) represent successive strata of the atmosphere. Any ray Sp will then, instead of pur- suing a straight course Spx, follow the broken line pabc ; ' being bent downward at the points p, a, b, c,,&c., where it enters the different strata. But, since the number of strata is infinite, and the density increases by infinitely small degrees, the deflections apx, bay, &c., as well as the lengths of the lines pa, ab, &c., are KEFRACTION. 45 Fig. 21. infinitely small ; and therefore pabc, the path of the ray, is a broken line of an in- finite number of parts, or a curved line con- cave towards the earth's surface, as it is represented in Fig. 22. Moreover, it lies in the vertical plane containing the origi- nal direction of the ray ; for, this plane is perpendicular to all the strata of the atmosphere, and therefore the ray will continue in it in passing from one to the other. 92. The line OS' (Fig. 22) drawn tangent to paO, the curvilinear path of the light, at its lowest point, will represent the direction in which the light enters the eye, and therefore the apparent line of Fig. 22. direction of the star. If, then, OS be the true direction of the star, the angle SOS' will be the displacement of the star produced by Atmospherical Refraction. This angle is called the Astronomical Refraction, or simply the Refraction. Sir ce paO is concave towards the earth, OS' will lie above OS ; consequently, refraction makes the apparent altitude of a star greater than its true altitude, and the apparent zenith distance of a star less than its true zenith distance. (We here speak of the true altitude and true zenith distance, as estimated from the station of the observer upon the earth's surface.) Thus, to obtain the true altitude from the apparent, we must subtract the refraction ; .and to obtain the true zenith distance from the apparent, we must add the refraction. As refraction takes effect wholly in a vertical plane, (91,) it does not alter the azimuth of a star. 46 CORRECTIONS OF CO-ORDINATES. Fig. 23. s' 93. The amount of the refraction varies with the apparent ze- nith distance. In the zenith it is zero, since the light passes per- pendicularly through all the strata of the atmosphere : and it is the greater, the greater is the zenith distance ; for, the greater the zenith distance of a star, the more obliquely does the light which comes from it to the eye penetrate the earth's atmosphere, and en- ter its different strata, and therefore, according to a well-known principle of optics, the greater is the refraction. 94. To find the amount of the refraction for a given zenith dis tance or altitude. Let us first show a method of resolving this problem by the general theory of refraction. According to this theory, the amount of the refraction, except so far as the convexity of the strata of the atmosphere may have an effect, depends whol- ly upon the absolute density of the air immediately in contact with tne earth, and not at all upon the law of variation of the density of the different strata ; that is, the actual refraction is the same that would take place if the light passed from a vacuum immediately into a stratum of air of the density which obtains at the earth's surface. Let us sup pose, then, that the whole atmosphere is brought to the same density as that portion of it which is in contact with the earth, and let bah (Fig. 23) represent its surface ; also let O represent the sta- tion of the observer upon the earth's surface, and Sa a ray incident upon the atmosphere at a. Denote the angle of refraction OC by p, and the refraction Oax by r. The angle of incidence Z'aS = Z'aS' + S'aS = OaC + Oax =p + r. Now if we represent the in- dex of refraction of the atmosphere by m, we have, by the laws of refraction, sin Z'aS = m sin OaC, or sin ( p + r) = m sin p ; developing (App. For. 15,) sin p cos r + cos p sin r = m sin p ; or, dividing by sin p, cos r + cot p sin r = m. But, as r is small, we may take cos r = 1, and sin r = r r" sin 1". (App. 47.) Whence, 1+cotp.r" sinl"=m, or r" _.J" ' x =Atang p; sin REFRACTION. 47 putting A = Let ZCa = C ; and ZOa = Z. OaC = sm 1" ZOa ZCa, orp = Z C. Substituting, we have r" = A tang (Z C ;) or, omitting the double accent, and considering r as expressed in seconds, r = A tang (Z C) (2) When the zenith distance is not great, C is very small with respect to Z. If we neglect it, we have r = A tang Z (3) ; which is the expression for the refraction, answering to the suppo- sition that the surface of the earth is a plane, and that the light is transmitted through a stratum of uniformly dense air, parallel to its surface. We perceive, therefore, that the refraction, except in the vicinity of the horizon, varies nearly as the tangent of the ap- varent zenith distance. 95. It has been ascertained by experiment that m, the index of refraction, (the barometer being = 29.6 inches, and the thermome- ter = 50) = 1.0002803. Substituting in equation (3), after hav- ing restored the value of A, and reducing, there results , r = 57". 8 tang Z (4). 96. With the aid of this formula, or of others purely theoretical, astronomers have sought to determine the precise amount of the refraction at various zenith distances from observation, and by col- lating the results of their observations to obtain empirical formulae that are more exact. 97. One of the simplest methods of accomplishing this is the following : When the latitude or co-latitude of a place, and the polar distance of a star which passes the meridian near the zenith, have been determined, the refraction may be found Fig. 24. for all altitudes from observation simply. For, let P (Fig. 24) be the elevated pole, Z the zenith, PZE the meridian, HOR the horizon, S the true place of a star, and S' its apparent place. Suppose the apparent zenith distance ZS' to have been measured. Now, in the triangle ZPS, ZP the co-latitude and PS the polar distance are known by hypothe- sis, and the angle P is the sidereal time which has elapsed since the star's last meridian transit, (or, if the star be to the east of the meridian, the difference between this interval and 24 sidereal hours,) converted into degrees by allow- ing 15 to the hour. Therefore we may compute the true zenith distance ZS, and subtracting from it the apparent zenith distance ZS', we shall have the refraction. For the solution of this problem the polar distance may be found by taking the complement of the declination computed from an ob- served meridian zenith distance, (68 ;) and, since the upper and lower transits of a circumpolar star take place at equal distances from the pole, the co-lati- tude may be found by taking the half sum of the greatest and least zenith dis- tances of the pole star. But it is obvious that neither of these quantities can be accurately determined, unless the measured zenith distances be corrected for re- 48 CORRECTIONS OF CO-ORDINATES fraction. When, however, the zenith distances in question differ considerably fron* 90, the corresponding refractions may be at first ascertained with considerable accuracy by means of equation (4.) When more correct formulae have been ob- tained by this or any other process, the latitude and polar distance, and therefore the refraction answering to the measured zenith distance, will become more accu- rately known. 98. The various formulae of refraction having been tested by numerous observations, it is found that they are all (though in dif- ferent degrees) liable to material errors, when the zenith distance exceeds 80, or thereabouts. At greater zenith distances than this the refraction is irregular, or is frequently different in amount when the circumstances upon which it is supposed to depend are the same. 99. The refractive power of the air varies with its density, and hence the refraction must vary with the height of the barometer and thermometer. 100. The refractions which have place when the barometer stands at 29.6 inches, (or, according to some astronomers, 30 inch- es,) and the thermometer at 50, are called mean refractions. The refractions corresponding to any other height of the barom- eter or thermometer, are obtained by seeking the requisite correc- tions to be applied to the mean refractions, on the hypothesis that the refraction is directly proportional to the density of the atmo- sphere. 101. To save astronomical observers and computers the trouble of calculating the refraction whenever it is needed, the mean re- fractions corresponding to various zenith distances or altitudes are computed from the formulae, as also the correction's for the barom- eter and thermometer, and inserted in a table. Table VIII is Dr. Young's table of mean refractions, and Table IX his table of cor- rections. The refraction answering to any zenith distance not inserted in the table can be found by simple proportion. (See Prob. VII.)* 102. On inspecting Table VIII, it will be seen that the refrac- tion amounts to about 34' when a body is in the apparent horizon, and to about 68" when it has an altitude of 45. OTHER EFFECTS OF ATMOSPHERICAL REFRACTION. 103. Atmospherical refraction makes the apparent distance of any two heavenly bodies less than the true ; for it elevates them in vertical circles which continually approach each other from the horizon till they meet in the zenith. 104. Refraction also makes the discs of the sun and moon ap- pear of an elliptical form when near the horizon. As it increases with an increase of zenith distance, the lower limb of the sun or * The tables referred to in the text may be found near the end of the book. Th problems referred to are in Part IV. PARALLAX. 49 moon is more refracted than the upper, and thus the vertical diam- eter is shortened, while the horizontal diameter remains the same, or very nearly so. This effect is most observable near the hori- zon, for the reason that the increase of the refraction is there the most rapid. The difference between the vertical and horizontal diameters may amount to i part of the whole diameter. 105. When a star appears to be in the horizon, it is actually 34' below it, (102 :) refraction, then, retards the setting and accele- rates the rising of the heavenly bodies. Having this effect upon the rising and setting of the sun, it must increase the length of the day. 106. The apparent diameter of the sun is about 32' ; as this is less than the refraction in the horizon, it follows, that when the sun appears to touch the horizon it is actually entirely below it. The same is true of the moon, as its apparent diameter is nearly the same with that of the sun. PARALLAX. ; 107. The correction for atmospherical refraction having been applied, the zenith distance of a body is reduced from the surface of the earth to its centre, by means of a correction called Parallax. 108. Parallax is, in its most general sense, the angle made by the lines of direction, or the arc of the celes- Fig. 25. tial sphere comprised between the places of an object, as viewed from two different sta- tions. It may also be defined to be the an- gle subtended at an object by a line joining two different places of observation. Let S (Fig. 25) represent a celestial object, and A, B two places from which it is viewed. At A it will be referred to the point s of the celestial sphere, and at B to the point s' ; the angle BSA, or the arc ss', is the paral- lax. The arc ss' is taken as the measure of the angle BSA, on the principle that the celestial sphere is a sphere of an indefinitely great radius, so that the point S is not sen- sibly removed from its centre. 109. The term parallax is, however, generally used in astrono- my in a limited sense only, namely, to denote the angle included between the lines of direction of a heavenly body, as seen from a point on the earth's surface and from its centre ; or the angle sub- tended at a heavenly body by a radius of the earth. If C (Fig. 26) is the centre of the earth, O a point on its surface, and S a heavenly body, OSC is the parallax of the body. 110. The parallax of a heavenly body above the horizon is call ed Parallax in Altitude. 7 50 CORRECTIONS OF CO-ORDINATES. The parallax of a body at the time its apparent altitude is ze- ro, or when it is in the plane of the horizon is called the Horizon* tal Parallax of the body. Thus, if the body S (Fig. 26) be sup* Fig. 26. posed to cross the plane of the horizon at S', OS'C will be its hori- zontal parallax. OSC is a parallax in altitude of this body. 111. It is to be observed, that the definition just given of the hori- Fig. 27. zontal parallax, answers to the supposition that the earth is of a spherical form. In point of fact, the earth (as will be shown in the se- quel) is a spheroid, and ac- cordingly the vertical and the radius at any point of its surface are inclined to each other ; as represented in Fig. 27, where OC is the radius, and OC' the verti- cal. The points Z and z, in which the vertical and radius pierce the celestial sphere, are called, respec- tively, the Apparent Ze- nith and the True Zenith. In perfect strictness, the horizontal parallax is the parallax at the time zOS, the apparent distance from tie true zenith, is 90. No material error, however, will be committed in supposing the PARALLAX IN ALTITUDE, 5-] earth to be spherical, except when the question relates to the paral- lax of the moon. 112. Let the apparent zenith distance ZOS=Z, (Fig. 26,) the true zenith distance ZCS = z, and the parallax OSC =p. Since ^the angle ZOS is the exterior angle of the triangle OSC, we have ZOS = ZCS + OSC, and hence also ZCS = ZOS OSC ; or, Z=z+p, andz = Z -p .... (5). Thus, to obtain the true zenith distance from the apparent, we have to subtract the parallax ; and to obtain the apparent zenith distance from the true, to add the parallax. Parallax, then, takes effect wholly in a vertical plane, like the refraction, but in the inverse manner ; depressing the star, while the refraction elevates it. Thus, the refraction is added to Z, but the parallax is subtracted from it. 113. To find an expression for the parallax in altitude. (1.) In terms of the apparent zenith distance. In the triangle SOC (Fig. 26) the angle OSC = parallax in altitude =p, OC = ra- dius of the earth = R, CS = distance of the body S = D, and COS = 180 ZOS = 180 apparent zenith distance = 180 Z; and we have by Trigonometry the proportion sin OSC : sin COS : : CO : CS ; whence, sin p: sin (180 Z) : : R : D; and D sinp = R sin Z ; or, R ship == :~ sin Z (6). This equation shows that the parallax p depends for any given zenith distance Z upon the distance of the body, and is less in pro- portion as this distance is greater : also, that for any given distance of the body it increases with an increase in the zenith distance. When Z = 90, p has its maximum value, and then = horizontal parallax = H ; and equa. (6) gives sinH = g (7): substituting, we have sinp = sin H sin Z . . . . (8). This last equation may be somewhat simplified. The distances of the heavenly bodies are so great, that p and H are always very small angles ; even for the moon, which is much the nearest, the value of H does not at any time exceed 62'. We may, therefore, without material error, replace sinp and sin H byp and H. This being done, there results, p = HsinZ .... (9). .-':" 52 CORRECTIONS OF CO-ORDINATES. Wherefore, the parallax in altitude equals the product of the hor izontal parallax by the sine of the apparent zenith distance. If we take notice of the deviation of the earth's form from that of a sphere, Z, in equation (8), will represent the apparent distance from the true zenith, (111,) and H the horizontal parallax as it is defined in Art. 111. (2.) In terms of the true zenith distance. In the actual state of astronomy, the true co-ordinates of the places of the heavenly bodies are generally known, or may be obtained by computation from the results of observations already made, and from these there is often occasion to deduce the apparent co-ordinates. For this purpose there is required an expression for the parallax in altitude in terms of the true zenith distance. If we make Z = z -\-p (112) in equation (8), we shall have sin p = sin H sin (z -j- ), or sin H =- - ~ whence, and Dividing, 1 -{- sin H _ sin (z -\-p) + sin p ^ 1 sinH sm(z-+-p) sinp' 1 sip tang' (45 + J H) = - , < A PP . For. 36, 29) ; whence, tang (i z +J>) = tang $z tang 2 (45 + $ H) . . . (10). This equation makes known z -\-p, from which we may obtain p by subtract- ing i z. In order to be able to compute the parallax in altitude by means of formula (9) or (10), it is necessary to know H, the horizontal parallax. 114. To find the horizontal parallax. Let 0, O' (Fig. 27) represent two stations upon the same ter- restrial meridian OEO', and remote from each other, Z, Z' their apparent zeniths, and z, z' their true zeniths, QCE the equator, and S the body (supposed to be in the meridian) the parallax of which is to be found. Let the angle OSO' = A, *OS = Z, s'O'S = Z' ; also let CO = R, CO' = R', CS = D, the parallax in alti- tude OSC =p, and the parallax in altitude O'SC =p'. Now, by equation (6), replacing the sine of the parallax by the parallax it- self, (113,) T? "R' ' p = rj sin Z, and p' ~r sin Z' ; whence R . -R' . - RsinZ-fR'sinZ' g- ^ but, (equa. 7,^ HR , R = HORIZONTAL PARALLAX. 53 Substituting this value of D, and deducing the value of H, we have ' ' ' ^ >' ___ R sin Z + R' sin Z' R sin Z + R' sin Z' It remains now to find an expression for A in terms of measura- ble quantities. Let Os and O's (Fig. 27) be the directions at O and O' of a fixed star ' which crosses the meridian nearly at the same time with the body. Owing to the immense distance of the star, these lines will be sensibly parallel to each other, (27.) Let the angle SOs, the difference between the meridian zenith dis- tances of the body and star, as observed at O, be represented by d, and let the same difference SO's for the station O', be represent- ed by d'. Now, OSO' = OLO' SQ's = SOs SO'*,orA = d d 1 . If the body be seen on different sides of the star by the two ob- servers, we shall have A.=d+d f . Substituting in equation (11), there results, H = _W^L_ (12) RsinZ+R'sinZ' If we regard the earth as a sphere, R=R', and dividing by R, we have H _ dd' - -"' ---- 115. To find the parallax by means of these formulae, each of the two observers must measure the meridian zenith distance of the body, and also of a star which crosses the meridian nearly at the same time with the body, and correct them for refraction. The difference of the two will be, respectively, the values of d and d f ; and the corrected zenith distances of the body will be the values of Z and Z', if formula (13) be used; if formula (12) be used, the measured zenith distances of the body must still be corrected for the reduction of latitude, (p. 19, Def. 4.) It- is not necessary that the two stations should be on precisely the same meridian ; for if the meridian zenith distance of the body be observed from day to day, its daily variation will become known ; then, knowing also the difference of longitude of the two places, the following simple proportion will give the change of ze- nith distance during the interval of time employed by the body in moving from the meridian of the most easterly to that of the most westerly station, viz: as interval (T) of two successive transits: diff. of long., expressed in time, (*) : : variation of zenith dist. in interval T : its variation in interval t. This result, applied to the zenith distance observed at one of the stations, will re- duce it to what it would have been if the observation had been made tn the same latitude on the meridian of the other station* 116. The horizontal parallax of a heavenly body may be found 54 CORRECTIONS OF CO-ORDINATES. by the foregoing process, to within 1" or 2" of the truth. No greater degree of accuracy is necessary in the case of the moon. But there are certain important uses made of the horizontal paral- lax of a body that will be noticed hereafter, which require that the parallax of the sun, and of the planets, should be known with much greater precision. The more accurate methods employed to deter- mine the parallaxes of these bodies will be explained (in principle at least) in subsequent parts of the w r ork. 117. In consequence of the spheroidal form of the earth, the hor- izontal parallax of a body is somewhat different at different places. Let H and H' denote the horizontal parallaxes of the same body, and R and R' the radii of the earth at two different places. Then, by equation (7,) whence, Thus the parallax at the equator, called the Equatorial Paral- lax, is the greatest, and the parallax at the pole the least. The dif- ference between the parallaxes of the moon at the equator and at the pole may amount to about 12". For the other heavenly bodies the difference is too small to be taken into account. 118. When the horizontal parallax has been found for any one distance and time from observation, the horizontal parallax for any other distance and time may be approximately computed, by means of the principle that the parallax of a body is directly proportional to its apparent diameter. The truth of this principle appears from the fact, that both the parallax (113) and the apparent diameter are inversely proportional to the same quantity, viz : the distance of the body from the earth. In the present condition of astronomical science, when the hori- zontal parallax of either one of the heavenly bodies is required for any particular time, it may be obtained by computation, or from tables. It may also be taken out of the Nautical Almanac.* 119. The equatorial horizontal parallax of the moon varies from 53' 48" to 61' 24", according to the distance of the moon from the earth. The equatorial parallax of the moon answering to the mean distance, is 57' 1". The horizontal parallax of the sun varies slightly, from a change of distance. At the mean distance it is 8".6. The horizontal parallaxes of the planets are comprised within the limits 31", and 0".4. * The Nautical Almanac is a collection of data to be used in nautical and as tronomical calculations, published annually in England, and republished in New York. It may generally be obtained two or three yeare previous to the year for which it is calculated. ABERRATION. 55 The fixed stars have no parallax.* 120. Parallax in right ascension and declination, and in longi- tude and latitude. Since the parallax displaces a body in its vertical circle, which is generally oblique to the equator and ecliptic, it will alter its right ascension and declination, as well as its longitude and lat- itude. The difference between the true and apparent right ascen- sion is called the parallax in right ascension ; the like differences for the other co-ordinates are called, respectively, parallax in De- clination^ parallax in longitude, and parallax in latitude. ABERRATION. 121. The celebrated English astronomer, Dr. Bradley, com- menced in the year 1725 a series of accurate observations, with the view of ascertaining whether the apparent places of the fixed stars were subject to any direct alteration in consequence of the supposed continual change of the earth's position in space. The observations showed that there had been in reality, during the pe- riod of observation, small changes in the apparent places of each of the stars observed, which, when greatest, amounted to about 40" ; but they were not such as should have resulted from the sup- posed orbitual motion of the earth. These phenomena Dr. Brad- ley undertook to examine and reduce to a general law. After repeated trials, he at last succeeded in discovering their true ex- planation. His theory is, that they are different effects of one gen- eral cause, a progressive motion of light in conjunction with an orbitual motion of the earth. Fig. 28. A A' A" B 122. Let us conceive the observer to be stationed at the earth's centre ; and let ACB (Fig. 28) be a portion of the earth's orbit, so small that it may be considered a right line, CS the true direction * The practical method of correcting for parallax is detailed and exemplified in Problem VIII. 56 CORRECTIONS OF CO-ORDINATES. of a fixed star as seen from the point C, AC the distance through which the earth moves in some small portion of time, and aC the distance through which a particle of light moves in the same time. Then, a particle of light, which, coming from the star in the direc- tion SC, is at a at the same time that the earth is at A, will arrive at C at the same time that the earth does. Suppose that Aa is the position of the axis or central line of a telescope, when the earth is at A, and that, continuing parallel to itself, it takes up by virtue of the earth's motion, the successive positions A'a', A."a" CS'. A particle of light which follows the line SC in space will descend along this axis : for aa 1 is to AA' and aa" is to AA", as aC is to AC, that is, as the velocity of light is to the velocity of the earth ; consequently, when the earth is at A' the particle of light is on the axis at a', and when the earth is at A" the particle of light is on the axis at a", and so on for all the other positions of the axis, until the earth arrives at C. The apparent direction of the star S, as far, at least, as it depends upon the cause under con- sideration- will therefore be CS'. The angle SCS', which expresses the change in the apparent place of a star S, produced by the motion of light combined with the motion of the spectator, is called the Aberration of the star ; and the phenomenon of the change of the apparent course of the light coming from a star, thus produced, is called Aberration of Light, or simply Aberration. 123. The phenomenon of the aberration of light may be famil- iarly illustrated by taking falling drops of rain instead of particles of light, and a vessel in motion at sea instead of the earth moving through space ; and considering what direction must be given to a small tube by a person standing upon the deck of the vessel, so as to permit the drops falling perpendicularly to pass through the tube. It is plain, that if the tube had a precisely vertical position, its forward motion would bring the back part of the tube against the drop ; and that the only way to prevent this is to incline the upper end of the tube forward, or draw the lower end backward, whereby the back part of it would be made to pass through a greater dis- tance before it comes up to the line of descent of the drop. The quantity that it is made to deviate in direction from this line must depend upon the relative velocities of the falling drop and moving tube. To the observer, unconscious of his own motion, the drop will appear to fall in the oblique direction of the tube. 124. If through the point a (Fig. 29) a line as' be drawn parallel to AC, and terminating in CS', the figure Aas'C will be a parallel- ogram, and therefore as' will be equal to AC. Hence it appears, that if on CS, the line of direction of a star S, a line Ca be laid off, representing the velocity of light, and through a a line as' be drawn, naving the same direction as the earth's motion and equal to its ve- locity, the line joining s' and C will be the apparent line of direc- tion of the star, the point S' its apparent place in the heavens, and ABERRATION. 57 the angle aCs' its aberration. We conclude, therefore, that by virtue of aberration a star is seen in advance of its true place, in the plane passing through the line of direction of the star and the !ine of the earth's motion. Fig. 29. The amount of the aberration of a star is always very small, (never greater than about 20",) because of the very great dispropor- tion between the velocity of light and the velocity of the earth. It is very much exaggerated in Figs. 28 and 29. 125. The aberration is the same when a star is viewed with the naked eye, as when it is seen through a telescope. For, let C, the velocity of the light, be decomposed into two velocities, of which one, AC, is equal and parallel to the velocity of the earth ; the other will be represented by s'C. Now, since the velocity AC^is equal and parallel to the velocity of the earth, it will pro- duce no change in the relative position of a particle of light and the eye, and therefore the relative motion of the light and the eye will be the same that it would be if the earth were stationary and the light had orjy the velocity s'C ; accordingly, the light entering the eye just as it would do if it actually came in the direction s'C, and the eye were at rest, Cs' will be the apparent direction of the star from which it proceeds. 126. If we regard the observer as situated upon the earth's surface, instead of being at its centre, the aberration resulting from the earth's motion of revolution will be still the same : for, all points of the earth advance at the same rate and in the same direction with the centre. The motion of rotation will produce an aberration proper to itself, but it is so small that there is no occa- sion to take it into account. 127. To find a general expression for the aberration. We have by Trigonometry, (Fig. 29,) sin A.aC : sin CA : : CA : Ca : : vel. of earth : vel. of light ; whence, f 1 A sin AaC sin CAez -^-, or, since AaC = SCS', (^a . vel. of earth . sm aberr. = sin CAa = (14). vel. of light When CAa is 90, the aberration has its maximum value, and this has been found by observation to be about 20"(20".44) ; whence, 8 58 CORRECTIONS OF CO-ORDINATES. vel. of earth sin 20" = . F-r-j . . . (15): vel. of light substituting, and taking sin BCa for sin CA sin R tang D . . . (21). The results of formulae (19, 21) are to be used with their algebraic signs, if the reduction is from an earlier to a later epoch, otherwise with the contrary signs. The declination is always to be considered positive if North, and negative if South. V'm = 50' .2 cos u, = 50".2 cos 23 o 28' = 46".0, is the annual retrograde motion of the equinoctial points along the equator. (2.) When the inteival of the epochs is of considerable or great length. If the epochs are separated by an interval of more than 10 or 12 years, the foregoing pro- cess will not answer ; for in a period of ten years the annual variations will have sensibly altered.* In this case we may proceed as follows : Convert the right as- cension and declination into longitude and latitude, add to the longitude (or if the reduction be to an earlier epoch, subtract from it) the precession in longitude, which will be the product of 50".23 by the interval of the epochs, expressed in years and parts of a year, and then with the longitude thus obtained, and the latitude, calculate the right ascension and declination, using the mean obliquity of the ecliptic. When the period is of great length, or very great precision is desired, the pre- cession on the fixed ecliptic should be used, which is 50".35 per year, (145) ; anc the right ascension should be corrected for the change of the position of the equi- nox on the equator, produced by the motion of the ecliptic , which correction is 0".1313 (per year) for later epochs. REMARKS ON THE CORRECTIONS VERIFICATION OF THE HYPOTHESIS THAT THE DIURNAL MOTION OF THE STARS IS UNIFORM AND CIRCULAR. 151. It appears from what we have stated on the subject of the Corrections : 1 . That Refraction varies during the day with the alti- tude of the body, and changes for all altitudes with the state of the atmosphere ; 2. That Parallax varies, like the refraction, with the altitude of the body, and changes from one day to another with its distance ; 3. That Aberration remains sensibly the same for two or three days, and depends for its absolute value on the time of the year ; 4. That Precession and Nutation do not perceptibly alter the co-ordinates of a star, unless it be a circumpolar star, under several days, and that the former increases uniformly with the time while the latter varies periodically, its effects entirely disappearing in about 19 years ; and, 5. That the absolute value of the Nutation depends entirely upon the longitude of the moon's ascending node. 152. In the determination of the amount and laws of the cor- rections, it was taken for granted by astronomers, that the diurnal motion of the stars was uniform and circular. This hypothesis may be verified in the following manner : Let the zenith distance and azimuth of the same star be measured at various times during a revolution, and corrected for refraction, (the other corrections be ing insensible, (151.) ) Then, if the latitude of the place be known (68) in the triangle ZPS, (Fig. 17, p. 37,) we shall have ZP * It is to be understood that we are here giving methods of obtaining very accu- rate results. The process just explained, except for stars near the pole, will fur nish results sufficiently accurate for most purposes, even when the interval com- prises 20 years or more. 9 66 OP THE EARTH. the co-latitude, ZS the zenith distance of the star, and PZS its azi- muth, whence we may compute PS. If this calculation be made foi the time of each observation, it will be found that the same value for PS is obtained in every instance ; which proves the di- urnal motion to be circular. Again, let the angle ZPS be com- puted for the time of each observation, with the same data, and it will be found that it varies proportionally to the time ; which es- tablishes that the diurnal motion is also uniform, or, at least, sensi- bly so during one revolution. 153. When the transits of a circumpolar star are observed at intervals of several days, and allowance is made for the error of the rate of the clock, as determined from observations upon stars in the vicinity of the equator, and for the aberration in right ascen- sion, it is found that the sidereal times of the transits differ slightly from each other ; from which it appears that the diurnal motion of the stars is not strictly uniform. When, however, allowance is made for the precession and nutation in right ascension, this dif- ference disappears. We may hence conclude that the motion of rotation of the earth is uniform, and that the motions of the earth and of its axis, which produce the phenomena of precession and nutation, alter the times of the transits of the stars, thereby making the period of the apparent revolution of a star to differ slightly from the period of the earth's rotation. It may be observed, that the greatest difference obtains in the case of the pole star, and is half a second. CHAPTER IV. OF THE EARTH ; ITS FIGURE AND DIMENSIONS I LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE OF A PLACE. 154. ALTHOUGH it is in general sufficient for astronomical pur- poses to regard the earth as a sphere, still it is necessary in some cases of astronomical observation and computation, when accurate results are desired, to take notice of its deviation from the spheri- cal form. No account need, however, be taken of the irregulari- ties of its surface, occasioned by mountains and valleys, as they are exceedingly minute when compared with the whole extent of the earth. It is to be understood, then, that by the figure of the earth is meant the general form of its surface, supposing it to be smooth, or that the surface of the land corresponded with that of the sea. 155. The figure of the earth is ascertained from an examination of the form of the terrestrial meridians. A Degree of a terrestrial meridian is an arc of it corresponding to an inclination of 1 of the verticals at the extremities of the arc. FIGURE AND DIMENSIONS OP THE EARTH. 67 Fig. 35. It is also called a Degree of Lat- itude. Thus if QNE (Fig. 35) represent a terrestrial meridian, ab will be a degree of it if it be of such length that the angle aCb between the verticals Z'C, Z6C, is 1. 156. The length of a degree at any place will serve as a meas- ure of the curvature of the me- ridian at that place ; for it is ob- vious, from considerations already presented, (4,) that the earth, if not strictly spherical, must be nearly so, and therefore that a degree ab (Fig. 35) may, with but little if any error, be considered as an arc of 1 of a circle which has its centre at C, the point of intersection of the verticals Ca, C6, at the extremities of the arc. The ( curvature will then decrease in the same proportion as the radius of this circle in- creases, and therefore in the same proportion as the length of a degree increases. Wherefore, the form of a meridian may be de- termined by measuring the length of a degree at various latitudes. 157. To determine the length of a degree of a terrestrial me- ridian. To accomplish this, we have, (1.) To run a meridian line ; an operation which is performed in the following manner. An altitude and azimuth instrument (or some other instrument adapted to meridian observations) is first placed at the point of departure, and accurately adjusted to the meridian. A new station is then established by sighting forward with the telescope. To this station the instrument is removed, and is there adjusted to the meridian by sighting back to the first station. A third station is then established by sighting forward with the telescope as before, to which the instrument is removed. By thus continually establishing new stations, and carrying the instrument forward, the meridian line may be marked out for any required distance. The meridian adjustments may be corrected from time to time by astronomical observations, (51, 71.) (2.) To find the length of the arc passed over. When the ground is level, the length of the arc may be directly measured. In case the nature of the ground is such as not to allow of a di- rect measurement, it may be calculated with equal precision, by means of a base line and a chain of triangles the angles of which are measured, (3.) To find the inclination of the verticals at the extreme sta- tions. This angle may be obtained by measuring the meridian zenith distances of the same fixed star at the two stations, correct- ing them for refraction if they are observed about the same time, 68 OF THE EARTH. and for refraction, aberration, precession, and nutation, if they are observed at different times, and taking their difference. For, let O, 0' (Fig. 35) be the two stations in question, Z, Z' their zeniths, and OS, O'S the directions of a fixed star, and we shall have OcO' = ZOI OIc = ZOS Z'lS = ZOS Z'O'S ; that is, the angle comprised between the verticals equal to the dif- ference of the meridian zenith distances of the same star. (4.) The length of an arc of the meridian, either somewhat greater or less than a degree, having been found by the foregoing operations, thence to compute the length of a degree. Let N de- note the number of degrees and parts of a degree in the measured arc, A its length, and x the length of, a degree. Then, allowing that the earth for an extent of several degrees does not differ sen- sibly from a sphere, we may state the proportion 1 x A N : A : : 1 : x ; whence x === . . . (22). 158. Degrees have been measured with the greatest possible care, at various latitudes and on various meridians. Upon a com- parison of the measured degrees, it appears that the length of a degree increases as we proceed from the equator towards either pole. It follows, therefore, (156,) that the curvature of a meridian is greatest at the equator, and diminishes as we go towards the poles ; and consequently, that the earth is flattened at the poles. 159. The fact of the decrease of the curvature of a terrestrial meridian from the equator to the poles, leads to the supposition that it is an ellipse, having its major axis in the plane of the equa- tor and its minor axis coincident with the axis of the earth. Ana- lytical investigations, founded on the lengths of a degree in differ- ent latitudes and on different meridians, have established that a meridian is, in fact, very nearly an ellipse, and that the earth has very nearly the form of an oblate spheroid. The same investiga- tions have also made known the dimensions of the earth. The amount of the oblateness at the poles is measured by the ratio of the difference of the equatorial and polar diameters to the equato- rial diameter, which is technically termed the Oblateness. 160. The form of the earth has also been determined by other methods, which cannot here be explained. All the results, taken together, indicate an oblateness of . o05 The following are the dimensions of the earth in miles : Radius at the equator 3962.6 miles. Radius at the pole 3949.6 " Difference of equatorial and polar radii 13.0 Mean radius, or at 45 latitude . . . 3956.1 " Mean length of a degree 69.05 " The fourth part of a meridian . . . 6214.2 " 161. Owing to the elliptical form of a terrestrial meridian, the LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE OF A PLACE. 69 radius and vertical at a place do Fig. 36. not coincide. Let ENQS (Fig. 36) represent a terrestrial me- ridian. For any point O situa- ted on this meridian, CO will be the radius, and the normal line ZON the vertical. The posi- tion of the vertical will always be such that the apparent zenith Z will lie between the true ze- nith z and the elevated pole P. The inclination of the radius to the vertical, or the angle CON, called the reduction of latitude, is greatest at the latitude 45, and is there equal to about 11'. 162. The oblateness of the earth occasions some slight modifications in the effects of parallax, which are in some instances to be taken into account in com- puting the apparent azimuth and zenith distance of a body, from the known co- ordinates of its true place. DETERMINATION OF THE LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE OF A PLACE. 163. The latitude and longitude of a place ascertain its situation upon the earth's surface, and are essential elements in many astro- nomical investigations. 164. To find the latitude of a place. (1.) By the zenith distances or altitudes of a circumpolar star at its upper and lower transits. The principle of this method has already been demonstrated, (68,) and shown to be a particular case of a well known principle of Fig. 37. arithmetical proportions ; the fol- lowing is a more complete proof of it. Let Z (Fig. 37) represent the zenith, HOR the horizon, P the pole, and S, S' the points at which the upper and lower tran- sits of a circumpolar star take place ; HP will be equal to the latitude, (34,) and ZP will be^equal to the co-latitude. Now, we have HP = HS + PS, and HP = HS' PS 7 = HS' PS ; TTS I TTS' whence, 2HP = HS + HS', or, HP = - - ... (23). 2 In like manner we obtain Wherefore, let the altitudes of a circumpolar star at its upper and 70 OF THE EARTH. lower transits be measured and corrected for refraction, and their half sum will be the latitude ; or, let the zenitk distances be meas- ured, and corrected for refraction, and their half sum subtracted from 90 will be the latitude. Stars should be selected that have a considerable altitude at their inferior transit, for, the greater is the altitude the less is the uncertainty as to the amount of the refraction. On this principle the pole star is to be preferred to all others. (2.) By a single meridian altitude or zenith distance. Let 5, s', s" (Fig. 10, p. 20) be the points of meridian passage of three different stars, the first to the north of the zenith, the second be- tween the zenith and equator, and the third to the south of the equator : ZE = the latitude, and we have for the three stars, ZE = sE Zs, ZE = s'E + Zs', ZE = Zs" s"E. Thus, if the zenith distance be called north or south, according as the zenith is north or south of the star when on the meridian, in case the zenith distance and decimation are of the same name their sum will be equal to the latitude ; but if they are of different names their difference will be the latitude, of the same name with the greater. This method supposes the declination of a body to be known. The declination of a star or of the sun at any time is, in practice, obtained for the solution of this and other problems, by the aid of tables, or is taken by inspection from the English Nautical Alma- nac, or other similar work. If the time of the meridian transit be known, the altitude may be measured by a sextant, (79). The ob- served altitude must be corrected for refraction, and also for paral- lax if the body observed is the sun, or moon, or either one of the planets. This method of finding the latitude is the one most generally employed at sea, the sun being the object observed. As the time of noon is not known with accuracy, several altitudes about the time of noon are taken, and the meridian altitude is deduced from these. 165. The astronomical latitude being known, the reduced lati- tude (p. 19, Def. 4) may be obtained by subtracting from it the reduction of latitude. For, if OC (Fig. 36) represents the radius, and ON the vertical, at any place O, and ECQ represents the ter- restrial equator, ONQ will be the^stronomical latitude, OCQ the reduced latitude, and CON the reduction of latitude ; and we have ONQ = OCQ + CON, and OCQ = ONQ CON . . (25). (For the practical method of resolving this problem, see Prob. XV.) ^ 166. There are various methods of finding the longitude of a place, nearly all of which rest upon the following principle : The difference at any instant between the local times, (whether sidereal or solar,) at any place and on the first meridian, is the longitude of the place, expressed in time ; and consequently, a/so, LONGITUDE OF A PLACE. 71 the difference between the local times at any two places is their difference of longitude in time. The truth of this principle is easily established. In the first place, we remark that the longitude of a place contains the same number of degrees and parts of a degree as the arc of the celestial equator comprised between the meridian of Greenwich and the meridian of the place. Now, it is Oh. Om. Os. of mean solar time or mean noon at any place, when the mean sun (45) is on the me- ridian of that particular place. Therefore, as the mean sun, mov- ing in the equator, recedes from the meridian towards the west at the rate of 15 per mean solar hour, when it is mean noon at a place to the west of Greenwich, it will be as many hours and parts of an hour past mean noon at Greenwich, as is expressed by the quotient of the division of the arc of the celestial equator, or its equal the longitude, by 15. If the place be to the east, instead of to the west of Greenwich, when it is mean noon there it will be as much before mean noon at Greenwich as is expressed by the lon- gitude of the place converted into time, (as above.) In either situ- ation of the place, then, the principle just stated will be true. It is plain that the equality between the differences of the times and of the longitudes will subsist equally if sidereal instead of so- lar time be used. 167. To find the longitude of a place. (1 .) Let two observers, stationed one at Greenwich and the other at the given place, note the times of the occurrence of some phe- nomenon which is seen at the same instant at both places ; the difference of the observed times will be the longitude in time. These same observations made at any two places will make known their difference of longitude. If the stations are not distant from each other, a signal, as the flashing of gunpowder, or the firing of a rocket, may be observed. When they are remote from each other, celestial phenomena must be taken. Eclipses of the satellites of Jupiter and of the moon, are phenomena adapted to the purpose in question. However, as in these eclipses the diminution of the light of the body is not sudden, but gradual, the longitude cannot be obtained with very great accuracy from observations made upon them. (2.) Transport a chronometer which has been carefully adjust- ed to the local time at Greenwich, to the place whose longitude is sought,. and compare the time given by the chronometer with the local time of the place. In the same way, by transporting a chro- nometer from any one place to another, their difference of longi- tude may be obtained. The error and rate of the chronometer must be determined at the outset, and as often afterwards as cir- cumstances will admit, that the error at the moment of the obser- vation may be known as accurately as possible. To ensure greater certainty and precision in the knowledge of the time, three or four chronometers are often taken, instead of one only. 72 PLACES OF THE FIXED STARS. This method is much used at sea ; the local time being obtained from an observation upon the sun or some other heavenly body, in a manner to be hereafter explained. (3.) Let the Greenwich time of the occurrence of some celestial phenomenon be computed, and note the time of its occurrence at the given place. ^ Eclipses of the sun and moon, and of Jupiter's satellites, occul- tations of the stars by the moon, and the angular distance of the moon from some one of the heavenly bodies, are the phenomena employed. The Greenwich times of the beginning and end of the eclipses of Jupiter's satellites, are published for the solution of the problem of the longitude in the English Nautical Almanac. Eclipses of the sun and occultations of the stars furnish the most exact determinations of the longitude, but they cannot be used for this purpose unless the longitude is already approximately known. The explanation, in detail, of the method of lunar distances, which is chiefly used at sea, may be found in treatises on Naviga- tion and Nautical Astronomy. CHAPTER V. OF THE PLACES OF THE FIXED STARS. 168. THE place of a fixed star in the sphere of the heavens is found by ascertaining its true right ascension and declination, which are the co-ordinates of its place. The process of finding the true right ascension and declination of a heavenly body has already been detailed : the apparent right ascension and declination are found as explained in Arts. 54, 68, and to these are applied the several corrections of refraction, parallax (when sensible,) and aberration, (92, 120, 129.) When right ascensions and decimations found at different times are to be compared together, or employed in the same calculations, as often becomes necessary, they are to be reduced to the same epoch by correcting for precession and nutation, (p. 64.) 169. It is important to observe, however, that the places of the fixed stars, as at present known, were not obtained by the direct process just referred to, that is, by observing the right ascension and declination, and applying to them at once all the corrections of which we have treated. They were arrived at by successive approximations. The respective corrections were applied in suc- cession as they came to be discovered ; and more accurate results were obtained, as, by the improvement of the instruments, the ob THE CONSTELLATIONS. 73 servations became more and more exact, and as the amount of the corrections came to be known with greater and greater precision. 170. In order to distinguish the fixed stars from each other, they are arranged into groups, called Constellations, which are ima- gined to form the outlines of figures of men, animals, or other ob- jects, from which they are named. Thus, one group is conceived to form the figure of a Bear, another of a Lion, a third of a Dragon, and a fourth of a Lyre. The division of the stars into constella- tions is of very remote antiquity ; and the names given by the an- cients to individual constellations are still retained. The resemblance of the figure of a constellation to that of the animal or other object from which it is named, is in most instances altogether fanciful. Still, the prominent stars hold certain definite positions in the figure conceived to be drawn on the sphere of the heavens. Thus, the brightest star in the constellation Leo is placed in the heart of the Lion, and hence it has sometimes been called Cor Leonis, or the Lion's Heart : and the brightest star in the constellation Taurus is situdted in the eye of the Bull, and there- fore sometimes called the Bull's Eye; while that conspicuous cluster of seven stars in this constellation, known by the name of the Pleiades, is placed in the neck of the figure. Again, the line of three bright stars noticed by every observer of the heavens in the beautiful constellation of Orion, is in the belt of the imaginary figure of this bold hunter drawn in the skies. The three larger stars of this constellation are, respectively, in the right shoulder, in the left shoulder, and in the left foot. 171. The constellations are divided, into three classes : North- ern Constellations, Southern Constellations, and Constellations of the Zodiac. Their whole number is 91 : Northern 34, Southern 45, and Zodiacal 12. The number of the ancient constellations was but 48. The rest have been formed by modern astronomers from southern stars not visible to the ancient observers, and others variously situated, which escaped their notice, or were not atten- tively observed. 172. The zodiacal constellations have the same names as the signs of the zodiac, (Def. 25, p. 17) : but it is important to observe that the individual signs and constellations do not occupy the same places in the heavens. The signs of the zodiac coincided with the zodiacal constellations of the same name, as now defined, about the year 140 B. C. Since then the equinoctial and solstitial points have retrograded nearly one sign : so that now the vernal equinox, or first point of the sign Aries, is near the beginning of the constel- lation Pisces ; the summer solstice, or first point of Cancer, near the beginning of the constellation Gemini ; the autumnal equinox, or first point of Libra, at the beginning of Virgo ; and the winter solstice, or first point of Capricornus, at the beginning of Sagittarius, It follows from this, that when the sun is in the sign Aries, he is in the constellation Pisces, and when in the sign Taurus, in the 10 74 PLACES OF THE FIXED STARS. constellation Aries, &c., &o. For the rest, it should be observed that the constellations and signs of the zodiac have not precisely the same extent. 173. The stars of a constellation are distinguished from each other by the letters of the Greek alphabet, and in addition to these, if necessary, the Roman letters, and the numbers 1, 2, 3, &c. ; the characters, according to their order, denoting the relative mag- nitude of the stars. Thus, a Arietis designates the largest star in the constellation Aries ; (3 Draconis, the second star of the Drag- on, &c. Some of the fixed stars have particular names, as Sirius, Aide- baran, Arcturus, Regulus, &c. 174. The stars are also divided into classes, or magnitudes, ac- cording to the degrees of their apparent brightness. The largest or brightest are said to be of the^rs^ magnitude ; the next in order of brightness, of the second magnitude ; and so on to stars of the sixth magnitude, which includes all those that are barely percepti- ble to the naked eye. All of a smaller kind are called telescopic stars, being invisible without the assistance of the telescope. The classification according to apparent magnitude is continued with the telescopic stars down to stars of the twentieth magnitude, (ac- cording to Sir John Herschel,) and the twelfth according to Struve. The following are all the stars of the first magnitude that occur in the heavens, viz. Sirius, or the Dog-star, Betelgeux, Rig el, Al- debaran, Capella, Procyon, Regulus, Denebola, Cor. Hydra, Spica Virginis, Arcturus, Antares, Altair, Vega, Deneb or Alpha Cygni, Dubhe or Alpha Ursa Majoris, Alpherat or Alpha Andro- meda, Fomalhaut, Achernar, Canopus, Alpha Crucis, and Alpha Centauri. It is the practice of Astronomers to mark more or less of these stars as intermediate between the first and the second magnitude ; and in some catalogues some of them are assigned to the second magnitude. All of these stars, with the exception of ,the last four, come above the horizon in all parts of the United States. 175. There are two principal modes of representing the stars ; the one by delineating them on a globe, where each star occupies the spot in which it would appear to an eye placed in the centre of the globe, and where the situations are reversed when we look down upon them ; the other is by a chart or map, where the stars are generally so arranged as to be represented in positions similar to their natural ones, or as they would appear on the internal con- cave surface of the globe.* The construction of a globe or chart is effected by means of the right ascensions and declinations of the stars. Two points diametrically opposite to each other on the surface of an artificial globe are taken to represent the poles of the heavens, and a circle traced 90 distant from these for the equator : another point 23 from one of the poles is then fixed upon for one * Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Art. Astronomy, p. 505. RIGHT ASCENSION AND DECLINATION. 7$ of the poles of the ecliptic, and with this point as a geometrical pole a great circle described ; the points of intersection of the two circles will represent the equinoctial points. The point which represents the place of a star is found by marking off the right as- cension and decimation of the star upon the globe. All the fixed stars visible to the naked eye, together with some of the telescopic stars, are represented on celestial globes of 1 2 or 18 inches in diameter. 176. The places of the fixed stars are generally expressed by their right ascensions and declinations, but sometimes also by their longitudes and latitudes. A table containing a list of fixed stars designated by their proper characters, and giving their mean right ascensions and declinations, or their mean longitudes and lati- tudes, is called a Catalogue of those stars.* Table XC. is a catalogue of fifty principal fixed stars, and gives their mean right ascensions and declinations for the beginning of the year 1840, as well as their annual variations in right ascension and declination. The annual variations serve to extend the use of the catalogue about 10 years (150) before and after the epoch for which it is constructed. (See Prob. XVIII.) Every ten years, or thereabouts, a new catalogue must be formed. 177. If the true right ascension and declination of a star at a given time be re- quired, correct the mean right ascension and declination found by the catalogue, for nutation. (See Art. 148.) And if the apparent right ascension and declination be required, correct also for aberration. (See Art. 129.) 178. The latitude and longitude of a fixed star or other heavenly body are obtained originally by computation from its right ascen- sion and declination. To convert the right ascension and declination of a body into its longitude and latitude. Let EQ (Fig. 38) represent the equa- tor, EC the ecliptic,?, K the poles of the equator and ecliptic, E the vernal equinox, PSR a circle of declination and KSL a circle of latitude, both passing through a body S. The right ascension of the body is ER = R ; the declination RS = D ; the longitude EL = L ; and the latitude LS = X. REL = w is the obliqui- ty of the ecliptic, which is one of the essential data of the problem. * Various catalogues have at different periods been published. The first was be- gun by Hipparchus, 120 years before the Christian era. Of the modern catalogues, the following may be cited as among the most accurate, although not the most extensive, viz. the Catalogues of Flamstead, Lacaille, Bradley, Maskelyue, Piazzi, and of the Royal Astronomical Society, and of the British Association. The Nautical Almanac contains a Catalogue of 100 principal fixed stars, of which 54. are designated as Standard Stars that is, stars whose places are sup- posed to be known with all attainable precision. The largest single catalogue evej published is the Histoire Celeste of Lalande, which gives the places of 50,OQO stars 76 PLACES OF THE FIXED STARS. RES = x and LES = y are employed as auxiliary angles. In the right-angled spherical triangle LES we have by Napier's rules for the solution of right-angled triangles, (see Appendix,) sin (co. LES) = tang EL tang (co. ES) ; whence, tan EL = cos LES tan ES, or, tan L = cos (RES w) tan ES ; but sin (co. RES) =tan ER tan (co. ES,) or, tan ES = COS thus, T /Tj-nci \ tan ER cos (x w) tan R , ^ tan L = cos (RES w) -%=^ = - - . . (26): cos RES cos x and to find a?, we have sin ER = tan (co. RES) tan RS, or, cot x = sin R cot D . . (27.) Again, sin EL = tan (co. LES) tan LS, or tan LS = tan LES sin EL, which gives tang X = tang (x w) sin L . . . (28.) Equation (27) makes known the value of x, with which we de- rive the values of L and X by means of equations (26) and (28.) In resolving the equations attention must be paid to the signs of the quantities, which are determined according to the usual trigo- nometrical rules, it being understood that the declination D is to be regarded as negative when it is south, x is to be taken always less than 180, and greater or less than 90 according as its cotan- gent is negative or positive. L will always be in the same quad- rant with R. The latitude X will be north or south according as tang X comes out positive or negative. The apparent or mean obliquity is used, according as the case refers to true or mean co-ordinates. (For exemplifications of this problem see Prob. XXIV.) 179. It is now frequently necessary to resolve the converse problem, that is, to convert the longitude and latitude of a body into its right ascension and decli- nation. The triangle RES (Fig. 38) gives sin (co. RES) = tang ER tang (co. ES) ; whence, tan ER = cos RES tan ES, or, tan R = cos (LES -j- ) tan ES ; but sin (co. LES) = tang EL tang (co. ES), or tan ES = thus, tang R = eis (LES + ) *Sft = <* (y + ") tang L _ , _ _ 2 ' cos LES cos y and to find y, we have sin EL = tang (co. LES) tang LS, or cot y = sin L cot X . . (30). For the declination, we have sin ER = tan (co. RES) tan RS, or, tan RS = tan RES sin ER ; r, tang D = tang (y + w) sin R . . . (31.) OBLIQUITY OF THE ECLIPTIC. 77 The value of y being derived from equation (30) and substituted in equations (29) and (31), these equations will then make known the values of R and D. The signs of the quantities are determined by the usual trigonometrical rules, the lati- tude A being taken negative when south, y is always less than 180, and greater or less than 90 according as its cotangent comes out negative or positive. R will be in the same quadrant as L. The declination will be north or south according as its tangent comes out positive or negative. (For exemplifications of this prob- lem see Prob. XXV.) 180. Table XCII. contains the mean longitudes and latitudes of some of the principal fixed stars for the beginning of the year 1840, together with their annual variations, which serve to make known the mean longitudes and latitudes at any other epoch. (See Prob. XVIII.) 181. The fixed stars, so called, are not all of them, rigorously speaking, fixed or stationary in the heavens. It has been discov- ered that many of them have a very slow motion from year to year. These motions of the stars are called their Proper Motions. The annual variations in right ascension and declination, and in longi- tude and latitude, given in Tables XC. and XCII., are the varia- tions due both to the precession of the equinoxes and the proper motions of the stars. CHAPTER VI. OF THE APPARENT MOTION OF THE SUN IN THE HEAVENS. 182. THE sun's declination, and the difference of right ascension of the sun and some fixed star, found from day to day throughout a revolution, are the elements from which the circumstances of the sun's apparent motion are derived. The motion of the sun, as at present known, has been arrived at in the same approximative manner as the places of the fixed stars, (169.) It would, in fact, be theoretically impossible to correct the co-ordinates of the sun's apparent place for precession, nutation, and aberration, in the original determination of the sun's motion ; for, the knowledge of these corrections presupposes some know- ledge of the motion of the sun. 183. The curve on the sphere of the heavens passing through the successive positions determined as above from day to day, 1 is the ecliptic. If we suppose it to be a circle, as it appears to be, its position will result from the position of the equinoctial points and its obliquity to the equator. 184. To find the obliquity of the ecliptic. Let EQA (Fig. 39) represent the equator, EGA the ecliptic, and OC, OQ lines drawn through the centre of the earth and perpendicular to AGE the 78 APPARENT MOTION OF THE SUN. Fig. 39. line of the equinoxes ; then the angle COQ will be the obliquity of the ecliptic. This angle has for its measure the arc CQ, and therefore the obliquity of the eclip- tic is equal to the greatest decli- nation of the sun. It can but rarely happen that the time of the greatest declination will coincide with the instant of noon at the place where the observations are made, but it must fall within at least twelve hours of the noon for which the observed declination is the greatest. In this interval the change of declination cannot exceed 4", and therefore the greatest observed declination cannot differ more than 4" from the obliquity. A formula has been in- vestigated, which gives in terms ol determinable quantities the difference between any of the greater declinations and the maxi- mum declination. By reducing by means of this formula a num- ber of the greater declinations to the maximum declination, and taking the mean of the individual results, a very accurate value of the obliquity may be found. 185. To find the position of the vernal or autumnal equinox. (1.) On inspecting the observed declinations of the sun, it is seen that about the 21st of March the declination changes in the inter- val of two successive noons from south to north. The vernal Fig. 40. S:RS equinox occurs at some moment of this interval. Let RS, R'S' (Fig. 40) represent the declinations at the noons between which the equinox occurs : as one is north and the other south, their sum (S) will be the daily change of declina- tion at the time of the equinox. Denote the time from noon to noon by T. Now, to find the interval (x) between the noon preceding the equinox and the instant of the equinox, state the proportion T . _TxRS 1 * s on the principle that the declination changes for a day or more pro- portionally to the time. Next, take the daily change in right ascension (RR') on the day of the equinox and compute the value of RE, by the proportion rp v -po T : x, or A : : RR' : RE ; POSITION OP THE EQUINOX. 79 Bdd RE to MR, the observed difference of right ascension (182) on the day preceding the equinox, and the sum ME will be the distance of the equinox from the meridian of the star observed in connection with the sun.* The position of the autumnal equinox may be found by a simi- lar process, the only difference in the circumstances being that the declination changes from north to south instead of from south to north. If the value of x which results from the first proportion be add- ed to the time of noon on the day preceding the equinox, the result will be the time of the equinox. (2.) In the triangle RES (Fig. 39) we have the angle RES = u the obliquity of the ecliptic, and RS = D the declination of the sun, both of which we may suppose to be known, and we have by Napier's first rule, sin ER = tang (co. RES)tangRS = cot wtang D . . (32 ;) whence we can find ER. And by taking the sum or difference of ER and MR, according as the star observed is on the opposite side of the sun from the equinox or the same side, we obtain ME as before. If this calculation be effected for a number of posi- tions S, S', S", &c., of the sun on different days, and a mean of all the individual results be taken, a more exact value of ME will be obtained. ME being accurately known, the precise time of the equinox may readily be deduced from the observed daily variation of right- ascension on the day of the equinox. 186. The calculations just mentioned rest upon the hypothesis that the ecliptic is a great circle. The close agreement which is found to subsist between the values of M E deduced from obser- vations upon the sun in different positions S, S', S", &c., estab- lishes the truth of this hypothesis. It is also confirmed by the fact, that the right ascensions of the vernal and autumnal equinox differ by 1 80, since we may infer from this that the line of the equinoxes passes through the centre of the earth. 187. The mean obliquity of the ecliptic is derived from the apparent obliquity, as well as the mean equinox from the true equinox, by correcting for nutation. 188. The mean obliquity at any one epoch having been found, its value at any assumed time may be deduced from this by allowing for the annual diminution of 0".46, (see Table XXII.) In like manner, the place of the mean equinox^at any given time may be derived from its place once found, by allowing for the annual precession of 50".23. The mean obliquity having thus been found for any assumed time, the apparent obliquity at the same time becomes known, by applying the nutation of obliquity. (See Prob. X.) 189. The longitude of the sun may be expressed in terms of the obliquity of the ecliptic and the right ascension or declination In the triangle ERS, (Fig. 39,) ES(=L) represents the longi- The star is here supposed to be to the west of the sun. 80 APPARENT MOTION OF THE SUN. tilde of the sun supposed to be at S, ER (=R) its right ascension and RS (= D) its declination. Now, by Napier's first rule, thus, cotL==coswcotR,ortanffL = ^ . . (33). cos w Also, (Napier's second rule, Appendix,) sin RS = cos (co. RES) cos (co. ES); whence, sin ES = or, . , sinD , . smL= . . . (34). sin w With these formulae the longitude of the sun may be computed from either its right ascension or declination. (See Prob. XII.) Formulae (33) and (34) may be written thus, tang R = tang L cos w ; sin D = sin L sin w . . . (35). These formulae will make known the right ascension and decli- nation of the sun, when his longitude is given. (See Prob. XL) It will be seen in the sequel that in the present advanced state of astronomical science, the longitude of the sun at any assumed time may be computed from the ascertained laws and rate of the sun's motion. 190. The interval between two successive returns of the sun to the same equinox, or to the same longitude, is called a Tropical Year. And the interval between two successive returns of the sun to the same position with respect to the fixed stars, is called a Side- real Year. 191. It appears from observation that the length of the tropical year is subject to slight periodical variations. The period from which it deviates periodically and equally on both sides, is called the Mean Tropical Year. As the changes in the length of the true tropical year are very minute, the length of the mean tropical year is obviously very nearly equal to the mean length of the true tropical year in an interval during which it passes one or more times through all its different values. In point of fact, it may be found with a very close approximation to the truth by comparing two equinoxes observed at an interval of 60 or 100 years. Theory shows that the variation in the length of the tropical year arises from the periodical inequality in the precession of the equinoxes which results from nu- tation, and certain periodical inequalities in the sun's yearly rate of motion ; and thus establishes also, that the mean tropical year, as above defined, is the same as the interval between two successive returns of the sun, supposed to have its mean motion, to the same mean equinox. According to the most accurate determinations, the length of the mean tropical year, expressed in mean solar time, is 365d. 5h. 48m. 47.58s., (48s. nearly.) SUN'S DAILY MOTION IN LONGITUDE. 81 192. In a mean tropical year the sun's mean motion in longi- tude is 360 ; hence, to find his mean daily motion in longitude we have only to state the proportion 365d. 5h. 48m. 48s. : Id. : : 360 : x = 59' 8".33. 193. The sidereal year is longer than the tropical. For since the equinox has a retrograde motion of 50". 23 in a year, when the sun has returned to the equinox it will not have accomplished a si- dereal revolution, into 50". 23. The excess of the sidereal over the tropical year results from the proportion 59' 8".3 : 50".23 : : Id. : x = 20m. 23.1s. Thus the length of the mean sidereal year, expressed in mean solar time, is 365d. 6h. 9m. 11s. 194. If from the right ascensions and declinations of the sun, found on two successive days, the corresponding longitudes be de- duced (equas. 33, 34) and their difference taken, the result will be the sun's daily motion in longitude at the time of the observations. The sun's daily motion in longitude is not the same throughout the year, but, on the contrary, is continually varying. It gradually increases during one half of a revolution, and gradually decreases during the other half, and at the end of the year has -recovered its original value. Thus, the greatest and least daily motions occur at opposite points of the ecliptic. They are, respectively, 61' 10" and 57' 11". 195. The exact law of the sun's unequable motion can only be obtained by taking into account the variation of his distance from the earth ; for the two are essentially connected by the physical law of gravitation, which determines the nature of the earth's mo- tion of revolution around the sun. That the distance of the sun from the earth is in fact subject to a variation, may be inferred from the observed fact, that his ap- parent diameter varies. On measuring with the micrometer the apparent diameter of the sun from day to day throughout the year, it is found to be the greatest when the daily angular motion, or in longitude, is the greatest, and the least when the daily motion is the least * and to vary gradually between these two limits. Ac- cordingly, the sun is nearest to us when his daily angular motion is the most rapid, and farthest from us when his daily motion is the slowest. The greatest apparent diameter of the sun is 32' 36' ; and the least apparent diameter 31' 31". 11 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. CHAPTER VII. OP THE MOTIONS OF THE SUN, MOON, AND PLANETS, IN THEIR ORBITS. KEPLER'S LAWS. 196. THE celebrated astronomer Kepler, who flourished early in the seventeenth century, by examining the observations upon the planets that had been made by the renowned Danish observer, Tycho Brahe, discovered that the motions of these bodies, and of the earth, were in conformity with the following laws : (1.) The areas described by the radius-vector of a planet [or the line drawn from the sun to the planet] are proportional to the times. (2.) The orbit of a planet is an ellipse, of which the sun occu- pies one of the foci. (3.) The squares of the times of revolution of the planets are proportional to the cubes of their mean distances from the sun, or of the semi-major axes of their orbits. These laws are known by the denomination of Kepler's Laws. They were announced by Kepler as the fundamental laws of the planetary motions, after a partial examination only of these mo- tions. They have since been completely verified by other astron- omers. We shall adopt the first two laws for the present as hy- potheses, and show in the sequel that they are verified by the results deducible from them. These laws being established, the third is obtained by simply comparing the known major axes and times of revolution. 197. The apparent motion of the sun in space must be subject to Kepler's first two laws ; for the apparent orbit of the sun is of the same form and dimensions as the actual orbit of the earth, and the law and rate of the sun's motion in its apparent orbit, are the same as the law and rate of the earth's motion. To establish these Fig. 41. two facts, let EE'A (Fig. 41) represent the elliptic or- bit of the earth, and S the position of the sun in space. If the earth move from E to , any point E', as it seems to remain stationary at E, it is plain that the sun will ap- pear to move from S to a position S', on the line ES' drawn parallel to E'S the actual direction of the sun from the earth, and at a dis- LAW OF THE ANGULAR MOTION OF A PLANET. $3 tance ES' equal to E'S the actual distance of the sun from the earth. Thus, for every position of the earth in its orbit, the corresponding apparent position of the sun is obtained by drawing a line parallel to the radius-vector of the earth, and equal to it. It follows, therefore, that the area SES' apparently described by the radius-vector of the sun (or the line drawn from the sun to the earth) in any inter- val of time, is equal to the area ESE' actually described by the radius-vector of the earth in the same time ; and consequently that the arc SS' apparently described by the sun in space, is equal to the arc EE' actually described in the same time by the earth. Whence we conclude, that the apparent motion of the sun in space, and the actual motion of the earth, are the same in every particular. 198, It has been discovered that the motion of the moon in its revolution around the earth, is subject to the same laws as the mo- tion of a planet in its revolution around the sun. We shall assume this to be a fact, and show that our hypothesis is verified by the results to which it leads. 1 99, That point of the orbit of a planet, which is nearest to the sun, is called the Perihelion, and that point which is most distant from the sun, the Aphelion. The corresponding points of the moon's orbit, or of the sun's apparent orbit, are called, respective ly, the Perigee and the Apogee, These points are also called. Apsides ; the former being termed the Lower Apsis, and the latter the Higher Apsis. The line join- ing them is denominated the Line of Apsides. The orbits of the sun, moon, and planets, being regarded as el- lipses, the perigee and apogee, or the perihelion and aphelion, are the extremities of the major axis of the orbit, 200, The law of the angular motion of a planet about the sun may be deduced from Kepler's Fig. 42. first law. Let PpAp" (Fig, 42) represent the orbit of a planet, con- sidered as an ellipse, and p, p 1 two positions of the planet at two in- stants separated by a short interval of fime ; and let n be the middle point of the arc pp 1 . With the ra- dius Sn describe the small circular arc Inl', and with the radius Sb equal to unity describe the arc ab. It is plain that the two positions p,p' may be taken so near to each other, that the area Spp' will be sensibly equal to the circular sector Sll'. If we suppose this to be the case, as the measure of the sector is \lriP x Sn = \ab X Sn 2 , (substituting for Inl 1 its value ab x Sn,) we shall have area Spp f = db x Sn 2 . When the planet is at any other part of its orbit, as n', if 84 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. Sp"p" be an area described in the same time as before, we shal have area Sp"p'" = a!V x But these areas are equal according to Kepler's first law : hence, ab x Sn* = \a!V xJJM 2 ^. . . (36) ; and ab : a'b' : : Sri* : Sn 2 > that is, the angular motion of a planet about the sun for a short interval of time, is inversely proportional to the square of the ra- dius-vector. It results from this that the angular motion is greatest at the pe- rihelion, and least at the aphelion, and the same at corresponding points on either side of the major axis : also, that it decreases pro- gressively from the perihelion to the aphelion, and increases pro- gressively from the aphelion to the perihelion. 201. Now to compare the true with the mean angular motion, suppose a body to revolve in a circle around the sun, with the mean angular motion of a planet, and to set out at the same instant Fig. 43. with it from the perihelion. Let PMAM' (Fig. 43) represent the elliptic orbit of the planet, and PBaB the circle described by the body. The position B of this fic- titious body at auy time will be the mean place of the planet as seen from the sun. The two bodies will accomplish a semi-revolution in the same period of time, and therefore be, respectively, at A and a at the same instant ; for it is ob- vious that the fictitious body will accomplish a semi-revolution in half the period of a whole revolution, and by Kepler's law of areas, the planet will describe a semi-ellipse in half the time of a revolu- tion. At the outset, the motion of the planet is the most rapid, (200,) but it continually decreases until the planet reaches the aphelion, while the motion of the body remains constantly equal to the mean motion. The planet will therefore take the lead, and its angular distance pSE from the body will increase until its mo- tion becomes reduced to an equality with the mean motion, after which it will decrease until the planet has reached the aphelion A, where it will be zero. In the motion from the aphelion to the pe- rihelion, the angular velocity of the planet will at first be less than that of the body, (200,) but it will continually increase, while that of the body will remain unaltered : thus, the body will now get in advance of the planet, and their angular distance p'SB' will increase, as before, until the motion of the planet again attains to an equality with the mean motion, after which it will decrease, as before, until it again becomes zero at the perihelion. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS. 85 It appears, then, that from the perihelion to the aphelion the true place is in advance of the mean place, and that from the aphe- lion to the perihelion, on the contrary, the mean place is in ad- vance of the true place. The angular distance of the true place of a planet from its mean place, as it would be observed from the sun, is called the Equa- tion of the Centre. Thus, pSE is the equation of the centre cor- responding to the particular position p of the planet. It is evident, from the foregoing remarks, that the equation of the centre is zero at the perihelion and aphelion, and greatest at the two points, as M and M', where the planet has its mean motion. The greatest value of the equation of the centre is called the Greatest Equation of the Centre. 202. As the laws of the motion of the moon (198) and of the apparent motion of the sun (197) are the same as those of a planet, the principles established in the two preceding articles are as ap- plicable to these bodies in their revolution around the earth, as to a planet in its revolution around the sun. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS. 203. (1.) The Geocentric Place of a body is its place as seen from the earth. (2.) The Heliocentric Place of a body is its place as it would be seen from the sun. (3.) Geocentric Longitude and Latitude appertain to the geo- centric place, and Heliocentric Longitude and Latitude to the he- liocentric place. (4.) Two heavenly bodies are said to be in Conjunction when their longitudes are the same, and to be in Opposition when their longitudes differ by 180. When any one heavenly body is in conjunction with the sun, it is, for the sake of brevity, said to be in Conjunction ; and when it is in opposition to the sun, to be in Opposition. The planets Mercury and Venus, allowing that their distances from the sun are each less than the earth's distance (23), can never be in opposition. But they may be in conjunction, either by being between the sun and earth, or by being on the opposite side of the sun. In the former situation they are said to be in Inferior Con- junction, and in the latter in Superior Conjunction. (5.) A Synodic Revolution of a body is the interval between two consecutive conjunctions or oppositions. For the planets Mercury and Venus a synodic revolution is the interval between two consecutive inferior or superior conjunctions. (6.) The Periodic Time of a planet is the period of time in which it accomplishes a revolution around the sun. (7.) The Nodes of a planet's orbit, or of the moon's orbit, are tne points in which the orbit cuts the plane of the ecliptic. The 86 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. node at which the planet passes from the south to the north side of the ecliptic is called the Ascending Node, and is designated by the character &. The other is called the Descending Node, and is marked t3- (8.) The Eccentricity of an elliptic orbit is the ratio which the distance between the centre of the orbit and either focus bears to the semi-major axis. Fig. 44 204. To illustrate these definitions, let EE'E" (Fig. 44) repre- sent the orbit of the earth ; C'DC the orbit of Venus, or Mercury, which we will suppose, for the sake of simplicity, to lie in the plane of the ecliptic or of the earth's orbit ; LNP a part of the or- bit of Mars, or of any other planet more distant from the sun S than the earth is ; and ANB a part of the projection of this orbit on the plane of the ecliptic : N or & will represent the ascending node of the orbit ; and the descending node will be diametrically opposite to this in the direction Sn'. Also let SV be the direction of the vernal equinox, as seen from the sun, and E V, E' V the par- allel directions of the same point, as seen from the earth in the two positions E and E' ; and P being supposed to be one position of MarS in his orbit, let p be the projection of that position on the plane of the ecliptic. The heliocentric longitude and latitude of Mars in the position P, are respectively VSp and PSp ; and if the earth be at E, his geocentric longitude and latitude are respec- tively VEp and PEp. If we suppose that when Mars is at P the ELEMENTS OF THE ORBIT OF A PLANET. 87 earth is at E', he will be in conjunction ; and if we suppose the earth to be at E'" he will be in opposition. Again, if we suppose the earth to be at E, and Venus at C, she will be in superior con- junction; but if we suppose that Venus is. at C' at the time that the earth is at E, she will be in inferior conjunction. The term inferior is used here in the sense of lower in place, or nearer the earth ; and superior in the sense of higher in place, or farther frort the earth. Since the earth and planets are continually in motion, it is manifest that the positions of conjunction and opposition wiL recur at different parts of the orbit, and in process of time in every variety of position. The time employed by a planet in passing around from one position of conjunction, or opposition, to another, called the synodic revolution, is, for the same reason, longer than the periodic time, or time of passing around from one point of the orbit to the same again. if ELEMENTS OF THE ORBIT OF A PLANET. 205. To have a complete knowledge of the motions of the plan- ets, so as to be able to calculate the place of any one of them at any assumed time, it is necessary to know for each planet, in ad- dition to the laws of its motion discovered by Kepler, the position and dimensions of its orbit, its mean motion, and its place at a spe- cified epoch. These necessary particulars of information are sub- divided into seven distinct elements, called the Elements of the Orbit of a Planet, which are as follows : (1.) The longitude of the ascending node. (2.) The inclination of the plane of the orbit to the plane of the ecliptic, called the inclination of the orbit. (3.) The mean distance of the planet from the sun, or the semi- major axis of its orbit. (4.) The eccentricity of the orbit. (5.) The heliocentric longitude of the perihelion. (6.) The epoch of the planet being at its perihelion, or instead, its mean longitude at a given epoch. (7.) The periodic time of the planet. The first two ascertain the position of the plane of the planet's orbit ; the third and fourth, the dimensions of the orbit ; the fifth, the position of the orbit in its plane ; the sixth, the place of the planet at a given epoch; and the seventh, its mean rate of motion. 206. The elements of the earth's orbit, or of the sun's apparent orbit, are but five in number ; the first two of the above -mentioned elements being wanting, as the plane of the orbit is coincident with the plane of the ecliptic. 207. The elements of the moon's orbit are the same with those of a planet's orbit, it being understood that the perigee of the moon's orbit answers to the perihelion of a planet's orbit, and that the geo- centric longitude of the perigee arid the geocentric longitude of the 88 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. node of the moon's orbit answer, respectively, to the heliocentric longitude of the perihelion and the heliocentric longitude of the node of a planet's orbit. 208. The linear unit adopted, in terms of which the semi-major axes, eccentricities, and radii-vectores of the planetary orbits, are expressed, is the mean distance of the sun from the earth, or the semi-major axis of the earth's orbit. When thus expressed, these lines are readily obtained in known measures whenever the mean distance of the sun becomes known. The lines of the moon's orbit are found in terms of the moon's mean distance from the earth, as unity. METHODS OF DETERMINING THE ELEMENTS OF THE SUN'S APPARENT ORBIT, OR OF THE EARTH'S REAL ORBIT. MEAN MOTION. 209. The sun's mean daily motion in longitude results from the length of the mean tropical year obtained from observation, (192.) SEMI-MAJOR AXIS. 210. As we have just stated, the semi-major axis of the sun's apparent orbit is the linear unit in terms of which the dimensions of the planetary orbits are expressed. Its absolute length is com- puted from the mean horizontal parallax of the sun. 211. The horizontal parallax of a body being given, to find its distance from the earth. We have (equation 7, p. 51) n R ~ sin H ' where H represents the horizontal parallax of the body, D its dis- tance from the centre of the earth, and R the radius of the earth. The parallax of all the heavenly bodies, with the exception of the moon, is so small, that it may, without material error, be taken in this equation in place of its sine. Thus, Again, since 6.2831853 is the length of the circumference of a circle of which the radius is 1, and 1296000 is the number of seconds in the circumference, we have 6.2831853 : 1 : : 1296000" : x = 206264" .8 = the length of the radius (1) expressed in seconds. Hence, if the value of H be expressed in seconds, 2068 212. In the determination of the sun's parallax, by the process of Arts. 114 and 115, an error of 2" or 3", equal to about one- fourth of the whole parallax, may be committed, so that the dis- tance of the sun, as deduced by equation (38) from his parallax found in that manner, may be in error by an amount equal to one- ECCENTRICITY OF THE SUN's APPARENT ORBIT. 89 fourth or more of the true distance. There is a much more ac- curate method of obtaining the sun's parallax, which will be no- ticed hereafter. It has been found by the method to which we allude, that the horizontal parallax of the sun at the mean distance is 8".58, which may be relied upon as exact to within a small fraction of a second. We have, then, for the sun's mean distance, or the mean semi-major axis of his orbit, D - R .' = 24040.19 R = 95,102,992 miles ; o .5o taking for R the mean radius of the earth = 3956 miles. ECCENTRICITY. 213. First method. By the greatest and least daily motions in longitude. Wo have already explained (194) the mode of de- riving from observation the sun's motion in longitude from day to day. Now, let v = the greatest daily motion in longitude ; v' = the least daily motion in longitude ; r the least or perigean dis tance of the sun ; and r' the greatest or apogean distance ; and we shall have, by the principle of Art. 200, r : r' : : V v' : ^ v ; whence, r' + r : r' r : : ^ v -f- ^ v' : ^ v */ v', r' + r W+VI 7 " , / - 7 or, - : r' r : : -- : v v v v' : 2 2 but, r' + r - = semi-major axis = 1 ; and r' r = 2 (eccentricity) = 2 e; \/ i) _i_ \/ - "*/ 1) f and e = L - = . . . (39). v v + vV The greatest and least daily motions are, respectively, (at a mean,) 61 '.165 and 57'. 192. Substituting, we have e = 0.016791. The eccentricity may also be obtained from the greatest and least apparent diameters, by a process similar to the foregoing, on the principle that the distances of the sun at different times are in- versely proportional to his corresponding apparent diameters, (195.) 214. Second method. By the greatest equation of the centre. (1.) To find the greatest equation of the centre. Let L = the true longitude, and M = the mean longitude, at the time the true and mean motions are equal between the perigee and apogee, (201) ; L' = the true longitude and M' = the mean longitude, when the motions are equal between the apogee and perigee ; and E the greatest equation of the centre. Then (201) L = M + E, and L' = M' E ; whence, L' - L = M' - M - 2E, 12 90 MOTIONS OP THE PLANETS IN SPACE. About the time of the greatest equation the sun's true motion, and consequently the equation of the centre, continues very nearly the same for two or three days wemay therefore, with but slight error, tako the noon, when the sun is on either side of the line of apsides, that separates the two days on which the motions in longitude are most nearly equal to 59' 8", as the epoch of the greatest equation. The longitude L or L' at either epoch thus ascertained, results from the observed right ascension and declination. M' M = the mean motion in longitude in the interval of the epochs, and is found by multiplying the number of mean solar days and fractions of a day comprised in the interval, by 59' 8".330, the mean daily mo- tion in longitude. For example : from observations upon the sun, made by Dr. Maskelyne, in the year 1775, it is ascertained in the manner just explained that the sun was near its greatest equation at noon, or at Oh. 3m. 35s. mean solar time, on the 2d April, and at noon on the 31st, or at 23h. 49m. 35s. mean solar time, on the 30th of Septem- ber. The observed longitudes were, at the first period 12 33' 39".06, and at the second 188 5' 44".45. The interval of time between the two epochs is 182d. ftm. Mean motion in 182d. 14m. . . . 179 22' 41".56 Difference of two longitudes .... 175 32 5 .39 Difference 2 ) 3 50 36 .17 Greatest equation of centre .... 1 55 18 .08 More accurate results are obtained by reducing observations made during seve- ral days before and after the epoch of the greatest equation, and taking the mean of the different values of the greatest equation thus obtained. According to M Delambre, the greatest equation was in 1775, 1 55' 31".66. (2.) The eccentricity of an orbit may be derived from the greatest equation of the centre by means of the following formula : _JK 11 K 3 587 K 5 " 2 3^ 3.5.216 Tjl in which K stands for the expression (E being the greatest equation 57 . of the centre.) In the case of the sun's orbit, K being a small fraction, all its powers beyond the first may be omitted. Thus, retaining only the first term of the series, and taking E = 1<> 55' 3l".66 the greatest equation in 1775, we have K IP 55' 31".66 6 = 2- = 2X570.2957795 " ' Ol1 ' 8 3 ' 215. It appears from the law of the angular velocity of a re- volving body, investigated in Art. 200, that the amount of the pro- portional variation of this velocity, which obtains in the course of a revolution, depends altogether upon the amount of the propor- tional variation of distance, or, in other words, upon the eccentri- city of the orbit, (Def. 8, p. 86.) It follows, therefore, that the amount of the greatest deviation of the true place from the mean place, that is, of the greatest equation of the centre, (201,) must depend upon the value of the eccentricity. If the eccentricity be great, the greatest equation of the centre will have a large value ; and if the eccentricity be equal to zero, that is, if the orbit be a circle, the equation of the centre will also be equal to zero, or the true and mean place will continually coincide. If either of the two quantities, the greatest equation and the eccentricity, be known, the other, then, will become determinate : and formulae have been investigated which make known either one PERIGEE OP THE SUN*S APPARENT ORBIT. 91 when the other is given. Equation 41 is the formula for the ec- centricity. 216. From observations made at distant periods, it is discovered that the equation of the centre, and consequently the eccentricity, is subject to a continual slow diminution. The amount of the diminution of the greatest equation in a century, called the secular diminution, is 17". 2. LONGITUDE AND EPOCH OF THE PERIGEE, j 217. As the sun's angular velocity is the greatest at tjie perigee, the longitude of the sun at the time its angular velocity (is greatest, will be the longitude of the perigee. The time of Ae greatest angular velocity may easily be obtained within a fewihours, by means of the daily motions in longitude, derived from observation. 218. The more accurate method of determining the longitude and epoch of the perigee, rests upon the principle that the apogee and perigee are the only two points of the orbits whose longitudes differ by 180, in passing from one to the other of which the sun employs just half a year. This principle may be inferred from Kepler's law of areas, for it is a well-known property of the ellipse, that the major axis is the only line drawn through the focus that divides the ellipse into equal parts, and by the law in question equal areas correspond to equal times. 219. By a comparison of the results of observations made atdis tant epochs, it is discovered that the longitude of the perigee is continually increasing at a mean rate of 61 ".5 per year. As the equinox retrogrades 50". 2 in a year, the perigee must then have a direct motion in space of 11". 3 per year. It will be seen, therefore, that the interval between the times of the sun's passage through the apogee and perigee, is not, strictly speaking, half a sidereal year, but exceeds this period by the inter val of time employed by the sun in moving through an arc of 5". 6, the sidereal motion of the apogee and perigee in half a year. 220. According to the most exact determinations, the mean Ion gitude of the perigee of the sun's orbit at the beginning of the yeai 1800, was 279 30' 8".39 : it is now 280^. 221. The heliocentric longitude of the perihelion of the earth's orbit, is equal to the geocentric longitude of the perigee of the sun's apparent orbit minus 180. For, let AEP (Fig. 41, p. 82,) be the earth's orbit, and PV the direction of the vernal equinox. When the earth is in its perihelion P the sun is in its perigee S, and we have the heliocentric longitude of the perihelion VSP = VPL = angle abc 1 80 = geocentric longitude of the sun's perigee 180.* * It is plain that the same relation subsists between the heliocentric longitude of the earth and the geocentric longitude of the sun in every other position of the earth in its orbit ; or that each point of the earth's orbit is diametrically opposite tc the corresponding point of the sun's apparent orbit. 92 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. 222. The epoch and mean longitude of the perigee of the sun's orbit being once found, the sun's mean longitude at any assumed epoch is easily obtained by means of the mean motion in longitude. METHODS OF DETERMINING THE ELEMENTS OF THE MOON'S ORBIT. LONGITUDE OF THE NODE. 223. In order to obtain the longitude of the moon's ascending node, we have only to find the longitude of the moon at the time its latitude is zero and the moon is passing from the south to the north side of the ecliptic ; and this may be deduced from the lon- gitudes and latitudes of the moon, derived from observed right as- censions and declinations (69), by methods precisely analogous to those by which the right ascension of the sun, at the time its decli- nation is zero, and it is passing from the south to the north of the equator, or the position of the vernal equinox, is ascertained, (185.) INCLINATION OF THE ORBIT. 224. Among the latitudes computed from the moon's observed eight ascensions and declinations, the greatest measures the incli- nation of the orbit. It is found to be about 5 ; sometimes a little greater, and at other times a little less. MEAN MOTION. 225. With the longitudes of the moon, found from day to day, it is easy to obtain the interval from the time at which the moon has any given longitude till it returns to the same longitude again. This interval is called a Tropical Revolution of the moon. It is found to be subject to considerable periodical variations, and thus one observed tropical revolution may differ materially from the mean period f In order to obtain the mean tropical revolution, we must compare two longitudes found at distant epochs. Their dif- ference, augmented by the product of 360 by the number of rev- olutions performed in the interval of the epochs, will be the mean motion in longitude in the interval, from which the mean motion in 100 years or 36525 days, called the Secular motion, may be ob- tained by simple proportion. The secular motion being once known, it is easy to deduce from it the period in which the motion is 360, which is the mean tropical revolution. It should be / observed, however, that to find the precise mean secular motion in longitude, it is necessary to compare the mean longitudes instead of the true Now, the true longitude of the moon at any time having been found, the mean longitude at the same time is derived from it by correcting for the equation of the centre and certain other periodical inequalities of longitude hereafter to be noticed. But this cannot be done, even approximately, until the theory of the moon's mo- tions is known with more or less accuracy. 226. The longitude of the moon, at certain epochs, maybe very conveniently deduced from observations upon lunar eclipses. For, MOON'S MEAN MOTION IN LONGITUDE. 93 the time of the middle of the eclipse is very near the time of oppo- sition, when the longitude of the moon differs 180 from that of the sun, and the longitude of the sun results from the known theory of its motion. The recorded observations of the ancients upon the times of the occurrence of eclipses, are the only observations that can now be made use of for the direct determination of the longi- tude of the moon at an ancient epoch. 227. The mean tropical revolution of the moon is found to be 27.321 582d. or 27d. 7h. 43m. 4.7s. (5s. nearly.) Hence, 27.321582d. : Id. : : 360 : 13M7639. = 13 10' 35".0 = moon's mean daily motion in longitude. 228. Since the equinox has a retrograde motion, the sidereal revolution of the moon must exceed the tropical revolution, as the sidereal year exceeds the tropical year. The excess will be equal to the time employed by the moon in describing the arc of preces- sion answering to a revolution of the moon. Thus, 365.25d. : 50".2 : : 27.3d. : 3". 75 = arc of precession, and 13. 17 : Id. : : 3".75 : 6.8s. = excess. Wherefore, the mean sidereal revolution of the moon is 27d. 7h. 43m. 12s. 229. It has been found, by determining the moon's mean rate of motion for pe- riods of various lengths, that it is subject to a continual slow acceleration. This acceleration will not, however, be indefinitely progressive : Laplace has investiga- ted its physical cause, and shown from the principles of Physical Astronomy, that it is really a periodical inequality in the moon's mean motion, which requires an immense length of time to go through its different values. The mean motion given in Art. 227 answers to the commencement of the pres- ent century. LONGITUDE OF THE PERIGEE, ECCENTRICITY, AND SEMI-MAJOR AXIS. 230. The methods of determining these elements of the moon's orbit are similar to those by which the Fig. 45. corresponding elements of the sun's orbit are found. It is to be observed, however, that for the longitudes of the sun, which are laid off in the plane of the ecliptic, in the case of the moon cor- responding angles are laid off in the plane of its orbit. These angles are reckoried from a line drawn making an angle with the line of nodes equal to the longitude of the ascending node, and are called Orbit Longitudes. The orbit longi- tude is equal to the moon's angular distance from the ascending node plus the longitude of the ascending node. "Thus, let VNC (Fig. 45) represent the plane of the ecliptic, and V'NM a portion of the moon's orbit ; N being the as- cending node : also let EV be the direction of the vernal equinox, and let EV be drawn in the plane of the moon's orbit, making an angle V'EN with the line of {he nodes equal to YEN, the longitude of the ascending node N. The orbit longitudes lie in the plane of the moon's orbit, and are estimated from this line, while the ecliptic longitudes lie in the plane of the ecliptic, and are estimated 94 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. from the line EV. Thus, V'EM, or its measure V'NM, is the orbit longitude of the moon in the position M ; and VEm is the ecliptic longitude, that is, the longi- tude as it has been hitherto considered. V'NM = V'N -f NM = VN + NM ; that is, orbit long. = long, of ^ + 5)'s distance from ^. The orbit longitudes are calculated from the ecliptic longitudes ; these being de- rived from observed right ascensions and declinations. 231. The ecliptic longitude of the moon at any time being given, to find the orbit longitude. As we may suppose the longitude of the node to be given, (223) the equation of the preceding article will make known the orbit longitude so soon as MN, the moon's distance from the node, becomes known : now, by Napier's first rule, we have cos MNm = cot NM tang Nm ; or, cot NM = cos MNw cot Nm. Nm = ecliptic long. long, of node ; and MNm = inclination of orbit. 232. The horizontal parallax of the moon, like almost every other element of astronomical science, is subject to periodical changes of value. It varies not only during one revolution, but also from one revolution to another. The fixed and mean parallax about which the true parallax may be conceived to oscillate, an- swers to the mean distance, that is, the distance about which the true distance varies periodically, and is called the Constant of the Parallax. It is, for the equatorial radius of the earth, 57' 0".9 ; from which we find by equation (38) the mean distance of the moon from the earth to be 60.3 radii, or about 240,000 miles. The first equation of article 211 would give a more accurate result. The greatest and least parallaxes of the moon are 61' 24" and 53' 48". 233. The eccentricity of the moon's orbit is more than three times as great as that of the sun's orbit. Its greatest equation ex- ceeds 6 (215). MEAN LONGITUDE AT AN ASSIGNED EPOCH. 234. We have already explained (225) the principle of the determination of the mean longitude of the moon from an ob- served true longitude. Now, when the mean longitude at any one epoch whatever becomes known, the mean longitude at any assigned epoch is easily deduced from it by means of the mean motion in longitude. METHODS OF DETERMINING THE ELEMENTS OF A PLANET'S ORBIT. 235. The methods of determining the elements of the planetary orbits suppose the possibility of finding the heliocentric longitude and the radius-vector of the earth for any given time. Now, the elements of the earth's orbit having been found by the processes heretofore detailed, the longitude may be computed by means of Kepler's first law, and the radius-vector from the polar equation of the elliptic orbit. (See Davies' Analytical Geometry, p. 137.) The manner of effecting such computation will be considered LONGITUDE OP THE NODE OP A PLANET*S ORBIT. 95 hereafter ; at present the possibility of effecting it will be taken for granted. HELIOCENTRIC LONGITUDE OP THE ASCENDING NODE. 236. When the planet is in either of its nodes, its latitude is zero. It follows, therefore, that the longitude of the planet at the time its latitude is zero, is the geocentric longitude of the node at the time the planet is passing through it. Now if the right ascension and declination of the planet be observed from day to day, about the time it is passing from one side of the ecliptic to the other, and convert- ed into longitude and latitude, the time at which the latitude is zero, and the longitude at that time, may be obtained by a proportion. When the planet is again in the same node, the geocentric longitude of the node may again be found in the same manner as be. fore. On account of the different position of the earth in its orbit, this longitude will differ from the former. Now, if two geocentric longitudes of the same node be found, its heliocentric longitude may be computed. Let S (Fig. 46) be the sun, N the node, and E one of the positions of the earth for which the geocentric longi- tude of the node (VEN) is known. Denote this angle by G, the sun's longitude VES by S, and the radius-vector SE by r. Also, let E' be the other position of the earth, and denote the corresponding quantities for this position, VE'N, VE'S, and SE', respectively, by G', S', and r 1 . Let the radius-vector of the planet when in its node, or SN = V ; and the heliocentric longitude of the node, or VSN = X. Fig. 46. but and hence, or, In like manner, Dividing, rsin (S G) r ' r'sinCS' GO whence, The triangle 'SNE gives sin SNE : sin SEN : : SE : SN ; SEN = VES VEN = S G, SNE = VAN VSN =* VEN VSN = G X ; sin (G X): sin (S G)::r: V, r sin (S G) = V sin (G X) . . . (42). r' sin (S' G') = V sin (G' X.) r sin (S G) sin (G X) r' sin (S' G') sin (G' X)' sin G cos X sin X cos G sin G cos G tang X sin G' cos X sin X cos G' ~~ sin G' cos G'tangX ' tangX r sin (S G) sin G' r> sin (S' G') sin G r sin (S G) cos G'r 1 sin (S' G')cosG (43). Equation (42) gives r sin (S G) X) sin (44). 237. The longitude of the node may also be found approximately from observations made upon the planet at the time of conjunction or opposition. It will happen in process of time that some of the conjunctions and oppositions will occur when the planet is near one of its nodes ; the observed longitude of the sun at this con- junction or opposition, will either be approximately the heliocentric 96 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. Fig. 47. E' longitude of the node in question, or will differ 180 from it This will be s^een on inspecting Fig. 47. If at a certain time the earth should be at E, crossing the line of nodes, and the planet in conjunction, it will be in the node N, and VES the longitude of the sun will be equal to VSN, the heli- ocentric longitude of the node. If the earth should be at E" and the planet in opposition, the longitude of the sun would be VE"S - VE"N + 180 = VSN + 180 =hel. long, of node + 180. If the daily variations of the lati- tude of the planet should be ob- served about the time of the sup- posed conjunction or opposition near the node, the time when the latitude becomes zero, or the pla- net is in its node, could approximately be calculated by simple proportion ; and then so soon as the rate of the angular motion about the sun becomes known (241) the longitude of the node could be more accurately determined. INCLINATION OF THE ORBIT. 238. The longitude of the node having been found by the pre- ceding or some other method, compute the day on which the sun's longitude will be the same or nearly the same : the earth will then be on the line of the nodes. Observe on that day the planet's right ascension and decimation, and deduce the geocentric longitude and latitude. Let ENp (Fig. 47) be the plane of the ecliptic, V the vernal equinox, S the sun, N the node, E the earth on the line of nodes, and P the planet as referred to the celestial sphere, from the earth. Let X denote the geocentric latitude Pp ; E the arc Np = Vp VN = geo. long, of planet long, of node ; and I the inclination PNp. The right-angled triangle PNp gives sin Np = tang Pp cot PNp = tang X cot I ; . T sin E T tang X hence, cot I = -, and tang I = . * . . . (45) : tang X' sin E or, tang inclination = : 7= . '- 7- y- x . . . (46). sin (long. long, of node) 239. It will be understood, that to obtain an exact result, we must compute tha precise time of the day at which the longitude of the sun is the same as that of the node, and then, by means of their observed daily variations, correct the longi- tude and latitude of the planet for the variations in the interval between the tinm thus ascertained and the time of the observation above mentioned. REDUCTION OF OBSERVATIONS. 97 PERIODIC TIME. 240. The interval from the time the planet is in one of its nodes till its return to the same, gives the periodic time or sidereal revo- lution. 241. Another and more accurate method is to observe the length of a synodic revolution, (p. 85,) and compute the periodic time from this. If we compare the time of a conjunction which has been observed in modern times, with that of a conjunction observed by the earlier astronomers, and divide the interval between them by the number of synodic revolutions contained in it, we shall have the mean synodic revolution with great exactness, from which the mean periodic time may be deduced.* The periodic time being known, the mean daily motion around the sun may be found by dividing 360 by the periodic time ex- pressed in days and parts of a day. TO FIND THE HELIOCENTRIC LONGITUDE AND LATITUDE, AND THE RADIUS-VECTOR, FOR A GIVEN TIME. 242. The earth being in constant motion in its orbit, and being thus at different times very differently situated with regard to the other planets, as well in respect to distance as direction, it is ne- cessary for the purpose of comparing the observations made upon these bodies with each other, to refer them all to one common point of observation. As the sun is the fixed centre about which the revolutions of the planets are performed, it is the point best suited to this purpose, and accordingly it is to the sun that the observations are in reality referred. The reduction of observations from the earth to the sun, as it is actually performed, consists in the deduction of the heliocentric longitude and latitude from the geocentric longitude and latitude, these being derived from the observed right ascension and declination. We will now show how to effect this deduction, supposing that the longitude of the node and the inclination of the orbit are known. Let NP (Fig. 48) be part of the orbit of a planet, SNC the plane of the ecliptic, N the ascending node, S the sun, E the earth, and P the planet ; also, let P* be a perpendicular let fall from P upon the plane of the ecliptic, and EV, SV, the direction of the vernal equinox. Let A = PEir the geocentric latitude of the planet ; / = PS* its heliocentric lati- tude ; G = VETT its geocentric longitude ; L = VS* its heliocentric longitude ; S = VES the longitude of the sun ; N = VSN the heliocentric longitude of the node ; I = PNC the inclination of the orbit ; r = SE the radius- vector of the earth ; and v = SP the radius-vector of the planet. The point * is called the reduced place of the planet, and S* its curtate distance. All the angles of the triangle SEir have also received particular appellations : SirE the angle subtended at the reduced place of the planet by the radius of the earth's orbit, is called the Annual Parallax, SB* the Elongation, and ESr the Commu- * We shall, in the sequel, investigate the equation that expresses the relation be- tween the synodic revolution and the periodic time. (See equation 129, p. 187) : ff the synodic revolution () be given, then, the sidereal year (P) being also known, the value of the sidereal revolution of the planet (j) can be calculated from thia equation. 13 98 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE, Fig. 48. / V tation. Let A = SirE, E = SE, and C =ESir. Draw Sir parallel to Bi- tten A = *Sir' = VSir VS*' = VSir VEir = L G ; E = VETT VES = G S ; C = VSE VS* = 180 + VSE' VS ff = 180 + VES VSir = 180 -f S L = T L (putting T = 180+ S). (1.) For the latitude. The triangles EP^, SPa-, give tang X Sir Eir tang X = PJT = Sir tang / whence . = =- : tang / E* ' Sir _ sin E f i but, substituting, sin C Sir : E : : sin E : sin C, or, tang X _ sin E tang / "~ sin C ' whence, tang X sin C = tang I sin E . . (46) ; or, tang X sin (T L) = tang / sin (G S) . . . (47). Again, the triangle NP/j gives, by Napier's first rule, sin Np = cot PNp tan Pp, or, sin (L N) = cot I tan I . . (48). Either of the equations (47) and (48) will give the value of Z, when the longi- tude L is known. (2.) For the longitude. If we substitute in equation (47) the value of tang /, given by equation (48), and replace (G S) by E, we have tang X sin (T L) = sin (L N) tang I sin E ; but T L = (T N) (L N) = D (L N), (denoting (T N) by D) ; substituting, and designating L N by a:, tang X sin (D x) = sin x tang I sin E ; whence, tang X sin D cos x tang X cos D sin x = tang I sin E sin x, or, tang X sin D tang X cos D tang x = tang I sin E tang x, which gives tang X sin D = tang X cos D + tang I sin E ' Substituting tho values of x, D, and E, we have, finally, tangX sin (T N) tang(L N) = (50). tang X cos (T N) + tang I sin (G S) As N is known, the value of L will result from this equation. 243. The co-oi linates employed to fix the position of a planet in the plane of its orbit, are its orbit longitude (230) and its radius- vector, both of which result from the heliocentric longitude and REDUCTION OF OBSERVATIONS. 99 atitude, the longitude of the node and the inclination of the orbit being known. In Fig. 48, V'NP represents the orbit longitude, and SP (=s t>) the radius-vector for the position P. Now, the triangle PSir gives and the triangle ES* gives sin A : sin E : : SE : Sir whence, by substitution, r sin E SE sin E sin A r sin E sin A J rsin(G S) (51). sin A cos I sin (L G) cos I The orbit longitude L' = NP-f-long. of node . . . (52). And to find NP, the triangle NPp gives cos PNp = cot NP tang Np, or tang NP = tang Np . . . (52) ; and Np = long, of planet long, of node . . . (52). 244. The heliocentric longitude Fig. 49. may be obtained in a very simple manner, if the observations be made upon the planet at the time of con- c junction or opposition; for, it will then either be equal to the geocen- tric longitude, or differ 180 from it. When the heliocentric longitude is thus found, the latitude for the same time may be obtained by solving the triangle PNp, (Fig. 49.) For, by Na- pier's first rule, sin Np cot PNp tang Pp, or tang Pp = sin Np tang PNp ; where Pp is the latitude sought, PNp the known inclination of the orbit, and Np = VNp VN = long, of planet long, of node, both of which may be considered as known. The radius-vector may be computed for the same time from the triangle ESP ; for the side SE, the radius-vector of the earth, is known, as well as the angle SEP the geocentric latitude of the planet, andthe angle ESP = 180 PSp =180 heliocentric lat. 245. The radius- vector of either of the inferior planets at the time of maximum elongation, or greatest angular distance from the sun, may be approximately deduced from the amount of the maximum elongation, de- termined from observation. The elongation which obtains at any time may be found by ascertainingfrom instrumental observations* the places of the Fig. 50. 100 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. planet and sun in the heavens, and connecting these by an arc of a great circle, and with the pole by other arcs. In the triangle PSp (Fig. 50) thus formed there will be known the two polar dis- tances PS and Pp, which are the complements of the observed de- cimations, and the angle SPp the difference of their observed right ascensions, from which the angular distance Sp between the two Fig. 51. bodies may be calculated. The maximum elongation being, then, supposed to be known, let NPP' (Fig. 51) represent the orbit of an inferior planet. The line EP drawn from the earth to the planet will, at the time of maximum elongation, be perpendicular to SP the radius-vector of the planet; and thus we shall have in the right-angled triangle EPS, the line ES, and the angle SEP, from which the radius-vector SP may be computed. As the earth and planet are in motion, the greatest elongation will occur at different points of the planet's orbit, and therefore we may find by the foregoing pro- cess different radii-vectores. LONGITUDE OF THE PERIHELION, ECCENTRICITY, AND SEMI-MAJOR AXIS. 246. The longitude of the perihelion, the eccentricity, and the semi-major axis, may be derived from the helio- centric orbit longitude (243) and the radius-vector found for three different times. Let SP, SP', SP" (Fig. 52) be the three given radii-vectores, V'SP, V'SP', V'SP", the three given longitudes, and AB the line of apsides of the planet's orbit. Let the angles PSF, PSP", which are known, be represented by m, n, and the angle BSP, which is rf unknown, by x\ and let the three ra- dii-vectores SP, SP', SP", be denoted by v, t>', v" ; the semi-major axis AC by a, and the eccentricity by e : then, the three unknown quantities which are to be determined, are a, e, and the angle x, and the general polar equation of the ellipse furnishes for their determination the three equations 1 -f- e cos x (53), \-\-t cos (x -f- w) 1 + e cos (x -f- n) . . . (55). SEMI-MAJOR AXIS OF A PLANERS ORBIT. 101 Equating the values of a (1 e 2 ) obtained from equations (53) and (54), we havt v-\-ve cos x = t>' -|- v'e cos (x -{- m), or, e = -- ; -- - - - . . . (56). v cos x v cos (x -f- ) In like manner from (53) and (55), v" v tjcosa; v" cos (x -}- ri) ' Let c' v=p, and c" o = q ; then, by equating the second members of equations (56), (57), and transforming, we obtain p _ COS X - V f COS (X -f- Ml) q v cos x 1>" cos (a; + n) t) cos x v' cos m cos x + ' sin m sin a; c cos x v" cos n cos x -\- v" sin n sin a; t> ' cos m -f- 1>' sin m tang x ~ v v" cos n+ 15" sin n tang a; ' whence, tang x = ' ( ~ P// , C Sw) ~* (v ~ V ' C Sm) . . . (58). qv sin m pv sin n The value of a; being found by this equation, and subtracted from the orbit lon- gitude of the planet in the first position P, the result will be the orbit longitude of the perihelion. Also, x being known, e may be computed from either of the equa- tions (56) and (57) : and hence again, the semi-major axis from equation (53), (54), or (55). 247. The semi-major axis or mean distance from the sun, may also be had by taking the mean of a great number of radii-vectores found for every variety of position of the planet in its orbit, (244), (245). 248. Now that Kepler's third law has been established by in- vestigations in Physical Astronomy, it furnishes the most accurate method of finding the mean distance of a planet from the sun. Thus, let P = the periodic time of the planet, and a = its mean distance ; then, the length of the sidereal year being 365.256374 days, (193), (365.256374d.) 2 :P 2 ::l 3 :o 3 ; 249. If a great number of radii-vectores in a great variety of po- sitions of the planet in its orbit be found by the method explained in Art. 244, the longitude of the planet at the time it has the least calculated radius-vector will be approximately the longitude of the perihelion : or, if it chances that among the radii-vectores deter- mined there are two equal to each other, the position of the line of apsides may be found by bisecting the angle included between these. The ratio of the difference between the greatest and least calculated radii-vectores to the mean of the whole, will be the ap- proximate value of the eccentricity. EPOCH OF A PLANET BEING AT THE PERIHELION OF ITS ORBIT. 250. From several observations upon the planet, about the time 102 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. it has the same longitude as the perihelion, the correct time of its being at the perihelion may be easily determined by proportion. 251. The mean longitude at an assigned epoch is obtained up- on the same principles as the mean longitude of the sun or moon, (222, 234.) REMARKS. 252. The foregoing methods of determining the elements of a planet's orbit suppose observations to be made at two or more successive returns of the planet to its node : but it is not necessary to wait for the passage of a planet through its node. Soon after the planet Uranus was discovered by Sir William Herschel, La- place contrived methods by which the elements of its elliptic orbit were determined from four observations within little more than a year from its first discovery by Herschel.* After the discovery of Ceres, Gauss invented another general method of calculating the orbit of a planet from three observations, and applied it to the de- termination of the orbit of Ceres, and, subsequently, to the deter- mination of the orbits of Pallas, Juno, and Vesta. This method can be more readily employed in practice than that of Laplace, or than any of the solutions which other mathematicians have given of the same problem, and is now generally used by astronomers. MEAN ELEMENTS AND THEIR VARIATIONS. 253. The elements of the planetary orbits, obtained by the foregoing processes, are the true elements at the periods when the observations are made. Upon deter- mining them at different periods, it appears that they are subject to minute varia- tions. A comparison of the values found at various distant epochs shows that they are slowly changing from century to century, and that the changes experienced during equal long periods of time are very nearly the same. The amount of the variation of an element in a period of 100 years is called its Secular Variation. Upon reducing the elements, found at different times, to the same epoch, by allow- ing for the proportional parts of the secular variations, the different results for each element are found to differ slightly from each other, which shows that the elements are also subject to slight periodical variations. These variations being very minute, the true elements can never differ much from the mean, or those from which they deviate periodically and equally on both sides. The mean elements at an assigned epoch may be had by finding the true ele- ments at various times, and reducing them to the given epoch, by making allow- ance for the proportional parts of the secular variations, and then taking for each element the mean of all the particular values obtained for it. 254. A comparison of the mean values of the same element, found at distant epochs, makes known the variation of its mean value in the interval between them, from which the secular variation may be deduced by simple proportion. 255. The elements of the moon's orbit are also subject to continual variations. These are, for the most part, periodic, and are far greater than the variations of the corresponding elements of a planet's orbit. It will be seen, then, that in de- termining the mean elements, a much greater number of observations will be required than in the case of a planetary orbit. The mean node and perigee have a rapid and nearly uniform progressive motion. Theory shows that the other mean elements, with the exception of the semi-major axis, are subject to secular variations, but their effect has hitherto been very inconsiderable. * History of the Inductive Sciences, vol. ii. p. 231. ELEMENTS OF THE PLANETARY ORBITS. 103 256. The mean elements, which have been derived as above directly from ob- servation, have subsequently been verified and corrected, by comparing the com- puted with the observed places of the planet ; and for this purpose many thousands of observations have been made. 257. Tables II. and III. contain the elements of the orbits of the principal planets, and of the moon's orbit, together with their secular variations, for the beginning of the year 1801 ; and also, the elements of the orbits of the four small planets, Vesta, Juno, Ceres, and Pallas, for 1831. (See Note III.) If an element be desired for any time different from the epoch of the table, we have only to allow for the proportional part of the secular variation, in the interval between the given time and the epoch of the table. 258. It will be seen, on inspecting Table II., that the mean distances of the planets from the sun, or the semi-major axes of their orbits, are the only elements that are invariable. The rest are subject to minute secular variations. The nodes have all retrograde motions. The perihelia, on the contrary, have direct motions, with the single exception of the perihelion of the orbit of Venus, which has a retrograde motion. The eccentricities of some of the orbits are increasing, of others diminishing. That of the earth's orbit is diminishing. The node of the moon's orbit has a retrograde motion, and the perihelion a direct motion. The former accomplishes a tropical revolution in 6788.50982 days, or about 18 years 214 days; and the latter in 3231.4751 days, or in about 8 years 309 days. The mean motion of the node, and the mean motion of the perigee, are both subject to a slow secular diminution. 259. It will be seen, also, that the orbits of the planets are ellipses of small eccentricity, or which differ but slightly from circles ; and that they are, with the exception of the orbit of Pallas, inclined under small angles to the plane of the ecliptic. The eccentricity is in every instance so small, that if a represen- tation of the orbit were accurately delineated, it would not differ perceptibly from a circle. The most eccentric orbits, among those of the seven principal planets, are those of Mercury and Mars ; and the least eccentric, those of Venus and the earth. The eccen- tricity of Mercury's orbit is 12 times that of the earth's, of Mars' 6 times, of Venus' \. The eccentricities of the orbits of Jupiter, Saturn, and Uranus, are each about 3 times greater than that of the earth's orbit. The orbit of Mercury is more inclined to the ecliptic than the orbit of any other of the seven principal planets ; and the orbit of Uranus is less inclined than that of any other planet. The in- clination of the latter is , of the former 7. The orbits of the four asteroids are more eccentric, and more inclined to the plane of the ecliptic, than those of the other planets in general. 104 MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS IN SPACE. 260. The mean distances of the planets from the sun are, in round numbers, as follows : Mercury 37 millions of miles, Venus 69 millions of miles, the earth 95 millions of miles, Mars 145 mil- lions of miles, Juno 254 millions of miles, Jupiter 495 millions of miles, Saturn 907 millions of miles, Uranus 1824 millions of miles. The range of distance is from 1 to 77. The distance of Uranus is about 19 times the earth's distance: of Neptune 30 times. 261. The approximate periods of revolution of the planets are as follows : Mercury 3 months, (| of a year,) Venus 7| months, (f of a year,) Mars 1} years, Juno 4f years, Vesta of a year shorter, and Ceres and Pallas j of a year longer than that of Juno, Jupiter 12 years, (11-f years,) Saturn 29| years, Uranus 84 years, Neptune 164f years. 262. A remarkable empirical law, called Bode's Law of the Distances, from its discoverer, the late Professor Bode of Berlin, connects the distances of the planets from the sun. It is as fol- lows. If we take the following numbers, 0, 3, 6, 12, 24, 48, 96, 192, and add the number 4 to each one of them, so as to ob- tain 4, 7, 10, 16, 28, 52, 100, 196, this series of numbers will express the order of distance of the planets from the sun. This law embodies the following curious relation between the distances of the orbits from one another, viz.: setting out from Venus, the distance between two contiguous orbits increases nearly in a dupli- cate ratio as we recede from the sun ; that is, the distance from the orbit of the earth to the orbit of Mars, is twice the distance from the orbit of Venus to the orbit of the earth, and one half the distance from the orbit of Mars to the orbits of the asteroids, &c. Professor Challis of Cambridge, England, has recently extended this principle to the distances of the satellites ; so that although still somewhat indefinite, it is unquestionably part of the arrange- ments and mechanism of the solar system.* Previous to the discovery of the four asteroids, to complete the above law a planet was wanting between Mars and Jupiter. It was on this account surmised by Bode, that another planet might exist between these two. Instead of one such planet, however, it was subsequently discovered that there were in fact four, revolving at pretty nearly the same distance from the sun, and in conformity with the curious law which had been detected by Bode. (Note IV.) 263. A better idea of the dimensions of the solar system than is conveyed by the statement of distances above given, may be gained by reducing its scale sufficiently to bring it within the scope of familiar distances. Thus, if we suppose the earth to be represented by a ball only 1 inch in diameter, the distance of Mer cury from the sun will be represented on the same scale by 400 feet, the distance of Venus by 700 feet, that of the earth by 1000 feet, (j of a mile nearly,) that of Mars by 1500 feet, that of Juno by a * Nichol's Phenomena of the Solar System, p. PLACE OF A PLANET IN ITS ORBIT. 105 mile, that of Jupiter by 1 mile, that of Saturn by % 2 miles, (If miles,) and that of Uranus by 3 miles, (3f miles.) On the same scale, the distance of the moon from the earth would be only 2^ feet : that of Neptune 5| miles. CHAPTER VIII. OP THE DETERMINATION OF THE PLACE OF A PLANET, OR OF THE SUN, OR MOON, FOR A GIVEN TIME, BY THE ELLIPTICAL THEORY J AND OF THE VERIFICATION OF KEPLER ? S LAWS. PLACE OF A PLANET, OR OF THE SUN, OR MOON, IN ITS ORBIT. 264. THE angle contained between the line of apsides of a planet's orbit and the radius-vector, as reckoned from the peri- helion towards the east, is called the True Anomaly. Thus, let BPAP' (Fig. 53) represent Fig. 53. the orbit, B the perihelion, and P the position of the planet; then, BSP is its true anomaly. The angle contained^ between the line of apsides and the mean place of the planet, also reck- oned from the perihelion to- A| wards the east, is called the Mean Anomaly. Thus, let M be the mean place of a planet at the time P is its true place, and BSM will be its mean anomaly. The difference between the true anomaly BSP and the mean anomaly BSM, is the angular distance MSP between the true and mean place of the planet, or the equation of the centre, (201.) Describe a circle BpA on the line of apsides as a diameter ; through P drawpPD perpendicular to the line of apsides, and join p and C : the angle BCp, which the line thus determined makes with the line of apsides, is called the Eccentric Anomaly. The corresponding angles appertaining to the sun's apparent orbit, and to me moon's orbit, have received the same appellations. The interval between two consecutive returns of a body to either apsis of its orbit, is called the Anomalistic Revolution. The ano- malistic revolution of the earth, or of the sun in its apparent orbit, is termed, also, the Anomalistic Year. 265. The periodic time, or the mean motion of a body, and the motion of the apsis of its orbit, being known, the anomalistic Devo- lution may l^^asily computed. Let m = the sidereal motion of S* 14 108 DETERMINATION OF THE PLACE OF A PLANET. the apsis answering to the periodic time, and M = the mean daily motion of the planet; then, M : Id. : : m : x = diff. of anomalistic rev. and periodic time. When the epoch of any one passage of a planet through its perihelion, or of the sun or moon through its perigee, has been found, we may, by means of the anomalistic revolution, deduce from it the epoch of every other passage. 266. The length of the anomalistic year exceeds that of the sidereal year by 4m. 44s. 267. From the anomalistic revolution, and the epoch of the last passage through the perihelion or perigee, (as the case may be,) we may derive the mean anomaly for any given time. Let T = the anomalistic revolution, t = the time that has elapsed since the last passage through the perihelion or perigee, and A = the mean anomaly : then, T : 360 : : t : A = 360 -^ . . . (60). 268. The place of a body in its elliptical orbit is ascertained by finding its true anomaly. The problem which has for its ob- ject the determination of the true anomaly from the mean, was first resolved by Kepler, and is called Kepler's Problem. Another and more convenient method of obtaining the true anomaly, is to com- pute the equation of the centre from the mean anomaly, and add it to the mean anomaly, or subtract it from it, according to the po- sition of the body in its orbit, (201). HELIOCENTRIC PLACE OF A PLANET. 269. The place of a planet in the plane of its orbit is designated by its orbit longitude (230) and radius-vector. To find the orbit longitude we have the equation V'SP = V'SB + BSP (see Fig. 53,) or, long. = long, of perihelion -f true anomaly. The orbit longitude may also be deduced from the mean longi- tude, by adding or subtracting the equation of the centre ; for, V'SP - V'SM + MSP, or, true long. = mean long. + equa. of centre : also, V'SP' = V'SM' - M'SP', or, true long. = mean long. equa. of centre. The radius-vector results from the polar equation of the ellip- tic orbit, (235,) viz : - e cos x in which x denotes the true anomaly, e the eccentricity, and a the semi-major axis. 270. Now to find the heliocentric longitude and latitude which ascertain the position of the planet with respect to the ecliptic, the triangle NPp (Fig. 48, p. 98) gives sin Pp = sin NP sin GEOCENTRIC *LACE OP A PLANET. 107 or, sin lat. = sin (orbit long. long, of node) x sin (inclin.) . . (62); and cos PNp = tang Np cot NP, or tang Np = tang NP cos PNp, or, tang (long. long, of node) tang (orbit long. long, of node) x cos (inclination) . . . (63). GEOCENTRIC PLACE OF A PLANET 271. From the heliocentric longitude and latitude and the radius-vector of a planet, to find the geocentric longitude and latitude. Let S (Fig. 48) be the sun, E the earth, P the planet, ir its reduced place, and V the vernal equinox. Denote the heliocentric longitude VS* by L, the heliocentric latitude PSir by /, and the radius-vector SP by v ; and denote the geocentric longitude by G, and the geo- centric latitude by A. Also let E = SB* the elongation ; C = ES?r the commu- tation ; A = SffE the annual parallax ; and r = SE the radius-vector of the earth. Now, VE* = SETT -f VES, or, G = E -j- long, of sun. This equation will make known the geocentric longitude when the value of E is found. In the triangle PS* 1 the side SJT = SP cos PSn- = t> cos /, and is there- fore known, the side ES is given by the elliptical theory, (269,) and the angle C may be desived from the following equation : C = VSE VSjr = long, of earth long, of planet ; and to find E we have, by Trigonometry, ES + S ff : ES ST : : tan $ (E^S -f- SB*) : tan $ (E W S SE*-,) or r + v cos I : r v cos I : : tang ( A -f- E) : tang ( A E) ; whence, v cos Z tang 4 (A-E) = -= tan g i(A+E) tang 1 ,*+ E) Let tang 6 = - - - : then, tang J (A - E) = ta g J (A + E, ; or, tang J (A E) = tang (45 0) tang (A + E) . . . (64). But, A + E = 180 C, and E = (A -f E) (A E.) Next, to find the geocentric latitude. Sir tang / = PJT = E* tang Aj STT tang A whence, - = - ? ; EJT tang I "El but. Sw : Eir : : sin E : sin C, or :=- = - , En- sin C sin E tang A and therefore ^ = - ^-* sin C tang I sin E tang I ,__. 272. When a planet is in conjunction or opposition, the sines of the angles of elongation and commutation are each nothing. In these cases, then, the geo- centric latitude cannot be found by the preceding formula ; it may, however, be easily determined in a different manner. Suppose the planet to be in conjunction at P, (Fig. 49, p. 99 ;) then, PTT PIT 108 DETERMINATION OF THE PLACE OF A PLANET. But the triangle SPir gives Par = v sin Z and Sir = cos l^ and ES = r ; hence, tang A = * si " * . . . (66) * r + v cos 2 273. To find the distance of the planet from the earth, represent the distance by D ; then, from the triangles PwS and EPrr, (Fig. 48, p. 98,) we have PIT = EP sin PE?r = D sin X, and PIT = SP sin PSs- = v sin I ; whence, D = ^-1 ! . . (67). sin A 274. The distance of a planet being known, its horizontal parallax may be com- puted from the equation sin H = -,?... (68.) (Art. 113.) PLACES OF THE SUN AND MOON. 275. The place of the sun, as seen from the earth, may be easily deduced from the heliocentric place of the earth ; for the longitude of the sun is equal to the heliocentric longitude of the earth plus 180, (221,) and the radius-vector of the earth's orbit is the same as the distance of the sun from the earth. But it is more convenient to regard the sun as describing an orbit around the earth, and to compute its true anomaly, (268,) and thence tne lon- gitude and radius-vector by the equation long. = true anomaly + long, of perigee, and the polar equation of the orbit. 276. The orbit longitude and the radius-vector of the moon are found by the same process as the longitude and radius-vector of the sun. The orbit longitude being known, the ecliptic longitude and the latitude may be determined by a process precisely similar to that by which the heliocentric longitude and latitude of a plane are found, (270.) VERIFICATION OF KEPLER'S LAWS. 277. If Kepler's first two laws be true, then the geocentric places of the planets, computed by the process that we have described, (271^) which is founded upon them, ought to agree with the true geocentric places as obtained for the same time by direct observation ; or, the heliocentric places computed from the observed geocentric places, (242,) ought to agree with the same as computed by the elliptic theory, (269, 270.) Now, a great number of comparisons have been made between the observed and computed places, and in every instance a close agreement between the two has been found to subsist. We infer, therefore, that the * For inferior conjunction the sign of cos I must be changed, and for opposition the sign of r must be changed. ' VERIFICATION OP KEPLER ? S LAWS. 109 motions of the planets must be very nearly in conformity with these laws. The truth of the third law has been established by a direct comparison of the mean distances of the different planets with their periodic times. 278. Kepler's laws have been verified for the sun and moon, in a similar manner. 279. The relative distances of the sun, or moon, at different times, result for this purpose, from measurements of the appa- rent diameter, upon the principle that any two distances are in- versely proportional to the corresponding apparent diameters. Let A = semi-diameter corresponding to the mean distance, and $ = semi-diameter corresponding to any distance D : then 5 : A : : 1 : D ; whence, D =-j- . . . (69) ; an equation which, when A has been found, will make known the distance corresponding to any observed semi-diameter me on each side. They are distinguished from each other by the distance to which they recede from the planet, that which re- cedes to the least distance being called the First Satellite, that which recedes to the next greater distance the Second, and so on. The satellites of Jupiter were discovered by Galileo, in the year 1610. 333. The satellites of Saturn and of Uranus cannot be seen except through excellent telescopes. They experience changes of apparent position, similar to those of Jupiter's satellites. 334. The apparent motion of Jupiter's satellites alternately from one side to the other of the planet, leads to the supposition that they actually revolve around the planet. This inference is con- firmed by other phenomena. While a satellite is passing from the eastern to the western side of the planet, a small dark spot is fre- quently seen crossing the disc of the planet in the same direction : and again, while the satellite is passing from the western to the eastern side, it often disappears, and after remaining for a time invisible, reappears at another place. These phenomena are easily explained, if we suppose that the planet and its satellites are opake bodies illuminated by the sun, and that the satellites re- volve around the planet from west to east. On this hypothesis, the dark spot seen traversing the disc of the planet, is the shadow cast upon it by the satellite on passing between the planet and the sun, and the disappearance of the satellite is an eclipse, occasioned by its entering the shadow of the planet. As the transit of the shadow occurs during the passage of the satellite from the eastern to the western side of the planet, and the eclipse of the satellite during its passage from the western to the eastern side, the direction of the motion must be from west to east 335 Analogous conclusions may be drawn from similar phe- nomena exhibited by the satellites of Saturn. The satellites of Uranus also revolve around their primary, but the direction of their motion, as referred to the ecliptic, is from east to west. 336. Let us now examine into the principal circumstances of ECLIPSES OF JUPITER S SATELLITES. 125 the eclipses of Jupiter's satellites, and of the transits of their shad- ows across the disc of the primary. Let EE'E" (Fig. 57) repre- sent the orbit of the earth, PP'P" the orbit of Jupiter, and ss's" that of one of its satel- Fig. 57. lites. Suppose that E is the. position of the earth, and P that of the planet, and conceive two lines, aa f , bb', to be drawn tan- gent to the sun and plan- et : then, while the satel- lite is moving from s to s' it will be eclipsed, and while it is moving from f to f its shadow will fall upon the planet. Again, if Ee, Ee' repre- sent two lines drawn from the earth tangent to the planet on either side, the satellite will, while mov- ing from g to g', traverse the disc of the planet, and while moving from h to h', be behind the plan- et, and thus concealed from view. It will be seen on an inspection of the figure, .that during the motion of the earth from E" the position of opposition, to E' that of conjunction, the disappearances or immer~ sions of the satellite will take place on the western side of the planet ; and that the emersions, if visible at all, can be so only when the earth is so far from opposition and conjunction that the line Es', drawn from the earth to the point of emersion, will lie to the west of Ee. It will also be seen, that during the passage of the earth from E' to E" the emersions will take place on the east- ern side of the planet, and that the immersions cannot be visible, unless the line Fs, drawn from the earth to the point of immersion, passes to the east of the planet. It appears from observation that the immersion and emersion are never both visible at the same pe- riod, except in the case of the third and fourth satellites. If the orbits of the satellites lay in the plane of Jupiter's orbit an eclipse of each satellite would occur every revolution, but, in point of fact, they are somewhat inclined to this plane, from which cause the fourth satellite sometimes escapes an eclipse. 337. The periods and other particulars of the motions of the 126 OP THE MOTIONS OF THE SATELLITES. satellites, result from observations upon their eclipses. The mid- dle point of time between the satellite entering and emerging from the shadow of the primary, is the time when the satellite is in the direction, or nearly so, of a line joining the centres of the sun and primary. If the latter continued stationary, then the interval be- tween this and the succeeding central eclipse would be the periodic time of the satellite. But, the primary planet moving in its orbit, the interval between two successive eclipses is a synodic revolu- tion. The synodic revolution, however, being observed, and the period of the primary being known, the periodic time of the satel- lite may be computed. 338. The mean motions of the satellites differ but little from their true motions : and hence the forms of their orbits must be nearly circular. The orbit, however, of the third satellite of Ju- piter has a small eccentricity ; that of the fourth a larger. 339. The distances of the satellites from their primary are de- termined from micrometrical measurements of their apparent dis- tances at the times of their greatest elongations. A comparison of the mean distances of Jupiter's satellites with their periodic times, proves that Kepler's third law with respect to the planets applies also to these bodies ; or, that the squares of their sidereal revolutions are as the cubes of their mean distances from the primary. The same law also has place with the satellites of Saturn and Uranus. 340. The computation of the place of a satellite for a given time, is effected upon similar principles with that of the place of a planet. The mutual attractions of Jupiter's satellites occasion sensible per- turbations of their motions, of which account must be taken when it is desired to determine their places with accuracy. 341. Laplace has shown from the theory of gravitation, that, by reason of the mutual attractions of the first three of Jupiter's satel- lites, their mean motions and mean longitudes are permanently connected by the following remarkable relations. (1 .) The mean motion of the first satellite plus twice that of the third is equal to three times that of the second. (2.) The mean longitude of the first satellite plus twice that of the third minus three times that of the second is equal to 180. 342. It follows from this last relation, that the longitudes of the three satellites can never be the same at the same time, and conse- quently that they can never be all eclipsed at once. SOLAR TIME. 127 CHAPTER XTI. ON THE MEASUREMENT OF TIME \ DIFFERENT KINDS OF TIME. 843. IN Astronomy, as we have already stated, three kinds of time are used Sidereal, True or Apparent Solar, and Mean Solar Time ; sidereal time being measured by the diurnal mo- tion of the vernal equinox, true or apparent solar time by that of the sun, and mean solar time by that of an imaginary sun called the Mean sun, conceived to move uniformly in the equator with the real sun's mean motion in right ascension or longitude. 344. The sidereal day and the mean solar day are each of uni- form duration, but the length of the true solar day is variable, as we will now proceed to show. The sun's daily motion in right ascension, expressed in time, is equal to the excess of the solar over the sidereal day. Now this arc, and therefore the true solar day, varies from two causes, viz : (1.) The inequality of the sun's daily motion in longitude. (2.) The obliquity of the ecliptic to the equator. If the ecliptic were coincident with the equator, the daily arc of right ascension would be equal to the daily arc of longitude, and therefore would vary between the limits 57' 11" and 61' 10", which would answer, respectively, to the apogee and perigee. But, owing to the obliquity of the ecliptic, the inclination of the daily arc of longitude to the equator is subject to a variation ; and this, it is plain, (see Fig. 39,) will be attended with a variation in the daily arc of right ascension. The tendency of this cause is obviously to make the daily arc of right ascension least at the equinoxes, where the obliquity of the arc of longitude is greatest, and greatest at the solstices, where the obliquity is least. 345. As the length of the apparent solar day is variable, it cannot conveniently be employed for the expression of intervals of time ; moreover, a clock, to keep apparent solar time, requires to be frequently adjusted. These inconveniences attending the use of apparent solar time, led astronomers to devise a new method of measuring time, to which they gave the name of mean solar time. By conceiving an imaginary sun to move uni- formly in the equator with the real sun's mean motion, a day was obtained of which the length is invariable, and equal to the mean length of all the apparent solar days in a tropical year ; and by supposing the fight ascension of this fictitious sun to be, at the instant of the sun's arrival at the perigee of his orbit, equal to the sun's true longitude, and consequently at all times equal to the sun's mean longitude, the time deduced from its position with re- 128 MEASUREMENT OF TIME. spect to the meridian, was made to correspond very nearly witl. apparent solar time. 346. To find the excess of the mean solar day over the sidereal day, we have the proportion 360 : 24 sid. hours : : 59' 8".33 : x = 3m. 56.555s. A mean solar day, comprising 24 mean solar hours, is, there- fore, 24h. 3m. 56.555s. of sidereal time. Hence, a clock regula- ted to sidereal time will gain 3m. 56.555s. in a mean solar day. 347. In order to find the expression for the sidereal day in mean solar time, we must use the proportion 24h. 3m. 56.555s. : 24h. : : 24h. : x = 23h. 56m. 4.092s. The difference between this and 24 hours is 3m. 55.908s. ; and, therefore, a mean solar clock will lose with respect to a sidereal clock, or with respect to the fixed stars, 3m. 55.908s. in a sidereal day, and proportionally in other intervals. This is called the daily acceleration of the fixed stars. 348. To express any given period of sidereal time in mean solar time, we must subtract for each hour ' - = 9.83s., and for minutes and seconds in the same proportion. And, on the other hand, to express any given period of mean solar time in sidereal time, we must add for each hour = 9.86s., and for minutes and seconds in the same proportion. 349. It is the practice of astronomers to adjust the sidereal clock to the motions of the true instead of the mean equinox. The inequality of the diurnal motion of this point is too small to occasion any practical inconvenience. Sidereal time, as determined by the position of the true equinox, will not deviate from the same as indicated by the position of the mean equinox, more than 2.3s. in 19 years. 350. Another species of time, called Mean Equinoctial Time, has recently been introduced to some extent into astronomical calculations. Mean equinoctial time signifies the mean time elapsed since the instant of the Mean Vernal Equinox. Its use is to afford a uniform date, which shall be independent of the different me- ridians, and of all inequalities in the sun's motion, and shall thus save the neces- sity, when speaking of the time of any event's happening, of mentioning at the same time the place where it was observed or computed. Thus, it is the same thing to say that a comet passed its perihelion on January 5th, 1837, at 5h. 47m. 0.0s., mean time at Greenwich ; at 5h. 5Gm. 21.5s., mean time at Paris ; or at 1836y. 289d. 6h. 16rn. 40.96s., equinoctial time ; but the former dates make the localities of Greenwich and Paris enter as elements of the expression ; whereas the latter expresses the period elapsed since an epoch common to all the world, and identifiable independently of all localities. By this means, all ambiguities in the reckoning of time are supposed to be avoided.* CONVERSION OF ONE SPECIES OF TIME INTO ANOTHER. 351. The difference between the apparent and mean time is called the Equation of Time. The equation of time, when known, serves for the conversion of mean time into apparent, and the reverse. 352. To find the equation of time. The hour angle of the sun * (Nautical Almanac for 1837, p. 515.) CONVERSION OF APPARENT INTO MEAN SOLAR TIME. 129 (p. 15, def. 16) varies at the rate of 360 in a solar day, or 15 per solar hour. If, therefore, its value at any moment be divided by 15, the quotient will be the apparent time at that moment. In like man- ner, the hour angle of the mean sun, divided by 15, gives the mean time. Now, let the circle VSD (Fig. 58) represent the equator, V the vernal equinox, M the point of the equator which is on the me- ridian, and VS the right ascension of the sun, and we shall have MS appar. time = Fig. 58. VM VS 15 15 Again, if we suppose S' to be the position of the mean sun, (VS' being equal to the mean longitude of the sun,) we shall have MS' VM VS' mean time = 15 15- thus, equa. of time = mean time ap. time = VS VS' 15 ..(74); or, the equation of time is equal to the difference betiveen the surfs true right ascension and mean longitude, converted into time. This rule will require some modification if very great accuracy is desired ; for, in seeking an expression for the mean time, the circle VSD ought properly to be considered as the mean equator, answering to the mean pole, (147), and the mean longitude of the sun is really estimated from the mean equinox V, and ought there- fore to be corrected by the arc W, or the equation of the equinoxes in right as- cension, (147.) The value of the equation of time, determined from formula (74), is to be applied with its sign to the apparent time to obtain the mean, and with the opposite sign to the mean time to obtain the apparent. A formula has been investigated, and reduced to a table, which makes known the equation of time by means of the sun's mean longitude. (See Table XII.) The value of the equation of time at noon, on any day of the year, is also to be found in the epheni- eris of the sun, published in the Nautical Almanac and othei works. If its value for any other time than noon be desired, il may be obtained by simple proportion. 353. The equation of time is zero, or mean and true time are the same four times in the year, viz., about the 15th of April, the 15th of June, the 1st of September, and the 24th of Decem- ber. Its greatest additive value (to apparent time) is about 14J minutes, and occurs about the llth of February; and its greatest 17 130 MEASUREMENT OF TIME. subtractive value is about 16 minutes, and occurs about the 3d of November. 354. To convert sidereal time into mean time, and vice versa. Making use of Fig. 58 already employed, the arc VM, called the Right Ascension of Mid- Heaven, expressed in time, is the sidereal time ; VS' is the right ascension of the mean sun, estimated from the true equinox, or the mean longitude of the sun cor- rected for the equation of the equinoxes in right ascension, (352 ;) and MS' ex- pressed in time, is the mean time. Let the arcs VM, MS', and VS', converted into time, be denoted respectively by S, M, and L. Now, VM = MS' -f- VS' ; or, S = M + L.. (75); and M = S L.. (76). If M -}- L in equation (75) exceeds 24 hours, 24 hours must be subtracted ; and if L exceeds S in equation (76), 24 hours must be added to S, to render the sub- traction possible. This problem may in practice be solved most easily by means f^f an ephemeris of the sun, which gives the value of S, or the sidereal time, at the instant of mean noon of each day, together with a table of the acceleration of sidereal on mean solar time, and the corresponding table of the retardation of mean on sidereal time. 355. The conversion of apparent time into sidereal, or sidereal time into appa- rent, may be effected by first obtaining the mean time, and then converting this into sidereal or apparent time, as the case may be. DETERMINATION OF THE TIME AND REGULATION OF CLOCKS BY ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. 356. The regulation of a clock consists in finding its error and its rate. 357. The error of a mean solar clock is most conveniently de- termined from observations with a transit instrument of the time, as given by the clock, of the meridian passage of the sun's centre. The time noted will be the clock time at apparent noon, and the exact mean time at apparent noon may be obtained by applying to the apparent time (24h., or Oh. Om. Os.) the equation of time with its proper sign, which may for this purpose be taken from the Nautical Almanac by simple inspection. A comparison of the clock time with the exact mean time, will give the error of the clock. 358. The daily rate of a mean solar clock may be ascertained by finding as above the error at two successive apparent noons. It the two errors are the same and lie the same way, the clock goes accurately to mean solar time ; if they are different, their differ- ence or sum, according as they lie the same or opposite ways, will be the daily gain or loss, as the case may be. 359. To find the error of a sidereal clock, compute the true right ascension of some one of the fixed stars, (see Prob. XXI,) and note the time of its transit ; the difference between the time observed and the right ascension in time will be the error. The error of the daily rate is determined by observing two successive transits of the same star. The variation of the time of the second transit from that of the first will be the error in question. The error and rate may be determined more accurately from observations upon several stars, taking a mean of the individual DETERMINATION OF TIME. 131 Fig. 59. results. Stars at a distance from the pole are to be selected, foi reasons which have been already assigned, (58). 360. In default of a transit instrument, the time may be obtain- ed and time-keepers regulated by observations made out of the meridian. There are two methods by which this may be accom- plished, called, respectively, the method of Single Altitudes, and the method of Double Altitudes, or of Equal Altitudes. These we will now explain. (1.) To determine the time from a measured altitude of the sun, or of a star, its declination and also the latitude of the place being given. Let us first suppose that the altitude of the sun is taken; cor- rect the measured altitude for re- fraction and parallax, and also, if the sextant is the instrument used, for the semi-diameter of the sun. Then, if Z (Fig. 59) represents the zenith, P the elevated pole, and S the sun ; in the triangle ZPS we shall know ZP = co-latitude, PS = co-declination, and ZS = co-alti- tude, from which we may compute the angle ZPS (== P), which is the angular distance of the sun from the meridian, or, if expressed in time, the time of the observation from apparent noon, by the fol- lowing equations, (App., Resolution of oblique-angled spherical triangles, Case 1,) 2 k = ZP + PS + ZS= co-lat. + co-dec. + co-alt. . . . (77); sin-PS) ' sm ZP sin PS or, i n 2 ip = sin (k co-lat.) sin (ft- co-dec.) sin (co-lat.) sin (co-dec.) sin- The value of P being derived from these equations and convert- ed into time, (see Prob. Ill,) the result will be the apparent time at the instant of the observation, if it was made in the afternoon ; if not, what remains after subtracting it from 24 hours will be the apparent time. The apparent time being found, the mean time may be deduced from it by applying the equation of time. A more accurate result will be obtained if several altitudes be measured, the time of each measurement noted, and the mean of all the altitudes taken and regarded as corresponding to the mean of the times. The correspondence will be sufficiently exact if the measurements be all made within the space of 10 or 12 minutes, and when the sun is near the prime vertical. If an even number of altitudes be taken, and alternately of the upper and lower limb, the mean of the whole will give the altitude of the sun's centre, without it being necessary to know his apparent semi- diameter. In practice, the declination of the sun may be taken for the solution of this problem from an ephemeris of the sua. For this purpose the time of the ob lervation and the longitude of the place must be approximately known. 132 MEASUREMENT OF TIME. Example. On the 1st of June, 1838, at about lOh. 45m. A. M. the altitude of the sun's lower limb was measured at New York with a sextant, and found to be 64 55' 5". What was the correct time of the observation ? ' Measured alt. of the sun's lower limb, . 64 55' 5" Sun's semi-diam., by Conn, des Terns, . 15 47 Appar. alt. of sun's centre, ';'.?" . Parallax in alt., (Table X), ., Refraction, (Table VIII), ;> . True alt. of sun's centre, *>* N. York approx. time of observation, Diff. of long, of Paris and N. York, Paris approx. time of obs., '' ".' Sun's declin. June 1st, M. noon at Paris, " " June 2d, 65 10 52 + 4 27 65 10 29 lOh. 45m. 5 5 3 50 P. 22 2' 27" 22 10 31 8 4 Change of declin. in 24 hours, 24h.:8'4": : 3h. 50m.: 1' 17". Declin. June 1st, M. noon at Paris, 22 2' 27" Change of declin. in 3h. 50m., Declin at time of obs., 90 0' 0" Lat. of N. York, 40 42 40 1 17 Co-lat. . Co-dec. . Co-alt. . k . k co-lat. k co-dec. . 49 . 67 . 24 17 20 56 16 49 31 2)142 3 7 . 71 . 21 . 3 1 33 44 13 5 17 22 3 44 ar. co. sin. 0.12033 ar. co. sin. 0.03303 sin. 9.56861 sin. 8.73135 JP= 9 42 7.5. P = 19 24 15 4 Ih. 17m. 37s. 0'" 10 42 23 A. M. Equa. of time, 2 34 M. time of obs. 10 39 49 A. M. 2)18.45332 9.22666 THE CALENDAR. 133 In case the altitude of a star is taken, the value of P derived from formula (79), when converted into time, will express the distance in time of the star from the meridian, and being added to the right ascension of the star, if the observation be made to the westward of the meridian, or subtracted from the right ascension (in- creased by 24h., if necessary) if the observation be made to the eastward, will give the sidereal time of the observation. (2.) To determine the time of noon from equal altitudes of the sun, the times of the observations being given. If the sun's declination did not change while he is above the hori- zon, he would have equal altitudes at equal times before and after apparent noon. Hence, if to the time of the first observation one half the interval of time between the two observations should be added, the result would be the time of noon, as shown by the clock or watch employed to note the times of the observations. The deviation from 12 o'clock would be the error of the clock with re- spect to apparent time. The difference between this error and the equation of time would be the error of the clock with respect to mean time. But, as in point of fact the sun's declination is continually chang- ing, equal altitudes will not have place precisely at equal times be- fore and after noon, and it is therefore necessary, in order to obtain an exact result, to apply a correction to the time thus obtained This correction is called the Equation of Equal Altitudes. Tables have been constructed by the aid of which the equation is easily obtained. This is at the same time a very simple and very accu- rate method of finding the time and the error of a clock. If equal altitudes of a star should be observed, it is evident that half the interval of time elapsed w r ould give the time of the star passing the meridian, without any correction. From this the error of the clock (if keeping sidereal time) may be found, as explained in Art. 359. OF THE CALENDAR. 361. The apparent motions of the sun, which bring about the regular succession of day and night and the vicissitude of the sea- sons, and the motion of the moon to and from the sun in the heav- ens, attended with conspicuous and regularly recurring changes in her disc, furnish three natural periods for the measurement of the lapse of time, viz. 1, the period of the apparent revolution of the sun with respect to the meridian, comprising the two natural pe- riods of day and night, which is called the solar day ; 2, the period of the apparent revolution of the sun with respect to the equator, comprehending the four seasons, which is called the tropical year ; 3, the period of time in which the moon passes through all her phases and returns to the same position relative to the sun, called a lunar month. The day is arbitrarily divided into twenty-four equal parts called hours ; the hours into sixty equal parts called minutes ; and the minutes into sixty equal parts called seconds. 134 MEASUREMENT OF TIME. The tropical year contains 365d. 5h. 48m. 48s. The lunar month consists of about 29| days. The week, consisting of seven days, has its origin in Divine appointment alone. A Calendar is a scheme for taking note of the lapse of time, and fixing the dates of occur- rences, by means of the four periods just specified, viz. the day, the week, the month, and the year, or periods taken as nearly equal to these as circumstances will admit. Different nations have, in general, had calendars more or less different : and the proper ad- justment or regulation of the calendar by astronomical observa- tions has in all ages and with all nations been an object of the highest importance. We propose, in what follows, to explain only the Julian and Gregorian Calendars. 362. The Julian calendar divides the year into 12 months, con- taining in all 365 days. Now, it is desirable that the calendar should always denote the same parts of the same season by the same days of the same months : that, for instance, the summer and winter solstices, if once happening on the 21st of June and 21st of December, should ever after be reckoned to happen on the same days ; that the date of the sun's entering the equinox, the natural commencement of spring, should, if once, be always on the 20th of March. For thus the labors of agriculture, which really depend on the situation of the sun in the heavens, would be simply and truly regulated by the calendar. This would happen, if the civil year of 365 days were equal to the astronomical ; but the latter is greater ; therefore, if the cal- endar should invariably distribute the year into 365 days, it would fall into this kind of confusion, that in process of time, and suc- cessively, the vernal equinox would happen on every day of the civil year. Let us examine this more nearly. Suppose the excess of the astronomical year above the civil to be exactly 6 hours, and on the noon of March 20th of a certain year, the sun to be in the equinoctial point ; then, after the lapse of a civil year of 365 days, the sun would be on the meridian, but not in the equinoctial point ; it would be to the west of that point, and would have to move 6 hours in order to reach it, and to com- plete the astronomical or tropical year. At the completions of a second and a third civil year, the sun would be still more and more remote from the equinoctial point, and would be obliged to move, respectively, for 12 and 18 hours before he could rejoin it and com- plete the astronomical year. At the completion ol a fourth civil year the sun would be more distant than on the two preceding ones from the equinoctial point. In order to rejoin it, and to complete the astronomical year, he must move for 24 hours ; that is, for one whole day. In other words, the astronomical year would not be completed till the be- ginning of the next astronomical day ; till, in civil reckoning, the noon of March 21 st. At the end of four more common civil years, the sun would be THE CALENDAR. 135 in the equinox on the noon of March 22d. At the end of 8 and 64 years, on March 23d and April 6th, respectively ; at the end of 736 years, the sun would be in the vernal equinox on Septem- ber 20th ; and in a period of about 1508 years, the sun would have been in every sign of the zodiac on the same day of the cal- endar, and in the same sign on every day. 363. If the excess of the astronomical above the civil year were really what we have supposed it to be, 6 hours, this confusion of the calendar might be most easily avoided. It would be necessa- ry merely to make every fourth civil year to consist of 366 days ; and, for that purpose, to interpose, or to intercalate, a day in a month previous to March. By this intercalation, what would have been March 21st is called March 20th, and accordingly the sun would be still in the equinox on the same day of the month. This mode of correcting the calendar was adopted by Julius Caesar. The fourth year into which the intercalary day is intro- duced was called Bissextile ; it is now frequently called the Leap year. The correction is called the Julian correction, and the length of a mean Julian year is 365d. 6h. By the Julian Calendar, every year that is divisible by 4 is a leap year, and the rest common years. 364. The astronomical year being equal to 365d. 5h. 48m. 47.6s., it is less than the mean Julian by llm. 12.4s. or 0.007782d. The Julian correction, therefore, itself needs correction. The calendar regulated by it would, in process of time, become erroneous, and would require reformation. The intercalation of the Julian correction being too great, its effect would be to antedate the happening of the equinox. Thus (to return to the old illustration) the sun, at the completion of the fourth civil year, now the Bissextile, would have passed the equi- noctial point by a time equal to four times 0.007782d. ; at the end of the next Bissextile, by eight times 0.007782d. ; at the end of 1 30 years, by about one day. In other words, the sun would have been in the equinoctial point 24 hours previously, or on the noon of March 19th. In the lapse of ages this error would continue and be increased. Its accumulation in 1300 years would amount to 10 days, and then the vernal equinox would be reckoned to happen on March 10th 365. The error into which the calendar had fallen, and would continue to fall, was noticed by Pope Gregory XIII. in 1582. At his time the length of the yearwas known to greater precision than at the time of Julius Caesar. It was supposed equal to 365d. 5h. 49m. 16.23s. Gregory, desirous that the vernal equinox should be reckoned on or near March 21st, (on which day it happened in the year 325, when the Council of Nice was held,) ordered that the day succeeding the 4th of October, 1582, instead of being called the 5th, should be called the 15th: thus suppressing 10 days, which, in the interval between the years 325 and 1582, 136 MEASUREMENT OF TIME. represented nearly the accumulation of error arising from the ex- cessive intercalation of the Julian correction. This act reformed the calendar. In order to correct it in future ages, it was prescribed that, at certain convenient periods, the in- tercalary day of the Julian correction should be omitted. Thus the centurial years 1700, 1800, 1900, are, according to the Julian calendar, Bissextiles, but on these it was ordered that the interca- lary day should not be inserted ; inserted again in 2000, but not inserted in 2100, 2200, 2300 ; and so on for succeeding centuries. By the Gregorian calendar, then, every centurial year that is di- visible by 400 is a Bissextile or Leap year, and the others common years. For other than centurial years, the rule is the same as with the Julian calendar. 366. This is a most simple mode of regulating the calendar. It corrects the insufficiency of the Julian correction, by omitting, in the space of 400 years, 3 intercalary days. And it is easy to esti- mate the degree of its accuracy. For the real error of the Julian correction is 0.007782d. in 1 year, consequently 400 x 0.007782d. or 3.1128d. in 400 years. Consequently, 0.1128d. or 2h. 42m. 26s. in 400 years, or 1 day in 3546 years, is the measure of the degree of inaccuracy in the Gregorian correction. 367. The Gregorian calendar was adopted immediately on its promulgation, in all Catholic countries, but in those where the Protestant religion prevailed, it did not obtain a place till some time after. In England, " the- change of style," as it was called, took place after the 2d of September, 1752, eleven nominal days being then struck out ; so that the last day of Old Style being the 2d, the first of New Style (the next day) was called the 14th, in- stead of the 3d. The same legislative enactment which estab- lished the Gregorian calendar in England, changed the time of the beginning of the year from the 25th of March to the 1st of January. Thus the year 1752, which by the old reckoning would have com- menced with the 25th of March, was made to begin with the 1st of January : so that the number of the year is, for dates falling between the 1st of January and the 25th of March, one greater by the new than by the old style. In consequence of the intercalary day omitted in the year 1 800, there is now, for all dates, 1 2 days difference between the old and new style. Russia is at present the only Christian country in which the Gregorian calendar is not used. 368. The calendar months consist, each of them, of 30 or 31 days, except the second month, Februaiy, which, in a common year, contains 28 days, and in a Bissextile, 29 days ; the interca- lary day being added at the last of this month. 369. To find the number of days comprised in any number of civil years, multiply 365 by the number of years, and add to the product as many days as there are Bissextile years in the period. PART II. ^a iA- ON THE PHENOMENA RESULTING FROM THE MOTIONS OF THE HEAVENLY BODIES, AND ON THEIR APPEARANCES, DIMEN- SIONS, AND PHYSICAL CONSTITUTION, CHAPTER XIII. OP THE SUN AND THE PHENOMENA ATTENDING ITS APPARENT MOTIONS. INEQUALITY OF DAYS * 370. WE will first give a. detailed description of the sun's ap- parent motion with respect to the equator, the phenomenon upon which the inequality of days (as well as the vicissitude of the seasons, soon to be treated of) immediately depends. Fig. 60. Let VEAQ (Fig. 60) represent the equator, VT AW (inclined to VEAQ, under the angle TOE, measured by the arc TE, equal to 23^,) the ecliptic, TnZ and Wn'Z' the two tropics, POP' the axis of the heavens, and PEP'Q the meridian and HVRA the ho- B rizon in one of their various po- sitions with respect to the other circles. About the 21st of March the sun is in the vernal equinox V, crossing the equator in the oblique direction VS, towards the north and east. At this time its diurnal circle is identical with the equator, and it crosses the meridian at the point E, south of the zenith a distance ZE equal to the latitude of the place. Ad- vancing towards the east and north, it takes up the successive positions S, S', S", &c., and from day to day crosses the meridian at r, r', &c., farther and farther to the north. Its diurnal circles will be, respectively, the northern parallels of declination passing through S, S', S", &c., and continually more and more distant from the equator. The distance of the sun and of its diurnal circle from the equator, continues to increase until about the 2 1st of June, when he reaches the summer solstice T. At this point he * The day, here considered, is the interval between sunrise and sunset. 18 138 OF THE SUN AND ITS PHENOMENA. moves for a short time parallel to the equator : his declinatior changes but slightly for several days, and he crosses the meridian from day to day at nearly the same place. It is on this account, viz., because the sun seems to stand still for a time with respect to the equator, when at the point 90 distant from the equinox, that this point has received the name of solstice.* The diurnal circle described by the sun is now identical with the tropic of Cancer, TraZ, which circle is so called because it passes through T the beginning of the sign Cancer, and when the sun reaches it, he is at his northern goal, and turns about and goes towards the south.! The sun is, also, when at the summer solstice, at its point of near- est approach to the zenith of every place whose latitude ZE ex- ceeds the obliquity of the ecliptic TE, equal to 23. The distance ZT = ZE ET = latitude obliquity of ecliptic. During the three months following the 21st of June, the sun moves over the arc TA, crossing the meridian from day to day at the successive points r", r f , &c., farther and farther to the south, and arrives at the autumnal equinox A about the 23d of September, when its diurnal circle again becomes identical with the equator. It crosses the equator obliquely towards the east and south, and during the next six months has the same motion on the south of the equator, that it has had during the previous six months on the north of the equator. It employs three months in passing over the arc AW, during which period it crosses the meridian each day at a point farther to the south than on the preceding day. At the winter solstice, which occurs about the 22d of December, it is again moving parallel to the equator, and its diurnal circle is the same circle as the tropic of Capricorn. In three months more it passes over the arc WV, crossing the meridian at the points s", s', . * $& '?**$ HI 55' 40" Time of sun's setting >, v ..-. ... , ? , ; 7h. 27m. 43s. Time of sun's rising - *. '^.. ; .^ . * : 4 32 17 Length of day . . > <( ,i ;, 14 55 26 Exam. 2. What are the lengths of the longest and shortest days at Boston ; the latitude of that place being 42 21' 15" N.? Ans. 15h. 6m. 28s. and 8h. 53m. 32s. Exam. 3. At what hours did the sun rise and set on May 1st, 1837, at Charleston; the latitude of Charleston being 32 47', and the declination of the sun being 15 6' 0" N. ? Ans. Time of rising, 5h. 19m. 58s. Time of setting, 6h. 40m. 2s. 380. To find the time of the surfs apparent rising or setting; the latitude of the place and the declination of the sun being given. At the time of his apparent rising or setting, the sun as seen from the centre of the earth will be below the horizon a distance sS (Fig. 61) equal to the refraction minus the parallax. The mean difference of these quantities is 33' 42". Let it be denoted by R. Now, to find the hour angle ZPS(=P), the triangle ZPS gives, (see Appendix,) f ZP + PS + ZS co-lat. + co-dec. -f (90-f R) k = - ~2~ ~2~ --..(81) |1D sin (k -ZP) sin (k -PS) and siir |r = : ^^ . po , sin ZP sin PS . _ sin (k co-lat.) sin (A; co-dec.) /0rtX or, sin a JP = --r. r ^^ -j , '- . . . (82). sin (co-lat.) sin (co-dec.) The value of P (in time) will be the interval between apparent noon and the time of the apparent rising or setting. If the time of the rising or setting of the upper limb of the sun, instead of its centre, be required, we must take for R 33' 42" -f sun's semi-diameter, or 49' 43". Unless very accurate results are desired, it will be sufficient to take the declinations of the sun at 6 o'clock in the morning and evening. When the greatest precision is required, the times of true rising and setting must be computed by equation (80), and the de- clinations found for these times. TWILIGHT. 381. When the sun has descended below the horizon, its rays still continue to fall upon a certain portion of the body of air that lies above it, and are thence reflected down upon the earth, so as to occasion a certain degree of light, which gradually diminishes as the sun descends farther below the horizon, and the portion of the air posited above the horizon, that is directly illuminated, becomes less. The same effect, though in a reverse order, takes place in 142 OF TIJE SUN AND ITS PHENOMENA. the morning previous to the sun's rising. The light thus produced is called the Crepusculum, or Twilight. This explanation of twi- light will be better understood on examining Fig. 62, where AON represents a portion of the earth's surface, H/cR the surface of the Fig. 62. atmosphere above it, and kmS a line drawn touching the earth and passing through the sun. The unshaded portion, kcR, of the body of air which lies above the plane of the horizon HOR, is still illu- minated by the sun, and shines down, by reflection, upon O the station of the observer. As the sun descends this will decrease, until finally when the sun is in the direction RNS' he will illumi- nate directly none of that part of the atmosphere which lies above the horizon, and twilight will be at an end. 382. The close of the evening twilight is marked by the ap- pearance of faint stars over the western horizon, and the beginning of the morning twilight by the disappearance of faint stars situated in the vicinity of the eastern horizon. It has been ascertained from numerous observations, that, at the beginning of the morning and end of the evening twilight, the sun is about 18 below the horizon. 383. At this time, then, the angle TRS' is equal to 18. This datum will ena- ble us to calculate the approximate height of the atmosphere. For if the verticals at O, m, and N be produced to the centre of the earth, we shall have the angle OCN equal to TRS', or 18, and therefore OCR equal to 9 ; and thus the height of the atmosphere, mR, equal to CR Cm, equal to secant of 9 radius. Making the calculation, we find the height of the atmosphere to be about 47 miles. It is to be understood that this is only a rough approximation. It will be seen, on inspecting Fig. 62, that twilight would continue longer if the atmosphere were higher. 384. The latitude of the place and the sun's declination being given, to find the time of the beginning or end of twilight. The zenith distance of the sun at the beginning of morning or end of evening twilight, is 90 -f 18 : wherefore we may solve this problem by means of equations (81) and (82), taking R = 18. If the time of the commencement of morning twilight be sub- tracted from the time of sunrise, the remainder will be the dura- tion of twilight. At the latitude 49, the sun at the time of the summer solstice is only 18 below the horizon, at midnight ; for the altitude of the TWILIGHT. 143 pole at a place the latitude of which is 49, differs only 18 from the polar distance of the sun at this epoch. This may be illustra- ted by Fig. 60, taking Z as the point of passage of the sun across the inferior meridian, PZ=67, and PH =49. At this latitude, therefore, twilight will 'continue all night, at the summer solstice. This will be true for a still stronger reason at higher latitudes. 385. The duration of twilight varies with the latitude of the place and with the time of the year. At all places in the northern hemisphere, the summer are longer than the winter twilights ; and the longest twilights take place at the summer solstice ; while the shortest occur when the sun has a small southern declination, dif- ferent for each latitude.* The summer twilights increase in length from the equator northward. These facts are consequences of the different situations with respect to the hori- zon of the centres 6f the diurnal circles described by the sun in the course of the year, and of the different sizes of these circles. To make this evident, let us con- ceive a circle to be traced in the heavens parallel to the horizon, and at the dis- tance of 18 below it : this is called the Crepusculum Circle. The duration of twilight will depend upon the number of degrees in the arc of the diurnal circle of the sun, comprised between the horizon and the crepusculum circle, which, for the sake of brevity, we will call the arc of twilight : and this will vary from the two causes just mentioned. For, let hkr (Fig. 63) represent the equator, and h'k'r' a diurnal Fig. 63. circle described by the sun when north of the equator ; and let hr, st, and A V, s't'f be the intersections of the equator and diurnal circle, respectively, with the planes of the horizon and crepusculum circle. When the sun is in the equator, the arc of twilight is hs, and when he is on the parallel of declination h'k'r 1 it is AY. Draw the chords hs, AY, mn, and the radii cs, cs 1 , cr 1 , en, cp. The angle /* r'AY is the half of r'cs 1 , and the angle f pmn is the half of pen : but r'cs' is less than pen, and therefore r'AY is less than pmn. Again, chs is the half of res, and therefore greater than pmn, the half of the less angle pen. Whence it appears that the chord AY is more oblique to the horizon, and therefore greater than the chord mn, and this more oblique and greater than the chord As. It follows, there- fore, that the arc AY is greater, and contains a greater number of degrees than the arc mn, arid that this arc is greater than A*. Thus, as the sun recedes from the equator towards the north, the arc of twilight, and therefore the duration of twilight, increases from two causes, viz : 1st. The increase in the distance of the line of in- tersection of the horizon with the diurnal circle from the centre of the circle ; and, 2d. The diminution in the size of the circle. The change will manifestly be greater in proportion as the latitude is greater. * The duration of shortest twilight is given by the following formula : sin 9 ~ coslat. Twice the angle a, converted into time, expresses the duration of shortest twilight To find the sun's declination at the time of shortest twilight, we have sin dec. = tang 9 sin lat (For the investigation of this and the preceding formula, see Gummere's Astrono- my, pages 87 and 88.) 144 OF THE SUN AND ITS PHENOMENA. When the sun is south of the equator twilight will, for the same declination, be shorter than when he is north of the equator, because, although the diurnal cir cle will be of the same size, and its intersection with the horizon at the same dis- tance from its centre, the intersection with the crepusculum circle will now fall between the intersection with the horizon and the centre, and therefore, by what has just been demonstrated, the arc of twilight will be shorter. The shortest twilight occurs when the sun is somewhat to the south of the equa- tor, because the arc of twilight, for a time, decreases by reason of the diminution of its obliquity to the horizon more than it increases in consequence of the decrease in the size of the diurnal circle. That the obliquity of the arc of twilight, or rather of the chord of the arc, to the horizon diminishes, for a time, when the sun gets to the south of the equator, will appear from this, viz. that the chord is perpendicular to the horizon when the centre of the diurnal circle is midway between the horizon and the crepusculum circle ; which will happen when the sun is a certain dis- tance south of the equator, varying with the inclination of the axis of the heavens to the plane of the horizon, and therefore with the latitude of the place. The difference in the length of the summer and winter twilights, resulting from the causes above specified, is augmented by the inequality in the height of the at- mosphere. Twilight also increases in length with the obliquity of the sphere. 386. At the poles twilight commences about a month and a half before the sun appears above the horizon, and lasts about a month and a half after he has disappeared. For, since the hori- zon at the poles is identical with the celestial equator, the twilight which precedes the long day of six months will begin when the sun in approaching the equator, upon the other side, attains to a decli- nation of 18, and this will be about 50 days before he reaches the equator and rises at the pole. In like manner the evening twilight continues until the sun has descended 18 below the equator. THE SEASONS. 387. The amount of heat received from the sun in the course of 24 hours, depends upon two particulars ; the time of the sun's continuance above the horizon, and the obliquity of his rays at noon. Ey reason of the obliquity of the ecliptic, both of these cir- cumstances vary materially in the course of the year ; whence arises a variation of temperature or a change of seasons. 388. The tropics and the polar circles divide the earth into five parts, called Zones, throughout each of which the yearly change of the temperature is occasioned by a similar change in the cir- cumstances upon which it depends. The part contained between the two tropics is called the Torrid Zone; the two parts between the tropics and polar circles are called the Temperate Zones ; and the other two parts, within the polar circles, are called Frigid Zones. 389. At all places in the nprth temperate zone the sun will al- ways pass the meridian to the south of the zenith ; for the latitudes of all such places exceed 23^, the greatest decimation of the sun. (See Fig. 60.) The meridian zenith distance will be greatest at the winter solstice, when the sun has its greatest southern decli- nation, and least at the summer solstice, when the sun has* its greatest northern declination ; and it will vary continually between THE SEASONS. 145 the values which obtain at these epochs. The day will be longest at the summer solstice, and the shortest at the winter solstice, and will vary in length progressively from the one date to the other. We infer, therefore, thaF throughout the zone in question the greatest amount of heat will be received from the sun at the sum- mer solstice, and the least at the winter solstice ; and that the amount received will gradually increase, or decrease, from one of these epochs to the other. The solstices are not, however,,the epochs of maximum and minimum temperature, but are found from observation to precede these by about a month. The reason of this circumstance is, that the earth continues for a month, or thereabouts, after the summer solstice to receive during the day more heat than it loses during the night, and for about the same length of time after the winter solstice continues to lose during the night more heat than it receives during the day. 390. Within the torrid zone the length of the day varies after the same manner as in the temperate zone, though in a less de- gree ; but the motion of the sun with respect to the zenith is different. At all places in the torrid zone the sun passes the me- ridian during a certain portion of the year to the south of the zenith, and during the remaining portion to the north of it ; for all places so situated have their zeniths between the tropics in the heavens, and the sun moves from one tropic to the other, and back again to its original position, in a tropical year. Throughout the torrid zone, therefore, the sun will be in the zenith twice in the course of the year, and will be at its maximum distance from it on the one side and the other at the solstices. An inhabitant of the equator or its vicinity, will have summer at the two periods when the sun is in the zenith, and winter (or a period of minimum temperature) both at the summer and winter solstice. Near the tropic there will be but little variation in the daily amount of heat received, during the period that the sun is north of the zenith. 391 . At the frigid zone a new cause of a change of temperature exists ; the sun remains continually above the horizon for a greater or less number of days about the summer solstice, and continually below it for the same number of days about the winter solstice. 392. The amount of the yearly variation of temperature in- creases with the latitude of the place ; for the greater is the lati- tude the greater will be the variation in the length of the day. Also, the mean yearly temperature is lower as we recede from the equator and approach the poles ; for since the sun is, in the course of the year, the same length of time above the horizon, at all places, the mean yearly temperature must depend altogether upon the mean obliquity of the sun's rays at noon, and this increases with the latitude. 393. The yearly change in the sun's distance from the earth has but little effect in producing a variation of temperature upon the 19 146 OF THE SUN AND ITS PHENOMENA. earth's surface. The change of its heating power from this cause amounts to no more than / y . 394. It is important to observe, that, although in the main cli- mate varies with the latitude after ttt% manner explained in the foregoing articles, it is still dependent more or less upon local circumstances, such as the vicinity of lakes, seas, and mountains, prevailing winds of some particular direction, &c. 395. In the north temperate zone, Spring, Summer, Autumn, and Winter, the four seasons into which the year is divided, are considered as respectively commencing at the times of the Ver- nal Equinox, Summer Solstice, Autumnal Equinox, and Winter Solstice. Let V (Fig. 64) represent the vernal, and A the autumnal equi- nox ; S the summer, and W the winter solstice. The perigee of Fig. 64. the sun's apparent orbit is at present about 10 15' to the east of the winter solstice. Let P denote its position. The lengths of the seasons are, agreeably to Kepler's law of areas, respectively proportional to the areas VES, SEA, AEW, and WEV. Thus, the winter is the shortest season, and the 'summer the longest ; and spring is longer than autumn. Spring and summer, taken together, are about 8 days longer than autumn and winter united. Since the perigee of the sun's orbit has a progressive motion, the relative lengths of the seasons must be subject to a continual variation. 396. At the beginning of the year 1800, the longitude of the sun's perigee was 279 SO' 8",39. If from this we take 180, the longitude of the autumnal equinox, the remainder, 99 30' 8". 39, is the distance of the perigee from the autumnal equinox at that epoch. The motion of the perigee in longitude is at the rate of 61".52 per year. Dividing 99 30' 8".39 by 61".52, the quotient is 5822. Hence it appears that about 5800 years anterior to the DIMENSIONS OF THE SUN. 147 year 1800, the perigee coincided with the autumnal equinox, and the apogee with the vernal equinox. 397. It is important to observe that the primary cause of the phenomenon of change of seasons, as well as of that of the ine- quality of days, is the inclination of the earth's axis of rotation to the perpendicular to the plane of its orbit, since this is the occa- sion of the obliquity of the ecliptic, upon which, as we have seen, these phenomena immediately depend. If the axis of rotation were perpendicular to the plane of the orbit, there would neither be a change of seasons nor any inequality in the length of the days and nights. APPEARANCE, DIMENSIONS, AND PHYSICAL CONSTITUTION OF THE SUN. 398. The sun presents the appearance of a luminous circular disc. But it does not necessarily follow from this that its surface is really flat ; for such is the appearance of all globular bodies when viewed at a great distance. It is ascertained from observa- tions with the telescope, that the sun has a rotatory motion : this be- ing the fact, its surface must in reality be of a spherical form ; for otherwise it would not, in presenting all its sides, always appear under the form of a circle. 399. The sun's real diameter is determined from his apparent diameter and horizontal parallax. Fig. 65. Let ACB (Fig. 65) represent the sun or other heavenly body, and E the place of the earth ; and let 5 = AEB the sun's apparent diameter, d 2AS his real di- ameter, D = ES his distance from the earth, and R = the radius of the earth. We have, from the triangle AES, AS = ES sin 1AEB, or, 2AS = 2ES sin JAEB ; and thus, d = 2D sin <5 : but, (equa. 7,) D== ^TH> whence, i^^^O^^^fj^ The mean apparent diameter of the sun is 32' 1".8, and his mean horizontal parallax 8".58. Accordingly we have, for the real diameter of the sun, OO/ 1 // Q ^ = 2R W r^y=2R xi 12 (nearly.) Thus the diameter of the sun is about 112 times the diameter of the earth. The volume of the sun then exceeds that of the earth nearly in the proportion 112 3 to I 3 , or 1,404,928 to I. 148 OF THE SUN AND ITS PHENOMENA. From equation (83) we may derive the proportion d : 2R : : 5 : 2H. Thus, the real diameter of a heavenly body is to the diameter of the earthy as the apparent diameter of the body is to double its horizontal parallax. 400. When the sun is viewed with a telescope of considerable power, and provided with colored glasses, black spots of an irreg- ular form, surrounded by a dark border of a nearly uniform shade, Fig. 66. called a penumbra, are often seen on its disc, (see Fig. 66.) Some- times several spots are included i:. within the same penumbra. Their num ber, magnitude, and position - : i;;:;||$f :::: on the disc, are extremely variable. In some years they are very fre- quent, and appear in large numbers ; in others, none whatever are seen. ^ n some instances more than one hundred, of various forms and sizes, have been counted. They usually appear in clusters, composed of various numbers, from two to sixty or a hundred. Their absolute magnitude is often very great. Spots are not unfrequently seen that subtend an angle of 1' or 60". Now, the apparent diameter of the earth as viewed at the distance of the sun, is equal to double the sun's horizontal parallax, or 11" : the breadth of such spots must therefore exceed three times the diameter of the earth, or 24,000 miles. Spots two or three times as large as this, or about three times as great as the entire surface of our globe, have been seen. 401. The form and size of the spots are subject to rapid and almost incessant variations. When watched from day to day, or even from hour to hour, they are seen to enlarge or contract, and at the same time to change their forms. When a spot disappears, it always contracts into a point, and vanishes before the penumbra. Some spots disappear almost immediately after they become visi- ble ; others remain for weeks, or even months. 402. Spots and streaks more luminous than the general body of the sun, and of a mottled appearance, are also frequently per- ceived upon parts of his disc, especially in the region of large spots, or of extensive groups of spots, or in localities where dark spots subsequently make their appearance. These are called Fa- culce. They are chiefly to be seen near the margin of the disc. The penumbra which surrounds each black spot is also abruptly terminated by a border of light more brilliant than the rest of the disc. According to Sir John Herschel, the part of the sun's disc not occupied b.y spots is far from uniformly bright. Its ground is finely mottled with an appearance of minute dark dots, or pores, SUN'S SPOTS; AND ROTATION. 149 which, when attentively watched, arc found to be in a constant state of change. 403. When the positions of the spots on the disc are observed from day to day, it is perceived that they all have a common mo- tion in a direction from east to west. Some of the spots close up and vanish before they reach the western limb ; others disappear at the western limb, and are never afterwards seen ; a few, after becoming visible at the eastern limb, have been seen to pass en- tirely across the disc, disappear from view at the western limb, and re-appear again at the eastern limb. The time employed by a spot in traversing the sun's disc is about 14 days. About the same time is occupied in passing from the western to the eastern limb, while it is invisible. The motions of the spots are account- ed for, in all their circumstances, by supposing that the sun has a motion of rotation from west to east, around an axis nearly per- pendicular to the plane of the ecliptic ; and that the spots are portions of the solid body of the sun. The truth of this explana- tion of the apparent motions of the sun's spots, is confirmed by the changes which are observed to take place in the magnitude and form of the more permanent spots during their passage across the disc. When they first come into view at the eastern limb, they appear as a narrow dark sfreak. As they advance towards the middle of the disc, they gradually open out, and increase in magnitude ; and after they have passed the middle of the disc, contract by the same degrees until they are again seen as a mere dark line upon the western limb. 404. A spot returns to the same position on the disc in about 27| days. This is not, however, the precise period of the sun's rotation ; for during this interval the sun has apparently moved forward nearly a sign in the ecliptic ; the spot will therefore have accomplished that much more than a complete revolution, when it is again seen by an observer on the earth in the same position on the disc. 405. The apparent position of a spot with respect to the sun's centre may be accurately determined, from day to Jay, by observ- ing, when the sun is crossing the meridian, the right ascensions and declinations both of the spot and centre. From three or more observations of this kind the period of the sun's rotation and the position of his equator may be ascertained. The time of the sun's rotation on his axis is about 25| days ; the inclination of his equator to the ecliptic 7 30' ; and the helio centric longitude of the ascending node of the equator 80 7'. 406. It is a curious fact, that the region of the sun's spots is con fined within about 30 of his equator. It is only occasionally that spots are seen in higher latitudes than this : and none are ever seen farther than about 60 from the equator. 407. The only theories relative to the physical constitution of the sun which deserve notice> are those of Laplace and Herschel 150 OF THE SUN AND ITS PHENOMENA. Laplace supposed that the sun was an immense globe of solid mat- ter in a state of ignition, and that the spots upon his disc were large cavities, where there was a temporary intermission in the evolution of luminous matter. Sir W. Herschel was of opinion that the sun was an opake solid body, surrounded by a transparent atmosphere of tens of thousands of miles in height, within which floated at a height of from two to three thousand miles above the solid globe a stratum of self-luminous clouds, which was the source of the sun's light and heat, and beneath this another opake and non-luminous stratum, which shone only with the light received from the upper stratum. On this hypothesis the spots are accounted for by sup- posing that openings occasionally take place in the strata, through which the dark body of the sun is seen. The penumbra is the por- tion of the obscure stratum, situated immediately around the open- ing made in it. This theory seems to account for all the circum- stances of the aspect and variation of the form and magnitude of the spots, which the other does not do. 408. That the dark spots are depressions below the luminous surface of the sun was first shown by Dr. Alexander Wilson, of Glasgow. He noticed that as a large spot, which was seen on the sun's disc in November, 17 69, came near the western limb, the penumbra on the side towards the centre of the disc contracted and disappeared, and that afterwards the luminous matter on that side seemed to encroach upon the central black nucleus, while in other parts the penumbra underwent but little change. On the reappearance of the spot at the eastern limb, he found that the penumbra was again wanting on the side towards the centre of the disc ; and that when this part made its appearance, after the spot had advanced a short distance upon the disc, it was much narrower than the opposite part. These various ap- pearances of the spot in question are represented in Fig. 67. Dr. Wilson drew from these facts the natural conclusion, that the spots were the dark body of the Fig. 67. sun seen through excavations made in the luminous matter at the surface. The luminous matter he conceived to have the consistence of a fog or cloud rather than of a liquid ; and suggested that openings might be made in it by the working of some sort of elastic vapor generated within the dark globe. The penumbra sur- rounding each black spot he conjectured to be the sloping sides of the opening in the stratum of luminous clouds. But according to this the penumbra should shade off gradually and merge into the central black spot without presenting any defi- nite line of demarcation ; whereas its shade is nearly uniform throughout, and it is abruptly terminated, both without and within. Herschel's theory is more com- plete than this, and differs from it essentially in supposing the existence of an opake non-lurninous cloudy stratum between the luminous medium and the dark solid globe. It was devised, after a long and diligent inspection of all the aspects and phenomena of the sun's spots, to account for these in all their varieties. It S'ves a satisfactory explanation of the uniformity of shade of the penumbra, which r. Wilson's theory does not do. 409. Herschel conceives the luminous surface of the sun to be constantly in a state of violent agitation, and thai in comparatively limited districts it is occasion^- ally forced up into masses or waves of hundreds of miles in height, by powerful PHYSICAL CONSTITUTION OF THE SUN. 151 upward currents, or by the exertion of some sort of explosive energy from beneath. The ridges of these waves constitute the faculae, which are distinctly seen only when near the margin of the disc, because the waves there appear in profile, and when near the middle of the disc are seen in front or foreshortened. This upheav- ing force is supposed at times to acquire such intensity as to effect an opening both in the lower and the upper stratum, and disclose to view the dark body of the sun. 410. Whatever may be the true physical constitution of the sun, the changes which occur upon its surface take place with a rapidity which betokens the action of the most powerful agents, if not the existence of the most subtle and elastic me- dia. Some of the spots are said to have closed at the rate of nearly a mile per second. The slowest motion noticed is not far from a mile per minute. But these ve- locities of approach of the sides of a spot are vastly exceeded by the rate of motion o.. the spots themselves, which has been sometimes noticed. In two well-established in- stances spots have been seen to break into parts, which have then rapidly receded from each other while the observer v/as viewing them through a telescope. Some notion of the stupendous velocity of these changes may be obtained from the con- sideration that the smallest area that can be distinctly discerned upon the sun, even through telescopes, is a circle of 465 miles in diameter. 411. There has been observed, in connection with the sun, at certain periods of th.e year, a faint light that is visible before sun- rise and after sunset, to which has been given the name of the Zo- diacal Light, from the circumstance of its being mostly compre- hended within the zodiac. Its color is white, and its apparent fig- ure that of a spindle, the base of which rests on the sun, and the axis of which lies in the plane of the sun's equator ; such as would be the appearance of a body of a lenticular shape, having its centre coincident with the sun and its circular edge lying in the plane of the sun's equator. Its length varies with the season of the year j?ig. and the state of the atmosphere ; being sometimes more than 100, and at ether times not more than 40 or 50. Its breadth near the sun varies from 8 to 30. It is nowhere abruptly terminated, but gradually merges into the gerferal light of the sky. (See Fig. 68.) 412. No generally received ex- planation of this singular phenom- enon has yet been given. It was at one time supposed to be the atmosphere of the sun, but Laplace has shown that this explanation is at variance with the theory of gravitation. He found that at the distance of about sixteen millions of miles from the sun's centre the centrifugal force balanced the gravity, and that therefore the sun's atmosphere could not extend beyond this : but this dis- tance is less than one half ftie distance of Mercury from the sun, whereas the substance of the zodiacal light extends beyond the or- bit of Venus, and even beyond the earth's orbit. 152 OF THE SUN AM) ITS PHENOMENA. Several theories have been propounded relative to the cause of the zodiacal light Laplace conceived it to be a ring of nebulous, that is, cloudy and self-luminous, matter, encircling the sun in the plane of his equator. Professor Olmsted, of New Haven, has suggested that it may be a large nebulous body revolving around the sun in a regular orbit ; and the same body as that from which the periodical meteoric showers are supposed to proceed. If we were to venture another suggestion upon this perplexing subject, it would be, that the substance of the zodiacal light may be a certain species of matter continually in the act of flowing away from the sun into free space : being expelled by some repulsive force from perhaps all parts of its surface, but in much the greatest quantity from the region of the spots, which lies about the equator. Cassini, after an attentive examination of the zodiacal light and the sun's spots during a series of years, conceived that he had detected a con- nection between these two phenomena ; that the zodiacal light was fainter in propor- tion as the spots were fewer in number and smaller. Thus, he remarks, that after the year 1688, when the zodiacal light began to grow weaker, no spots appeared upon the sun. He thought that this phenomenon became at times entirely invisible ; and that this was the case in the years 1665, 1672, and 1681. From this apparent connection between the two phenomena he drew the natural conclusion, that the substance of the zodiacal light was some emanation from the oun's spots. The explosive actions, which are the most probable cause of these spots, may perhaps furnish the luminous matter, which may afterwards be driven off to an indefinite distance by some repulsive action of the sun. ' Certainly, if there is at the sun's surface any matter of the same nature'as that of which the tails of comets are com- posed, it must be expelled by the same repulsive force that drives off this species of matter from the heads of comets and forms their tails. (See Art. 557.) 413. The zodiacal light is seen most distinctly in our northern climates in February and March after sunset, and in October and November before sunrise. During the month of March it may be seen directed towards the star Aldebaran. In December, though fainter, it may often be seen both in the morning and evening. Also towards the summer solstice it is said to be discernible, in a very pure state of the atmosphere, both in the morning and even- ing. The reason of the variations in the distinctness of the zodia- cal light, is found in the change of its inclination to the horizon at the time of sunset or sunrise, together with the variation in the du- ration of twilight. As its length lis in the plane of the sun's equa- tor, its inclination to the horizon will be different like that of this plane, according to the different positions of the sun in the ecliptic. Since the sun's equator makes but a small angle with the ecliptic, at sunset, the zodiacal light will be most inclined to the horizon, and therefore extend higher up in the heavens, towards the vernal equinox, when the inclination of the ecliptic to the hori/ou at sun- set is at its maximum ; and, at sunrise, it will be most inclined to the horizon towards the autumnal equinox, when the inclination of the ecliptic to the horizon at sunrise is the greatest. The zodiacal light is more easily and more frequently perceived in the torrid zone than in these latitudes, because the ecliptic and zodiac make there a larger angle with the horizon, and because twilight is of shorter duration. PHASES OF THE MOON. 153 CHAPTER XIV. OF THE MOON AND ITS PHENOMENA. PHASES OF THE MOON. 414 THE most conspicuous of the phenomena exhibited by the moon, is the periodical change that is observed to take place in the form and size of its disc. The different appearances which the disc presents are called the Phases of the moon. The phenomenon in question is a simple consequence of the revolution of the moon around the earth. Let E (Fig. 69) rep- resent the position of the earth, ABC, &c., the orbit of the moon, Fig. 69. which we will suppose for the present to lie in the plane of the ecliptic, and ES the direction of the sun. As the distance of the sun from the earth is about 400 times the distance of the moon, lines drawn from the sun to the different parts of the moon's orbit, may be considered, without material error, as parallel to each other. If we regard the moon as an opake non-luminous body, of a spherical form, that hemisphere which is turned towards the sun will continually be illuminated by him, and the other will be in the dark. Now, by virtue of the moon's motion, the enlightened hemisphere is presented to the earth under every variety of aspect in the course of a synodic revolution of the moon. Thus, when the moon is in conjunction, as at A, this hemisphere is turned entirely away from the earth, and she is invisible. Soon after conjunction, a portion of it on the right begins to be seen, and as this is comprised between the right half of the circle which limits the vision, and the right half of the circle which separates the en- lightened and dark hemispheres of the moon, called the Circle of Illumination, it will obviously present the appearance of a crescent with the horns turned from the sun, as represented at B. As the moon advances, more and more of the enlightened half becomes 20 154 OF THE MOON AND ITS PHENOMENA. visible, and thus the crescent enlarges, and the eastern limb be- comes less concave. At the point C, 90 distant from the sun, one half of it is seen, and the disc is a semi-circle, the eastern limb being a right line. Beyond this point, more than half be- comes visible ; the nearer half of the circle of illumination falls to the left of the moon's centre, as seen from the earth, and thus becomes convex outward. This phase of the moon is repre- sented at D. When the moon appears under this shape, it is said to be Gibbous. In advancing towards opposition, the disc will enlarge, and the eastern limb become continually more convex ; and finally at opposition, where the whole illuminated face is seen from the earth, it will become a full circle. From opposition to conjunction, the nearer half of the circle of illumination will form the right or western limb, and this limb will pass in the inverse order through the same variety of forms as the eastern limb in the interval between conjunction and opposition. The different phases are delineated in the figure. 415. The moon's orbit is, ^in fact, somewhat inclined to the plane of the ecliptic, instead of lying in it, as we have supposed ; but, it is plain that its inclination cannot change the order, nor the period of the phases, and that it can have no other effect than to alter somewhat the size of the disc, at particular angular distances from the sun. In consequence of the smallness of the inclination, this alteration is too slight to be noticed. 416. When the moon is in conjunction, it is said to be New Moon; and when in opposition, Full Moon. At the time be- tween new and full moon when the difference of the longitudes of the moon and sun is 90, it is said to be the First Quarter. And at the corresponding time between full and new moon, it is said to be the Last Quarter. In both these positions the moon appears as a semi-circle, and is said to be dichotomized. The two positions of conjunction and opposition are called Syzigies ; and those of the first and last quarter, Quadratures. The four points midway between the syzigies and quadratures are called Octants. 417. The interval from new moon to new moon again, is called a Lunar Month, and sometimes a Lunation. The mean daily motion of the sun in longitude is 59' 8". 33, and that of the moon 13 10' 35".03 ; wherefore the moon sepa- rates from the sun at the mean rate of 12 IT 26". 70 per day; and hence, to find the mean length of a lunar month, we have the proportion 12 11' 26".70 : Id. : : 360 : x = 29d. 12h. 44m. 2.7s. 418. To determine the time of mean new or full moon in any given month. Let the mean longitude of the. sun, and also the mean longi- tude of the moon, at the beginning of the year, be found, and let TIME OF NEW OR FULL MOON. 155 the former be subtracted from the latter, (adding 360 if neces- sary ;) the remainder, which call R, will be the mean distance of the moon to the east of the sun, at the beginning of the year. As the moon separates from the sun at the mean rate of 12 11' R 26". 70 per day, , f . - will express the number of days 1x2 11 <^o . / U and fractions of a day, which at this epoch have elapsed since the last new moon. This interval is called the Astronomical Epact. If we subtract it from 29d. 12h. 44m. 2.7s. we shall have the time of mean new moon in January. This being known, the time of mean new moon in any other month of the year results very readily from the known length of a lunar month. The time of mean new moon in any month being known, the time of mean full moon in the same month is obtained by the ad- dition or subtraction, as the case may be, of half a lunar month. This problem is in practice most easily resolved with the aid of tables. (See Problem XXVII.) 419. The time of true new moon differs from the time of mean new moon, for the same reasons that the true longitudes of the sun and moon differ from the mean. The same is true of the time of true full moon. For the mode of computing the time of true new or full moon from that of mean new or full moon, see Problem XXVII. 420. The earth, as viewed from the moon, goes through the same phases in the course of a lunar month that the moon does to an inhabitant of the earth. But, at any given time, the phase of the earth is just the opposite to the phase of the moon. About the time of new moon, the earth, then near its full, reflects so much light to the moon as to render the obscure part visible. (See Fig. 69.) MOON'S RISING, SETTING, AND PASSAGE OVER THE MERIDIAN. 421. To find the time of the meridian passage of the moon on a given day. Let S and M denote, respectively, the right ascension of the sun, and the right ascension of the moon, at noon on the given day, and m, s the hourly variations of the right ascension of the sun and moon: also let t=ihe required time of the meridian passage. At the time t the right ascensions will be, For the moon . . . . M + tm, For the sun . . . . S + ts ; and, as the moon is on the meridian, the difference of these arcs will be equal to the hour angle t ; whence, * = M- S+t(m s)- 9 or, if all the quantities be expressed in seconds, 156 OF THE MOON AND ITS PHENOMENA. Thus, we find for the time of the meridian passage, 3600 (M-S) - The quantities M, S, m, s, are v in practice, to be taken from ephemerides of the sun and moon. Example. What was the time of the passage of the moon's centre over tin meridian of New York, on the 1st of August, 1837 ? When it is noon at New York, it is 4h. 56m. 4s. at Greenwich. Now, by the Nautical Almanac, Aug. 1st, at 4h. ]) 's R. Ascen. . - . 8h. 58m. 36.7s. " at 5h. " " . ..90 38.3 Ih. : 56m. 4s. : : 2m. 1.6s. : 1m. 53.6s. Aug. 1st, at 4h. D 's R. Ascen. . . . 8h. 58m. 36.7s. Variation of R. Ascen. in 56m. 4s, .. 1 53.6 D 's R. Ascen. at M. Noon at N. York . 9 30.3 Aug. 1st, 0's hourly Variation of R. Ascen. . . . 9.704s Ih. : 4h. 56m. 4s. : : 9.704s. : 47.8s. Aug. 1st, M. Nocn at Greenw., 's R. Asc. 8h. 45m. 31.5s. Variation of R. Ascen. in 4h. 56m. 4s. 47.8 's R. Ascen. at M. Noon at N. York . 8 46 19.3 Aug. 1st, M. Noon at Greenw., > 's R. Asc. 8h. 50m. 27.7s. Aug. 2d, " : " 9 38 J 8.7 24)47 5J.O Aug. 1st, D 's mean hourly Varia. of R. Asc. 1 59.6 (m) 's 9.7 0) m s== l 49.9 = 109.9s By Nautical Almanac, equation of time = 5m. 59s. Ih. : 5m. 59s. : : 1m., 59.6s. : 11.9s. ]> 's R. Ascen. at M. Noon at N. York . 9h. Om. 30.3s. Correction for equation of time '... " W 11.9 D 's R. Ascen. at apparent Noon at N. York 9 18.4 (M) 's " " " 8 46 18.3 (S) M S = 14 0.1 = 840.1s. 3600 . .'.'. . log. 3.55630 M 8 = 840.1 .... log. 2.92433 3600 (m s) = 3490.1 . . ar. co. log. 6.45716 Apparent time of meridian passage, 14m. 26.5s. = 866.5s. log. 2.93779 Equa. of time at merid. passage, 5 58 Mean time of meridian passage, Oh. 20m. 24s. The Nautical Almanac gives the time of the moon's passage over the meridian of Greenwich for every day of the year. From this, the time of the passage across the meridian of any other place may easily be determined, as follows : subtract the time of the meridian passage at Greenwich on the given day, from that on the following day, and say, as 24h. : the difference : : the longitude of the place : a fourth term. This fourth term, added to the time of the meridian passage at 157 Greenwich on the given day, will give the time of the meridian passage on the same day at the given place. 422. Since the moon has a motion with respect to the sun, the time of its rising and setting must vary frorn day to day. When first seen after conjunction, it will set soon after the sun. After this it will set (at a mean) about 50m. later every succeeding night. At the first quarter, it will set about midnight ; and at full moon, will set about sunrise and rise about sunset, louring this interval it will rise in the daytime, and all along from sunrise to sunset. From full to new moon, it will rise at night and set during the day ; and the time of the rising and setting will be about 50m. later on every succeeding night and day ; thus, at the last quarter it will rise about midnight and set about midday. 423. The daily retardation of the time of the moon's rising is, as just stated, at a mean, about 50 minutes ; but it varies in the course of a revolution from about half an hour to one hour, in these latitudes. The retardation of the moon's rising at the time of full moon, varies from one full moon to another, in the course of the year, between the same limits. The reason of these varia- tions is found in the fact, that the arc of the ecliptic (12 11') through which the moon moves away from the sun in a day, is variously inclined to the horizon, according to its situation in the ecliptic, and therefore employs different intervals of time in rising above the horizon. This fact may be very distinctly shown by means of a celestial globe. It will be seen that the arc in question will be most oblique to the horizon, and rise in the shortest time, in the signs Pisces and Aries. Accordingly, the full moons which occur in these signs will rise with the smallest retardation fioin day to day. These full moons occur when the sun is in the op- posite signs, Virgo and Libra, that is, in September and October. They are called, the first the Harvest Moon, and the second the Hunter's Moon. The time of the moon's rising at these full moons will, for two or three days, be only about half an hour later than on the preceding day. 424. To find the time of the moon's rising or setting on any given day.- Com- pute the moon's semi-diurnal arc from equation (82), or (80), according as it ia the time of the apparent rising or setting, or the time of the true rising or setting, that is desired. Correct it for the moon's change of right ascension in the inter- val between the moon's passage over the meridian and setting, by the following proportion, 24h. : 24 -f m s (421) : : semi-diurnal arc : corrected semi-diur- nal arc ; and add it to the time of the moon's meridian passage, found as ex- plained in Art. 421. The result will be the time of the moon's setting ; and if this be subtracted from 24 hours, the remainder will be the time of the moon's rising. In consequence of the change of the moon's declination in the interval between it? rising and setting, it would be more accurate to compute the semi-diurnal arc separately for the moon's rising. In computing the semi-diurnal arc by equation (80), the declination 6 hours before or after the meridian passage may be used at first ; and afterwards, if a more accurate result be desired, the calculation may be repeated with the declination found for the computed approximate time. In equa- tion (81 \ R = refraction parallax = 33' 51" 57' 1" (at a mean) = 23' 10' 158 OF THE MOON AND ITS PHENOMENA. ROTATION AND LIBRATIONS OF THE MOON. 425. The moon presents continually nearly the same face to- wards the earth ; for, the same spots are always seen in nearly the same position upon the disc. It follows, therefore, that it rotates on its axis in the same direction, and with the same angu- lar velocity, or nearly so, that it revolves in its orbit, and thus completes one rotation in the same period of time in which it ac- complishes a revolution in its orbit. 426. The spots on the moon's disc, although they constantly preserve very nearly the same situations, are not, however, strictly stationary. When carefully observed, they are seen alternately to approach and recede from the edge. Those that are very near the edge successively disappear and again become visible. This vibratory motion of the moon's spots is called Libration. 427. There are three librations of the moon, that is, a vibratory motion of its spots from three distinct causes. (1.) The moon's motion of rotation being uniform, small portions on its east and west sides alternately come into sight and disap- pear, in consequence of its unequal motion in its orbit. The periodical oscillation of the spots in an easterly and westerly direc- tion from this cause, is called the Libration in Longitude. (2.) The lunar spots have also a small alternate motion from north to south. This is called the Libration in Latitude, and > accounted for by supposing that the moon's axis is not exactly perpendicular to the plane of its orbit, and that it remains contin- ually parallel to itself. On this supposition we ought sometimes to see beyond the north pole of the moon, and sometimes beyond the south pole. (3.) Parallax is the cause of a third libration of the moon. The spectator upon the earth's surface being removed from its centra, the point towards which the moon continually presents the same hemisphere, he will see portions of the moon a little different according to its different positions above the horizon. The diur- nal motion of the spots resulting from the parallax, is called the Diurr>sd or Parallactic Libration. 428. The exact position of the moon's equator, like that of the sun's, is derived from accurate observations of the situations of the spots upon the disc. From calculations founded upon such observations, it has been ascertained that the plane of the moon's equator is constantly inclined to the plane of the ecliptic under an angle of 1 30', and Intersects it in a line which is always parallel to the line of the nodes. It follows from the last-mentioned cir- cumstance, that if a plane be supposed to pass through the centre of the moon, parallel to the ecliptic, it will intersect the f>lane of the moon's equator ajiti that of its orbit in the same line in which these planes intersect each other. The plane in question will lie between the plane, of the equator and that of the orbit. Tt will 159 make with the first an angle of 1 30', and with the second an angle cf 5 9'. DIMENSIONS AND PHYSICAL CONSTITUTION OF THE MOON. 429. The phases of the moon prove it to be an opake spherical body. Its diameter is found by means of equation (83), viz : where d denotes the diameter sought, R the radius of the earth, 6 the apparent diameter of the moon at a given distance, and H its horizontal parallax at the same distance. The greatest equatorial horizontal parallax of the moon is 61' 24", and the corresponding apparent diameter 33' 31" : thus we have 33' 31" 3 = 2R , 48// = 2R ^ (very nearly) - 2161 miles. The diameter of the moon being to the diameter of the earth as 3 to 11, the surface of the moon is to the surface of the earth as 3 2 to II 2 , or as 1 to 13 ; and the volume of the moon is to the volume of the earth as 3 3 to II 3 , or as 1 to 49. 430. When the moon is viewed with a telescope, the edge of the disc, which borders upon the dark portion of the face, is seen to be very irregular and serrated, (see Fig. 70.) It is "hence in Fig. 70. ferred that the surface of the moon is diversified with mountains and valleys. The truth of this inference is confirmed by the fact that bright insulated spots are frequently seen on the dark part of the face near the edge of the disc, which gradually enlarge until they become united to it. These bright spots are doubtless the tops of mountains illuminated by the sun, while the surrounding 160 OF THE MOON AND ITS PHENOMENA. regions that are less elevated are involved in darkness. The disc is also diversified with spots of different shapes and different de- grees of brightness. The brighter parts are supposed to be ele- vated land, and the dark to be plains, and valleys, or cavities. 431 . The number of the lunar mountains is very great. Many of them, by their form and grouping, furnish decided indications of a volcanic origin. From measurements made with the micrometer, of the lengths of their shadows, or of the distance of their summits when first illuminated, from the adjacent boundary of the disc, the heights of a number of the lunar mountains have been computed. Accord- ing to Herschel, the altitude of the highest is only about 1| Eng- lish miles. But Schroeter of Lilienthal, a distinguished Seleno- graphist, makes the elevation of some of the lunar mountains to exceed 5 miles: and the more recent measurements of MM. Baer and Madler of Berlin lead to similar results. 432. There are no seas nor other bodies of water upon the sur- face of the moon. Certain dark and apparently level parts of the moon were for some time supposed to be extended sheets of wa- ter, and, under this idea, were named by Hevelius Mare Imbrium, Mare Crisium, &c. : but it appears that when the boundary of light and darkness falls upon these supposed seas, it is still more or less indented at some points, and salient at others, instead of being, as it should be, one continuous regular curve ; besides, when these dark spots are viewed with good telescopes, they are found to contain a number of cavities, whose shadows are dis- tinctly perceived falling within them. The spots in question are therefore to be regarded as extensive plains diversified by mode- rate elevations and depressions. The entire absence of water also from the farther hemisphere of the moon may be inferred from the fact that the moon's face is never obscured by clouds or mists. 433. It has long been a question among Astronomers, whether the moon has an atmosphere. It ?s asserted, that, if it has any, it must be exceedingly rare, or very limited in its extent, since it does not sensibly diminish or refract the light of a star seen in contact with the moon's limb ; for when a star experiences an occultalion by reason of the interposition of the moon between it and the eye of the observer, it does not disappear or undergo any diminution of lustre until the body of the moon reaches it, and the duration of the occupation is as it is com- puted, without making any allowance for the refraction of a lunar atmosphere. But it is maintained, on the other hand, that these facts, if allowed, are not op- posed to the supposition of the existence of an atmosphere of a few miles only in height ; and that certain phenomena which have been observed afford indubitable evidence of the presence of a certain limited body of air upon the moon's surface. Thus the celebrated Schroeter, in the course of some delicate observations made upon the crescent moon, perceived a faint grayish light extending from the horns of the crescent a certain distance into the dark part of the moon's face. This he conceived to be the moon's twilight, and hence inferred the existence of a lunar atmosphere. From the measurements which he made of the extent of this light he calculated the height of that portion of the atmosphere which was capable of affecting the light of a star to be about one mile. Again, in total eclipses of the gun, occasioned by the interposition of the moon, the dark body of the moon has been ceen surrounded by a luminous ring, which was at first nost distinct at the 161 part where the sun was last seen, and afterwards at the part where the first ray darted from the sun. This is supposed to have been a lunar twilight. A similar phenomenon was observed in the annular eclipse of 1836, just before the comple tion of the ring, at the po.nt where the junction took place. On the whole, it seems most probable that the moon has a smaU atmosphere. 434. The surface of the moon, like that of the earth, presents the two general varieties of level and mountainous districts ; but it differs from the earth's surface in having no seas, or other bodies of water, upon it, (432,) and in being more rug- ged and mountainous. The comparatively level regions occupy somewhat more than one-third of the nearer half of the moon's surface. These are, in general, the darker parts of the disc. The lunar plains vary in extent from 40 or 50 miles to 700 miles in diameter. The mountainous formations of the other parts of the surface offer three marked varieties, viz : (1.) Insulated Mountains, which rise from plains nearly level, and which may be supposed to present an appearance somewhat similar to Mount Etna or the Peak of Teneriffe. The shadows of these mountains, in certain phases of the moon, are as distinctly perceived as the shadow of an upright staff when placed opposite to the sun.* The perpendicular altitudes of some of them, as deter- mined from the lengths of their shadows, are between four and five miles. Insu- lated mountains frequently occur in the centres of circular plains. They are then called Central Mountains. (2.) Ranges of Mountains, extending in- length two or three hundred miles. These ranges bear a distinct resemblance to our Alps, Appenines, and Andes, but they are much less in extent, and do not form a very prominent feature of the lunar surface. Some of them appear very rugged and precipitous, and the highest ranges are, in some places, above four miles in perpendicular altitude. In some instances thev run nearly in a straight line from northeast to southwest, as in that range called the Appenines ; in other cases they assume the form of a semicircle or a crescentt (3.) Circular Formations. The general prevalence of this remarkable class of mountainous formations is the great characteristic feature of the topography of the moon's surface. It is subdivided by late selenographists into three orders, viz : Walled Plains, whose diameter varies from one hundred and twenty to forty or fifty miles ; Ring Mountains, the diameter of which descends to ten miles ; and Craters, which are still smaller. The term crater is sometimes extended to all the varieties of circular formations. They are also sometimes called Caverns, be- cause their enclosed plains or bottoms are sunk considerably below the general level of the moon's surface. The different orders of the circular formations differ essentially from each other only in size. The principal features of their constitution are, for the most part, the same, and they present similar varieties. Sometimes terraces are seen going round the ^hole ring. At other times ranges of concentric mountains encircle the inner toot of the wall, leaving intermediate valleys. Again, we have a few ridges of low mountains stretching through the circle contained by the wall, but oftener isolated conical peaks start up, and very frequently small craters having on an inferior scale every attribute of the large one-t The smaller craters, however, offer some characteristic peculiarities. Most of them are without a flat bottom, and have the appearance of a hollow inverted cone with the sides tapering towards the centre. Some have no perceptible outer edge, their margin being on a level with the surrounding regions : these are called Pits. Tho bounding ridge of the lunar craters or caverns is much more precipitous within than without ; and the internal depth of the crater is always much lower than the general surface of the moon. The depth varies from one-third of a mile to three miles and a half. These curious circular formations occur at almost every part of the surface, but are most abundant in the southwestern regions. It is the strong reflection of their * Dick's Celestial Scenery, p. 256. t Ibid. p. 257. t Nichol's Phenomena of the S ;lar System, p. 167. 21 162 ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND MOON. mountainous ridges which gives to that part of the moon's surface its superior lus- tre. The smaller craters occupy nearly two-fifths of the moon's visible surface. CHAPTER XV. ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND MOON. OCCULTATIONS OF THE FIX.ED STARS. 435. AN eclipse of a heavenly body is a privation of its light occasioned by the interposition of some opake body between it and the eye, or between it and the sun. Eclipses are divided, with respect to the objects eclipsed, into eclipses of the sun, Fig. 71. of the moon, and of the satellites, (334 ;) and, with respect to circum- stances, into total, partial, annular, d central. A total eclipse is one in which the whole disc of the lumi- nary is darkened ; a partial one is when only a part of the disc is dark- ened. In an annular eclipse the whole is darkened, except a ring or annulus, which appears round the dark part like an illuminated border; the definition of a central eclipse will be given in another place. ECLIPSES OF THE MOON. 436. An eclipse of the moon is oc- casioned by an interposition of the body of the earth directly between the sun and moon, and thus intercepting the light of the sun ; or the moon is eclipsed when it passes through part of the shadow of the earth, as pro- jected from the sun. Hence it is ob- vious that lunar eclipses can happen only at the time of full moon, for it is then only that the earth can be be- tween the moon and the sun. 437. Since the sun is much larger than the earth, the shadow of the earth must have the form of a cone, the length of which will depend on the relative magnitudes of the two bodies and their distance fn>m~~each other. Let the circles AGB, agb, (Fig. 71,) 163 be sections of the sun and earth by a plane passing through their centres S and E ; Aa, B6, tangents to these circles on the same side, and Ac?, Be, tangents on different sides. The triangular space uCb will be a section of the earth's shadow or Umbra, as it is sometimes called. The line EC is called the Axis of the Shadow. If we suppose the line cp to revolve about EC, and form the sur- face of the frustrum of a cone, of which pcdq is a section, the space included within that surface and exterior to the umbra, is called the Penumbra. It is plain that points situated within the umbra will receive no light from the sun ; and that points situated within the penumbra will receive light from a portion of the sun's disc, and from a greater portion the more distant they are from the umbra. 438. To find the length of the earth's shadow. Let L= the length of the shadow ; R=the radius of the earth ; <5 = sun's ap- parent semi-diameter, and p = sun's parallax. The right-angled triangle EaC (Fig. 71) gives sin ECa* andECa = SEA EAC = 5 p; whence, . . . (86.) p) p) is only a its sine, and there As the angle (<5 p) is only about 16', it will differ but little from fore, (nearly); or, if 5 and p be expressed in seconds, , ^,. L==R r -- (nearly) . . . (87). The shadow will obviously be the shortest when the sun is the nearest to the earth. We then have 8 = W 18", andp = 9", which gives L = 213R. The greatest distance of the moon is a little less than 64 R, It appears, then, that the earth's sJiadow always extends to more than three times the distance of the moon. 439. Let kMh be a circular arc, described about E the centre of the earth, and with a radius equal to the distance between the centres of the earth and moon at the time of opposition. The an- gle MEw, the apparent semi-diameter of a section of the earth's shadow, made at the distance of the moon's centre, is called the Semi-diameter of the Earth's Shadow. And the angle ME A, the apparent semi-diameter of a section of the penumbra, at the same distance, is called the Semi-diameter of the Penumbra. 440. Were the plane of the moon's orbit coincide with the plane of the ecliptic, there would be a lunar eclipse at every full moon ; out, as it is inclined tc 't, an eclipse can happen only when 164 ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND MOON. Fig. 72. -TNf the full moon takes place either in one of the nodes of the moon's orbit, or so near it that the moon's latitude does not exceed the sum of the apparent semi-di- ameters of the moon and of the earth's shadow. This will be better understood on referring to Fig. 72, in which N'C represents a portion of the ecliptic, and N'M a portion of the moon's orbit, N' the descending node, E the earth, ES, ES', ES" three different directions of the sun, s, s', s" sections of the earth's shadow in the three several positions 0\\ corresponding to these directions of the \ N v sun, and m, m', m" the moon in opposi- \tion. It will be seen that the moon \, \- will not pass into the earth's shadow 1 unless at the time of opposition it is nearer to the node than the point m', where the latitude rn's' is equal to the sum of the semi-diameters of the moon and shadow. 441. To determine the distance from the node, beyond which there can be no eclipse, we must ascertain the semi-diameter of the earth's shadow. Let this be denoted by A, and let P = the moon's parallax. MEm = Ema - ECm (Fig. 71) ; but Ema = P and ECm = 6 p (438) ; therefore, MEw=A = P+p-<5 . . . (88). The semi-diarneter of the shadow is the least when the moon is in its apogee and the sun is in its perigee, or when P has its mini- mum, and <5 its maximum value. In these positions of the moon and sun, P = 53' 48", d=W 18", and p = 9". Substituting, we obtain for the least semi-diameter of the earth's shadow 37' 39". and for its least diameter 1 15' 18". The greatest apparent diam- eter of the moon is 33' 31". Whence it appears, that the diameter of the earth's shadow is always more than twice the diameter of the moon. The mean values of P and <5 are respectively 57' 1", and 16' 1"; which gives for the mean semi-diameter of the earth's shadow 41' 9". 442. If to P +j9 <5, the semi-diameter of the earth's shadow, we add d, the semi-diameter of the moon, the sum P + p + d <5 will express the greatest latitude of the moon in opposition, at which an eclipse can happen. It is easy for a given value of P -\-p + d 8, and for a given in- clination of the moon's orbit, to determine within what distance from the node the moon must be in order that an eclipse may take place. By taking the least and greatest inclinations of the orbit, the great- LUNAR ECLIPTIC LIMITS. 165 est and least values of P -f p + d <$, and also taking into view the inequalities in the motions of the sun and moon, it has been found, that when at the time of mean full moon the difference of the mean longitudes of the moon and node exceeds 13 21', there cannot be an eclipse ; but when this difference is less than 7 47' there must be one. Between 7 47' and 13 21' the happening of the eclipse is doubtful. These numbers are called the Lunar Ecliptic Limits. To determine at what full moons in the course of any one year there will be an eclipse, find the time of each mean full moon, (418) ; and for each of the times obtained find the mean longitude of the sun, and also of the moon's node, and compare the differ- ence of these with the lunar ecliptic limits. Should, however, the difference in any instance fall between the two limits, farther cal- culation will be necessary. This problem may be solved more expeditiously by means of tables of the sun's mean motion with respect to the moon's node. (See Prob. XXVIII.) 443. The magnitude and duration of an eclipse depend upon the proximity of the moon to the node at the time of opposition. In order that the centre of the moon may be on the same right line with the centres of the sun and earth, or, in technical language, that a central eclipse may happen, the opposition must take place precisely in the node. A strictly central eclipse, therefore, seldom, if ever, occurs. As the mean semi-diameter of the earth's shadow is 41' 9" (441), the mean semi-diameter of the moon 15' 33", and the mean hourly motion of the moon with respect to the sun 30' 29", the mean duration of a central eclipse would be about 3fh. 444. Since the moon moves from west to east, an eclipse of the moon must commence on the eastern limb, and end on the western. 445. In the investigations in Arts. 438, 441, we have supposed the cone of the earth's shadow to be formed b}^ lines drawn from the edge of the sun, and touching the earth's surface. This, prob- ably, is not the exact case of nature ; for the duration of the eclipse, and thus the apparent diameter of the earth's shadow, is found by observation to be somewhat greater than would result from this supposition. This circumstance is accounted for by supposing those solar rays that, from their direction, would glance by and rase the earth's surface, to be stopped and absorbed by the lower strata of the atmosphere. In such a 'case the conical boundary of the earth's shadow would be formed by certain rays exterior to the former, and would be larger. The moon in approaching and receding from the earth's total shadow, or umbra, passes through the penumbra, and thus its light, instead of being extinguished and recovered suddenly, experiences at the beginning of the eclipse a gradual diminution, and at the end a gradual increase. On this account the times of the beginning and end of the eclipse cannot be noted with precision, and in con- sequence astronomers differ as to the amount of the increase in the 166 ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND MOON. size of the earth's shadow from the cause above mentioned. It is the practice, however, in computing an eclipse of the moon, to in- crease the semi-diameter of the shadow by a ^\ part ; or, which amounts to the same, to add as many seconds as the semi-diamete~ contains minutes. 446. It is remarked in total eclipses of the moon, that the mooa is not wholly invisible, but appears with a dull reddish light. This phenomenon is doubtless another effect of the earth's at- mosphere, though of a totally different nature from the preceding. Certain of the sun's rays, instead of being stopped and absorbed, are bent from their rectilinear course by the refracting power of the atmosphere, so as to form a cone of faint light, interior to that cone which has been mathematically described as the earth's shad- ow, which falling upon the moon renders it visible. 447. As an eclipse of the moon is occasioned by a real loss of its light, it must begin and end at the same instant, and present precisely the same appearance, to every spectator who sees the moon above his horizon during the eclipse. If will be shown that the case is different with eclipses of the sun. CALCULATION OF AN ECLIPSE OF THE MOON. 448. The apparent distance of the centre of the moon from the axis of the earth's shadow, and the arcs passed over by the centre of the moon and the axis of the shadow during an eclipse of the moon, being necessarily small, they may, without material error, be considered as right lines. We may also consider the apparent motion of the sun in longitude, and the motions of the rnoon in longitude and latitude, as uniform during the eclipse. These sup- positions being made, the calculation of the circumstances of an eclipse of the moon is very simple. Fig. 73 Let NF (Fig. 73) be a part of the ecliptic, N the moon's as cending node, NL a part of the moon's orbit, C the centre of a section of the earth's shadow at the moon, CK perpendicular to NF a circle of latitude, and C' the centre of the moon at the in stant of opposition : then CC', which is the latitude of the moon in opposition, is the distance of the centres of the shadow and moon at that time. The moon and shadow both have a motion, and in the same direction, as from N towards F and L. It is the 167 practice, however, to regard the shadow as stationary, and to attri- bute to the moon a motion equal to the relative motion of the moon and shadow. Tfce orbit that would be described by the moon's centre if it had such a motion, is called the Relative Orbit of the moon. Inasmuch as the circumstances of the eclipse depend al- together upon the relative motion of the moon and shadow, this mode of proceeding is obviously allowable. As the shadow has no motion in latitude, the relative motion of the moon and shadow in latitude will, be equal to the moon's ac- tual motion in latitude : and since the centre of the earth's shadow moves in the plane of the ecliptic at the same rate as the sun, the relative motion of the moon and shadow in longitude will be equal to the difference between the motions of the sun and moon in lon- gitude. We obtain, therefore, the relative position of the centres of the moon and shadow at any interval t, following opposition, by laying off Cm equal to the difference of the motions of the sun and moon in longitude in this interval, through m drawing rnM. per- pendicular to NF, and cutting off mM. equal to the latitude at op- position plus the motion in latitude in the interval t : M will be the position of the moon's centre in the relative orbit, the centre of the shadow being supposed to be stationary at C. As the motion of the sun in longitude, and of the moon in longitude and latitude, is considered uniform, the ratio of C'm' (= Cm, the difference be^ tween the motions of the sun and moon in longitude) to Mm' the moon's motion in latitude, is the same, whatever may be the length of the interval considered. It follows, therefore, that the relative orbit of the moon N'C'M is a right line. 449. The relative orbit passes through C', the place of the moon's centre at op- position : its position will therefore be known, if its inclination to the ecliptic be found. Now we have Mm' moon's motion in latitude tan mc.lma. ~ ; = - : ---- - Cm moon's mot. in long. sun's mot. in long. 450. The following data arc requisite in the calculation of the circumstances of a lunar eclipse : T = time of opposition. M = moon's hourly motion in longitude. n = moon's hourly motion in latitude. m = sun's hourly motion in longitude. X = moon's latitude at opposition. d = moon's semi-diameter. & = sun's semi-diameter. P = moon's horizontal parallax p = sun's horizontal parallax. s = semi-diameter of earth's shadow. I = inclination of relative orbit. h = moon's hourly motion on relative orbit. T, M, n, m, X, d, S, P, and p, are derived from Tables of the sun and moon. (See Problems IX and XIV.) The quantities s, I, and h, may be determined from these : 6) (441 and 445) . . . (89)} tang I = (449) . . . (90). 168 The triangle C'Mm' gives ECLIPSES OP THE SUN AND MOON. C'M cos MOW M m (91). 451. The above quantities being supposed to be known, let N'CF (Fig. 74) re- present the ecliptic, and C the stationary centre of the earth's shadow. Let Fig. 74. _K S CC' = X, and let N'C'L' represent the relative orbit of the moon. We here sup- pose the moon to be north of the ecliptic at the time of opposition, and near its ascending node : when it is south of the ecliptic X is to be laid off below N'CF, and when it is approaching either node, the relative orbit is inclined to the right. Let the circle KFK'R, described about the centre C, represent the section of the earth's shadow at the moon ; and let /, /', and g, g 1 , be the respective places of the moon's centre, at the beginning and end of the eclipse, and at the beginning and end of the total eclipse. C/ = C/ ' = s -f d, and Cg = Cg' = s d. Draw CM perpendicular to N'C'L', and M will represent the place of the moon's centre when nearest the centre of the shadow : it will also be its place at the middle of the eclipse ; for since C/ = C/, and CM is perpendicular to N'C'/', M/ = M/. 452. Middle of the eclipse. The time of opposition being known, that of the middle of the eclipse will become known when we have found the interval (x) em- ployed by the moon in passing from M to C'. Now . MC' (expressed in parts of an hour) x = ; h and in the right-angled triangle CC'M we have CC' = X, and < C'CM = < C'N'C = I, and therefore MC' = X sin I ; whence, by substitution, X sin I X sin I X sin I cos I cos I or, (expressed in seconds,) x = _-!_. x sin I . . (92). M m Hence, if M = time of middle, we have 3600s. cos 1 . X sin I ... (93) M m It is obvious that the upper sign is to be used when the latitude is increasing and the lower sign when it is decreasing. The distance of the centre of the moon from the centre of the shadow at the mid die of the eclipse, = CM = CC'cos C'CM = X cos I . . . (94). 453. Beginning and end of the eclipse. Let any point I of the relative orbit be the place of the moon's centre at the time of any given phase of the eclipse. Let t = the interval of time between the given phase and the middle ; and k = C/, CALCULATION OF A LUNAR ECLIPSE. 169 the distance of the centres of the moon and shadow. In the interval t the moon's centre will pass over the distance MZ ; hence M[= M/.COS! h ~~ M m but, MZ = \/c/2 clV? = V~Wtf ct> S 2 I (equa. 94), C S and therefore t = tan- gents to the circles AGB and agb on the same side, and Ad, Be tangents to the same on opposite sides. The figure A06B will be a section through the axis, of a frustum of a cone formed by rays tangent to the sun and earth on the same side, and the triangular space Fed will be a section of a cone formed by rays tangent on opposite sides. An eclipse of the sun will take place somewhere upon the earth's surface, whenever the moon comes within the frustum AabB, and a total or an annular eclipse whenever the moon comes within the cone Fed. 458. Let mm'M. (Fig. 76) be a circular arc described about the centre E, and with a radius equal to the distance of the centres of the moon and earth at the time of conjunction. The angle ?nES is the apparent semi-diameter of a section of the frustum, and m'ES the apparent semi-diameter of a section of the cone, at the distance of the moon. To find expressions for these semi- diameters in terms of determinate quantities, let the first be de- noted by A, and the second by A' ; and let P = the parallax of 172 ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND MOON. the moon, p = the parallax of the sun; and = the semi-diameter of the sun. Then we have mES = A = mEA. + AES = Ema - EAm + AES ; or, A = P - p + d . . . (99) ; and m'ES = m'EE - BES = Em'c - EBm' BES ; or, A' = P p -* . . . (100). Taking the mean values of P, p, and <$, (441,) we find for the mean value of A 1 12' 53", and for the mean value of A' 40' 51 ". 459. As the plane of the moon's orbit is not coincident with the plane of the ecliptic, an eclipse of the sun can happen only when conjunction or new moon takes place in one of the nodes of the moon's orbit, or so near it that the moon's latitude does not exceed the sum of the semi-diameters of the moon and of the lu- minous frustum (457) at the moon's orbit. This may be illustrated by means of Fig. 72, already used for a lunar eclipse, by supposing the sun to be in the directions Es, Es', Es", and that s, s', s", are sections of the luminous frustum corresponding to these directions of the sun, also that ra, m- 9 m", represent the moon in the cor- responding positions of conjunction. Thus, denoting the moon's semi-diameter by d, and the greatest latitude of the moon in con- junction, at which an eclipse can take place, by L, we have L =P -p + d+d . . . (101). For a total eclipse, the greatest latitude will be equal to the sum of the semi-diameters of the moon and the luminous cone. Hence, denoting it by L', L' = P-p-d + d . . . (102). In order that an annular eclipse may take place, the apparent s emi-diameter of the moon must be less than that of the sun, and the moon must come at conjunction entirely within the luminous frustum. Whence, if L" = the maximum latitude at which an annular eclipse is possible, we have L" = P-p + 8-d . . . (103). 460. In the same manner as in the case of an eclipse of the moon, it has been found that when at the time of mean new moon the difference of the mean longitudes of the sun or moon and of the node, exceeds 19 44', there cannot be an eclipse of the sun ; but when the difference is less than 13 33', there must be one. These numbers are called the Solar Ecliptic Limits. 461. In order to discover at what new moons in the course of a year an eclipse of the sun will happen, with its approximate time, we have only to find the mean longitudes of the sun and node at each mean new moon throughout the year, (418,) and take the difference of the longitudes and compare it with the solar ecliptic limits. (For a more direct method of solving this problem, see Prob. XXVIII.) 462. Eclipses both of the sun and moon recur in nearly the NUilBEJl OF ECLIPSES IN A YEAR. 173 sail)'* order and at the same-iutervals at the expiration of a period of 223 lunations, or 18 years of 365 days, and 15 days;* which for this reason is called the Period of the Eclipses. For, the time of a revolution of the sun with respect to the moon's node is 346. 6 1985 Id., and the time of a synodic revolution of the moon is 29.5305887d. These numbers are very nearly in the ratio of 223 to 19. Thus, in a period of 223 lunations, the sun will have returned 19 times to the same position with respect to the moon's node, and at the expiration of this period will be in the same posi- tion with respect to the moon and node as at its commencement. The eclipses which occur during one such period being noted, subsequent eclipses are easily predicted. This period was known to the Chaldeans and Egyptians, by whom it was called Saros. 463. As the solar ecliptic limits are more extended than the lu- nar, eclipses of the sun must occur more frequently than eclipses of the moon. As to the number of eclipses of both luminaries, there cannot be fewer than two nor more than seven in one year. The most usual number is four, and it is rare to have more than six. When there are seven eclipses in a year, five are of the sun and two of the moon ; and when but two, both are of the sun. The reason is ob- vious. The sun passes by both nodes of the moon's orbit but once in a year, unless he passes by one of them in the beginning of the year, in which case he will pass by the same again a little before the end of the year, as he returns to the same node in a period of 346 days. Now, if the sun be at a little less distance than 19 44' from either node at the time of mean new moon, he may be eclipsed (4SO), and at the subsequent opposition the moon will be eclipsec near the other node, and come round to the next conjunction before the sun is 13 33' from the former node : and when three eclipses happen about either node, the like number commonly happens about the opposite one ; as the sun comes to it in 173 days after wards, and six lunations contain only four days more. Thus there may be two eclipses of the sun and one of the moon about each of the nodes ; and the twelfih lunation from the eclipse in the begin ning of the year may give a new moon before the year is ended, which, in consequence of the retrogradation of the nodes, may be within the solar ecliptic limit ; and hence there may be seven eclipses in a year, five of the sun and two of the moon.- But when the moon changes in either of the nodes, she cannot be near enough to the other node, at the next full moon, to be eclipsed, as in the interval the sun will move over an arc of 14 32', whereas the greatest lunar ecliptic limit is but 13 21', and in six lunar months afterwards she will change near the other node ; in this case there cannot be more than two eclipses in a year, both of which will be * More exactly, 18 years (of 365 days) plus 15d 7h, 42m. 29s, 174 ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND MOON. of the sun. If the moon changes at the distance of a few degrees from either node, then an eclipse both of the sun and moon will probably occur in the passage of that node and also of the other. 464. Although solar eclipses are more frequent than lunar, when considered with respect to the whole earth, yet at any given place more lunar than solar eclipses are seen. The reason of this cir- cumstance is, that an eclipse of the sun (unlike an eclipse of the moon) is visible only over a part of a hemisphere of the earth. To show this, suppose two lines to be drawn from the centre of the moon tangent to the earth at opposite points : they will make an angle with each other equal to double the moon's horizontal paral- lax, or of 1 54'. Therefore, should an observer situated at one of the points of tangency, refer the centre of the moon to the cen- tre of the sun, an observer at the other would see the centres of these bodies distant from each other at an angle of 1 54', and their nearest limbs separated by an arc of more than 1. 465. Instead of regarding an eclipse of the sun as produced by an interposition of the moon between the sun and earth, as we have hitherto considered it, we may regard it as occasioned by the moon's shadow falling upon the earth. Fig. 77 represents the moon's shadow, as projected from the sun and covering a portion of the earth's surface. Wherever the umbra falls, there is a total eclipse ; and wherever the penumbra falls, a partial eclipse. Fig. 77. 466. In order to discover the extent of the portion of the earth's surface over which the eclipse is visible at any particular time, we have only to find the breadth of the portion of the earth covered by the penumbral shadow of the moon ; but we will first ascertain the length of the moon's shadow. As seen at the vertex of the moon's shadow, the apparent diameters of the moon and sun are equal. Now, as seen at the centre of the earth, they are nearly equal, sometimes the one being a little greater and sometimes the other. It follows, therefore, that the length of the moon's shadow is about equal to the distance of the earthy being sometimes a little greater and at other times a little less. 175 afey the ECLIPSES OF THE SUN. MOON SiPH^DQW. t> When the apparent diameter of the moon is tffespi shadow will extend beyond the earth's centre ; and wfitt^ the -ap- parent diameter of the sun is the greater, it will fall short' o/^t. If/ we increase the mean apparent diameter of the moon as seen'from ^ the earth's centre, viz. 31' 7", by ^> the ratio of the radius ortfie earth to the distance of the moon, we shall have 31' 38" far th^ mean apparent diameter of the moon as seen from the nearest point of the earth's surface. Comparing this with the mean apparent diameter of the sun as viewed from the same point, which is sen- sibly the same as at the centre of the earth, or 32' 2", we perceive that it is less ; from which we conclude, that when the sun and moon are each at their mean distance from the earth, the shadow of the moon does not extend as far as the earth's surface. 467. To find a general expression for the length of the moon's shadow, let AGB, a'g'b', and agb (Fig. 78) be sections of the sun, Fig. 78. moon, and earth, by a plane passing through their centres S, M, and E, supposed to be in the same right line, and Aa', Bb' tan- gents to the circles AGB, a'g'b' : then a'K6' will represent the moon's shadow. Let L == the length of the shadow ; D = the dis- tance of the mocn ; D' = the distance of the sun ; d = the appa- rent semi-diameter of the moon ; and 5 = apparent semi-diameter of the sun. At K the vertex of the shadow, MKa' the apparent semi-diameter of the moon, will be equal to SKA the apparent se- mi-diameter of the sun ; and as the distance of this point from the centre of the earth, even when it is the greatest, is small in com- parison with the distance of the sun (466), the apparent semi-diam- eter of the sun will always be very nearly the same to an observer situated at K as to one situated at the centre of the earth. Now, since the apparent semi-diameter of the moon is inversely propor- tional to its distance, angle MKa' : d : : ME : MK ; and thus, 3 : d : : ME : MK : : D : L (nearly) : whence, L=D-| . . . (104). If a more accurate result be desired, we have only to repeat the cal- culations, after having diminished 5 in the ratio of D' to (D'-fL D). 468. Now, to find the breadth of the portion of the earth's surface covered by the penumbral shadow, let the lines Ad', Be' (Fig. 78) be drawn tangent to the circles AGB, a'g'b', on opposite sides, aud prolonged on to the earth. The space 176 ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND MOON. hc'd'k will represent the penumbra of the moon's shadow, and the arc gJi one half the breadth of the portion of the earth's surface covered by it. Let this arc or the angle g-EA = S, and denote the semi-diameter of the sun and the semi-diameter and parallax of the moon by the same letters as in previous articles. The triangle MEA gives angle MEA = S = MAZ AME. The angle AME is the moon's parallax in altitude at the station A, and MAZ is its zenith distance at the same station. Denote the former by P' and the latter by Z. Thus, S = Z F . . . (105). The triangle AMS gives AME = F=MSA+MAS; MAS = d-\-t> ; and MSA is the sun's parallax in altitude at the station A: let it be denoted by p'. We have, then, F = d + S +p' = d + 6 (nearly) . . . (106); and to find Z we have (equa. 9, p. 51), F = P sin Z, or sin Z = - . . . (107). F and Z being found by these equations, equa. (105) will then make known the value of S. If great accuracy is required, the calculation must be repeated, giving now to p' in equation (106) the value furnished by equation (9) which expresses the rela- tion between the parallax in altitude of a body and its horizontal parallax, instead of neglecting it as before ; and Z must be computed from the following equation : *.. sin P The penumbral shadow will obviously attain to its greatest breadth when the sun is in its perigee and the moon is in its apo- gee. The values of d, <5, and P under these circumstances are re- spectively 14' 41", 16' 18'', and 53' 48". Performing the calcula- tions, we find that the breadth of the greatest portion of the earths surface ever covered by the penumbral shadow is 69 18', or about 4800 miles. 469. The breadth of the spot comprehended within the umbra may be found in a similar manner. The arc gh' (Fig. 78) represents one half of it : denote this arc or the equal an- gle ffEA' by S'. MEA' == S' = MA'Z' A'ME ; or, S' = Z-F . . . (109). A'ME = F = MSA' + MA'S; but MA'S = d 5, and MSA' = p', sun's parallax in altitude at A' ; whence, Y' = d $+p' = d S (nearly) . . . (110): and we ha^, as before, F = PsinZ,orsinZ= . . . (111). The greatest breadth will obtain when the sun is in its apogee and the moon is in its perigee. We shall then have <5 = 15' 45", d = 16' 45", P = 61' 24". Making use of these numbers, we deduce for the maximum breadth of the portion of the earths surface covered by the moon's shadow, 1 50', or 127 miles. 470. It should be observed that the deductions of the last two CALCULATION OF AN ECLIPSE OF THE SUN. 177 articles answer to the supposition that the moon is in the node, and that the axis of the shadow and penumbra passes through the cen- tre of the earth. In every other case, both the shadow and pe- numbra will be cut obliquely by the earth's surface, and the sec- tions will be ovals, and very nearly true ellipses, the lengths of which may materially exceed the above determinations. 471. Parallax not only causes the eclipse to be visible at some places and invisible at others, as shown in Art. 464 ; but, by making the distance of the centres of the sun and moon unequal, renders the circumstances of the eclipse at those places where it is visible different at each place. This may also be inferred from the cir- cumstance that the different places, covered at any time by the shadow of the moon, will be differently situated within this shadow. It will be seen, therefore, that an eclipse of the sun has to be con- sidered in two points of view: 1st. With respect to the whole earth, or as a general eclipse ; and, 2d. With respect to a particu- lar place. 472. The following are the principal facts relative to eclipses of the sun that remain to be noticed : 1st. The duration of a general eclipse of the sun cannot ex- ceed about 6 hours. 2d. A solar eclipse does not happen at the same time at all places where it is seen : as the motion of the moon beyond the sun, and conse- quently of its shadow, is from west to east, the eclipse must begin earlier at the western parts and later at the eastern. 3d. The moon's shadow, being tangent to the earth at the commencement and end of the eclipse, the sun will be just rising at the place where the eclipse is first seen, and just setting at the place where it is last seen. At the intermediate places, the sun will at the time of the beginning and end of the eclipse have various altitudes. 4th. An eclipse of the sun begins on the western side and ends on the eastern. 5th. When the straight line passing through the centres of the sun and moon passes also through the place of the spectator,. the eclipse is said to be central: a central eclipse may be either annular or total, ac- cording as the apparent diameter of the sun is greater than that of the moon, or the reverse. 6th. A total eclipse of the sun cannot last at any one place more than eight minutes ; and an annular eclipse more than twelve and a half minutes. 7th. In most solar eclipses the moon's disc is covered with a faint light, a phenomenon which is attributed to the reflection of the light from the illuminated part of the arth. CALCULATION OF AN ECLIPSE OF THE SUN. (1.) Of the circumstances of th,e general eclipse. 473. It is a simple inference from what has been established in Art.. 459, that an eclipse of the sun will begin and end upon the earth, at the times before and after conjunction, when the distance of the centres of the moon and sun is equal to P p-\-S-{-d' t that the total eclipse will begin and end when this distance is equal to P p &-\-d\ and the annular eclipse when the distance is equal to P p + &^td. 474. The times of the various phases of the general eclipse of the sun may bo obtained by a process precisely analogous to that by which the times of the pknses of an eclipse of the moon are found. Let C (Fig. 79) be the centre of the sun, and C' the centre of the moon, at the time of conjunction. We may suppose the sun to remain stationary at C, if we attribute to the moon a motion equal to its mo- tion relative to the sun ; for, on this supposition, the distance of the centres of the two bodies will, at any given period during the eclipse, be the same as that which obtains in the actual state of the case. Let N'C'L' represent the orbit that would be described by the moon if it had such a motion, which is called the Relative Or- bit. Let CM be drawn perpendicular to it ; and let C/= C/ = P ^-4-3-f d t and Cg = Cg' =P p S + d, orP p-\-& d t according as the eclipse is to- 23 178 ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND MOON. tal or annular. Then, M will be the place of the moon's centre at the middle of the eclipse ; /and/ the places at the beginning and end of the eclipse ; a.ndg and g' the places at the beginning and end of the total, or of the annular eclipse. We hall thus have, as in eclipses of the moon, Fig. 79. tan? I = -=5 , CM = X cos I, C'M = X sin I ... (112). J*L m 3600s. X sin I cos I Jutervalfrom con. to mid. _ ,_ ivi m. Interval from middle to beginning or end 3600s. cos I : ~lK m Interval for total eclipse 3600s. cos I . . . (113). XcosI) . . . (114). = " u :r " V(*" -f X cos I) (k - X cos I) IVL ~ fTt (115). Interval for annular eclipse 3600s. cos I M m Quantity = "+X cos I) (A:'" X cos I) ... (116). X cos I) .. . (117). d . . . (118). The letters X, M, m, &c., represent quantities of the same name as in the formulas for a lunar eclipse ; but they designate the values of these quantities at the time of conjunction, instead of opposition. These values are in practice obtained from ta- bles of the sun and moon, as in a lunar eclipse. 475. The times of the different circumstances of a general eclipse of the sun may also be found within a minute or two of the truth, by construction, in a pre- cisely similar manner with those of an eclipse of the moon, (456.) (2.) Of the phases of the eclipse at a particular place. 476. The phase of the eclipse, which obtains at any instant at a given place, is indicated by the relation between the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon, and the sum, or difference, of their apparent semi-diameters : and the calculation of the time of any given phase of the eclipse, consists in the calculation of the time when the apparent distance of the centres has the value relative to the sum or difference of the semi-diameters, answering to the given phase, ihus, if we wish to find the time of the beginning of the eclipse, we have to seek the time when the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon first becomes equal to the sum of their apparent semi-diameters. 477. The calculation of the different phases of an eclipse of the sun, for a par- ticular place, involves, then, the determination of the apparent distance of the cen- tres of the sun and moon, and of the apparent semi-diameters .of the two bodies, at certain stated periods. The true semi-diameter of the sun, as given by the tables, may be taken for the apparent without material error. For the method of computing the apparent semi- diameter of the moon, for any given time and place, see Problem XVII. SOLAR ECLIPSE. APPROXIMATE TIMES OF PHASES. 179 478. According to the celebrated astronomer Dus6jour, in order to make the ob- servations agree with theory, it is necessary to diminish the sun's semi -diameter, as it is given by the tables, 3".5. This circumstance is explained by supposing that the apparent diameter of the sun is amplified, by reason of the very lively impres- sion wlu'ch its light makes upon the eye. This amplification is called Irradiation. He also thinks that the semi-diameter of the moon ought to be diminished 2", to make allowance for an Inflexion of the light which passes near the border of this luminary, supposed to be produced by its atmosphere. It must be observed, how- ever, that the astronomers of the present day do not agree either as to the neces- sity or the amount of the diminutions just spoken of. 479. The determination of the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon may easily be accomplished, as will be shown in the sequel, when the ap- parent longitude and latitude of the two bodies have been found. Now, the true longitude of the sun, and the true longitude and latitude of the moon, may be found from the tables, (Probs. IX and XIV) ; and from these the apparent longitudes and latitudes may be deduced by correcting for the parallax. But the customary mode of proceeding is a little different from this : the true ivm jitude and latitude of the sun are employed instead of the apparent, and the parallax of the sun is referred to the moon ; that is, the difference between the parallax of the moon and that of the sun is, by fiction, taken as the parallax of the moon. This supposititious parallax is called the moon's Relative Parallax. (See Prob. XVII.) 480. We will first show how to find the approximate times of the different phases of the eclipse. Put T = the time of new moon, known to within 5 or 10 minutes. (Prob. XXVII.) For the time T calculate by the tables the sun's longitude, hourly motion, and semi-diameter, and the moon's longitude, latitude, horizontal parallax, semi-diameter, and hourly motions in longitude and latitude. Subtract the sun's horizontal parallax from the reduced horizontal parallax of the moon,* and calcu- late the apparent longitude and latitude, and the apparent semi-diameter of the moon. From a comparison of the apparent longitude of the moon with the true longitude of the sun, we shall know whether apparent ecliptic conjunction occurs before or after the time T. Let T' denote the time an hour earlier or later than the time T, according as the apparent conjunction is earlier or later. With the sun and moon's longitudes, the moon's latitude, and the hourly motions in longi- tude and latitude, at the time T, calculate the longitudes and the moon's latitude for the time T' ; and for this time also calculate the moon's apparent longitude and latitude. Take the difference between the apparent longitude of the moon and the true longitude of the sun at the time T, and it will be the apparent distance of the moon from the sun in longitude, at this time. Let it be denoted by n. Find, in like manner, the apparent distance of the moon from the sun in longitude at the time T', and denote it by n'. In the same manner as at the time T, we find wheth- er apparent conjunction occurs before or after the tinieT'. If it occurs between the times T and T', the sum of n and n', otherwise their difference, will be the apparent relative motion of the sun and moon in longitude in the interval T' T, or T T' ; from which the relative hourly motion will become known. The dif- ference of the apparent latitudes of the moon, at the times T and T', will make known the apparent relative hourly motion in latitude. With the relative hourly motion in longitude and the difference of the apparent longitudes at the time T, find by simple proportion the interval between the time T and the time of apparent ecliptic conjunction ; and then, with the apparent latitude of the moon at the time T and its hourly motion in latitude, find the apparent latitude at the time of ap- parent conjunction thus determined. Then, knowing the relative hourly motion of the sun and moon in longitude and latitude, together with the time of apparent conjunction, and the apparent latitude at that time, and regarding 1 the apparent relative orbit of the moon as a right line, (which it is nearly,) it is plain that the time of beginning, greatest obscuration, and end, as well as the quantity of the eclipse, may be calculated after the same manner as in the general eclipse ; the disc of the sun answering to the section of the luminous frustum mentioned in Art * The reduced horizontal parallax of the moon is its horizontal parallax as re duced from the equator to the given place. (See Prob. XV.) 180 ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND MOON. 457, and the apparent elements answering to the true. Let C (Fig. 80) represent, the centre of the sun supposed stationary, CO' the apparent latitude of the moon at apparent conjunction. N'C' the apparent relative orbit of the moon, determined by its passing through the point C' and making a determinate an- gle with the ecliptic NT, or by- its passing through the situa- tions of the moon at the times T and T'. Also, let RKFK' be the border of the sun's disc ; f,f the positions of the moon's centre at the beginning aud end of the eclipse, determined by describing a circle around C as a centre, with a radius equal to the sum of the apparent semi-diame. ters of the sun and moon ; and M (the foot of the perpendicular let fall from C upon N'C') its position at the time of greatest obscuration. If the eclipse should be total or annular, then g, g' will be the positions of the moon's centre at the beginning and end of the total or annular eclipse ; these points being determined by describing a circle around C as a centre, and with a radius equal to the difference of the apparent semi-diameters of the sun and moon. The results will be a closer approximation to the truth, if the same calculations that are made for the time T' be made also for another time T". The various circumstances of the eclipse may also be had by construction, after the same manner as in a lunar eclipse, (456.) 481. In order to be able to observe the beginning or end of a solar eclipse, it is necessary to know the position of the point on the sun's limb where the first or last contact takes place. The situation of these points is designated by the dis- tance on the limb, intercepted between them and the highest point of the limb, call- ed the Vertex. The contacts will take place at the points t, t' , (Fig. 80,) on the lines C/, Cf. To find the position of the vertex, with the sun's longitude found for the beginning of the eclipse, calculate the angle of position of the sun at that time, (see Prob. XIII,) and lay it off to the right of the circle of latitude CK when the sun's longitude is between 90 and 270, and to the left when the longitude is less than 90 or more than 270. Suppose CP to be the circle of declination thus determined. Next, let Z (Fig. 24, p. 47) be the zenith, P the xelevated pole, and S the sun ; then in the triangle ZPS we shall know ZP the co-latitude, ZPS the hour angle of the sun, and we may deduce PS, the co-declination of the sun, from the longitude of the sun as derived from the tables, (equa. 35.) These three quanti- ties being known, ZSP, the angle made by the vertical through the sun with its circle of declination, may be computed ; and being laid off in the figure to the right or left of CP, (Fig. 80,) according as the time of beginning is before or after noon, the point Z or Z', as the case may be, in which the vertical intersects the limb RKK', will be the vertex, and the arc Z<, or Z't, on the limb, will ascertain the situation of t, the first point of contact, with respect to it. The situation of the last point of contact may be found by the same mode of proceeding. 482. Let us now show how to find the exact times of the beginning, greatest obscuration, and end of the eclipse, the approximate times being known. Let B designate the approximate time of beginning, taken to the nearest minute. Cal- culate for the time B by means of the tables, the sun's longitude, hourly motion, and semi-diameter ; also the moon's longitude, latitude, horizontal parallax, semi- diameter, and hourly motions in longitude and latitude. Then, making use of thc relative parallax, calculate the apparent longitude, latitude, and semi-diameter of the moon. Subtract the apparent longitude of the moon from the true longitude of the sun ; the difference will be the apparent distance of the moon from the gun in longitude : let it be denoted by a. Denote the apparent latitude of the moon byX. SOLAR ECLIPSE TRUE TIMES OF PHASES. 181 Now, let EC (Fig 81) represent an arc of the ecliptic, and K its pole ; and let S be the situation of the sun, and M the apparent situation of the moon at the time B. Then MS is the apparent distance of the centres of the two bodies at this time. Denote it by A. Sm = a, and Mm = A. The right-angled triangle MSra being very small, may be considered as a plane triangle, and we therefore have, to determine A, the equation A 2 = a 2- r -A 2 . . . (119).* 483. Having computed the value of A, we find, by comparing it with the sum of the apparent semi-diame- ters of the sun and moon, whether the beginning of the eclipse occurs before or after the approximate time B. Fix upon a time some 4 or 5 minutes before or after B, ac- cording as the beginning is before or after, and call it B'. With the sun and moon's longitudes, the moon's latitude, and the hourly motions in longitude and latitude, at the time B, find the longitudes and the moon's lati- tude at the time B', and compute for this tinae thft apparent longitude, latitude, and semi-diameter of the moon. Subtract the apparent longitude of the moon from the true longitude of the sun, and we shall have the apparent distance of the moon from the sun at the time B'. Take the difference between this and the same distance a at the-time B, and we shall have the apparent relative motion of the sun and moon in longitude during the interval of time between B and B'. Then find, by simple proportion, the apparent relative hourly motion in longitude, and denote it by k. Take the difference between the apparent latitudes of the moon at the times B and B', and it will be the apparent relative motion of the sun and moon in latitude, in the interval; from which deduce the apparent relative hourly motion in latitude, and call it n. Now, put t = the interval between the ap- proximate and true times of the beginning of the eclipse, and suppose S and M (Fig. 81) to be the situations of the sun and moon at the true time of beginning. In the time /. the apparent relative motions in longitude and latitude will be, re- spectively, equal to kt and nt, and accordingly we shall have Sm = a kt, MOT = A -|- nt. The small right-angled triangle SMm may be considered as a plane triangle ; the hypothenuse SM = i// == the sum of the apparent semi-diameters of the sun and moon, minus 5".5, (478.) We have then, to find t, the equation or, developing and transposing, ( n 2_|_ jfc2) *2_ 2 (ak An) * = ^2_ (a 2 + X 2 ) = i// 2 A 2 J making A = ^ A 2 , and B = ak An, (n 2 -f &2) t 2 _ 2B* = A, - . . . (120 , The negative sign must be prefixed to the radical, for, if we suppose A to be equal to zero, t must be equal to zero. Multiplying the numerator and denominator by B-f. V B2-|-A ( n a + A8), and restoring the value of A, we obtain 3600s. (A 2 (in seconds) t= Although this equation has been investigated for the beginning of the eclipse, it is plain that it will answer equally well for the determination of the other phases, * In place of equation (119) the following equations may be employed in loga- hmic computation: j _ _-j rithmic computation where 6 is an auxiliary arc 182 ECJJPSES OP THE SUN AND MOON. if we give the proper values and signs to ^, a, A, n, and k. k is positive before conjunction :iml negative after it, and the radical quantity is negative after con- junction ; n \3 negative, when the moon appears to recede from the north pole of the ecliptic ; A hr\ the sign , when it is south ; a is always positive.* The value of t taken with its sign is to be added to the time B. 484. The values of the quantities a, A, n, and k, are found for the other phases after the same manner a* for the beginning. To obtain the value of ^ at the time of greatest obscuration, find the rela- tive motions in longitude and latitude, (k and n,} during some short interval near the middle of the eclipse, which is the approximate time of greatest obscuration j then compute the inclination of the relative orbit by the equation tang I = | ... (122.) (See equa. 90) : after which ^ will result from the equation i/' = A cos I , . . (123.) (See equa. 94). A is the moon's latitude at the time of apparent conjunction, which is easily tal. culated, by means of the values of A: and n, and the apparent longitude and lati- tude of the moon, found for some instant near the time of apparent conjunction. For the beginning and end of the total eclipse, we have, \p = appar. semi-diam. of moon appsir. semi-diam. of sun -f- 1"-5 ; and for the beginning and end of the annular eclipse, i^/=^ appar. semi-diam. of sun appar. semi-diam. of moon 1".5. 485. If the value of east. From repeated careful observations upon the situations of these spots, the periods of rotation, and the positions of the axes, have been determined. (See Note IX.) The periods of rotation of Mercury, Venus, the Earth, and Mars, are all about 24 hours, and of Jupiter and Saturn about 10 hours. Those of the other planets are not known. The axes of rotation remain continually parallel to themselves, as the planets revolve in their orbits. 515. The amount of light and heat, which the sun bestows upon MERCURY VENUS. 193 the planets, decreases as we recede from the sun, in the same ratio that the square of the distance increases. (See Table IV.) 516 It will be seen in the sequel that the planets are all opake bodies, like the earth ; and that they are surrounded with an atmo- sphere, after the same manner as the earth. MERCURY. 517. In consequence of its proximity to the sun, Mercury is rarely visible to the naked eye. When seen under the most favor- able circumstances about the time of greatest elongation, it presents the appearance of a star of the 3d or 4th magnitude. Its phases show that it is opake, and illuminated by the sun. Its apparent diameter varies with its distance from 5" to 12". Its real diame- ter is about 3000 miles, or f of that of the earth, and its volume is about T V of the earth's volume.* Mercury performs a rotation on its axis in 24h. S^m., and its axis is inclined to the ecliptic under a small angle. 518. Owing to the dazzling splendor of its rays, and the tremulous motion in- duced by the ever-varying density of the air and vapors near the earth's surface, through which it is seen, the telescope does not present a well-defined image of the disc of this planet. Schroeter is the only observer who has ever detected any spots upon it. From the fact that spots are only occasionally seen, it has been inferred that the planet is surrounded with a dense atmosphere, which reflects a strong light, and, except when it is particularly pure, prevents the darker body of the planet from being seen. Schroeter, in making observations upon Mercury at the time his disc had the form of a crescent, discovered that one of the horns of the crescent became blunt at the end of every 24 hours : from which he inferred that the planet turned upon an axis, and had mountains upon its surface, which were brought at the end of every rotation into the same position with respect to his eye and the sun. VENUS. 519. Venus is the most brilliant of all the planets, and generally appears larger and brighter than any of the fixed stars. At times, it emits so much light as to be visible at noonday. It is found by calculation, that the epochs in the course of a synodic revolution, at which Venus gives most light to the earth, are those at which, being in the inferior part of its orbit, it has an elongation of about 40. They are about 36 days before and after inferior conjunc- tion. The disc is then considerably less than a semicircle, but the increased proximity to the earth more than compensates for the diminished size of the disc. Venus will besides attain to greater splendor in some revolutions than others, in consequence of being nearer the earth, when in the most favorable position. 520. As seen through a telescope, Venus presents a disc of nearly uniform brightness, and spots have very rarely been seen upon it. Its phases prove it to be an opake spherical body, shining by reflecting the sun's light. Its apparent diameter varies with its distance from 10" to 61". Its real diameter is about 7800 * The exact diameters, volumes, times of rotation, &C.,. of the different planets*, as far as known, may be found in Table IV. 25 194 OF THE PLANETS AND THEIR PHENOMENA. miles, and its volume about ^y less than that of the earth. The period of its rotation is 23h. 21m. The inclination of its axis tc the plane of its orbit is not exactly known, but is not far from 18. 521. From the remarkable vivacity of the light of this planet, which far ex- ceeds that of the light reflected from the moon's surface, as well as the transitory nature of the few darkish spots which have been seen upon its disc, it is inferred that it is surrounded by a dense and highly reflective atmosphere, which in gene- ral screens the whole of the darker body of the planet from our view. The truth 88. of this inference is confirmed by certain deli- cate observations made by Schroeter. This astronomer distinctly discerned a faint bluish light stretching beyond the proper termination of one of the horns of the crescent into the dark part of the face of the planet, as is represented in Fig. 88, where the left extremity of the dot- ted line represents the natural terminating point of one of the horns of the crescent. This he considered to be a twilight on the surface of Venus. Since the transparency of Venus's atmosphere is variable, becoming occasionally such as to admit of the body of the planet's being seen through it, we must suppose that it contains aqueous vapor and clouds, and therefore that there are bodies of water upon the surface of the planet. It is in fact supposed that isolated clouds have actually been seen. The most natural explanation of the bright spots which have sometimes been noticed on the disc is, that they are clouds more highly reflective than the atmosphere or than the clouds in general. 522. There are great inequalities on the surface of Venus, and, it would seem, mountains much higher than any upon our globe. Schroeter detected these masses by several infallible marks. In the first place the edge of the enlightened part of Venus is shaded, as seen in Figs. 88, 89, and 90, and as the moon appears when in crescent even to the naked eye. This appearance is doubtless caused by shad- ows cast by mountains ; which are naturally best seen on that part of the planet to which the sun is rising or setting, where they are longest. In the next place, the edge of the disc shows marked irregularities. Thus it often appears rounded at the corners, as in Fig. 89, owing undoubtedly to part of the disc being rendered invisible there by the shadow or interposition of some line of eminences ; and at Fig. 89. Fig. 90. . other times, as in Fig. 90, a single bright point appears detached from the disc the top of a high mountain, illuminated across a dark valley. Schroeter found that theke appearances recurred regularly at equal intervals of about 23$ hours ; the same period as that which Cassini had previously found for the completion of a rotation, by observations upon the spots. MARS. 195 MARS. 523 Mars is of the. apparent size of a star of the first or second magnitude, and is distinguished from the other planets by its red and fiery appearance. Ihe observed variation in' the form of its disc (504) shows that it derives its light from the sun. Its' greatest and least apparent diameters are respectively 4" and 18". Its real diameter is something over 4000 miles, or rather more than | of the diameter of the earth, and its bulk is about | of that of the earth. ^ : Mars revoIVes'on'its a'xis'in 24h. 37m. ; and its' axis is incliAed to the ecliptic in an angle of about 60. It appears, from meas- urements made with the micrometer, that its polar diameter is less than the equatorial, and thus, that, like the earth, it is flattened at its poles. According to Sir W. Herschel, its oblateness (159) is. T V ' according to Arago ^ T . 524. When the disc of Mars is examined with telescopes of great power it is generally seen to be diversified with spots of dif- ferent shades, which, with occasional variations, retain constantly the same size and form. They are conjectured to be continents and seas. In fact, Sir J. F. W. Her- schel has on several occasions, in examining this planet with a good telescope, no- ticed that some of its spots are of a reddish color, while others have a greenish tinge. The former he supposes to be land, and the latter water. Fig. 91 repre- sents Mars in its gibbous state as Yig. 91. seen by Herschel in his 20 feet re- flector, on the 16th of August, 1'830. The darker parts are seas. The bright spot at the top is at one of the poles of Mars. At other times a similar bright spot is seen at the other pole. These brilliant white spots have f been conje6tured with a great deal of probability to be snow ; as they are reduced in size, and sometimes disappear when they have been long exposed to the sun, and are greatest when just emerging from the long night of their polar winter. 525. The great divisions of the surface of Mars are seen with dif- ferent degrees of distinctness at different times, arid sometimes disappear, either partially or entirely : parts oi tun disc also appear at times particularly dark or bright. From these facts it is to 'be inferred that this planet is environed with an atmosphere, and that this contains aqueous vapor which, by varying in quantity and density, renders its transpa- rency variable. ; ^. ... 526. No mountains have been detected upon Mars. But this is no good reason for supposing that they a,re really wanting there ; for, if the surface of Mars be actually diversified with mountains and valleys, since its disc never differs much from a full circle, we have no reason to expect that its edge would present that shaded appearance and those irregularities which have been noticed on Venus and Mercury, when of the form of a crescent. The same remarks will apply with still greater force to the other superior planets. 527. The ruddy color of the light of Mars has generally been attributed to its 196 OF THE PLANETS AND THEIR PHENOMENA. atmosphere, but Sir John Herschel finds a sufficient cause for this phenomenon in the ochrey tinge of the general soil of the planet (524.) JUPITER AND ITS SATELLITES. 528. Jupiter is the most brilliant of the planets, except Venus, and sometimes even surpasses Venus in brightness. The eclipses of its satellites prove that it is an opake body, and that it shines by reflecting the light of the sun. Its apparent diameter, when greatest, is 46", and when least, 30". Jupiter is the largest of all the planets. Its diameter is about 1 1 times the diameter of the earth, or about 87,000 miles, and its bulk is more than 1200 times that of the earth. It turns on an axis nearly perpendicular to the ecliptic, and completes a rotation in 9h. 56m. The polar diameter is about T \ less than the equa- torial. 529. When Jupiter is examined with a good telescope, its disc is always observed to be crossed by several obscure spaces, which are nearly parallel to each other, and to the plane of the equator. . 90 . These are called the Belts of Jupiter. (See Fig. 92, which represents the appearance of Jupiter as seen by Sir John Herschel in his twenty-feet reflector, on the 23d of Sep- tember, 1832.) They vary somewhat in number, breadth, and situation on the disc, but never in direction. Sometimes only one or two are visible ; on other occasions as many as eigh^ have been seen at the same time. Sir William Her- schel even saw them on one or two occasions broken up and distributed over the whole face of the planet : but this phenomenon is extremely rare. Branches run- ning out from the belts and subdivisions, as represented in the figure, are by no means uncommon. Dark spots of invariable form and size have also been seen upon them. These have been observed to have a rapid motion across the disc, and to return at equal intervals to the same position on the disc, after the same manner as the sun's spots; which leaves no room to doubt that they are on the body of the planet, and that this turns upon an axis. Bright spots have also been noticed upon the belts. The belts generally retain pretty nearly the same appearance for several months together, but occasionally marked changes of form and size have taken place in the course of an hour or two. The occasional variations of Jupiter's belts, and the occurrence of spots upon them, which are undoubtedly permanent portions of the mass of the planet, render it extremely probable that thpy are the body of the planet seen through an atmo. JUPITER SATURN. 197 sphere of variable transparency ; but in general having extensive tracts of compar- atively clear sky in a direction parallel to the equator. These are supposed to b determined by currents analogous to our trade winds, but of a much more steady and decided character; as would be the necessary consequence of the superior velocity of rotation of this planet. As remarked by Herschel, that it is the com- paratively darker body of the planet which appears in the belts, is evident from this, that they do not come up in all their strength to the edge of the disc, but fade away gradually before they reach it. The bright belts, intermediate between the dark ones, are probably bands of clouds or tracts of less pure air. 530. The satellites of Jupiter, as it has been already remarked, are visible with telescopes of very moderate power. With the exception of the second, which is a little smaller, they are some- what larger than the moon. The orbits of the satellites lie very nearly in the plane of Jupiter's equator. They are therefore all viewed nearly edgewise from the earth, and in consequence the satellites always appear nearly in a line with each other. 531. Sir W. Herschel, in examining the satellites of Jupiter with a telescope, perceived that they underwent periodical varia- tions of brightness. These variations he supposed to proceed from a rotation of the satellites upon axes, which caused them to turn different faces towards the earth ; and from repeated and careful observations made upon them, he discovered that each satellite made one turn upon its axis in the same time that it accomplished a revolution around the primary ; and therefore, like the moon, presented continually the same face to the primary. SATURN, WITH ITS SATELLITES AND RING. 532. Saturn shines with a pale dull light. Its apparent diame- ter varies only 3" or 4" by reason of the change of distance, and is at the mean distance about 16". The eclipses of its satellites prove that it is opake and illuminated by the sun. Saturn is the largest of the planets, next to Jupiter. Its diame- ter is about 10 times the diameter of the earth, or 79,000 miles; and its volume is about 900 times that of the earth. The rotation on its axis is performed in lOh. 29m. The inclination of its axis to the ecliptic is about 60. Its oblateness is T V 533. The disc of Saturn, like that of Jupiter, is frequently crossed with dark bands or belts, in a direction parallel to its equa- tor. Extensive dusky spots are also occasionally seen upon its surface. (See Fig. 93.) The cause of Saturn's beltsus doubtless the same as of Jupiter's. They accord- ingly prove the existence of an atmosphere and of aqueous vapor, and thus also of bodies of water, upon the surface of Saturn. 534. The planet Saturn is distinguished from all the other planets in being surrounded by a broad, thin, luminous ring, situ- ated in the plane of its equator, and entirely detached from the body of the planet. (See Fig. 93.) This ring sometimes casts a shadow upon the planet, and is, in turn, at times partially obscured 198 OF THE PLANETS AND THEIR PHENOMENA. by the shadow of the planet ; from which we conclude that it is opake, and receives its light from the sun. Fig. 93. It is inclined to the plane of the ecliptic in an angle of about 28, and during the motion of Sat- urn in its orbit it remains continually parallel to it- self. The face of the ring is, therefore, never viewed perpendicularly from the earth, and for this reason never appears circular, al- though such is its actual form. Its apparent form is that of an ellipse, more or less eccentric, accord- ing to the obliquity under which it is viewed, which varies with the position of Saturn in its orbit. When it is seen under the larger angles of obliquity, it appears as a luminous band nearly encircling the planet, and is visible in telescopes of small power. Stars can, also be seen between it and the planet in these positions. At other times, when viewed very obliquely, it can be seen only with telescopes of high power. When it is approaching the latter state, it has the appearance of two handles or ansce, one on each side of the planet. It is also at times invisible. This is the case whenever the earth and sun are on different sides of the plane of the ring, for the reason that the illuminated face is then turned from the earth. When the plane of the ring passes through the centre of the sun, the illuminated edge can be seen only in telescopes of extraordi- nary power, and appears as a thread of light cutting the disc of the planet 535. Since the orbit of Saturn is very large in comparison with the orbit of the earth, the plane of the ring, during the greater part of the revolution of Saturn, will pass without the orbit of the earth ; and when this is the case the ring will be visible, as the earth and sun will be on the same side of its plane. During the period, which is about a ye'ar, that the plane of the ring is passing by the orbit of the earth, the earth will sometimes be on the same side of it as the sun, and sometimes on opposite sides. In the latter case the ring will be invisible, and in the former will be seen so obliquely as to be visible only in telescopes of considerable or great power. All this will perhaps be better understood on con- sulting Fig. 94, where efg represents the orbit of the earth. The appearances of the ring in the different positions of the planet in it| orbit are delineated in the figure The plane of the ring will pass through the sun every semi- SATURN S RING, 199 revolution of Saturn, or, at a mean, about every 15 years, and at the epochs at which the longitude of the planet is respectively 170 and 350. The ring will then disappear once in about 15 years ; but, owing to the different situations of the earth in its or- Fig. 94. bit, under circumstances oftentimes quite different. And the dis- appearance will occur when the longitude of the planet is about 170, or 350. The ring will be seen to the greatest advantage when the longitude of the planet is not far from 80 or 260. The last disappearance took place in 1833 ; the next will be in 1847. At the present time (1845) the north face of the ring is visible. 536. From observations made upon bright spots seen on the face of the ring, Herschel discovered that it revolved from west to east about an axis perpendicular to its plane, and passing through the centre of the planet, (or very nearly.) The period of its ro- tation is lOh. 32m. It is remarkable that this is the period in which a satellite assumed to be at a mean distance equal to the mean distance of the particles of the ring, would revolve around the primary according to the third law of Kepler. The breadth of the ring is about one-half greater than its dis- tance from the surface of the planet, and is about equal to one- third the diameter of the planet, or 29,000 miles. 537. What we have called Saturn's ring consists in fact of two concentric rings, which turn together, although entirely detached from each other. The void space between them is perceived in telescopes' of high power, under the form of a black oval line. According to the calculations of Sir John Herschel, from the mi- crometric measures of Professor Struve, the breadth of the interior ring is about 17,200 miles, and of the exterior about 10,600 miles; the interval between the rings is nearly 1800 miles, and the dis- tance from the planet to the inside of the interior ring is a little over 19,000 miles. The thickness of the rings is not well known.; the edge subtends an angle much less than 1", which, at the dis- tance of the planet, answers to about 5000 miles. Herschel makes it less than 250 miles. (See Note X.) 538. Professor Bessel has shown that the double ring is not bounded by parallel plane surfaces. He infers this to be the case from the fact that at almost every 200 OF THE PLANETS AND THEIR PHENOMENA. disappearance or reappearance of the ring, the two ansse have not disappeared 01 reappeared at the same time. He has also found, from a discussion of the obser- vations which have been made upon the disappearances and reappearances of the ring, that they cannot be satisfied by supposing the two faces of the ring to be parallel planes. In view of all the facts, it seems most probable that the cross sec- tion of each ring is a very eccentric ellipse, instead of a rectangle, and that it varies somewhat in size from one part of the ring to another. It may have irregularities on its surface as great or greater than those which diversify the surface of the earth. 539. Whatever may be the form of the rings, their matter is not uniformly dis- tributed. For recent micrometric measurements of great delicacy, made by Pro- fessor Struve, have made known the fact, that the rings are not concentric with the planet, but that their centre of gravity revolves in a minute orbit about the centre of the planet. Laplace had previously inferred, from the principle of gravi- tation, that this circumstance was essential to the stability of the rings. He de- monstrated that if the centre of gravity of either ring were once strictly coincident with the centre of gravity of the planet, the slightest disturbing force, such as the attraction of a satellite, would destroy the equilibrium of the ring, and eventually cause the ring to precipitate itself upon the planet. 540. In respect to the origin of Saturn's ring, Sir John Herschel has offered the interesting suggestion, that, as the smallest difference of velocity in space between the planet and ring must infallibly precipitate the latter on the former, never more to separate, it follows either that their motions in their common orbit around the sun must have been adjusted by an external power with the minutest precision, or that the ring must have been formed about the planet while subject to their common orbitual motion, and under the full and free influence of all the acting forces. The latter supposition accords with Laplace's theory of the progressive creation of the universe, hereafter to be noticed. 541. The satellites of Saturn were discovered, the 6th in the order of distance by Huygens, in 1655, with a telescope of 12 feet focus ; the 3d, 4th, 5th, and 8th, by Dominique Cassini, between the years 1670 and 1685, with refracting telescopes of 100 and 136 feet in length ; and the 1st and 2d by Sir William Herschel, in 1789, with his great reflecting telescope of 40 feet focus. All but the 1st and 2d are visible in a telescope of a large aperture, with a magnifying power of 200. (See Note XL) They all, with the exception of the 8th, revolve very nearly in the plane of the ring and of the equator of the primary. The or- bit of the 8th is inclined under a considerable angle to this plane. According to Sir John Herschel, the 6th satellite is much the lar- gest, and is estimated to be not much inferior to Mars in size. The others diminish in size as we proceed inward ; until the 1 st and 2d are so small, and so near the ring, that they have never been dis- cerned but with the most powerful telescopes which have yet been constructed ; and with these only at the time of the disappearance of the ring, (to ordinary telescopes,) when they have been seen as minute points of light skirting the narrow line of the luminous edge of the ring. The 8th satellite is subject to periodical variations of lustre, which prove its rotation on an axis in the period of a sidereal revo- lution of Saturn. URANUS AND ITS SATELLITES. 642. Uranus is scarcely visible to the naked eye. In a tele- scope it appears as a small round uniformly illuminated disc. Its URANUS VESTA JUNO CERES PALLAS. 201 apparent diameter is about 4", from which it never varies much, owing to the smallness of the earth's orbit in comparison with its own. Its real diameter is about 34,500 miles, and its bulk 82 times that of the earth. Analogy leads us to believe that this pla- net is opake and turns on an axis, but there is no direct proof that this is the case. 543. The satellites of Uranus were discovered by Sir W. Her- schel. They are discernible only with telescopes of the highest power. (See Note XII.) VESTA JUNO CERES PALLAS. 544. These four planets, although less distant than several of the others, are so extremely small, that they cannot be seen with- out the aid of a telescope. Vesta is the most brilliant, and shines with a white light. In the telescope it appears as a star of about the 6th magnitude. Juno and Ceres have the apparent size of a star of the 8th magnitude ; and together with Pallas have a ruddy aspect and a variable lus- tre, indicative of the presence of atmospheres of variable density and purity. Ceres and Pallas generally shine with a pale dull light, and are seen surrounded with a nebulosity, or haziness of, according to Herschel, from three to six times the extent of the body of the planet. This haziness is sometimes so decided as to conceal the body of the planet from view, and at other times en- tirely disappears, leaving the disc of the planet sharply denned and alone visible. 545. The actual magnitudes of these planets are not well known. The determinations of different Astronomers are widely different. The following are perhaps the nearest approximations to their true diameters that have yet been obtained : Vesta 270 miles ; Juno 460 miles ; Ceres 460 miles ; Pallas 670 miles. CHAPTER XVII. OF COMETS. THEIR GENERAL APPEARANCE VARIETIES OF APPEARANCE. 546. THE general appearance of comets is that of a mass of some luminous nebulous substance, to which the name Coma has been given, condensed towards its centre around a brilliant Nucleus that is in general not very distinctly denned, from which proceeds in a direction opposite to the sun a fainter stream or train of simi- lar nebulous matter, called the Tail. The coma and nucleus to- gether form what is called the Head of the Comet. (See Fig. 95.) 26 202 OF COMETS. The tail gradually increases in width, and at the same time di- minishes in distinctness from the head to its extremity, where it is generally many times wider than at the head, and fades away un- Fig. 95. Great Comet of 18 11. til it is lost in the general light of the sky. It is, in general, less bright along its middle than at the borders. From this cause the tail sometimes seems to be divided, along a greater or Less portion of its length, into two separate tails or streams of light, with a com- parative dark space between them. Ordinarily it is not straight, that is, coincident with a great circle of the heavens, but concave towards that part of the heavens which the comet has just left. This curvature of the tail is most observable near its extremity. The most remarkable example is that of the comet of 1744, which was bent so as to form nearly a quarter of a circle. Nor does the general direction of the tail usually coincide exactly with the great circle passing through the sun and the head of the comet, but de- viates more or less from this, the position of exact opposition to the sun 'in the heavens, on the side towards the quarter of the heavens just traversed by the comet. This deviation is quite different for different comets, and varies materially for the same comet while it continues visible. It has even amounted in some instances to a right angle. 547. The apparent length of 'the tail varies from one comet to another from zero to 100 and more ; and ordinarily the tail of the same comet increases and diminishes very much in length during GENERAL APPEARANCE OF COMETS. 203 the period of its visibility. When a comet first appears, in general, no tail is perceptible, and its light is very faint. As it approaches the sun, it becomes brighter: the tail also after a time shoots out from the coma, and increases from day 10 day in extent and dis- tinctness. As the comet recedes from the sun, the tail precedes the head, being still on the opposite side from the sun, and grows less and less at the same time that, along with the head, it de- creases in brightness, till at length the comet resumes nearly its first appearance, and ^finally disappears. (See Fig. 97.) It some- times happens that, owing to peculiar circumstances, Fig. 96. a comet does not make its appearance in the firma- ment until after it has passed the sun in the heavens, and not until it has attained to more or less distinct- ness, and is furnished with a tail of considerable or \ even great length. This was remarkably the case i with the great comet, of 1843. (See Art. 326 ; also Fig. 96.) 548. The tail of a comet is the longest, and the whole comet is intrinsically the most luminous, not long after it has passed its perihelion. Its apparent size and lustre will not, however, necessarily be the 1 greatest at this time, as they will depend upon the T distance and position of the earth, as well as the ac- tual size and intrinsic brightness of the comet. To Fig. 97. N illustrate this, let abed (Fig. 97) represent the orbit j of the earth, and MPN the orbit of a comet, having j its perihelion at P. Now, if the earth should chance to' be at a when the comet, moving towards its peri- helion, is at r, it might very well happen that the comet would appear larger and more distinct than 204 OF COMETS. when it had reached the more remote point s, although when at the latter point it would in reality be larger and brighter than when at r. It would be the most conspicuous possible if the earth should be in the vicinity of c or b soon after the perihelion passage : and it would be the least conspicuous possible if the comet, sup- posed to be moving in the direction NPM, should pass from N around to M, while the earth is moving around from a to b or c, so as to be continually comparatively remote from the comet, and so that the comet will be in conjunction with the sun at the time after the perihelion passage when its actual size and intrinsic lustre are the greatest. It is to be observed that the apparent lustre of a comet is sometimes very much enhanced by the great obliquity of the tail, in some of its positions, to the line of sight. This seems to have been the case with the comet of 1843, on February 28th, (see Fig. 56,) and was doubtless one reason of its being so very bright as to be seen in open day in the immediate vicinity of the sun. Since the earth may have every variety of position in its orbit at the different returns of the same comet to its perihelion, it will be seen, on examining Fig. 97, that the circumstances of the ap- pearance and disappearance of the comet, as well as its size and distinctness, may be very various at its different returns. This has been strikingly true in the case of Halley's Comet. Gambart's Comet was also invisible in its return to its perihelion in 1839, by reason of its continual proximity to the line of direction of the sun as seen from the earth, and its great distance from the earth. 549. Individual comets offer considerable varieties of aspect. Some comets have been seen which were wholly destitute of a tail : such, among others, was the comet of 1682, which Cassini describes as being as round and as bright as Jupiter. Others have had more than one luminous train. The comet of 1744 was pro- vided with six, which were spread out, like an immense fan, through an angle of 1 17 ; and that of 1823 with two, one directed from the sun in the heavens, and, what is very remarkable, another smaller and fainter one directed towards the sun. Others still have had no perceptible nucleus, as the comets of 1795 and 1804. The comets that are visible only in telescopes, which are very numerous, have, generally, no distinct nucleus, and are often entire- ly destitute of every vestige of a tail. They have the appearance of round masses of luminous vapor, somewhat more dense towards the centre. Such are Encke's and Biela's comets. (See Fig. 98.) The point of greatest condensation is often more or less removed from the centre of figure on the side towards the sun ; and sometimes also on the opposite side. (See Note XIII.) 550. The comets which have had the longest tails are those of 1680, 1769, and 1618. The tail of the great comet of 1680, when apparently the longest, extended to a distance of 70 from the head that of the comet of 1 769, a distance of 97 ; and that of the com- FORM, STRUCTURE, AND DIMENSIONS OF COMETS. 205 et of 1618, 104. These are the apparent lengths as seen at cer- tain places. By reason of the different degrees of purity and den- sity of the air through which it is seen, the tail of the same comet often appears of a very different length to observers at different Fig. 98. Encke's Comet. places. Thus, the comet of 1769, which at the Isle of Bourbon seemed to have a tail of 97 in length, at Paris was seen with a tail of only 60. From this general fact we may infer that the actual tail extends an unknown distance beyond the extremity of the ap- parent tail. FORM, STRUCTURE, AND DIMENSIONS OF COMETS. 551. The general form and structure of comets, so far as they can be ascertained from the study of the details of their appear- ance, may be described as follows : The head of a comet consists of a central nucleus, or mass of matter brighter and denser than the other portions of the comet, enveloped on the side towards the sun, and ordinarily at a great distance from its surface in comparison with its own dimensions, by a globular nebulous mass of great thickness, called the Nebulosity, or nebulous En- velope. This, it is said, never completely surrounds the nu- cleus, except in the case of comets which have no tails. It forms a sort of hemispherical cap to the nucleus on the side towards the sun. Its form, j^owever, is not truly spherical, but approximates to that of an hyperboloid having the nucleus in its focus and its ver- tex turned towards the sun. The tail begins where the nebulosity terminates, and seems, in general, to be merely the continuation 01 this in nearly a straight line beyond the nucleus. There is ordina- rily, as has been already intimated, a distinct space containing but little luminous matter between the nucleus and the nebulosity, but this is not always the case. The tail of a comet has the shape of a hollow truncated cone, with its smaller base in the nebulosity of the head ; with this difference, however, that the sides are usually 206 OF COMETS. more or less curved, and ordinarily concave towards the axis. Tha' the tail is hollow is evident from the fact, already noticed, that on whichever side it is viewed it appears less bright along the middle than at the borders. There can be less luminous matter on a line of sight passing through the middle, than on one passing near one of the edges, only on the supposition that the tail is hollow. The whole tail is generally bent so as to be concave towards the regions of space which the comet has just left. 552. In some instances the nucleus is furnished with several envelopes concentric with it : which are formed in succession as the comet approaches the sun. For example, the comet of 1744, eight days after the perihelion passage, had three envelopes. Some- times each of them is provided with a tail. Each of tfeese sev- eral tails lying one within the other, being hollow, may in conse- quence appear so faint along its middle as to have the aspect of two distinct tails. A. comet which has in reality three separate tails, might thus appear to be supplied with six, as was the comet of 1744. If the different envelopes were not distinctly separate from each other, then we should have all the tails appearing to proceed from the same nebulous mass. 553. Supernumerary tails, shorter and less distinct than the principal tail, are by no means uncommon ; but they generally appear quite suddenly, and as suddenly disappear in a few days, as if the stock of materials from which they were supplied had be- come exhausted. These secondary tails, by their periodical changes of position from the one side of the principal tail to the other, have made known the fact that the comets to which they belonged had a rotatory motion around the axis or central line of. the tail. The same fact has been inferred from other phenomena, in the case of some other comets, as the great comet of 1811, and Halley's comet in 1835. 554. The general position of the tail of a comet is nearly but Hot exactly in the prolongation of the line of the centres of the sun and head of the comet, or of the radius-vector of the comet. (See Fig. 97.) It deviates from this line on the side of the regions of space which the comet has just left ; and the angle of deviation, 'Which, when the comet is first seen at a distance from the sun, is very small or not at all perceptible, increases as the comet a 'proaches the sun, and attains to its maximum vakie soon after the perihelion passage ; after which it decreases, and finally, at a dis- tance from the sun, becomes insensible. For example, the angle of deviation of the tail of the great comet of 1811 attained tO'ite maximum about ten days after the perihelion passage, and was then about 1 1. In the case of the comet of 1664, the same angle about two weeks after the perihelion passage was 43, and was then, decreasing at the rate of 8 per day.. ^ The comet of 1823 might seem to (present aat exoeption to the general fact that the tail of a comet is nearly opposite to the sun ; PHYSICAL CONSTITUTION OF COMETS. 207 but Arago has suggested that the probable cause of the singular phenomenon of a secondary tail, apparently directed towards the sun in the heavens, was that the earth was in such a position that the two tails, although in fact inclined to each other under a small angle, were directed towards different sides of the earth, and thus were referred to the heavens so as to appear nearly opposite. The same principle will serve to show that the deviation of the tail of a comet, from the position of exact opposition to the sun, may appear to be much greater than it actually is, by reason of the earth happening to be within the angle formed by the direction of the tail with the radius-vector prolonged. 555. Comets are the most voluminous bodies in the solar sys- tem. The tail of the great comet of 1680 was found by Newton to have been, when longest, no less than 123,000,000 miles in length : according to Professor Peirce, the remarkable comet of 1843, about three weeks after its perihelion passage, had a tail of over 200,000,000* miles in length. Other comets have had tails of from fifty to a hundred millions of miles in length. The heads of comets are usually many thousand miles in diameter. That of the comet of 181 1 had a diameter of 132,000 miles. Its envelope or nebulosity was 30,000 miles in thickness ; and the inner surface of this was *io less than 36,000 miles distant from the centre of the nucleus. The head of the great comet of 1843 was about 30,000 miles in diameter. The nuclei of comets are in general only a few hundred miles in diameter : but according to Schroeter the nucleus of the comet of 1811 had a diameter of 2600 miles ; and the nucleus of the comet of 1843 seems to have been still greater. On the other hand, the comet of 1798 had a nucleus of less than 50 miles in diameter. It is important to observe that the dimensions of comets are sub- ject to continual variations. The tail increases as the comet ap- proaches the sun, and attains to its greatest size a certain time after the perihelion passage ; after which it decreases. The head, on the contrary, generally diminishes in size during the approach to the sun, and augments during the recess from him. The changes are often very sudden and rapid. PHYSICAL CONSTITUTION OF COMETS. 556. The quantity of matter which enters into the constitution of a comet is exceedingly small. This is proved by the fact that the comets have had no influence upon the motions of the planets or satellites, although they have in many instances passed near, thegj'e bodies. The comet of 1770, which was quite large and bright, passed through the midst of Jupiter's satellites, without deranging their motions in the least perceptible degree. Moreover, since this small quantity of matter is dispersed over a space of tens of thou- * According to later determinations 108,000,000 miles. 208 OF COMETS. sands, or millions of miles (if we include the tail,) in linear extent, the nebulous matter of comets must be incalculably less dense than the solid matter of the planets. In fact, the cometic matter, with the exception perhaps of that of the nucleus, is inconceivably more rare and subtile than the lightest known gas, or the most evanescent film of vapor that ever makes its appearance in our sky ; for faint telescopic stars are distinctly visible through all parts of the comet, with, it may be, the exception of the nucleus in some instances, notwithstanding the great space occupied by the matter of the comet which the light of the star has to traverse. The matter of the tail of a comet is even more attenuated than that of the general mass of the nebulosity of the head ; but is apparently of the same nature, and derived from the head. The nucleus is supposed by some astronomers to be, in some instances, a solid, partially or wholly convertible into vapor, under the influence of the sun ; by others, to be in all cases the same species of matter as is in the nebulosity, only in a more condensed state ; and by others still, to be a solid of permanent dimensions, with a thick stratum of con- densed vapors resting upon its surface. Whichever of these views be adopted, it is a matter of observation that the nebulosity fre- quently receives fresh supplies of nebulous matter from the nu- cleus. It was the opinion of Sir William Herschel, an (136). y z 3 \z* aj 636. Equation (134) may be transformed .into another, which is better adapted to the purposes we have in view. Let MK (Fig. 116) represent the perpendicular to the plane of the moon's orbit, MF the intersection of the plane SMK with the plane of the moon's orbit, and SI, IF the intersections of a plane passing through INVESTIGATION OF THE DISTURBING FORCES. 241 S and perpendicular to EN, the line of nodes, with the plane of the ecliptic and the plane of the orbit. SF will be perpendicular to both IF and MF Denote SIF, the inclination of the orbit to the ecliptic, by I, SEN the angu- lar distance of the sun from the node by N, and SE ajid SM by a and z> as before. Now, in equation (134) Y stands for the angle S'MK, but S'MK = SMK, (nearly,) and SF cos SMK = sin SMF = ^-. SF = SI sin SIF, and SI = SE sin SEI ; whence SF = SE sin SEI sin SIF = a sin N sin I : substituting. a sin N sin I a sin N sin I cos y = cos SMK = - - = -- . oM z Thus we have /I 1 \ a sin N sin I perpen. force = mal -- - I -- ... (137). 637. The variable z may be eliminated from equations (135), (136), and (137), and other equations obtained, involving only the variables y and 0. Let ML (Fig. 116) be drawn through the place of the moon perpendicular to ES. Then, using the same notation as in the preceding articles, LS = z (nearly), EL = EM cos LEM = y cos 0. But LS = SE EL; whence z = a y cos 0, and z 9 = a 3 3a 2 y cos : neglecting the terms containing the higher powers of y than the first, as they are very minute, y being only about 3-^ a. I __ 1 __ 1 3y cos "^"^a 3 3a a ycos0 == "^"~* ~~tf ' neglecting all the terms of the quotient that involve higher powers of y than the first. Substituting this value of in equation (135), we obtain, my cos A sn d> ; ^ : tangential force = - - -- ^- - ; or, (App. For. 13), 3my sin 20 tangential force = - - . . . (138). Making the same substitution in equation (136), and neglecting the term con- taining y a , there results, ,. . , my (I 3cos'0) radial force = -3 ; or, (App. For. 9), ,. , f .my (1+3 cos 20) radial force = -- - - x 3 - . . . (139). In equation (137) we have to substitute, besides, the value of z, viz. a y cos ; then dividing and neglecting as before, we have 3wiy cos perpen. force = - - 3 - sin N sin I ... (140.) 638. If the disturbing forces retained constantly the same intensity and di- rection, the result would be a continual progressive departure from the ellip- tic place ; but, in point of fact, these forces are subject to periodical changes of intensity and direction from several causes, from which results a compeu- 31 242 PERTURBATIONS OF ELLIPTIC MOTION OF THE MOON. eation of effects, and an eventual return to the elliptic place. The causes of the variation of the disturbing forces are : (1.) The revolution of the moon around the earth. (2.) The elliptic form of the apparent orbit of the sun. (3.) The elliptic form of the orbit of the moon. (4.) The inclination of the two orbits. As the variations of the radial and tangential forces, resulting from the in- clination of the orbits, are very minute, we shall leave them out of account, and in the consideration of the effects of these forces shall, for the sake of simplicity, regard the orbits as lying in the same plane. The first mentioned circumstance is the most prominent cause of variation, and gives rise to the more conspicuous perturbations. The other two serve to modify the variations of the forces resulting from the first, and occasion each a distinct set of periodical perturbations. 639. Let us now investigate, in succession, the effects of eacn of the dis- turbing forces, commencing with the tangential force. The tangential force takes effect directly upon the velocity of the moon in its orbit ; and as its line of direction does not pass through the earth, it disturbs the equable descrip- tion of areas. It also affects the radius-vector indirectly, by changing the centrifugal force. To understand the detail of its action we must inquire in- to the variations which it undergoes. If we regard y as constant in the expression for the tangential force, (eqna. 138,) which amounts to considering the moon's orbit as circular, the expres- sion will become equal to zero when sin 2

> 255 ^ < ft /" -/' are those which occur near the equinoxes. The djjctraor^narily hi^h / . tides which frequently occur at the equinoxes are, ho^ypr, in f ' part attributable to the equinoctial gales. Also, when the moda'or, the sun is out of the equator, the evening and morning tides diflEw,.\* somewhat in height. At Brest, in the syzigies of the summer sol- stice, the tides of the morning of the first and second day after the syzigy are smaller than those of the evening by 6.6 inches. They are greater by the same quantity in the syzigies of the winter sol- stice.* 679. The distance of the moon from the earth has also a sensi- ble influence upon the tides. In general, they increase and dimin- ish as the distance increases and diminishes, but in a more rapid ratio. 680. The daily retardation of the time of high water varies with the phases of the moon. It is at its minimum towards the syzigies, when the tides are at their maximum ; and it is then about 40m. But, towards the quadratures, when the tides are at their minimum, the retardation is the greatest possible ; and amounts to about Ih. 15m. The variation in the distance of the sun and moon from the earth, (and particularly the moon,) has an influence also on this retarda- tion. The daily retardation of the tides varies likewise with the decli- nation of the sun and moon.t 681. The facts which have been detailed indicate that the tides are produced by the actions of the sun and moon upon the waters of the ocean ; but in a greater degree by the action of the moon. To explain them, let us suppose at first that the whole surface of the earth is covered with water. We remark, in the first place, that it is not the whole attractive force of the moon or sun which is^effective in raising the waters of the ocean, but the difference in the actions of each body upon the different parts of the earth ; or, more precisely, that the phenomenon of the tides is a consequence of the inequality and non-parallelism of the attractive forces exert- ed by the moon, as well as by the sun, upon the different particles of the earth's mass. From this cause there results a diminution in the gravity of the particles of water at the surface, for a certain distance about the point immediately under the moon, and the point diametrically opposite to this, and an augmentation for a certain distance on the one side and the other of the circle 90 distant from these points, or of which they are the geometrical poles : in con- sequence of which the water falls about this circle and rises about these points. That the actions of the moon upon the different parts of the earth's mass are really unequal is evident, from the fact, that these parts are at different distances from the moon. To * Laplace's System of the World. t Daily's Tables and Formal, p. 26. 256 OF THE TIDES. show that the inequality will give rise to the results just noted, let us suppose that the circle acbd (Fig. 122) represents the earth, and M the place of the moon ; then a will be the point of the earth's surface directly under the moon, b the point diametrically opposite to this, and the right line dc perpendicular to MO will represent the circle traced on the earth's surface 90 distant from a and b. Now, the attraction of the moon for the general mass of the earth is the same as if the whole mass were concentrated at the centre O. But the centre of the earth is more distant from the moon than the point a at the surface. It fol- lows, therefore, that a particle of matter situated at a will be drawn towards the moon with a proportionally greater force than the centre, or than the general mass of the earth. Its gravity or tendency towards the earth's centre will therefore be diminished by the amount of this ex- cess. On the other hand, the centre is nearer to the moon than the point b. It is therefore attracted more strongly than a particle at b. The excess will be a force tending to draw the centre away from the particle ; and the effect will be the same as if the particle were drawn away from the centre by the same force acting in the opposite direction. The result then is, that this particle has its gravity towards the earth's centre diminished, as well as the particle at a. If now we consider a particle at some point t near to a, the moon's action upon it (tr) may be considered as taking effect partially in the direction tk parallel to OM, and partially in the direction of the tangent or horizontal line ts. The component (ts) in the latter direction, will have no tendency to alter the gravity of the particle towards the earth's centre. The component (sr) in the direction tk, will obvi- ously be less than the actual force of attraction tr ; and the dif- ference will be greater in proportion as the particle is more remote from a. But this component will decrease gradually from a, while the attraction for the centre is less than for a by a certain finite differ- ence : it is plain, therefore, that the component in question will be greater than the attraction for the centre, in the vicinity of the point a, and for a certain distance from it in all directions. The gravity of the particles will therefore be diminished for a certain distance from this point. In a similar manner it may be shown that it will also be diminished for a certain distance from the point b. Let us now consider a particle at c, 90 from the points a and b. The at- PHYSICAL THEORY OF THE TIDES. 257 traction of the moon for it will take effect in the two directions cl and cO. The force in the latter direction alone will alter the grav- ity of the particle ; and this, it is plain, will increase it. The same effect will extend to a certain distance from c in both directions. A strict mathematical investigation would show that the gravity is diminished for a distance of 55 from a and b in all directions ; and is augmented for a distance of 35 on each side of the circle dc, 90 distant from the points a and b. These distances are rep- resented in the Figure. This may be easily made out by means of the expression for the radial disturb, ing force of the sun in its action upon the moon, (643,) viz. y (1 3 cos* 0). If we consider m as denoting the mass of the moon, a the moon's distance from the earth's centre, y the distance of a particle of matter at some point t of the earth's surface from the earth's centre, and the angular distance or elongation (MO<) of the same particle from the moon, as seen from the centre of the earth, it will ex- press the change in the gravity of a particle at the earth's surface, produced by the moon's action. The points a and b will answer to conjunction and opposition, and Ihe points c and d to the quadratures. Now we have already seen (643) that the gravity of the moon is increased at the quadratures, and for 35 on each side of them ; and diminished at the syzigies, and 55 from them in both directions. It fol- lows, therefore, that the same is true for particles of matter at the earth's surface. In consequence of the earth's diurnal rotation, the parts of the surface, at which the rise and fall of the water will take place, will be continually changing. Were the entire rise and fall produced instantaneously, the points of highest water would constantly be the precise points in which the line of the centres of the moon and earth intersects the surface, and it would always be high water on the meridian passing through these points, both in the hemisphere where the moon is, and in the opposite one. On the west side of this meridian, the tide would be flowing ; on the east side of it, it would be ebbing ; and on the meridian at right angles to the same, it would be low water. Bat it is plain that the effects of the moon's action will not be instantaneously produced, and therefore that the points of highest water will fall behind the moon. It appears from observation, that in the open sea the meridian of high water is about 30 to the east of the moon. The great tide wave thus raised by the moon, and which follows it in its diurnal motion, will be a mere undulation, or alternate rise and fall of the water, without any progressive motion, if, as we have supposed, it is nowhere obstructed by shallows, islands, or the shores of continents. 682. It is evident that the sun will produce precisely similar effects with the moon, and will raise a tide wave similar to the lunar tide wave, which will follow it in its diurnal motion. 683. To show that the effects of the sun are less in degree than those of the moon, let us take the general expression for the change of the moon's gravity, arising from the action of the sun, namely, ...(a), 33 258 OF THE TIDES in which -m denotes the mass of the sun, a its distance, (the mean distance of the moon being taken as 1,) y the distance of the moon in its given position, and its elongation from the sun, as seen from the earth's centre. This formula will serve to express the change* in the gravity of a particle of matter upon the earth's sur- face, produced by the sun's action, if we take m = the mass of the sun-, as before, a = its distance expressed in terms of the radius of the earth as unity, y = the distance of the particle from the centre of the earth, and = its elongation from the sun, as seen from the earth's centre. If we designate the corresponding quan- tities for the moon by m', a', y, , we shall have for the change of the gravity of a particle, produced by the moon's action, ^Xy(l-3cos2^} ... (6). For particles at equal elongations from the sun and moon, we shall have the same in expressions (a) and (6), and y may be regarded as the same without ma- terial error. For such particles, then, the alterations of the gravity, produced by the sun and moon, will bear the same ratio to each other as the quantities -5- and i. Now, if we give to m,m'. a, a', their values, we shall find that the o*> a' 3 latter quantity is nearly three times greater than the former. Accordingly, the effect of the moon's action, at corresponding elongations of the particles, and there- fore generally, is nearly three times greater than that of the sun. 684. The actual tide will be produced by the joint action of the sun and moon, or it may be regarded as the result of the combina- tion of the lunar and solar tide waves. At the time of the syzigies, the action of the sun and moon will be combined in producing the tides, both bodies tending to produce high as well as low water at the same places. But at the quadra- tures they will be in opposition to each other, the one tending to raise the surface of the water where the other tends to depress it, and vice versa. The tides should, therefore, be much higher at the syzigies than at the quadratures. Between the syzigies and the quadratures the two bodies will neither directly conspire with each other, nor directly oppose each other, and tides of intermediate height will have place. The points of highest water will also, in the configuration supposed, neither be the vertices of the lunar nor of the solar tide wave, but certain points between them. This circumstance will occasion a variation in the length of the interval between the time of the moon's pas- sage and the time of high water. 685. The effect of the moon's action being to that of the sun's nearly as 3 to 1, (683,) the spring tides will be to the neap tides nearly as 2 to 1 . For, let x = the effect of the moon, and y the effect of the sun : then the ratio of x + y to x y will be the ratio of the heights of the spring and neap tides. Now, * = 3y, and thus ^=2 = 2. x-y 3y-y This result is conformable to observation. 686. The height of the tide, as well as the interval between the time of high water and that of the moon's meridian passage, will vary not only with the elongation of the moon from the sun, but MODIFICATIONS OF THE GENERAL PHYSICAL THEORY. 259 also with the distance and declination of the moon and sun. For, expressions (a) and (b) show that the intensities of the moon's and sun's actions vary inversely as the cube of their distance ; and the changes of the declinations of the two bodies must be attended with a change both in the absolute and relative situation of the vertices of the lunar and solar tide waves. 687. The laws of the tides, which would obtain on the hypothe- sis of the earth being covered entirely with water, are found to correspond only partially with those of the actual tides. The continents have a material influence upon the formation and pro- pagation of the tide wave. 688. Professor Whewell infers, from a careful discussion of a great number of observations upon the tides, that the tide of the Atlantic Ocean is, for the most part, produced by a derivative tide wave, sent off from the great wave which in the Southern Ocean follows the moon in its diurnal motion around the earth. This wave advances more rapidly in the open sea than along the coasts, where it meets with obstructions. Where portions of the tide wave, extending from one point of the coast to another, become detached, and advance into a narrow space, particularly high tides will occur. In this way (as it is sup posed) it happens that the tide rises at certain places in the Bay of Fundy, to the height of 60 or 70 feet. 689. In channels peculiar tides occur in consequence of the meeting of the waves which enter the channels at their two ex- tremities. Where the two waves meet in the same state, unusually high tides occur. This is observed to be the case at some points in the Irish Channel. In the port of Batsha, in Tonquin, the tides arrive by two channels, of such lengths that the two waves meet in opposite states, or that the flood tide arrives by one channel just as the ebb tide begins to leave by the other, and the consequence is that there is neither high nor low water. This is the case when the moon is in the equator. When she has a northern or southern declination, there is a small rise and fall of the water once in a lunar day, owing to the inequality of the morning and evening tides of the open sea. 690. Lakes and inland seas have no perceptible tides, for the reason that their extent is not sufficient to admit of any sensible inequality of gravity, as the result of the action of the moon. 691. The tides experienced in rivers and seas communicating with the ocean, are not produced by the direct actions of the sun and moon, but are waves propagated from the great wave of the open sea. In rivers of considerable length, the ascending tides are encoun- tered by those which are returning, so that a great variety of tides occur along their shores. 692. The mean interval between noon and the time of high water at any port, on the day of new or full moon, is called the 260 OF THE TIDES. Establishment of that port. It will be, approximately, the inter- val between the time of the meridian passage of the moon and the time of high water on any day of the month. To obtain this in- terval for a given day more nearly, it is necessary to correct the establishment for the effects of the change of the distance and de- clination of the sun and moon, and of the change in the elongation of the moon from the sun. When it has been determined, by add- ing it to the time of the meridian passage of the moon, we have the time of the next high water. PART IV. ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. EXPLANATIONS OF THE TABLES. THE Tables which form a part of this work, and which are em ployed in the resolution of the following Problems, consist of Ta- bles of the Sun, Tables of the Moon, Tables of the Mean Places of some of the Fixed Stars, Tables of Corrections for Refraction, Aberration, and Nutation, and Auxiliary Tables. The Tables of the Sun, which are from XVII to XXXIV, in- elusive, are, for the most part, abridged from Delambre's Solar Ta- bles. The mean longitudes of the sun and of his perigee for the beginning of each year, found in Table XVIII, have been com- puted from the formulae of Prof. Bessel, given in the Nautical Al- manac of 1837. The Table of the Equation of Time was reduced from the table in the Connaissance des Terns of 1810, which is more accurate than Delambre's Table, this being in some instances liable to an error of 2 seconds. The Table of Nutation (Table XXVII) was extracted from Francceur's Practical Astronomy. The maximum of nutation of obliquity is taken at 9". 25. The Tables of the Sun will give the sun's longitude within a frac- tion of a second of the result obtained immediately from De- lambre's Tables, as corrected by Bessel. The Tables of the Moon, which are from XXXIV to LXXXV, inclusive, are abridged and computed from Burckhardt's Tables of the Moon. To facilitate the determination of the hourly motions in longi- tude and latitude, the equations of the hourly motions have all been rendered positive, like those of the longitude. Some few new tables have been computed for the same purpose. The longitude and hourly motion in longitude will very rarely differ from the re- sults of Burckhardt's Tables more than 0".5, and never as much as 1 ' . The error of the latitude and hourly motion in latitude will be still less. The other tables have been taken from some of the most approved modern Astronomical Works. (For the principles of the construction ofjthe Tables, see Chap. IX.) Before entering upon the explanation of each of the tables, it will be proper to define a few terms- that will be made use of in the sequel. The given quantity with which a quantity is taken from a table, is called the A rgument of this quantity. 62 ASTR01SOMIC.A.L PROBLEMS. The angular arguments are expressed in some of the tables ac- cording to the sexagesimal division of the circle. In others, they are given in parts of the circle supposed to be divided into 100, 1000, or 10000, &c., parts. Tables are of Single or Double Entry, according as they con- tain one or two arguments. The Epoch of a table is the instant of time for which the quantities given by the table are computed. By the Epoch of a quantity, is meant the value of the quantity found for some chosen epoch, from which its value at other epochs is to be computed by means of its known rate of variation. Table I, contains the latitudes and longitudes from the meridian of Greenwich, of various conspicuous places in different parts of the earth. The longitudes serve to make known the time at any one of the places in the table, when that at any of the others is given. The latitude of a place is an important element in various astronomical calculations. Table II, is a table of the Elements of the Orbits of the Planets, with their secular variations, which serve to make known the ele- ments at any given epoch different from that of the table. From these the elliptic places of the planets at the given epoch may be computed. Table III, is a similar table for the Moon. Tables IV, V, VI, VII, require no explanation. Table VIII, gives the mean Astronomical Refractions ; that is, the refractions which have place when the barometer stands at 30 inches, and the thermometer of Fahrenheit at 50. Table IX, contains the corrections of the Mean Refractions for -f-1 inch in the barometer, and 1 in the thermometer, from which the corrections to be applied, at any observed height of the barometer and thermometer, are easily derived. Table X, gives the Parallax of the Sun for any given altitude on a given day of the year ; for reducing a solar observation made at the surface of the earth to what it would have been, if made at the centre. Table XI, is designed to make known the Sun's Semi-diurnal Arc, answering to any given latitude and to any given declination of the sun ; and thus the time of the sun's rising and setting, and the length of the day. Table XII, serves to make known the value of the Equation of Time, with its essential sign, which is to be applied to the apparent time to convert it into the mean. If the sign of the equation taken from the table be changed, it will serve for the conversion of mean time into apparent. This table is constructed for the year 1840. Table XIII, is to be used in connection with Table XII, when the given date is in any other year than 1840. It furnishes the Secular Variation of the Equation of Time, from which the pro- portional part of its variation in the interval between the given date and the epoch of Table XII is easily derived. EXPLANATION OF THE TABLES. 263 Table XIV, contains certain other Corrections to be applied to the equation of time taken from Table XII, when its exact value, to within a small fraction of a second, is desired. Table XV, gives the Fraction of the Year corresponding to each date. This table is useful when quantities vary by known and uni- form degrees, in deducing their values at any assumed time from their values at any other time. Table XVI, is for converting Hours, Minutes, and Seconds into decimal parts of a Day. Table XVII, is for converting Minutes and Seconds of a degree into the decimal division of the same. It will also serve for the conversion of minutes and seconds of time into decimal parts of an hour. The last two tables will be found frequently useful in arithmeti- cal operations Table XVIII, is a table of Epochs of the Sun's Mean Longi- tude, of the Longitude of the Perigee, and of the Arguments for finding the small equations of the Sun's place. They are all cal- culated for the first of January of each year, at mean noon on the meridian of Greenwich. Argument I. is the mean longitude of the Moon minus that of the Sun ; Argument II. is the heliocentric longitude of the Earth ; Argument III. is the heliocentric longi- tude of Venus ; Argument IV. is the heliocentric longitude of Mars ; Argument V. is the heliocentric longitude of Jupiter ; Ar- gument VI. is the mean anomaly of the Moon ; Argument VII. is the heliocentric longitude of Saturn ; and Argument N is the sup- plement of the longitude of the Moon's Ascending Node. Argu- ment I. is for the first part of the equation depending on the action of the Moon. Arguments I. and VI. are the arguments for the re- maining part of the lunar equation. Arguments II. and III. are for the equation depending on the action of Venus ; Arguments II. and IV. for the equation depending on the action of Mars ; Argu- ments II. and V. for the equation depending on the action of Ju- piter ; and Arguments II. and VII. for the equation depending on the action of Saturn. Argument N is the argument for the Nuta- tion in longitude : it is also the argument for the Nutation in right ascension, and of the obliquity of the ecliptic. Table XIX, shows the Motions of the Sun and Perigee, and the variations of the arguments, in the interval between the beginning of the year and the first of each month. Table XX, shows the Motions of the Sun and Perigee, and the variations of the arguments from the beginning of any month to the Beginning of any day of the month ; also the same for Hours. Table XXI, gives the Sun's Motions for Minutes and Seconds. Tables XVIII to XXI, inclusive, make known the mean longitude of the Sun from the mean equinox, at any moment of time. Table XXII, Mean Obliquity of the Ecliptic for the beginning 264 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. of each year contained in the table. It is found for any interme- diate time by simple proportion. Tables XXIII, and XXIV, furnish the Sun's Hourly Motion and Semi-diameter. Table XXV, is designed to make known the Equation of the Sun's Centre. When the equation has the negative sign, its sup- plement to 12s. is given : this is to be added along with the other equations of longitude, and 12s. are to be subtracted from the sum. The numbers in the table are the values of the equation of the centre, or of its supplement, diminished by 46". 1. This constant is subtracted from each value, to balance the different quantities added to the other equations of the longitude, in order to render them affirmative. The epoch of this table is the year 1840. Table XXVI, gives the Secular Variation of the Equation of the Sun's Centre, from which the proportional part of the variation in the interval between the given date and the year 1840, may be derived. Table XXVII, is for the Nutation in Longitude, Nutation in Right Ascension, and Nutation of the Obliquity of the Ecliptic. The nutation in longitude and nutation in right ascension, serve to transfer the origin of the longitude and right ascension from the mean to the true equinox. And the nutation of obliquity serves to change the mean into the true obliquity. Tables XXVIII to XXXIII, inclusive, give the Equations of the Sun's Longitude, due respectively to the attractions of the Moon, Venus, Jupiter, Mars, and Saturn. Table XXXIV, is for the variable part of the Sun's Aberration. The numbers have all been rendered positive by the addition of the constant 0".3. Table XXXV, contains the Epochs of the Moon's Mean Longi- tude, and of the Arguments of the equations used in determining the True Longitude and Latitude of the Moon. They are all cal- culated for the first of January of each year, at mean noon on the meridian of Greenwich. The Argument for the Evection is di- minished by 30' ; the Anomaly by 2 ; the Argument for the Va- riation by 9, and the mean longitude by 9 45'' ; and the Supple- ment of the Node is increased by 7'. This is done to balance the quantities which are added to the different equations in order to render them affirmative. Tables XXXVI to XL, inclusive, give the Motions of the Moon, and the variations of the arguments, for Months, Days, Hours, Minutes, and Seconds ; and, together with Table XXXV, are for finding the Moon's Mean Longitude and the Arguments, at any assumed moment of time. Tables XLI to LIII, inclusive, give the various Equations of the Moon's Longitude. It is to be observed with respect to Table XLI, that the right hand figure of the argument is supposed to be dropped. But when the greatest attainable accuracy is desired, it EXPLANATION OF THE TABLES. 265 can be retained, and a cipher conceived to be written after the numbers in the columns of Arguments in the table. In Tables L, LI, LII, and LV, the degrees will be found by referring to the head or foot of the column. (See Problem II., note 2.) Table LIV is for the Nutation of the Moon's Longitude. Tables LV to LIX, inclusive, are for finding the Latitude of the Moon. Tables LX to LXIII, inclusive, are for the Equatorial Paral- lax of the Moon. Table LXIV furnishes the Reductions of Parallax and of the Latitude of a Place. The reduction of parallax is for obtaining the parallax at any given place from the equatorial parallax. The reduction of latitude is foi reducing the true latitude of a place, as determined by observation, to the corresponding latitude on the supposition of the earth being a sphere. The ellipticity to which the numbers in the table correspond is -g^-g. Tables LXV and LXVI, Moon's Semi-diameter, and the Aug- mentation of the Semi-diameter depending on the altitude. Tables LXVII to LXXXV, inclusive, are for finding the Hourly Motions of the Moon in Longitude and Latitude. Table LXXXVI, Mean New Moons, and the Arguments for the Equations for New and Full Moon, in January. The time of mean new moon in January of each year has been diminished by 15 hours, the sum of the quantities which have been added to the equations in Table LXXXIX. Thus, 4h. 20m. has been added to equation I. ; lOh. 10m. to equation II. ; 10m. to equation III.; and 20m. to equation IV. Tables LXXXVII and LXXXVIII, are used with the preced- ing in finding the Approximate Time 'of Mean New or Full Moon in any given month of the year. Table LXXXIX furnishes the Equations for finding the Ap- proximate Time of New or Full Moon. Table XC contains the Mean Right Ascensions and Declina- tions of 50 principal Fixed Stars, for the beginning of the year 1840, with their Annual Variations. Table XCI is for finding the Aberration and Nutation of the Stars in the preceding catalogue. Table XCII contains the Mean Longitudes and Latitudes of some of the principal Fixed Stars, for the beginning of the year 1840, with their Annual Variations. Tables XCIII, XCIV, XCV, Second, Third, and Fourth Differences. These tables are given to facilitate the determina- tion, from the Nautical Almanac, of the moon's longitude or lati- tude for any time between noon and midnight. Table XCVI, Logistical Logarithms. This table is convenient in working proportions, when the terms are minutes and seconds, or degrees and minutes, or hours and minutes, especially when the first term is Ih. or 60m. 34 266 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. To find the logistical logarithm of a number composed of min- utes and seconds, or degrees and minutes, of an arc ; or of min- utes and seconds, or hours and minutes, of time. 1. If the number consists of minutes and seconds, at the top of the table seek for the minutes, and in the same column opposite the seconds in the left-hand column will be found the logistical logarithm. 2. If the number is composed of hours and minutes, the hours must be used as if they were minutes, and the minutes as if they were seconds. 3. If the number is composed of degrees and minutes, the de- grees must be used as if they were minutes, and the minutes as if they were seconds. To find the logistical logarithm of a number less than 3600. Seek in the second line of the table from the top the number next less than the given number, and the remainder, or the com- plement to the given number, in the first column on the left : then in the column of the first number, and opposite the complement, will be found the logistical logarithm of the sum. Thus, to ob- tain the logarithm of 1531, we seek for the column of 1500, and opposite 31 we find 3713. PROBLEM I. \ To work, by logistical logarithms, a proportion the terms of which are degrees and minutes, or minutes and seconds, of an arc ; or hours and minutes, or minutes and seconds, of time. With the degrees or minutes at the top, and minutes or seconds at the side, or if a term consists of hours and minutes, or minutes and seconds, with the hours or minutes at the top, and minutes or seconds at the side, take from Table XCVI. the logistical loga- rithms of the three given terms ; add together the logistical loga- rithms of the second and third terms and the arithmetical comple- ment of that of the first term, rejecting 10 from the index.* The result will be the logistical logarithm of the fourth term, with which take it from the table. Note 1. The logistical logarithm of 60' is 0. Note 2. If the second or third term contains tenths of seconds, (or tenths of minutes, when it consists of degrees and minutes,) and is less than 6', or 6, multiply it by 10, and employ the loga- rithm of the product in place of that of the term itself. The * Instead of adding the arithmetical complement of the ogarithm of the first term, the logarithm itself may be subtracted from the sum of the logarithms of the other two terms. TO TAKE OUT A QUANTITY FROM A TABLE. 26*7 result obtained by the table, divided by 10, will be the fourth term of the proportion, and will be exact to tenths. Note 3. If none of the terms contain tenths of minutes or sec- onds, and it is desired to obtain a result exact to tenths, diminish the index of the logistical logarithm of the fourth term by 1, and cut off the right-hand figure of the number found from the table, for tenths. Exam. 1. When the moon's hourly motion is 30' 12", what is its motion in 16m. 24s. ? As 60m. ,''..- -/" . ; '^ : 30' 12" . '.' r/ v ; . 2981 : : 16m. 24s. . 5633 : 8' 15" . . ' V 4 . 8614 2. If the moon's declination change 1 31' in 12 hours, what will be the change in 7h. 42m. ? f As 12h. . ''* . ar. co. 9.3010 : 1 31' **?'.' . & 1.5973 :: 7h. 42m. y . ^ 'Y ./' ./ 8917 : 58 ; ] 'I [ . . 1.7900 3. When the moon's hourly motion in latitude is 2' 26".8, what is its motion in 36m. 22s. ? 2' 26".8 60 As 60m. . *,,- 1468 . V : 1468" . . 3896 : : 36m. 22s. . 2174 : 890" :'* ' . 6070 Ans. 1' 29". 0. 4. When the sun's hourly motion in longitude is 2' 28", what is its motion in 49m. 11s. ? Ans. 2 ; 1". 5. If the sun's decimation change 16' 33" in 24 hours, what will be the change in 14h. 18m. ? Ans. 9' 52". 6. If the moon's declination change 54".7 in one hour, what will be the change in 52m. 18s. ? Ans. 47".7. PROBLEM II. To take from a table the quantity corresponding to a given value of the argument, or to given values of the arguments of the table. 268 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. Case 1. When quantities are given in the table for each sign and degree of the argument. With the signs of the given argument at the top or bottom, and the degrees at the side, (at the left side, if the signs are found at the top ; at the right side, if they are found at the bottom,) take out the corresponding quantity. Also take the difference between this quantity and the next following one in the table, and say, 60' : this difference : : odd minutes and seconds of given argument : a fourth term. This fourth term, added to the quantity taken out, when the quantities in the table are increasing, but subtracted when they are decreasing, will give the required quantity. Note 1 . When the quantities change but little from degree to degree of the argument, the required quantity may often be esti- mated, without the trouble of stating a proportion. Note 2. In some of the tables the degrees or signs of the quan- tity sought, are to be had by referring to the head or foot of the col- umn in which the minutes and seconds are found. (See Tables L, LI, LII, and LV.) The degrees there found are to be taken, if no horizontal mark intervenes ; otherwise, they are to be in- creased or diminished by 1, or 2, according as one or two marks intervene. They are to be increased, or diminished, according as their number is less or greater than the number of degrees at the other end of the column. Note 3: If, as is the case with some of the tables, the quantities in the table have an algebraic sign prefixed to them, neglect the consideration of the sign in determining the correction to be applied to the quantity first taken out, and proceed according to the rule above given. The result will have the sign of the quantity first taken out. It is to be observed, however, that if the two consecu- tive quantities chance to have opposite signs, their numerical sum is to be taken instead of their difference ; also that the quantity sought will, in every such instance, be the numerical difference between the correction and the quantity first taken out, and, ac- cording as the correction is less or greater than this quantity, is to be affected with the same or the opposite sign. Exam. 1. Given the argument 7 s - 6 24' 36", to find the corre- sponding quantity in Table L. 7 s - 6 gives 43' 17" .4. The difference between 43' 17" .4 and the next following quan- tity in the table is 1' 7".3. 60' : 1' 7".3 : : 24' 36" : 27".6.* * The student can work the proportion, either by the common method, or by lo- gistical logarithms, as he may prefer. In working this and all similar proportions by the arithmetical method, the seconds of the argument may be converted into the equivalent decimal part of a minute by means of Table XVII, (using the sec- onds as if they were minutes.) It will be sufficient to take the fraction to the nearest tenth. TO TAKE OUT A QUANTITY FROM A TABLE. 269 From 43' 17" A Take 27 .6 42 49 .8 2. Given the argument 2 s - 18 41' 20", to find the corresponding quantity in Table XXV. 2 s - 18 gives 1 52' 32".5. The difference between 1 52' 32". 5 and the next following quantity in the table is 21".8. 60' : 21".8 : : 41' 20" : 15".0. To 1 52' 32".5 Add 15 .0 1 52 47 .5 3. Given the argument 9* 2 13' 33", to find the correspond- ing quantity in Table XII. 9 s - 2 gives 29.8s. The arithmetical sum of 29.8s. and the next following quantity in the table is 30.4s. 60' : 30.4s. : : 13 33' : 6.9s. From 29.8s. Take 6.9 22.9s. Ans. 22.9s. 4. Given the argument 5 s - 8 14' 52", to find the corresponding quantity in Table LII. Ans. 12' 36".0. 5. Given the argument 11 8> 11 23' 10", to find the correspond- ing quantity in Table LVI. Ans. 1 1 7 48' .0. 6. Given the argument s - 26 20', to find the corresponding quantity in Table XII. Ans. 4 P.O. Case 2. When the argument changes in the table by more or less than 1; or when it is given in lower denominations than signs. Take out of the table the quantity answering to the number in the column of arguments next less than the given argument. Take the difference between this quantity and the next following one, and also the difference of the consecutive values of the argument inserted in the table, and say, difference of arguments : difference of quantities : : excess of the given argument over the value next less in the table : a fourth term. This fourth term applied to the quantity first taken out, according to the rule given in the prece- ding case, will give the quantity sought. Note. In some of the tables the columns entitled Diff. are made up of the differences answering to a difference of 10' in the argu- ment. In obtaining quantities from these tables, it will be found more convenient to take for the first and second terms of the pro- 270 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. portion, respectively, 10', and the difference furnished by the table, and work the proportion by the arithmetical method. (See note at bottom of page 268.) Exam. 1. Given the argument s - 24 42' 15", to find the cor- responding quantity in Table LI. s - 24 30' gives 9 47' 14".3. The difference between 9 47' 14".3 and the next following quantity = 3 x 63".0 = 189".0. The argument changes by 30'. And the excess of s - 24 42' 15" over s - 24 30', is 12 15". Thus, 30' : 189".0 : : 12' 15" : 77".2. But the correction may be found more readily by the following proportion : 10' : 63".0 : : 12'.25 : 77".2. To 9 47' 14" .3 Add 77 .2 * 9 48 31 .5 2. Given the argument 1 12', to find the corresponding quan- tity in Table VIII. 1 10' gives 23' 13", and 5' : 33" : : 2' : 13" the correction. From 23' 13" Take 13 23 3. Given the argument 6 s - 6 7' 23", to find the corresponding quantity in Table LV. Ans. 90 20' 53".5. 4. Given the argument 49 27', to find the corresponding quan- tity in Table LXIV. Ans. 11' 19".8. Case 3. When the argument is given in the table in hundredth, thousandth, or ten thousandth parts of a circle. The required quantity can be found in this case by the same rule as in the preceding ; but it can be had more expeditiously by observing the following rules. If the argument varies by 10, mul- tiply the difference of the quantities between which the required quantity lies by the excess of the given argument over the next less value in the table, and remove the decimal point one figure to the left ; the result will be the correction to be applied to the quantity taken out of the table. The same rule will apply in taking quan- tities from tables in which the differences answering to a change of 10 in the argument are given, although the argument should actu- ally change by 50 or 100. If the argument changes by 100, mul tiply as above, and remove the decimal point two figures to the left. When the common difference of the arguments is 5, proceed as if it were 10, and double the result. In like manner, when the com- mon difference is 50, proceed as if it were 100, and double the result. TO TAKE OUT A QUANTITY FROM A TABLE. 271 Exam. 1. Given the argument 973, to find the corresponding quantity in Table XLV column headed 13. 970 gives 23".5. The difference is 1". 2, and the excess 3. 1".2 From 23".5 3 Take .4 Corr. .36 23 .1 2. Given the argument 4834, to find the corresponding quantity m Table XLII, column headed 5. 4800 gives 2' 3".7. The difference is 6".8, and the excess 34. 6".8 34 From 2' 3". 7 2.312 Take 2 .3 2 1 .4 3. Given the argument 5444, to find the corresponding quan- tity in Table XLI. Ans. 15' 37".7. 4. Given the argument 4225, to find the corresponding quan- tity in Table XLIII, column headed 8. Ans. 0' 47". 2. Case 4. When the table is one of double entry, or quantities are taken from it by means of two arguments. Take out of the table the quantity answering to the values of the arguments of the table next less than the given values ; and find the respective corrections to be applied to it, due to the ex- cess of the given value of each argument over the next less value in the table, by the general rule in the preceding case. These corrections are to be added to the quantity taken out, or subtracted from it, according as the quantities increase or decrease with the arguments. Note 1. If the tenths of seconds be omitted, the corrections above mentioned can be estimated without the trouble of stating a proportion, or performing multiplications. Note 2. The rule above given may, in some rare instances, give a result differing a few tenths of a second from the truth. The following rule will furnish more exact results. Find the quanti- ties corresponding, respectively, to the value of the argument at the top next less than its given value and the other given argu- ment, and to the value next greater and the other given argument. Take the difference of the quantities found, and also the difference of the corresponding arguments at top, and say, difference of argu- ments : difference of quantities : : excess of given value of the argument at the top over its next less value in the table : a fourth term. This fourth term added to the quantity first found, if it is less than the other, but subtracted from it, if it is greater, will give the required quantity. The error of the first rule may be dimin- 272 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. ished without any extra calculation, by attending to the difference of the quantities answering to the value of the argument at the side next greater than its given value and the values of the other argument between which its given value lies. Exam v 1 . Given the argument 64 at the top and 77 at the side, to find the corresponding quantity in Table LXXXI. 50 and 70 give 47".7. The difference between 47".7 and the next quantity below it is I" A. The excess of 77 over 70 is 7, and the argument at the side changes by 10. I" A 7 From 47".7 Corr. due excess 7, .98, or 1".0. Take 1.0 Quantity corresponding to 50 and 77, 46 .7 The difference between 47". 7 and the adjacent quantity in the next column on the right is 3". 3. The excess of 64 over 50 is 14, and the argument at the top changes by 50. 3".3 14 .462 2 From 46".7 Corr. due excess 14, .924 Take 0.9 45 .8 2. Given the argument 223 at the top and 448 at the side, to find the corresponding quantity in Table XXX. 220 and 440 give 16".0. The difference between 16".0 and the quantity next below it is 2".2. 2".2 8 2) 1.76 From 16 /; .0 Corr. for excess 8, .88, or 0".9. Take .9 Quantity corresponding to 220 and 448, 15 .1 The difference between 16".0 and the adjacent quantity in the next column on the right is 0".7. ;/ .7 3 To 15".l Corr. for excess 3, 1 Add .2 15.3 TO CONVERT DEGREES, MINUTES, ETC., INTO TIME. 273 3. Given the argument 472 at the top and 786 at the side, to find the corresponding quantity in Table XXXI. AJIS. 9".7. 4. Given the argument 620 at the top and 367 at the side, to find the corresponding quantity in Table LXXXI. Ans. 55".2. 5. Given the argument 348 at the top and 932 at the side, to find (by the rule given in Note 2) the corresponding quantity in Table XXXII. Ans. 15".4. PROBLEM III. To convert Degrees, Minutes, and Seconds of the Equator into Hours, Minutes, fyc., of Time. Multiply the quantity by 4, and call the product of the seconds, thirds ; of the minutes, seconds j and of the degrees, minutes. Exam. 1. Convert 83 II 7 52" into time. 83 11' 52" 4 5 h - 32 m - 47 B - 28'" 2. Convert 34 57' 46" into time. Ans. 2h. I9m. 51sec. 4"'. PROBLEM IV. To convert Hours, Minutes, and Seconds of Time into Degrees, Minutes, and Seconds of the Equator. Reduce the hours and minutes to minutes : divide by 4, and call the quotient of the minutes, degrees ; of the seconds,, minutes ; and multiply the remainder by 15, for the seconds. Exam. 1. Convert 7h. 9m. 34sec. into degrees, &c. 7 h. 9 m. 34 . 60 4 ) 429 34 107 23' 30" 2. Convert 1 Ih. 24m. 45s. into degrees, &c. Ans. 171 11' 35 274 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. PROBLEM V. The Longitudes of two Places, and the Time at one of them being given, to find the corresponding Time at the other. When the given time is in the morning, change it to astronomi- cal time, by adding 12 hours, and diminishing the number of the day by a unit. When the given time is in the evening, it is al- ready in astronomical time. Find the difference of longitude of the two places, by taking the numerical difference of their longitudes, when these are of the same name, that is, both east or both west ; and the sum, when they are of different names, that is, one west and the other east. When one of the places is Greenwich, the longitude of the other is the difference of longitude. Then, if the place at which the time is required is to the east of the place at which the time is given, add the difference of longi- tude, in time, to the given time ; but, if it is to the west, subtract the difference of longitude from the given time. The sum or re- mainder will be the required time. Note. The longitudes used in the following examples, are given in Table I. Exam. 1. When it is October 25th, 3h. 13m. 22sec. A. M. at Greenwich, what is the time as reckoned at New York? Time at Greenwich, October, 24 d> 15 h - 13 m - 22 8 - Diff. of Long. ... 4 56 4 Time at New York . . 24 10 17 18P.M. 2. When it is June 9th, 5h. 25m. lOsec. P. M. at Washington, what is the corresponding time at Greenwich ? Time at Washington, June, 9 d - 5 h - 25 m - 10 8 - Diff. of Long. ... 586 Time at Greenwich . . 9 10 33 16P.M. 3. When it is January 15th, 2h. 44m. 23sec. P. M. at Paris, what is the time at Philadelphia ? Longitude of Paris . ^f 1 O h - 9 m - 21 fl .6 E. Do. of Philadelphia, . 5 39 .6 W. 5 10 1.2 Time at Paris, January, . 15 d 2 h - 44 m - 23'- Diff. of Long. . . ".] 5 10 1 Time at Philadelphia, "V 14 21 34 22 Or January 15th, 9h. 34m. 22sec. A. M. 4. When it is Marches 1st, 8h. 4m. 21 sec. P. M. at New Haven, what is the corresponding time at Berlin ? Ans. April 1st, Ih. 49m. 43sec. A. M. TO CONVERT APPARENT INTO MEAN TIME. 275 5. When it is August 10th, lOh. 32m. Msec. A. M. at Boston, what is the time at New Orleans ? Ans. Aug. 10th, 9h. 16m. 4sec. A. M. 6. When it is noon of the 23d of December at Greenwich, what is the time at New York ? Ans, Dec. 23d, 7h. 3m. 55sec. A. M PROBLEM VI. The Apparent Time being given, tojind the corresponding Mean Time ; or the Mean Time being given tojind the Apparent. When the given time is not for the meridian of Greenwich, re- duce it to that meridian by the last problem. Then find by the tables the sun's mean longitude corresponding to this time. Thus, from Table XVIII take out the longitude answering to the given year, and from Tables XIX, XX, and XXI, take out the motions in longitude for the given month, days, hours, and minutes, neg- lecting the seconds. The sum of the quantities taken from the tables, rejecting 12 signs, when it exceeds that quantity, will be the sun's mean longitude for the given time. With the sun's mean longitude thus found, take the Equation of Time from Table XII, Then, when Apparent Time is given to find the Mean, apply the equation with the sign it has in the table ; but when Mean Time is given to find the Apparent, apply it with the contrary sign ; the result will be the Mean or Apparent Time required. This rule will be sufficiently exact for ordinary purposes, for several years before and after the year 1840. When the given date is a number of years distant from this epoch, take also with the sun's mean longitude the Secular Variation of the Equation of Time from Table XIII, and find by simple proportion the variation in the interval between the given year and 1840. The result, ap- plied to the equation of time taken from Table XII, according to its sign, if the given time is subsequent to the year 1840, but with the opposite sign if it is prior to 1.840, will give the equation of time at the given date, which apply to the given time as above directed. Note 1. When the exact mean or apparent time to within a small fraction of a second is demanded, take the numbers in the columns entitled I, II, III, IV, V, N, in Tables, XVIII, XIX, XX, answering respectively to the year, month, days, and hours, of the given time. With the respective sums of the numbers taken from each column, as arguments, enter Table XIV, and take out the corresponding quantities. These quantities added to the equation of time as given by Tables XII and XIII, and the 276 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. constant 3.0s. subtracted, will give the true Equation of Time, if the given time is Mean Time. When Apparent Time is given, it will be farther necessary to correct the equation of time as given by the tables, by stating the proportion, 24 hours : change of equation for 1 of longitude : : equation of time : correction. Note 2. The Equation of Time is given in the Nautical Alma- nac for each day of the year, at apparent, and also at mean noon, on the meridian of Greenwich, and can easily be found for any intermediate time by a proportion. Directions for applying it to the given time are placed at the head of the column. The Equation is given on the first and second pages of each month. Exam. 1. On the 16th of July, 1840, when it is 9h. 35m. 22s. P. M., mean time at New York, what is the apparent time at the same place ? Time at New York, July, 1840, 16 d - 9 h - 35 m - 22 s - Diff. of Long. ... 4 56 4 Time at Greenwich, July, 1840, 16 14 31 26 M. Long. 1840 .J . . . . 9 s - 10 12' 49" July L'L . . . . 5 29 23 16 16d. '. , .... 14 47 5 I4h. . . ..; : : *';..'.. . 34 30 31m. 1 16 M. Long. . . . 3 24 58 56 The equation of time in Table XII, corresponding to 3'- 24 58' 56", is + 5 m - 44 s - Mean Time at New York, July, 1840, 16 d - 9 h - 35 m - 22 s - Equation of time, sign changed, . 5 44 Apparent Time, . . . . 16 9 29 38P.M. 2. On the 9th of May, 1842, when it is 4h. 15m. 21sec. A. M. apparent time at New Y ork, what is the mean time at the same place, and also at Greenwich ? Time at New York, May, 1842, 8 d - 16 h - 15 m - 21'- Diff. of Long. . 4 56 4 Time at Greenwich, . ^ , 8 21 11 25 M. Long. 1842 . -V 9* 10 43' 18" May . . 3 28 16 40 8d. 6 53 58 21h. . 51 45 llm. 27 M. Long >;- 1 16 46 8. Equa. of time, 3m. 45s, TO CONVERT APPARENT INTO MEAN TIME. 277 Apparent Time at Greenwich, May, 1842, 8 d - 21 h - ll m - 25' Equation of Time, *-. . -3 45 Mean Time at Greenwich, Diff. of Long. . 8 21 7 40 4 56 4 8 16 11 36 Mean Time at New York, Or, May 9th, 4h. llm. 36s. A. M. 3. On the 3d of February, 1855, when it is 2h, 43m. 36s. appa- rent time at Greenwich, what is the exact mean time at the same place ? Appar. Time at Greenwich, Feb., 1855, 3d. 2h. 43m. 36s. M, Long. I. II. III. IV. V. N. 1855 9' 10 34' 30" 433 279 806 889 866 863 Feb. 1 33 18 47 85 138 45 7 5 3d. 1 58 17 68 5 9 3 2h. 4 56 3 43m. 1 46 10 13 12 47 551 369 953 937 873 868 Appar. Time at Greenwich, Feb., 1855, 3 d - 2 h - 43 m - 36 s - Equation of time by Table XII, . +14 8.6 lOOyrs. : 13s. (Sec. Var., Table XIII) : : 15yrs. : 1.9s. . . . 1.9 Approx. Mean Time at Greenwich, 24h. : 6s. (change of equa. for T long.) : : 14m. : O.ls. II. Ill II. IV. .... II. V I N Constant. of 3 2 57 42.7 +0.1 0.8 0.4 1.0 0.3 0.1 3.0 Mean Time at Greenwich, 3 2 57 42.4 4. On the 18th of November, 1841, when it is 2h. 12m. 26sec. A. M. mean time at Greenwich, what is the apparent time at Philadelphia? Ans. Nov. 17th, 9h. 26m. 28s. P. M. 5. On the 2d of February, 1839, when it is 6h. 32m. 35sec. P. M., apparent time at New Haven, what is the mean time at the same place ? Ans. 6h. 46m. 39s. P. M. 6. On the 23d of September, 1850, when it is 9h. 10m. 12sec. mean time at Boston, what is the exact apparent time at the same place? Ans. 9h. 18m. 1.0s. 278 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. PROBLEM VII. To correct the Observed Altitude of a Heavenly Body for Re - fraction. With the given altitude take the corresponding refraction from Table VIII. Subtract the refraction from the given altitude, and the result will be the true altitude of the body at the given station. This rule will give exact results if the barometer stands at 30 inches, and Fahrenheit's thermometer at 50, and results suffi- ciently exact for ordinary purposes in any state of the atmosphere. When there is occasion for greater precision, take from Table IX the corrections for + 1 inch in the height of the barometer, and 1 in the height of Fahrenheit's thermometer, and compute the corrections for the difference between the observed height of the barometer and 30in. and for the difference between the observed height of the thermometer and 50. Add these to the mean re- fraction taken from Table VIII, if the barometer stands higher than 30in. and the thermometer lower than 50 ; but in the oppo- site case subtract them, and the result will be the true refraction, which subtract from the observed altitude. Exam. 1. The observed altitude of the sun being 32 10' 25", what is its true altitude at the place of observation ? Observed alt. . . . 32 10' 25" Refraction (Table VIII) . 1 32 True alt. at the station, . 32 8 53 2. The observed altitude of Sirius being 20 42' 11", the ba- rometer 29.5 inches, and the thermometer of Fahrenheit 70% required the true altitude at the place of observation. The differ- ence between 29.5 inches and 30 inches is 0.5 inches, and the difference between 70 and 50 is 20. Obs. alt. 2042'11".0 Refrac. (Table VIII), 2' 33".0; Bar.+lin.,5".12;ther.-l.0".310 Corr.for-0.5in.,bar. -2 .6 .5 20 Corr.for+20,ther. 6 .2 2.560 6.20 True refrac. 2 24 .2 True alt. 20 39 46 .8 3. The observed altitude of the moon on the llth of April, 1838, being 14 17' 20", required the true altitude at the place of obser- vation. Ans. 14 13' 35''. 4. Let the observed altitude of Aldebaran be 48 35' 52", the barometer at the same time standing at 30.7 inches, and the ther- mometer at 42, required the true altitude. Ans. 48 34' 58".8. * TO DEDUCE THE TRUE FROM THE APPARENT ALTITUDE. 279 PROBLEM VIII. The Apparent Altitude of a Heavenly Body being given, to find its True Altitude. Correct the observed altitude for refraction by the foregoing problem. Then, 1. If the sun is the body whose altitude is taken, find its paral- lax in altitude by Table X, and add it to the observed altitude cor- rected for refraction. The result will be the true altitude sought. 2. If it is the altitude of the moon that is taken, and the hori- zontal parallax at the time of the observation is known, find the parallax in altitude by the following formula : log. sin (par. in alt.) = log. sin (hor.par.) -Hog. cos (app.alt.) 10 ; and add it, as before, to the apparent altitude corrected for refrac- tion. 3. If one of the planets is the body observed, the following for- mula will serve for the determination of the parallax in altitude when the horizontal parallax is known : log. (par. in alt.) = log. (hor. par.) + log. cos (appar. alt) 10. Note 1 . The equatorial horizontal parallax of the moon at any given time may be obtained from the tables appended to the work. (See Problem XIV.) But it can be had much more readily from the Nautical Almanac. The equatorial horizontal parallax being known, the horizontal parallax at any given latitude may be ob- tained by subtracting the Reduction of Parallax, to be found in Table LXIV. The horizontal parallax of any planet, the altitude of which is measured, may also be derived from the Nautical Al- manac. Note 2. The fixed stars have no sensible parallax, and thus the observed altitude of a star, corrected for refraction, will be its true altitude at the centre of the earth as well as at the station of the observer. Note 3. If the true altitude of a heavenly body is given, and it is required to find the apparent, the rules for finding the parallax in altitude and the refraction are the same as when the apparent altitude is given ; the true altitude being used in place of the ap- parent. But these corrections are to be applied with the opposite signs from those used in the determination of the true altitude from the apparent ; that is, the parallax is to be subtracted, and the re- fraction added. It wil] also be more accurate to make use of equa. (10), p. 52, in the case of the moon. Exam. 1. The observed altitude of the sun on the 1st of May 1837, being 26 40' 20", what is its true altitude ? 280 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. Obs. alt. Refraction . \-^ 9 r . True alt. at the station, Parallax in alt. (Table X), 26 J 40' 20" -1 56 26 38 24 + 8 26 38 32 True altitude 2. Let the apparent altitude of the moon at New York on the 17th of March, 1837, 8h. P. M., be 66 10' 44" ; the barometer 30.4in. and the thermometer 62 ; required the true altitude. Appar. alt. . . 66 10' 44" Meanrefrac. . 25.7 Corr. for + 0.4in., bar. + 0.3 Corr. for + 12, ther. 0.6 True refrac. 25.4 True alt. at N. York, 66 10 18.6 Equa. par. by N. Almanac, 54' 13" Reduc. for lat. 40, 4 Hor. par. at New York, 54 9 Par. in alt. logarithms, cos. 9.60637 sin. 8.19731 21 52 sin. 7.80368 True altitude . . 66 32 11 3. On the 18th of February, 1837, the true meridian altitude of the planet Jupiter at Greenwich was 56 54' 57", what was its apparent altitude at the time of the meridian passage, the horizontal parallax being taken at 1".9, as given by the Nautical Almanac ? True alt. . . 56 54' 57' ; . cos. 9.7371 Hor. par. 1".9 . . . . .... log. 0.2787 Par. in alt. Refraction 1.0 + 37.9 log. 0.0158 Appar. alt. . . 56 55 34 4. What will be the true altitude of the sun on the 22d of Sep- tember, 1840, at the time its apparent altitude is 39 17' 50" ? Ans. 39 16' 46". 5. Given 29 33' 30" the apparent altitude of the moon at Phil adelphia on the 15th of June, 1837, at 9h. 30m. P. M., and 58' 33' the equatorial parallax of the moon at the same time, to find tht true altitude. Ans. 30 22' 41". 6. Given 15 24' 23" the true altitude of Venus, and 8" its hori- zontal parallax, to find the apparent altitude Ans. 15 27' 41". TO FIND THE SUN*S LONGITUDE, ETC , FROM TABLES. 281 PROBLEM IX. To find the Sun's Longitude, Hourly Motion, and Semi-diameter, for a given time, from the Tables. For the Longitude. When the given time is not for the meridian of Greenwich, re- duce it to that meridian by Problem V ; and when it is apparent time, convert it into mean time by the last problem. With the mean time at Greenwich, take from Tables XVIII, XIX, XX, and XXI, the quantities corresponding to the year, month, day, hour, minute, and second, (omitting those in the last two columns,) and place them in separate columns headed as in Table XVIII, and take their sums.* The sum in the column enti- tled M. Long, will be the tabular mean longitude of the sun ; the sum in the column entitled Long. Perigee will be the tabular lon- gitude of the sun's perigee ; and the sums in the columns I, II, III, IV, V, N, will be the arguments for the small equations of the sun's longitude, including the equation of the equinoxes in longi- tude. Subtract the longitude of the perigee from the sun's mean longi- tude, adding 12 signs when necessary to render the subtraction possible ; the remainder will be the sun's mean anomaly. With the mean anomaly take the equation of the sun's centre from Ta- ble XXV, and correct it by estimation for the proportional part of the secular variation in the interval between the given year and 1840; also with the arguments I, II, III, IV, V, take the corre- sponding equations from Tables XXVIII, XXX, XXXI, and XXXII. The equation of the centre and the four other equations, together with the constant 3", added to the mean longitude, will give the sun's True Longitude, reckoned from the Mean Equinox. With the argument N take the equation of the equinoxes or Lu- nar Nutation in Longitude from Table XXVII. Also take the So- lar Nutation in longitude, answering to the given date, from the same table. Apply these equations according to their signs to the true longitude from the mean equinox, already found ; the result will be the True Longitude from the Apparent Equinox. For the Semi-diameter and Hourly Motion. With the sun's mean anomaly, take the hourly motion and semi- diameter from Tables XXIII and XXIV. * In adding quantities that are expressed in signs, degrees, &c., reject 12 or 24 signs whenever the sum exceeds either of these quantities. In adding arguments expressed in 100 or 1000, &c. parts of the circle, when they consist of two figures, reject the hundreds from the sum; when of three figures, the thousands; antf when of four figures, the ten thousands. 36 282 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. Notes. 1 . If the tenths of seconds be omitted in taking the equations from the tables of double entry, the error cannot exceed 2" ; ir case the precaution is taken to add a unit, whenever the tenths ex- ceed .5. 2. The longitude of the sun, obtained by the foregoing rule, may differ about 3" from the same as derived from the most accu- rate solar tables now in use. When there is occasion for greater precision, take from Tables XVIII, XIX, and XX, the quantities in the columns entitled VI and VII, along with those in the other columns. With the sums in these columns, and those in the col- umns I, II, as arguments, take the corresponding equations from Tables XXIX and XXXIII. Also with the sun's mean anomaly take the equation for the variable part of the aberration from Ta- ble XXXIV. Add these three equations along with the others to the mean longitude, and omit the addition of the constant 3". The result will be exact to within a fraction of a second. Exam. 1 . Required the sun's longitude, hourly motion, and se- mi-diameter, on the 25th October, 1837, at llh. 27m. 38s. A. M mean time at New York. Mean time at N. York, Oct. 1837, 24 d - 23 h - 27 m - 38 s - Diif. of Long 4 56 4 Mean time at Greenwich, 25 4 23 42 1837 . October 25d. . 4h. . 23m. . 42s. Eq. Sun's Cent. II. III. II. IV. II. V. Const. . Lunar Nutation Solar Nutation Sun'strue long. M. Long. 9 10 55 47.2 8 29 4 54.1 23 39 19,9 9 51.4 56.7 1.7 7 3 50 51.0 11 28 12 43.5 2.5 9.0 7.7 19.3 3.0 2 4 16.0 6.3 1.2 7 2 4 8.5 Long. Perigee. I. II. 9 10 8 5816280 46250748215 4810J 66 107 8 9 10 8 55882 94 7 3 50 51 III. IV. 549 872 321 397 35 753 v. IN. 348895 63 40 416 939 9 23 41 56 Mean Anomaly. Sun's Hourly Motion, . . 2' 29". 7 Sun's Semi-diameter 16' 17".2 2. Required the sun's longitude, hourly motion, and semi-diam eter, on the 15th of July, 1837, at 8h. 20m. 40s. P. M. mean time at Greenwich. TO FIND THE APPARENT OBLIQUITY OF THE ECLIPTIC. 1837 July 15d. 8h. 20m. 40s. . Eq. Sun's Cent. ii. in! II. IV. II. V. I. VI. II. VII. Aber. . Lunar Nutation Solar Nutation Sun's true long. M. Long. Long. Peri. I. 816 129 473 11 II. I III IV. V. N. VI. VII. so/ // 9 10 55 47.2 5 28 24 7.8 13 47 56.6 19 42.8 49.3 1.6 8 / 9 10 8 5 31 2 280549 496,806 38 62 1 1 321 348 263 41 20 3 604392 895 787 27569 2508 11 600 17 2 9 10 8 38 3 23 28 25 429l8is|418 924875 619 2' 23".l . 15' 45".4 3 23 28 25.3 11 29 33 10.3 10.7 6.6 5.0 7.7 1.8 0.2 0.6 6 13 19 47 Mean Anomaly. Sun's Hourly Motion, Sun's Semi-diameter, 3 23 2 8.2 7.8 + 0.8 3 23 2 1.2 3. Required the sun's longitude, hourly motion, and semi-diam eter, on the 10th of June, 1838, at 9h. 45m. 26s. A. M. mean time at Philadelphia, (omitting the three smallest equations of long* tude.) Ans. Sun's longitude, 2 s - 19 11' 57" ; hourly motion, 2' 23".3 ; semi-diameter, 15' 46". 1. 4. Required the sun's longitude, hourly motion, and semi-diam< eter, on the 1st of February, 1837, at 12h. 30m. 15s. mean astro- nomical time at Greenwich. Ans. Sun's longitude, 10 s - 13 I 7 44". 6 ; hourly motion, 2f 32".l ; semi-diameter, 16' 14".7. PROBLEM X. To find the Apparent Obliquity of the Ecliptic, for a given time, from the Tables. Take the mean obliquity for the given year from Table XXII. Then with the argument N, found as in the foregoing problem, and the given date, take from Table XXVII the lunar and solar nutations of obliquity. Apply these according to their signs to the mean obliguity, and the result will be the apparent obliquity. Exam. 1 . Required the apparent obliquity of the ecliptic on the 15th of March, 1839. 284 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. N. 1839, . 3 March, 9 15d. . 2 M. Obliquity, 23 27' 36". 9 14 ... +9 .1 Solar Nutation for March 15th, +0 .5 Apparent Obliquity, . . 23 27 46 .5 2. Required the apparent obliquity of the ecliptic on the 12th of July, 1845. Ans. 23 27' 28". 2. PROBLEM XL Given the Sun's Longitude and the Obliquity of the Ecliptic, tc find his Right Ascension and Declination* Let w = obliquity of the ecliptic ; L = sun's longitude ; R == sun's right ascension ; and D = sun's declination ; then to find R and D, we have log. tang R = log. tang L + log. cos u 10, log. sin D = log. sin L + log. sin w 10. The right ascension must always be taken in the same quadrant as the longitude. The declination must be taken less than 90 ; and it will be north or south according as its trigonometrical sine comes out positive or negative. Note. The sun's right ascension and declination are given in the Nautical Almanac for each day in the year at noon on the me- ridian of Greenwich, and may be found at any intermediate time by a proportion. Exam. 1. Given the sun's longitude 205 23' 50", and the ob- :iquity of the ecliptic 23 27' 36", to find his right ascension and declination. L=205 23' 50" ... tan. 9.67649 w = 23 27 36 cos. 9.96253 R = 203 32 5 tan. 9.63902 L = 205 23 50 . . . sin. 9.63235 w = 23 27 36 . ' . . sin. 9.60000 D= 9 49 52 S. . '.-- . sin. 9.23235 2. The obliquity of the ecliptic being 23 27' 30", required * The obliquity of the ecliptic at any given time for which the sun's longitude is known, is found by the foregoing Problem. TO FIND THE SUN S LONGITUDE AND DECLINATION. 285 the sun's right ascension and decimation when his longitude if 44 18' 25". Aiis. Right ascension 41 50' 30", and declination 16 8' 40" N. PROBLEM XII. Given the Surfs Right Ascension and the Obliquity of the Eclip tic, to find his Longitude and Declination. Using the same notation as in the last problem, we have, to find the longitude and declination, log. tang L = log. tang R + ar. co. log. cos w, log. tang D = log. sin R + log. tang w 10. Exam. 1. What is the longitude and declination of the sun, when his right ascension is 142 11' 34", and the obliquity of the ecliptic 23 27' 40" ? R = 142 II 7 34" . /Vv . tan. 9.88979 w = 23 27 40 '-...i'*. .',... ar. co. cos. 0.03747 L = 139 46 30 . . . tan. 9.92726 R=142 11 34 . r .v . sin. 9.78746 w= 23 27 40 . . . tan. 9.63750 D= 14 53 55 N. . . ..,;.,- tan. 9.42496 2. Given the sun's right ascension 310 25' 11", and the obli- quity of the ecliptic 23 27' 35", to find the longitude and declina- tion. Ans. Longitude 307 59' 57", and declination 18 17' 0" S. PROBLEM XIII. The Surfs Longitude and the Obliquity of the Ecliptic being given, to find the Angle of Position. Let p ~ angle of position ; w = obliquity of the ecliptic ; and L = sun's longitude. Then, log. tangp = log. cos L + log. tang w 10. The angle of position is always less than 90. The northern part of the circle of latitude' will lie on the west or east side of the northern part of the circle of declination, according as the sign of the tangent of the angle of position is positive or negative. Exam. 1. Given the sun's longitude 24 15' 20", and the obli quity of the ecliptic 23 27' 32", required the angle of position. ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. L = 24 15' 20" . . cos 9.9598G w = 23 27 32 . . tan. 9.63745 p=2l 35 10 . . tan. 9.59731 The northern part of the circle of latitude is to the west of the circle of declination. 2. When the sun's longitude is 120 18' 55", and the obliquity of the ecliptic 23 27' 30", what is the angle of position ? Ans. 12 21' 17" ; and the northern part of the circle of latitude lies to the east of the circle of declination. PROBLEM XIV. To find from the Tables, the Moon's Longitude, Latitude, Equa- torial Parallax, Semi-diameter, and Hourly Motion in Longi- tude and Latitude, for a given time. When the given time is not for the meridian of Greenwich, re- duce it to that meridian, and when it is apparent time convert it into mean time. Take from Table XXXV, and the following tables, the argu- ments numbered 1, 2, 3, &c., to 20, for the given year, and their variations for the given month, days, &c., and find the sums of the numbers for the different arguments respectively ; rejecting the hundred thousands and also the units in the first, the ten thousands in the next eight, and the thousands in the others. The resulting quantities will be the arguments for the first twenty equations of longitude. With the same time, take from the same tables the remaining arguments with their variations, entitled Evection, Anomaly, Va- riation, Longitude, Supplement of the Node, II, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and X ; and add the quantities in the column for the Supple- ment of the Node. For the Longitude. With the first twenty arguments of longitude, take from Tables XLI to XLVI, inclusive, the corresponding equations ; and with the Supplement of the Node for another argument, take the corre- sponding equation from Table XLIX. Place these twenty-one equations in a single column, entitled Eqs. of Long. ; and write beneath them the constant 55". Find the sum of the whole, and place it in the column of Evection. Then the sum of the quanti- ties in this column will be the corrected argument of Evection. With the corrected argument of Evection, take the Evection from Table L, and add it to the sum in the column of Eqs. of Long. Place this in the column of Anomaly. Then the sum of the quantities in this column will be the corrected Anomaly. TO FIND THE MOON'S LONGITUDE, ETC. 287 With the corrected Anomaly, take the Equation of the Centre from Table LI, and add it to the last sum in the column of Eqs. of Long. Place the resulting sum in the column of Variation. Then the sum of the quantities in this column will be the corrected argument of Variation. With the corrected argument of Variation, take the variation from Table LII, and add it to the last sum in the column of Eqs. of Long. ; the result will be the sum of the principal equations of the Orbit Longitude, amounting in all to twenty-four, and the constants subtracted for the other equations. Place this sum in the column of Longitude. Then the sum of the quantities in this column will be the Orbit Longitude of the Moon, reckoned from the mean equinox. Add the orbit longitude to the supplement of the node, and the resulting sum will be the argument of Reduction. With the argument of Reduction, take the Reduction from Ta- ble LIII, and add it to the Orbit Longitude. The sum will be the Longitude as reckoned from the mean equinox. With the Supple- ment of the Node, take the Nutation in Longitude from Table LI V, and apply it, according to its sign, to the longitude from- the mean equinox. The result will be the Moon's True Longitude from the Apparent Equinox. For the Latitude. The argument of the Reduction is also the 1st argument of Lat- itude. Place the sum of the first twenty-four equations of Longi- tude, taken to the nearest minute, in the column of Arg. II. Find the sum of the quantities in this column, and it will be the Arg. II of Latitude, corrected. The Moon's true Longitude is the 3d ar- gument of Latitude. The 20th argument of Longitude is the 4th argument of Latitude. Take from Table LVIII the thousandth parts of the circle, answering to the degrees and minutes in the sum of the first twenty-four equations of longitude, and place it in the columns V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX ; but not in the column X. Then the sums of the quantities in columns V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and X, rejecting the thousands, will be the 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th arguments of Latitude. With the Arg. I of Latitude, take the moon's distance from the North Pole of the Ecliptic, from Table LV ; .and with the remain- ing nine arguments of latitude, take the corresponding equations from Tables LVI, LVII, and LIX. The sum of these quantities, increased by 10", will be the moon's true distance from the North Pole of the Ecliptic. The difference between this distance and 90 will be the Moon's true Latitude ; which will be North or South) according as the distance is less or greater than 90. For the Equatorial Parallax. With the corrected arguments, Evection, Anomaly, and Varia 288 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. tion, take out the corresponding quantities from Tables LXI, LXII, and LXIII. Their sum, increased by 7", will be the Equa- torial Parallax. For the Semi-diameter. With the Equatorial Parallax as an argument, take out the moon's semi-diameter from Table LXV. For the Hourly Motion in Longitude. With the arguments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 of Longitude, rejecting the two right-hand figures in each, take the corresponding equations of the hourly motion in longitude from Table LXVII. Find the sum of these equations and the constant 3", and with this sum at the top, and the corrected argument of the Evection at the side, take the corresponding equation from Table LXIX ; also with the corrected argument of the Evection take the corresponding equa- tion from Table LXVIII. Add these equations to the sum just found, and with the result- ing sum at the top, and the corrected anomaly at the side, take the corresponding equation from Table LXX ; also with the corrected anomaly take the corresponding equation from Table LXXI. Add these two equations to the sum last found, and with the re- sulting sum at the top, and the corrected argument of the Variation at the side, take the corresponding equation from Table LXXII. With the corrected argument of the Variation, take the correspond- ing equation from Table LXXIII. Add these two equations to the sum last found, and with the re- sulting sum at the top, and the argument of the Reduction at the side, take the corresponding equation from Table LXXIV. Also, with the argument of the Reduction take the corresponding equa- tion from Table LXXV. These two equations, added to the last sum, will give the sum of the principal equations of the hourly motion in longitude, and the constants subtracted for the others. To this add the constant 27' 24".0, and the result will be the Moon's Hourly Motion in Longitude. For the Hourly Motion in Latitude. With the argument I of Latitude, take the corresponding equa- tion from Table LXXIX. With this equation at the side, and the sum of all the eouations^of the hourly motion in longitude, except the last two, at tne top, take the corresponding equation from Ta- ble LXXXI. With the argument II of. Latitude, take the corre- sponding equation from Table LXXXII. And with this equation at the side, and the sum of all the equations of the hourly motion in longitude, except the last two, at the top, take the equation from Table LXXXIII. Find the sum of these four equations and the TO FIND THE MOON's LONGITUDE, ETC. 289 constant 1". To the resulting sum apply the constant 237".2. The difference will be the Moon's true Hourly Motion in Latitude. *The moon will be tending North or South, according as the sign is positive or negative. Note. The errors of the results obtained by the foregoing rules, occasioned by the neglect of the smaller equations, cannot exceed for the longitude 15", for the latitude 8", for the parallax 7", for the hourly motion in longitude 5", and for the hourly motion in latitude 3" ; and they will generally be very much less. When greater accuracy is required, take from Tables XXXV to XXXIX the arguments from 21 to 31, along with those from 1 to 20, and their variations. The sums of the numbers for these different ar- guments, respectively, will be the arguments of eleven small addi- tional equations of longitude. Also, take from the same tables the arguments entitled XI and XII, along with those in the preceding columns. Retain the right-hand figure of the sum in column 1 of arguments, and conceive a cipher to be annexed to each number in the columns of arguments of Table XLI. The numbers in the columns entitled Diff.for 10, will then be the differences for a va- riation of 100 in the argument. For the Longitude. With the arguments 21 to 31, take the cor responding equations from Tables XLVII and XLVIII, and place them in the same column with the equations taken out with the arguments 1, 2, &c. to 20. Take also equation 32 from Table XLIX, as before. Find the sum of the whole, (omitting the con- stant 55",) and then continue on as above. The longitude from the mean equinox being found, take the lunar nutation in longitude from Table LIV, and the solar nutation answering to the given date from Table XXVII. Apply them both, according to their sign, to the longitude from the mean equinox, and the result will be the more exact longitude from the apparent equinox, required. For the Latitude. With the arguments XI and XII, take the corresponding equations from Table LIX. Add these with the other equations, and omit the constant 10". The difference be T tween the sum and 90 will be the more exact latitude. For the Equatorial Parallax. With the arguments 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, take the corresponding equations from Table LX. Find the sum of these and the other equations, omitting the con- stant 7", and it will be the more exact value of the Parallax. For the Hourly Motion in Longitude. With the arguments 1, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18, of longitude, along with the arguments 2, 3, 4. 5, and 6, heretofore used, take the cor- responding equations froti. Table LXVII. Find the sum of the 37 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. whole, omitting the constant 3", and proceed as in the rule already given. To obtain the motion in longitude for the hour which precede! or follows the given time, with the arguments of Tables LXX, LXXII, and LXXIV, take the equations from Tables LXXVI and LXX VII. Also, with the arguments of Evection, Anomaly, Variation, and Reduction, take the equations from Table LXX VIII. Find the sum of all these equations. Then, for the hour which fol- lows the given time, add this sum to the hourly motion at the given time already found, and subtract 2".0 ; for the hour which pre- cedes, subtract it from the same quantity, and add 2".0. It will expedite the calculation to take the equations of the sec- ond order from the tables at the same time with those of the first order which have the same arguments. For the Hourly Motion in Latitude. The moon's hourly mo- tion in latitude may be had more exactly by taking with the argu- ments of Latitude V, VI, &c. to XII, the corresponding equations from Table LXXX, and finding the sum of these and the other equations of the hourly motion in latitude. To obtain the moon's motion in latitude for the hour which pre- cedes or follows the given time, with the Argument I of Latitude, take the equation from Table LXXXIV, and with this equation and the sum of all the equations of the hourly motion in longitude except the last two, take the equation from Table LXXXV. Find the sum of these two equations. Then, for the hour which follows the given time, add this sum to the Hourly Motion in Latitude al- ready found, taken with its sign, and subtract 1".3; and for the hour which precedes, subtract it from the same quantity, and add 1".3. It will also be more exact to enter Table LXXXI with the sum of all the equations of Tables LXXIX and LXXX, diminished by 1", instead of the equation of Table LXXIX, for the argument at the side. The numbers over the tops of the columns in Table LXXXI are the common differences of the consecutive numbers in the columns. The numbers in the last column are the common differences of the consecutive numbers in the same horizontal line. Exam. 1. Required the moon's longitude, latitude, equatorial parallax, semi-diameter, and hourly motions in longitude and lati- tude, on the 14th of October, 1838, at 6h. 54m. 34s. P. M. mean time at New York. Mean time at New York, October, 14 d - 6 h< 54 m - 34 s - Diff. of Long. .... 4 56 4 Mean time at Greenwich, October, 14 11 50 38 TO FIND THE MOON 8 LONGITUDE, ETC. 00 i-i 2 $"- -* r*ioo 2 SSSrH co o co ,., CJ CO t^ O5 - h^s- 1 JS * K UO O5 (M O 1> IO ITS 10 t^ t- Tjl l O t- O5 t^ i-H CO VO CO CO t I-H t^ IO 00 F-I 0* * ( CO CO rH l-( O O -^ CO CO r-H rH CO t- r-l CO OO CO oo 05 CM r*. co co co (M r^ co rH OS d O O r-1 O IO 00 CO 00 -0 QD OO rH i-t CO oo t- m tfi CO CO O H C< "-l Cft Ui FH Ql FH U9 (M rH OS C00 ' a: utat True 1 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS OC* ;o t W ' psf ' I ' S ' S3 Gt Z | ft fl.8 OC5C5COOO O i-( O O r- 000* 00 o <> ^< CD i ( C< Tf Ot S j S ^ s.J O2> TO FIND THE MOON S LONGITUDE, ETC. 293 ** 1 O >CO -^ rH JM_J_tO CM CO O uo to O I-H 2 1222^ i t- UO O o 21 -H ~ oo rN to t^ t^ O5 t^ i-H r-l OS ^ % S^Sr^ rH .-s -^ -vs CO O CO T-H i-H 00 CO -^ i-H VO CO CO 00 O O O O "# O5 CO to >o i>- 1>- 1 i CO WO O i-H o to uo CM CM ^T rH I OO O tO UO rH I UO 2- fO~r-rrH~~CT 3; CO CO rH i-H CO t-> rH CO 00 CO O5 O5 00 CO It-" ^3^CM^ to !> 00 I O5 -H l-^ IO r-t o -t oo Tf< CM t- uo ^-i uo rH OO CO T-I CO rH O5 rH O UO S- w i-H O5 CM O O t^. CO tO tO r-l O UO CO 00 tO rH CO CO -^ OO UO i-H O UO O5 O t- CO rH O UO rH rH tO 1-H CO -* !> CO O CO 00 i-H O uo 00 i-H i-H CO t^ UO tO UO CM to i-t O UO t~ 00 ^ I-H CO OO CM "* > CO T} CO l^ 01- OCO o o o'o COO? 00 to co i- CJ i-H -H 09 -^0* .w . I is ill * * * s CC Tf tO t f*CO T#09 H CO to o 0> o 8 S ^ S S S ^ -^ CMOdOO O Oi-t * '^ i C^PS'^t'OCOt^QOOJOi lff< oioic*(XCic*ct(?tGi)-30 . . . (9); if =v z . . . (10); Appar. lat. = true lat. . . . (11); log.R' = leg. p + ar. co. log. cos X + ar. co. log. u + log. cos X 7 -flog. R 10 ... (12) : in which P = the Reduced Parallax of the Moon ; h = the Altitude of the Nonagesimal ; X = the True Latitude of the Moon (minus when south) ; K = the Longitude of the Moon, minus the longitude of the No- nagesimal ; p = the required Parallax in Longitude ; X' = the approximate Apparent Latitude of the Moon ; if = the required Parallax in Latitude ; R = the True Semi-diameter of the Moon ; R ; = the Augmented Semi-diameter of the Moon ; x, u, u', v, z, are auxiliary arcs. * Formula (7) will be rendered more accurate by adding to it the ar. co. cos * 10, and will generally give the apparent latitude with sufficient accuracy; thus rendering formulae (8), (9), (10), and (11) unnecessary. TO FIND THE MOON ? S APPARENT LONG. AND LAT. 299 Formulae (1), (2), (3), (4), and (5), being resolved in succession, we derive the apparent longitude from formula (6) ; then the appa- rent latitude from equations (7), (8), (9), (10), (11); and lastly, the augmented semi-diameter from equation (12.) The latitude of the moon must be affected with the negative sign when south ; and the apparent latitude will be south when it comes out negative. In performing the operations, it is to be re- membered that the cosine of a negative arc has the same sign as the cosine of a positive arc of an equal number of degrees ; but that the sine or tangent of a negative arc has the opposite sign from the sine or tangent of an equal positive arc. Attention must also be paid to the signs in the addition and subtraction of arcs. Thus, two arcs affected with essential signs, which are to be added to each other, are to be added arithmetically when they have like signs, but subtracted if they have unlike signs ; and when one arc is to be taken from another, its sign is to be changed, and the two united according to their signs. An arithmetical sum, when taken, will have the same sign as each of the arcs ; and an arithmetical difference the same sign as the greater arc. The use of negative arcs may be avoided, though the calculation would be somewhat longer, by using the true polar distance d, and the approximate apparent polar distance d', in place of X and X', substituting sin d for cos X, cos (d }- x) for sin (X oc\ sin d' for cos X', log. co-tang d' for log. tang X' ; and observing that p is to be subtracted from the true longitude in case the longitude of the nonagesimal exceeds the longitude of the moon ; that z, when it comes out negative, is to be added to v, which is always positive to the north of the tropic, otherwise subtracted ; and that the par- allax in latitude is to be applied according to its sign to the true polar distance. In seeking for the logarithms of the trigonometrical lines, it will be sufficient to take those answering to the nearest tens of seconds. Note 1 . When great accuracy is not desired, u' may be taken for p, from which it can never differ more than a fraction of a second. Note 2. In solar eclipses the moon's latitude is very small, and formula (7) may be changed into the following : log. X' = log. p +ar. co. log. cos X+ar. co. log. u -Hog. (X a?) 10 and cos X' omitted in formula (12) without material error. Formulae (8), (9), (10), and (11), may also now be dispensed with, unless very great precision is desired, and the value of X' given by the above formula taken for the apparent latitude. It is to be observed also, that in eclipses of the sun P is taken equal to the reduced parallax of the moon minus the sun's horizon- tal parallax. By this the parallax of the sun in longitude and lati- tude is referred to the moon, and the relative apparent places of the sun and moon are correctly obtained, without the necessity of 300 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. a separate computation of the sun's parallax in longitude and latitude. Exam. 1 . About the time of the middle of the occultation of the star Antares, on the 10th of May, 1838, the moon's longitude, by the Connaissance des Terns, was 247 37' 6".7; latitude 4 14' 14".7 S. ; semi-diameter 15' 24".2 ; and equatorial parallax 56' 31 ".7 ; and the longitude of the nonage simal at New York was 200 12' 23" ; the altitude 37 0' 34" ; required the apparent Ion- gitude and latitude, and the augmented semi-diameter of the moon at New York, at the time in question. Equat. par. 56' 31".7 Moon's long. 247 37' 7" Reduction 4 .6 Long, nonag. 200 12 23 P = 56 27 .1 K = 47 24 44 h = 37 34 X = -4 14 14.7 P 3387".! . . log. 3.52983 h . . .37 0'34" . . cos. 9.90230 a. 3.43213 X . . 41415 ar. co. cos. 0.00119 x 45 12 . 2712" . log. 3.43332 h . . . 37 34 . . . tan. 9.87725 c. 3.31057 K . . . 47 24 44 . . sin. 9.86701 tt ; . . 25 5 . 1505" . log. 3.17758 c. 3.31057 47 49 49 sin. 9.86991 u' 25 15 . 1515".2 . log. 3.18048 c. 3.31057 K + u' . . 47 49 59 . . . sin. 9.86993 p 25 15.3 . 1515".3 . log. 3.18050 True long. . . 247 37 6.7 Appar. long. . 248 2 22.0 p log. 3.18050 x x . . . 4 59 27 . . . sin. 8.93957- X . . /%> . . . . ar. co. cos. 0.00119 tt . . ^. . ar. co. log. 6.82242 X' ,51 10 tan. 8.94368- 301 5 1' 10" . . . cos. 9.99833 a. 3.43213 V 44 54.4 . 2694".4 . log. 3.43046 h ......... tan. 9.87725 X' ........ tan. 8.94368 K + | . 47 37 22 . . . cos. 9.82867 z . . . 2 0.2 . 120".2 . log. 2.08006 - v-z . . . 46 54.6 vz (sign changed) 46 54.6 Truelat. . 4 14 14.7 Appar. lat. ..51 9.3 S. p log. 3.18050 X ar. co. cos. 0.00119 u ar. co. log. 6.82242 X 7 cos. 9.99833 R 15 24.2 . 924".2 . log. 2.96577 Augm. semi-diam. 15 29.4 . 929".4 . log. 2.96821 Exam. 2. About the middle of the eclipse of the sun on the 18th of September, 1838, the moon's longitude was 175 29' 19".0, latitude 47' 47".5, equatorial parallax 53' 53".5, and semi-diame- ter 14' 41 ".1 ; and the longitude of the nonagesimal at New York was 216 20' 50", the altitude 32 15' 48": required the apparent longitude and latitude, and the augmented semi-diameter of the moon. Equat. paral. 53' 53".5 Moon's long. 175 29' 19'- Reduction, 4 .4 . Long, nonag. 216 20 50 Sun's 53 49 .1 paral. 8 .6 K = -40 51 31 h = 32 15 48 X = 47 47.5 P = 53 40 .5 P h X . 3220' 32 15' 48" . 47 47.5 . '.5 . . log. 3.50792 cos. 9.92716 ar. co. cos. 0.00004 X h 45 23.5. . 32 15 48 . 2723".5 . log. 3.43512 tan. 9.80023 K . -40 51 31 . c. 3.23535 sin. 9.81570- 1845 .1126" . log. 3.05 L05- 302 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. True lon. -41 10' 16" . . 18 52.9 . 1132 ;/ .9 . c. sin. 3.23535 9.81844- log. 3.05379- 41 10 24 18 52.9 175 29 19.0 175 10 26.1 c. sin. 3.23535 9.81844- long. Appar. long. P X ...... u ...... X-a? . . 2 / 24 // .0 . 144".0 Appar. latitude 2' 24".9 N. 144".9 P X u R 1132".9 . log. 3.05379 ar. co. ar. co, ar. co, ar. co. Augm. semi-diam. 14 46 .7 . 886".7 . log. cos. log. log. 3.05379 0.00004 6.94895 2.15836 log. 2.16114 log. cos. log. log. 3.05379 0.00004 6.94895 2.94502 log. 2.94780 PROBLEM XVIII. To find the Mean Right Ascension and Declination, or Longitude and Latitude of a Star, for a given time, from the Tables. Take the difference between the given year and 1 840. Then seek in Table XV for the fraction of the year answering to the given month and days, and add it to this difference, if the given time is after the beginning of the year 1840; but if it is before, subcract it. Multiply the sum or difference by the annual variation given in the catalogue, (Table XC, or XCII,) and the product will be the variation in the interval between the given time and the epoch of the catalogue. Apply this product to the quantity given in the catalogue, according to its sign, if the given time is after the beginning of the year 1840, but with the opposite sign if it is before, and the result will be the quantity sought. Exam. 1. Required the mean right ascension and declination of the star Sirius on the 15th of August, 1842. Interval between given time and beginn. of 1840, (t,) 2.619yrs, Annual variation of right ascension ; _ 2.646s Variation of right ascension for interval f, . . 6.93s. TO FIND A STAR'S ABERR. IN RIGHT ASCENSION, ETC. A similar operation gives for the variation of declination in the same interval, 11". 65. Mean right ascen., beginning of 1840, Table XC, 6 h - 38- 5.76 s - Variation for interval t, . . . . . +6.93 Mean right ascension required, . . 6 38 12.69 Mean declination,beginning of 1840, . . 16 30' 4".79S, Variation for interval t, + 1 1 .65 Mean declination required, . , . . 16 30 16 .44 S. 2. Required the mean longitude and latitude of Aldebaran on the 20th of October, 1838. Interval between given time and begin, of 1840, (t) 1.200yrs. Annual variation of longitude, .... 50".210 Variation of longitude for interval t, 60". 2 A similar operation gives for the variation of latitude in the same interval 0".4. Mean longitude, beginning of 1840, . 2 s - 7 33' 5".9 Variation for interval t, ... 1 .2 Mean longitude required, . . . 2 7 32 5 .7 Mean latitude, beginning of 1840, . . 5 28' 38".0 S. Variation for interval t, . + .4 Mean latitude required, . . . . 5 28 38 .4 S. 3. Required the mean right ascension and declination of Capella on the 9th of February, 1839 ? Ans. Mean right ascension 5 h - 4 ra - 48.74"-, and mean declination 45 49' 38".53 N. 4. Required the mean longitude and latitude of Aldebaran on the 1 6th of April, 1845? Ans. Mean longitude 2 s - 7 37' 31".4, and mean latitude 5 28' 36".2. PROBLEM XIX. To find the. Aberrations of a Star in Right Ascension and Decli nation, for a given Day. This problem may be resolved for any of the stars in the logue of Table XC by means of the following formulae : 304 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. log. (aber. in right ascen.) == M + log. sin (O + 9j 10. log. (aber. in declin.) = N + log. sin (O + 6) 10, in which M, N, are constant logarithms, O the longitude of the sun on the given day, and 9, 0, auxiliary angles. M, N, and the an- gles 9, 6 9 are given for each of the stars in the catalogue, in Table XCI. O may be derived from an ephemeris of the sun, or it may be computed from the solar tables by Problem IX. Exam. 1. What was the amount of aberration, in right ascen- sion and declination, of a Orionis on the 20th of December, 1 837, the sun's longitude on that day being 8 s - 28 28' ? Right Ascension. Table XCI, 9 . 6 s - 3 13' M . . 0.1361 O . 8 28 28 O+9.3 1 41 . .sin. 9.9998 Aberration = 1".37 . . . .log. 0.1359 Declination. Table XCI, 6 . 8 8 - 28 23' N. . 0.7521 O 8 28 28 O-H . 5 26 51 . .sin. 8.7399 Aberration = 0".31 .... log. 1.4920 2. Required the aberrations in right ascension and declination of a Andromedae on*the 1st of May, 1838, the sun's longitude be- ing I 8 - 10 38'. Ans. Aberr. in right ascension 1".07, and aberr. in declina- tion - 11".69. PROBLEM XX. To find the Nutations of a Star in Right Ascension and Declines tion, for a given Day. This Problem may be solved by means of the formulae, log. (nuta. in right asc.) = M' +log. sin (ft 4- 9') 10 ; log. (nuta. in declin.) = N' -flog, sin (ft +6') 10; in which M', N', are constant logarithms, ft the mean longitude of the moon's ascending node, and 9', &', auxiliary angles. M', N', and the angles 9', ', are given for each of the stars in the cata- logue, in Table XCI. The mean longitude of the moon's ascend- ing node is given for every tenth day of the year in the Nautical Almanac, page 266, and may be easily found for any intermediate TO FIND A STAR'S NOTATION IN RIGHT ASCEN., ETC. 305 day from the daily motion inserted at the foot of the column of longitudes. It may also be had by finding the supplement of the moon's node, for the given time, from the lunar tables, and sub- tracting it from 12 s - 7'. Exam. 1. What was the amount of the nutation, in right ascen- sion and declination, of a Orionis on the 20th of December, 1 837, the mean longitude of the moon's node on that day being 18 54' ? Right Ascension. TableXCI, 9' . 6 s - 15' M' . . 0.0481 ft . 18 54 +9'. 6 19 9 . . sin. 9.5159 Nutation = - 0".37 . log. 1.5640- Declination. Table XCI, *' . 3 s - 2 37' N' . . 0.9657 ft . 18 54 &+*'. S 21 31 . . sin. 9.9686 Nutation = 8".60 . log. 0.9343 2. Required the nutations in right ascension and declination of a Andromedae on the 1st of May, 1838. Ans. Nutation in right ascension 0".54, and nutation in de- cimation I" A3. Note. When the apparent place of a star is desired with great accuracy, the solar nutations must also be estimated and allowed for. These may be determined by repeating the process for find- ing the lunar nutations, only using twice the sun's longitude in place of the longitude of the moon's node, and multiplying the re- sults by the decimal .075. The calculation of the solar nutations in Example 1st, is as fol- lows : Right Ascension. Table XCI, 9' - - 6 s - 15' M' . . 0.0481 2O . 5 26 56 2O + 9'. 11 27 11 f -^ . sin. 8.6914 /; .05 . log.~2".7395- .075 Solar Nutat. = - 0".00 39 306 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS* Declination. Table XCI,d' . . 3 s - 2 37' N' . . 0.9657 20 5 26 56 2O+4'. 8 29 33 . . sin. 10.0000 9".24 . *^ 0.9657 .075 Solar Nutat. = - 0".69 In Example 2d, we find for the solar nutation in right ascension, 0".08, and for the solar nutation in declination, 0".51. PROBLEM XXI. To find the Apparent Right Ascension and Declination of a Star, on a given Day. Find the mean right ascension and decimation for the given day by Problem XVIII ; then compute the aberrations in right ascen- sion and declination by Problem XIX, and the lunar and solar nu- tations in right ascension and declination by Problem XX. Apply the aberrations and nutations according to their signs, to the mean right ascension and declination on the given day, observing that the declination when south is to be marked negative, and the results will be the apparent right ascension and declination sought. Exam. 1 . What was the apparent right ascension and declina- tion of a Orionis on the 20th of December, 1837 ? h. m. s. ' " Table XC, M. right ascen. 5 46 30.71 M. dec. 7 22 17.14N. Variations - 6.59 2.42 5 46 24.12 7 22 14.72 Aberr. . [ iv * +1.37 wU4^ +0.31 Lun. nutat. . 0.37 . . +8.60 Sol. nutat. 0.00 . - 0.69 App. right asc. 5 46 25.12 App.dec.7 22 22.94N. 2. Required the apparent right ascension and declination of a Andromedae on the 1st of May, 1838. Ans. Appar. right ascen. Oh. Om. 0.90s., and appar. dec. 28 11' 39".92. TO FIND A STAR'S ABERRATION IN LONGITUDE, ETC. 307 PROBLEM XXII. To find the Aberrations of a Star in Longitude and Latitude, for a given Day, The formulae for the computation are, log. (aber. in long.) = 1.30880 + log. cos (6s. + O L) + ar. co. log. cos X 10 ; log. (aber. in lat.) = 1.30880 -f log. sin (6s. + O - L) + log. sin X 20 ; in which O = longitude of the sun on the given day ; L = mean longitude of the star ; and X = mean latitude of the star. Exam. 1 . Required the aberrations in longitude and latitude of Antares on the 26th of February, 1838, the sun's longitude on that day being 11 s - 7 29'. By Prob. XVIII, L = 8 s - 7 30', and X = 4 32' S. 6s. + O . 17 7 29 Const, log. 1.3088 6s. + O - L 8 29 59 . ' -.' cos. 6.4637 X . . 4 32 . ar. co. cos. 0.0014 Aberr. in long. = -0".00 . log. 1.7739 Const, log. 1.3088 6s. + O - L 8* 29 59' . . sin. 10.0000 X ... 4 32 . . sin. 8.8978 Aberr. in lat. = - 1 ;/ .61 . log, 0.2066 - 2. Required the aberrations in longitude and latitude of Arc- turus on the 5th of October, 1838, the sun's longitude being 6"- 11 47'. Ans. Aberr. in long. 23".34, and aberr. in lat. 1".85. Note. The nutation in longitude of a fixed star may be found after the same manner as the nutation in longitude of the sun. See Problem IX.) PROBLEM XXIII. To find the Apparent Longitude and Latitude of a Star, for a given Day. Find the mean longitude and latitude on the given day by Prob- lem XVIIL Find also the aberrations in longitude and latitude by Problem XXII, and the nutation in longitude, as in Problem lA, Apply the aberration and nutation in longitude, according to their 308 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. signs, to the mean longitude, and the result will be the apparent longitude ; and apply the aberration in latitude according to its sign, to the mean latitude, and the result will be the apparent latitude. Exam. 1. Required the apparent longitude and latitude of An. tares on the 26th of February, 1838. Table XC, M. long. 8 a ' 7 31' 45".2 M. lat. 4 32' 51".6 S. Var. 1 32 .57 .78 8 7 30 12 .63 . .4 32 50 .82 Aberr. . .00 . 1 .61 Nutat. - 4 .40 App.long. 8 7 30 8 .23 App. lat. 4 32 49 .21 S. 2. Required the apparent longitude and latitude of Arcturus on the 5th of October, 1838. Ans. Appar.long. 6 s - 21 58' 37" .4, andappar. lat. 30 51' 19". 1. PROBLEM XXIV. To compute the Longitude and Latitude of a Heavenly Body from its Right Ascension and Declination, the Obliquity of the Eclip- tic being given. This Problem may be solved by means of the following for- mulae : log. tang x log. tang D + ar. co. log. sin R ; log. tang L=log. cos (x w) + log. tang R + ar. co. log. cos x 10; log. tang X = log. tang (x w) + log. sin L 10 ; in which R = the Right Ascension ; D = the Declination (minus when South) ; L = the Longitude ; X = the Latitude ; eo = the Obliquity of the ecliptic ; x is an auxiliary arc. It must be taken according to the sign of its tangent, but always less than 180. The longitude will always be in the same quadrant as the right ascension. The latitude must be taken less than 90, and will be north or south, according as the sign is positive or negative. Note. When the mean longitude and latitude are to be derived from the mean right ascension and decimation, the mean obliquity of the ecliptic is taken. When the apparent longitude and latitude are to be derived from the apparent right ascension and declina- tion, found as in Problem XAl, the apparent obliquity is taken. TO COMPUTE THE RIGHT ASCEN. AND DEC. OF A BODY. 309 The mean obliquity of the ecliptic at any assumed time is easily deduced from Table XXII. The apparent obliquity is found by Problem X. Exam. 1. On the 20th of June, 1838, the right ascension of Capella was 76 11' 29", the declination 45 49' 35" N., and the obliquity of the ecliptic 23 27' 37" ; required the longitude and latitude. D = 45 49' 35" . , . tan. 0.0125295 R = 76 11 29 ar. co. sin. 0.0127367 x = 46 39 56 . . . tan. 0.0252662 w = 23 27 37 x u = 23 12 19 . . . cos. 9.9633623 R= 76 11 29 . . . tan. 0.6094483 x = 46 39 56 ar. co. cos. 0.1635240 Long. = 79 36 4 . . tan. 0.7363346 L = 79 36 4 . . . sin. 9.9928075 x u = 23 12 19 . tan. 9.6321632 Lat. = 22 51 49 . . . tan. 9.6249707 2. Given the right ascension of Spica 199 IT 35", and decli- nation 10 19' 24" S., and the obliquity of the ecliptic 23 27' 36", on the 1st of January, 1840, to find the longitude and latitude. Ans. Long. 201 36' 32", and lat. 2 2' 30" S. PROBLEM XXV. To compute the Right Ascension and Declination of a Heavenly Body from its Longitude and Latitude, the Obliquity of the Ecliptic being given. The formulae for the solution of this problem are, log. tang y = log. tang X -f ar. co. log. sin L ; log. tang R =log.cos(y-r-w) + log. tang L + ar. co. log. cos y 10; log. tang D = log. tang (y + w) + log. sin R 10 ; in which L = the Longitude ; X = the Latitude (minus when South) ; R = the Right Ascension ; D the Declination ; w = the Obliquity of the ecliptic ; y is an auxiliary arc. It must be taken according to the sign of its tangent, but always less than 180. The right ascension will 310 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. always be in the same quadrant with the longitude. The declina- tion must be taken less than 90, and will be north or south, ac- cording as the sign is positive or negative. Note. The mean or apparent obliquity of the ecliptic is taken, according as the given and required elements are mean or apparent. Exam. 1. On the 1st of January, 1830, the longitude of Sirius was 3 s - 11 44' 18", the latitude 39 34' 1" S., and the obliquity of the ecliptic 23 27' 41 " : required the right ascension and de- clination. X = 39 34' 1" . . tan. 9.9171381 - L = 101 44 18 ar. co. sin. 0.0091788 y = 139 50 14 . . tan. 9.9263169 w = 23 27 41 w = 163 17 55 . . cos. 9.9812819 L = 101 44 18 . . tan. 0.6823798- y = 139 50 14 . ar. co. cos. 0.1 167843 Right ascen = 99 24 48 tan. 0.7804460- R = 992448 . . sin. 9.9941121 -hw = 163 17 55 . . tan. 9.477 1803- Dec.= 16 29 20 S. . ';. tan. 9. 47 12924 2. Given the longitude of Aldebaran 67 33' 5", and latitude 5 28' 38" S., and the obliquity of the ecliptic 23 27' 36", on the 1st of January, 1840, to find the right ascension and declination. Ans. Right ascension 66 41' 4", and declination 16 10'57"N. PROBLEM XXVI. The Longitude and Declination of a Body being given, and also the Obliquity of the Ecliptic, to find the Angle of Position. The formula is log. ship = log. sin w + log. cos L + ar. co. log. cos D 10 : p = Angle of Position (required) ; ^ L = Longitude ; D = Declination ; w = Obliquity of the ecliptic. The angle of position p must be taken less than 90. It is to be observed also that when the longitude is less than 90, or more than 270, the northern part of the circle of latitude lies to the west of the circle of declination, but that when the longitude is between 90 and 270, it lies to the east. Note. The angle of position may also be computed from the TO FIND THE TIME OF NEW OR FULL MOON 311 right ascension and latitude, by means of a formula similar to thaf just given, namely, log. ship = log. sin w + log. cos R + ar. co. log. cos X 10; Exam. 1. Given the longitude of Regulus 147 27' 54", and declination 12 47' 45" N., and the obliquity of the ecliptic 23 27' 41", to find the angle of position. u = 23 27' 41" . IjSfc sin. 9.6000260 L=147 27 54 V y,* cos.9.9258601 D= 12 4745 ar. co.cos.0.0109217 Angle of pos. = 20 7 58 [? ; ; 49 m - 0" Correction, . " "'*f* . *V 1j . . 4 9 True time, in mean time at Greenwich, . 18 8 44 51 Diff. of meridians, . . .,.-*<. 4 56 4 True time, in mean time at New York, . 18 3 48 47 Exam. 2. Required the time of full moon in April, 1838, ex pressed in mean time at New York. 1838, ilun. M. Full Moon. I. II. III. rv. d. h. m. 24 16 53 14 18 22 0681 404 9175 5359 99 58 85 50 3 lun. 9 22 31 88 14 12 0277 2425 3816 2151 41 46 35 97 Days, 98 12 43 90 2702 5967 87 Approximate time. 32 April, II. III. IV. 8 12 43 8 29 16 7 15 30 April, 9 14 4 Moon's true long, found for approx. time, is 6 s - 19 44' 17 ;/ Sun's do. do. do. 19 45 22 29 58 55 000 R. . 1 5 Moon's hourly motion in long, is . 30 15 Sun's do. do. . 2 27 Difference . 27 48 As 27' 48" : 1' 5" : : 60 m - : 2 m - 20 8 -, the correction. 40 314 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. Approximate time of full moon, April, '* ''?!** 9 d - 14 ht 4 m> s - Correction, % . *P . . . + 2 20 True time, in mean time at Greenwich, . 9 14 6 20 Diff. of meridians, ..... 4 56 4 True time, in mean time at New York, . 9 91016 3. Required the time of new moon in September, 1837, ex- pressed in mean time at Philadelphia ; taking the longitudes for the approximate time from the Nautical Almanac. Ans. 29d. 3h. Om. 5s. 4. Required the time of full moon, in October, 1837, expressed in mean time at Boston. Ans. 13d. 6h. 30m. 25s. PROBLEM XXVIII. To determine the number of Eclipses of the Sun and Moon that may be expected to occur in any given Year, and the Times nearly at which they will take place. For the Eclipses of the Sun. Take, for the given year, from Table LXXXVI the time of mean new moon in January, the arguments and the number N. If the number N differs less than 37 from either 0, 500, or 1000, an eclipse must occur at that new moon. If the difference is be- tween 37 and 53, there may be an eclipse, but it is doubtful, and the doubt can only be removed by a calculation of the true places of the moon and sun. If the difference exceeds 53, an eclipse is impossible. If an eclipse may or must occur at the new moon in January, calculate the approximate time of new moon by Problem XXVII, and it will be the time nearly of the middle of the eclipse, express- ed in mean time at Greenwich. This may be reduced to the meridian of any other place by Problem V. To find the first new moon after January, at which an eclipse of the sun maybe expected, seek in column N of Table LXXXVII the. first number after that answering to the half lunation, that, added to the number N for the given year, will make the sum come within 53 of 0, 500, or 1000. Take the corresponding lunations, changes of the arguments, and the number N, and add them, re- spectively, to the mean new moon in January, the arguments, and the number N, for the given year. Take from the second or third column of Table LXXXVIII, according as the given year is a common or bissextile year, the number of days next less than the days of the sum in the column of mean new moon, and subtract it from this sum ; the remainder will be the tabular time of mean new moon in the month corresponding to the days taken from Ta- TO FIND THE NUMBER OF ECLIPSES IN A YEAR. 315 ble LXXXVIII. At this new moon there may be an eclipse of the sun ; and if the sum in the column N is within 37 of the num- bers mentioned above, there must be one. Find the approximate time of new moon, and it will be the time nearly of the middle of the eclipse. If any of the other numbers in the last column of Table LXXXvII are found, when added to the number N of the given year, to give a sum that falls within the limit 53, proceed in a simi- lar manner to find the approximate times of the eclipses. Note. When the sum of the numbers N, or the number N itself, in case the eclipse happens in January, is a little above 0, or a little less than 500, the moon will be to the north of the sun, and there is a probability that the eclipse will be visible at any given place in north latitude at which the approximate time of the eclipse, found as just explained and reduced to the meridian of the place, comes during the day-time. When the number N found for the eclipse is more than 500, the moon will be to the south of the sun, and the eclipse will seldom be visible in the northern hemisphere, except near the equator. For the Eclipses of the Moon. Find the time of full moon and the corresponding arguments and number N, for January of the given year, as explained in Problem XXVII. Then proceed to find the times at which eclipses of the moon may or must occur, after the same manner as for eclipses of the sun, only making use of the limits 35 and 25, instead of 53 and 37.* Note. An eclipse of the moon will be visible at a given place, if the time of the eclipse thus found nearly, and reduced to the meridian of the place, comes in the night. Exam. 1 . Required the eclipses that may be expected in the year 1840, and the times nearly at which they will take place. For the Eclipses of the Sun. 1840, 21un. M. New Moon. I. II. III. rv. N. d. h. m. 3 10 30 59 1 28 0085 1617 6386 1434 65 31 63 98 844 170 62 11 58 60 1702 7820 96 61 014 As the sum of the numbers N comes within 37 of 0, there must be an eclipse. Mean time at Greenwich. March, I. II. III. IV. 2 11 58 8 3 19 38 12 13 March, 3 16 4 * The numbers 53, 37, and 35, 25, are the lunar and solar ecliptic limits, as determined by Delambre. The limits given in the text, converted into thousandth parts of the circle, are 55, 37, and 37, 21. 816 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. 1840, 8 Ion. M. New Moon. I. II. III. IV. N. d. h. m. 3 10 30 236 5 52 0085 6468 6386 5737 65 22 63 93 844 682 239 16 22 213 6553 2123 87 56 526 As the sum of the numbers N comes within 37 of 500, there must be an eclipse. Mean time at Greenwich August, II*. III. IV. 26 16 22 54 49 15 16 August, 26 18 36 For the Eclipses of the Moon. 1840, ilun. M. Full Moon. I. II. m. IV. N. 3 10 30 14 18 22 0085 404 6386 5359 65 58 63 50 844 43 llun. 18 4 52 29 12 44 489 808 1745 717 23 15 13 99 887 85 47 17 36 31 1297 2462 38 12 972 As the sum of the numbers N, al- though it comes within 35 of 1000, does not come within 25, the eclipse may be considered doubtful. Mean time at Greenwich. Febr. I. II. III. IV. 16 17 36 7 27 23 5 27 Febr. 17 1 58 1840, 7 lun. M. Full Moon. I. H. III. IV. N. d. h. m. 18 4 52 206 17 8 489 5659 1745 5020 23 7 13 94 887 596 224 22 213 6148 6765 30 07 483 As the sum of the numbers N comes within 25 of 500, there must be an eclipse. Mean time at Greenwich. August, IL III. IV. 11 22 1 37 19 16 3 25 August, 12 19 21 2. Required the eclipses that may be expected in the year 1839, and the times nearly at which they will take place, expressed in mean civil time at New York. TO CALCULATE A LUNAR ECLIPSE. 317 Ans. One of the sun on the 15th of March, at 9h. 20m. A. M. ; and one of the sun on the 7th of September, at 5h. 24m. P. M. 3. Required the eclipses that may be expected in the year 1841, and the times nearly at which they will take place, expressed in mean civil time at New York. Ans. Four of the sun, namely, one on the 22d of January, at 12h. 18m. P. M. ; one on the 21st of February, at6h. 17m. A.M. ; one on the 18th of July, at 9h. 24m. A. M. ; and one on the 16th of August, at 4h. 28m. P.M.: and two of the moon, namely, one on the 5th of February, at 9h. 10m. P. M. ; and one on the 2d of August, at 5h. 5m. A. M. The eclipses of the sun in January and August may be con- sidered as doubtful. PROBLEM XXIX. To calculate an Eclipse of the Moon. The calculation of the circumstances of a lunar eclipse is effect- ed with the following fundamental data, derived from the tables of the sun and moon : Approximate Time of Full Moon (at Greenwich), T Sun's Longitude at that time, L Do. Hourly Motion, s Do. Semi-diameter, <5 Do. Parallax, p Moon's Longitude, I Do. Latitude, X Do. Equatorial Parallax, P Do. Semi-diameter, d Do. Hourly Motion in longitude, m Do. Hourly Motion in latitude, n We obtain the time T by Problem XXVII ; the quantities ap- pertaining to the sun, namely, L, s, and 5, by Problem IX ;* and those which have relation to the moon, namely, /, X, P, d, m, and n, by Problem XIV. From these quantities we derive the following : True Time of Full Moon, (at given place,) . T' Moon's Latitude at that time, . . . X' Semi-diameter of earth's shadow, . . S Inclination of Moon's relative orbit, . . ; r I T being known, T' is found as explained in Problem XXVII. To obtain X', we state the following proportion, 1 hour : correction for the time of full moon :::*; * p may be taken = 9". 318 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. from this we deduce the value of x ; and thence find X by the equation V = X x. When the true time of full moon, expressed in mean time at Greenwich, is later than the approximate time, the upper sign is to be used, if the latitude is increasing, the lower if it is decreas- ing ; but when the true time is earlier than the approximate time, the lower sign is to be used if the latitude is increasing ; the upper if it is decreasing. The value of S is derived from the equation and the angle I from the formula log. tang I = log. n + ar. co. log. (m s). The foregoing quantities having all been determined, the various circumstances of the eclipse may be calculated by the following formulae : For the Time of the Middle of the Eclipse. 3.55630 + log. cos I + ar. co. log. (m s) 20 = R ; log. t = R -f log. X' + log. sin I 10 ; M = T' t : t = interval between time of middle of eclipse and time of full moon ; M = time of middle of the eclipse. The upper sign is to be taken in the last equation when the lati- tude is decreasing; the lower, when it is increasing. For the Times of Beginning and End. log. c = log X' + log. cos I 10 ; log >0 ^log.(S + *+c) + log.(S+d--c) { R . B = M v, and E = M + v : v half duration of the eclipse ; B = time of beginning ; and E = time of end. Note. If c is equal to or greater than S + d, there cannot be an eclipse. For the Times of Beginning and End of the Total Eclipse. R . B' = M v', and E' = M + v 1 : v' = half duration of the total eclipse ; B' = time of beginning of total eclipse ; and E' = time of end of total eclipse. Note. When c is greater than S d , the eclipse cannot be total. For the Quantity of the Eclipse. log. Q = 0.77815 + log. (S + d - c) + ar. co. log. d - 10 ; Q = the quantity of the eclipse in digits. TO CALCULATE A LUNAR ECLIPSE. 319 Note 1 . An eclipse of the moon begins on the eastern limb, and ends on the western. In partial eclipses the southern part of the moon is eclipsed when the latitude is north, and the northern part when the latitude is south. Note 2. When the eclipse commences before sunset, and ends after sunset, the moon will rise more or less eclipsed." To obtain the quantity of the eclipse at the time of the moon's rising, find the moon's hourly motion on the relative orbit by the equation log. h log. (m s) + ar. co. log. cos I ; in which h = hourly motion on relative orbit. Also find the inter- val between the time of sunset and the time of the middle of the eclipse, which call i. Then, 1 hour : i : : h : x. Deduce the value of x from this proportion, and substitute it in the equation in which c designates the same quantity as in previous formulae. Find the value of c', and use it in place of c in the above formula for the quantity of the eclipse, and it will give the quantity of the eclipse at the time of the- moon's rising. When the eclipse begins before and ends after sunrise, the quantity of the eclipse at the time of the moon's setting may be found in the same manner, only using sunrise instead of sunset. Example. Required to calculate, for the meridian of New York, the eclipse of the moon in October, 1837. Elements. Approximate time of full moon, Sun's longitude at that time, . Do. hourly motion Do. semi-diameter Do. parallax, Moon's longitude, Do. latitude, Do. equatorial parallax, Do. semi-diameter, Do. hourly motion in long. T =ll h - 10 m -(0ct. 13) L == 6 s - 20 24' 28 /; s = 2 29 * = 16 4 = 9 = 20 21 51 X = 11 28 S. P = 59 32 d = 16 13 m = 35 54 Do. hourly motion in lat. (tending north), n = 3 19 Approx. time of full moon, October, . 13 d< ll h - 10 m - 00"- Correction found by Prob. XXVII, . +4 42 True time, in mean time at Greenwich, . 13 11 14 42 Diff. of meridians, 4 56 4 True time, in mean time at New York, T' = 13 6 18 38 320 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. 60 m - : 4 1 Moon's lat. at approx. time, Correction, . 4 *& Moon's lat. at true time, Moon's equatorial parallax, Sun's do Sum, Sun's semi-diameter, . Diff. . Add Semi-diameter of earth's shadow, . . . Moon's hor. mot. less sun's (m s) = 2005" . ar. co Moon's hor. motion in latitude, n = 199 . . Inclination of rel. orbit, I = 5 40' . . . Time of Middle. = 11' 28" S. = 16 59 41 5=164 P+p S = 44 21 log. 6.69789 log. 2.29885 tan. 8.99674 3.5563C 5 40' . . cos. 9.99787 2005" ar. co. log. 6.69789 V . I t T' . Middle, X' I S-fd 672" 5 40' O h - l ra - 58 8 - = 6 18 38P.M. R. 0.25206 log. 2.82737 sin. 8.99450 log. 2.07393 . 6.20 36P.M. Times of Beginning and End. 11' 9" = 669" 4303" 2965 l h -46 m 22'- = 6382* log. 2.82737 cos. 9.99787 log. 2.82524 log. 3.63377 log. 3.47202 2 ) 7.10579 3.55289 R. 0.25206 log. 3.80495 Middle, Beginning, . Ei TO CALCULATE A SOLAR ECLIPSE 321 l h - 46 m - 22 s - = 6382 s - . log. 3.80495 6 20 36 4 34 14 P. M. 8 6 58 P. M. S -d-c Middle, 2357" 1019 O h. 46 m. 9.= 2769 s - 6 20 36 Beg. of total eclipse, 5 34 27 P. M. End of total eclipse, 7 6 45 P. M S+d-c d Quantity, log. 3.37236 log. 3.00817 2 ) 6.38053 3.19026 R 0.25206 log. 3.44232 0.77815 log. 3.47202 973" . ar. co. log. 7.01189 18.3 digits, log. 1.26206 PROBLEM XXX. To calculate an Eclipse of the Sun, for a given Place. Having found by the rule given in the note to Problem XXVIII, that there is a probability that the eclipse will be visible at the given place, and calculated the approximate time of new moon by Problem XXVII, find from the tables, for this time or for the near- est whole or half hour, the sun's longitude, hourly motion, and semi-diameter ; and the moon's longitude, latitude, equatorial par- allax, semi-diameter, and hourly motions in longitude and latitude. Find also by Problem XVI, the longitude and altitude of the nonagesimal degree ; and thence compute by Problem XVII, the apparent longitude, latitude, and augmented semi-diameter of the moon, (using the relative horizontal parallax.) With these data compute the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and at the time in question, by means of the following formulae : log. tang & = log. X' + ar. co. log. a ; log. A = log. a + ar. co. log. cos 6 : 41 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. in which A = appar. distance of centres ; X' = appar. Lat. of Moon ; a = Dift*. of appar. Long, of Moon and Sun = diff. of appar long, of Moon (found as above) and true long, of Sua 6 is an auxiliary arc. The value of 6 being derived from th first equation, the second will then make known the value of A. a and X' are in every instance to be affected with the positive sign.* For the Approximate Times of Beginning, Greatest Obscuration, and End. Let the time for which the above calculations are made, be de- noted by T. If the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon, found for the time T, is less than the sum of their ap- parent semi-diameters, there is an eclipse at this time. But if it is greater, either the eclipse has not yet commenced, or it has al- ready terminated. It has not commenced if the apparent longitude of the moon is less than the longitude of the sun ; and has termi- nated, if the apparent longitude of the moon is greater than the longitude of the sun. 1. If there should be an eclipse at the time T, from the sun's longitude and hourly motion in longitude, and the moon's longi- tude and latitude, and hourly motions in longitude and latitude, found for this time, calculate the longitudes and the moon's lati- tude for two instants respectively an hour before, and an hour after the time T. The semi-diameter of the sun, and the equatorial parallax and semi-diameter of the moon, may, in our present in- quiry, be regarded as remaining the same during the eclipse. Find the apparent longitude and latitude, and the augmented semi-diam- eter of the moon, (using in all cases the relative parallax,) and thence compute by the formulae already given, the apparent dis tance of the centres of the sun and moon at the two instants in question. Observe for each result, whether it is less or greater than the sum of the apparent semi-diameters of the two bodies. If the moon is apparently on the same side of the sun at the times T and T + lh., take the difference of the distances of the two bodies in apparent longitude at these times, but, if it is on opposite sides, take their sum, and it will be the variation of this distance in the * A, the apparent distance of the centres, may be found without the aid of loga- rithms by means of the following equation : A = V a* 4- A'2. If the logarithmic formulae are used, it will be sufficient here to take out the angle to the nearest minute. When we have occasion to obtain the distance of the centres exact to within a small fraction of a second, must be taken to the nearest tens of seconds, if it exceeds 20 or 30. TO CALCULATE A SOLAR ECLIPSE. 323 hour following T. Find in like manner the variation of the dis tance during the hour preceding T. Then, if the apparent distance of the centres at the times (T lh.), (T + lh.) is less than the sum of the apparent semi-diameters, deduce from these results the variations of the distance in apparent longitude during the pre- ceding and following hours, allowing for the second difference, and observing whether the two bodies are approaching each other, or receding from each other. Thence, find the distance in apparent longitude at the times. (T 2h.), (T + 2h.) Find by the same method the apparent latitude of the moon at the instants ( T 2h.), (T + 2h.), observing that the variation of the apparent latitude in any given interval is the difference between the latitudes at the beginning and end of it, if they are both of the same name ; their sum, if they are of opposite names. From these results derive the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon at the two instants in question. If there should still be an eclipse at the time (T -f- 2h.) or (T 2h.), find by the same method the distance of the centres at the time' (T + 3h.) or (T - 3h.) These calculations being effect- ed, the times of the beginning, greatest obscuration, and end of the eclipse, will fall between some of the instants T,(T lh.),(T + lh.), &c., for which the apparent distance of the centres is computed. 2. If the eclipse occurs after the time T, the different phases will happen between the instants T, (T + lh.), (T + 2h.), &c. Find the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon for the times (T + lh.), (T + 2h.), by the same method as that by which it is found for the times (T + lh.), (T lh.), in the case just considered. Then, if the eclipse has not terminated, deduce the distance of the moon from the sun in apparent longitude, and the moon's apparent latitude, for the time (T + 3h.), from these distances and latitudes at the times T, (T + lh.), (T + 2h.) ; as in the preceding case the distance and latitude for the time (T+2h.) were deduced from the same at the times (T lh.), T, (T-j-lh.) With the results obtained compute the apparent dis- tance of the centres of the two bodies at the time (T -f 3h.) 3. In case the eclipse occurs before the time T, the apparent distance of the centres must be found by similar methods for the times (T - lh.), (T - 2h.), &c. The calculation is to be continued until the distance, from being less, becomes greater than the sum of the semi-diameters. Now, let h = variation of apparent distance of centres in the interval of one hour comprised between the first two of the instants for which the distance is computed ; d difference between the sum of the semi-diameters of the sun and moon and the apparent distance of their centres at the first instant ; and t = interval be- tween first instant and the time of the beginning of the eclipse. Then, h : d : : 60 m - - t (nearly.) 324 \STRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. Find the value of t given by this proportion, and add it to the time at the first instant, and the result will be a first approximation to the time of the beginning of the eclipse, which call b. Find, by interpolation,* the distance of the moon from the sun in appa- rent longitude (a\ and the moon's apparent latitude (V), for this time, and thence compute the apparent distance of the centres. Take h = variation of apparent distance in the interval between the time b and the nearest of the two instants above mentioned, be- tween which the beginning falls, and d = difference between the apparent distance of the centres at the time b and the sum of the semi-diameters, and compute again the value of t. Add this to the time b, or subtract it from it, according as b is before or after the beginning, and the result will be a second approximation to the time of the beginning, which call B. A result still more approxi- mate may be had, by taking h = variation of apparent distance of centres in the interval B b, d = difference between apparent dis- tance at the time B and sum of semi-diameters, finding anew the value of t given by the preceding proportion, and adding it to, or subtracting it from, as the case may be, the time B. But pfepara- tory to the calculation of the exact times, it will suffice, in general, to take the first approximation. The end of the eclipse will fall between the last two of the several instants for which the apparent distance of the centres of the moon and sun have been computed. The approximate time of the end is found by the same method as that of the beginning.! * The second differences may easily be taken into the account in finding the quantities a and A' for the time 6. Thus, let k = variation of a for the interval of an hour comprised between the instants above mentioned, k' = same for the suc- ceeding hour, and i = interval between b and the nearer of the two instants, (in fc' minutes.; Then, if we put /= , c = , and v = var. of a in interval z, o ob 10 The upper sign is to be used when the time b is nearer the first than the second instant, the lower when it is nearer the second than the first, c is to be used with its sign. The error by this method will not exceed the number c, (supposing the changes of k, k 1 , from 10m. to 10m. to increase or decrease by equal degrees.) The general formula for interpolation is Q = q -f- - d' -\ -- - ^ d" + - ^^ "73 - d'" -f- &c., in which q is the first of a series of values, found at equal intervals, of the quantity whose value Q at the time t is sought, t is reck- oned from the time for which q is found, h is one of the equal intervals, d', d" f d'", &c., are the first, second, third, &c., differences. If we make h = 1, we have . ,+. *+ t In effecting the reductions of the quantities a and V to the first approximate time of end, k 1 must stand for the variation of a during the hour preceding that comprised between the last two instants, and the last instant must be substituted for the first. (See Note above.) TO CALCULATE A SOLAR ECLIPSE. 325 The middle of the interval between the approximate times of the beginning and end of the eclipse, will be a first approximation to the time of greatest obscuration. Note. When the object is merely to prepare for an observation, results sufficiently near the truth may be obtained by a graphical construction. The elements of the construction are the difference of the apparent longitudes of the moon and sun, and the apparent latitude of the moon, found as above, for two or more instants du- ring the continuance of the eclipse. Draw a right line EF, (Fig. 123,) to represent the ecliptic, assume on it some point C for the Fig. 123. position of the -sun at the instant of apparent conjunction, and lay off CA, CA', equal to the two differences of apparent longitude ; and to the right or left, according as the moon is to the west or east of the sun at the instants for which the calculations have been made. Erect the perpendiculars Ap, A'p', and mark off Aa, A.' a' equal to the two apparent latitudes. Through a, a', draw a right line, and it will be the apparent relative orbit of the moon, or will differ but little from it. From C let fall the perpendicular Cm upon the relative orbit, m will be the apparent place of the moon at the instant of greatest obscuration. Take a distance in the di- viders equal to the sum of the apparent semi-diameters of the moon and sun, and placing one foot of it at C, mark off with the other the points /, f, for the beginning and end of the eclipse, and by means of a square mark on EF the points 6, e, which answer to the beginning and end. If the eclipse be total or annular, mark the points of immersion and emersion, g, g' y with an opening in the dividers equal to the difference of the semi-diameters, and find the corresponding points ', e' on the line EF. If the calculations are made from hour to hour, the distance AA' is the apparent relative hourly motion of the sun and moon in lon- gitude. This distance laid off repeatedly to the right and left will determine the points 1, 2, &c., answering to lh., 2h., &c. before 326 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. and after the times for which the calculations are made. If the spaces in which the points b, e, answering to the beginning and end of the eclipse, occur, be divided into quarters, and then sub- divided into three equal parts or five-minute spaces, the approxi- mate times of the beginning and end of the eclipse will become known. From the point m, as a centre, describe the lunar disc ; and from the point C, as a centre, describe the sun's disc, and we shall have the figure of the greatest eclipse. The quantity of the eclipse will result from the proportion SN : MN : : 12 : number of digits eclipsed. Draw from the centre C to the place of commencement^, the line C/; and through the same point C raise a perpendicular to the ecliptic. With the longitude of the sun at the time of the be- ginning, calculate its angle of position by Problem XIII, and lay it off in the figure, placing the circle of declination CP to the left if the tangent of the angle of position be positive, to the right if it be negative. Compute also for the time of beginning the angle of the vertical circle of the sun with the circle of declination, that is, the angle PSZ in Fig. 24, p. 47, for which we have in the triangle PSZ the side PS = co-declination, the side PZ co-latitude, and the included angle ZPS. (The requisite formulae are given in the Ap- pendix.) Form this angle in the figure at the point C, placing CZ to the right or left of CP, according as the time is in the forenoon or afternoon ; CZ will be the vertical, and Z the vertex, or highest point of the sun. The arc Zt on the limb of the sun will be the angular distance from the vertex of the point on the limb at which the eclipse commences. For the True Times of Beginning, Greatest Obscuration, and End. The approximate times of beginning, greatest obscuration, and end of the eclipse, being calculated by the rules which have been given, find from the tables, or from the Nautical Almanac, (see Problem XXXI,) the moon's longitude, latitude, equatorial paral- lax, semi-diameter, and hourly motions in longitude and latitude, for the approximate time of greatest obscuration.* With the moon's longitude and latitude, and hourly motions in longitude and latitude, found for this time, calculate the longitude and latitude for the ap- proximate times of beginning and end. The parallax and semi- diameter may, without material error, be considered the same during the eclipse. With the moon's true longitude, latitude, and semi-diameter at the approximate times of beginning, greatest ob- scuration, and end, calculate its apparent longitude and latitude, * It will, in general, suffice to calculate the moon's longitude and latitude from the elements already found for the approximate time of full moon, if these have been accurately determined The equatorial parallax and semi-diameter may be found by interpolation from the Nautical Almanac. TO CALCULATE A SCLAR ECLIPSE. 327 and augmented semi-diameter, for these several times, (making use of the relative parallax.) With the sun's longitude and hourly mo- tion previously found for the approximate time of new moon, find his longitude at the approximate times of beginning, greatest ob- scuration, and end. The sun's semi-diameter found for the ap- proximate time of new moon, will serve also for any time during the eclipse. With the data thus obtained, calculate by the formu- lae given on page 321 the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon at the approximate times of the three phases. Note. When very great accuracy is required, the moon's longi- tude, latitude, equatorial parallax, semi-diameter, and hourly mo- tions in longitude and latitude, must be calculated directly from the tables, or from the Nautical Almanac, for the approximate times of the beginning and end, as well as for that of the greatest obscuration. For the Beginning. Subtract the apparent longitude of the moon at the approximate time of beginning from the true longitude of the sun at the same time, and denote the difference by a. Do the same for the approx- imate time of greatest obscuration. Subtract the latter result from the former, paying attention to the signs, and call the remainder /c. Next, take the difference between the apparent latitudes of the moon at the approximate times of beginning and greatest obscura- tion, if they are of the same name ; their sum, if they are of oppo- site names ; and denote the difference or sum, as the case may be, by n. This done, compute the correction to be applied to the ap- proximate time of beginning by means of the following formulae : log. b = log. a 4" log. k + ar. co. log. n 10 ; c =\' -b,S = d + 5 5"; log t = log. (S + A) + log. (S - A) + ar. co. log. n + ar. co. log. c 4- log. L -f 1.47712 20 : in which t = Correction of approx. time of beginn. (required) ; a = Diff. of appar. long, of Moon and Sun at approx. time ; L= Half duration of eclipse in minutes (known approximately) ; k = Appar. relative motion of Sun and Moon in long, in the in- terval L ; n Moon's appar. motion in lat. in same interval ; X'= Moon's appar. lat. ; d = Augmented semi-diameter of the Moon ; 6 = Semi-diam. of Sun ; A = Appar. distance of centres of Sun and Moon. b and c are auxiliary quantities. First find the value of b by the first equation, and substitute it in the second. Then derive the values of c and S from the second 328 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. and third equations, and substitute them in the fourth, and it will make known the value of t, which is to be applied to the approxi- mate time of the beginning of the eclipse according to its sign. The quantities a, k, n, &c., are all to be expressed in seconds. The apparent latitude X' must be affected with the negative sign when it is south. The motion in latitude, n, must also have the negative sign in case the moon is apparently receding from the north pole, a and k are always positive.* The result may be verified, and corrected, by computing the ap- parent distance of the centres at the time found, and comparing it with the sum of the semi-diameters minus 5". Note. When great precision is desired, the quantities k and n must be found for some shorter interval than the half duration of the eclipse. Let some instant be fixed upon, some five or ten minutes before or after the approximate time of the beginning of the eclipse, according as the contact takes place before or after. For this time deduce the longitude and latitude of the moon, from the longitude and latitude at the approximate time of beginning, by means of their hourly variations ; and thence calculate the ap- parent longitude and latitude, and the augmented semi-diameter. Find the longitude of the sun for the time in question, from its longitude and hourly motion already known for the approximate time of beginning. Then proceed according to the rule given above, only using the quantities thus found for the time assumed, in place of the corresponding quantities answering to the approxi- mate time of greatest obscuration. L will always represent the interval for which k and n are determined. For the End. Subtract the longitude of the sun at the approximate time of the end from the apparent longitude of the moon at the same time, Do the same for the approximate time of greatest obscuration. Then proceed according to the rule for the beginning, only substi- tuting everywhere the approximate time of the end for the approx- imate time of the beginning, and taking in place of the formula c = X' ft, the following : * It will be somewhat more accurate to use in place of k and n, as above de- . ' _ k k k' _ k fined, the values of the following expressions : -^ -- 2 or 3 , ^L -- 2* H ~ n or -^ -- 3* " ~ H . The first of each of these pairs of expressions 6 3o 6 36 is to be used in case the true time of beginning is after the approximate time ; the second in the other case, k' and n' are the apparent relative motions in longi- tude and latitude during the last half of L. * In case these expressions are used the following constant logarithm is to be employed instead of that above given, viz. 0.69897. In the calculation of the end of the eclipse, k and n will answer to the last half of L, and k 1 and n' to the first half. TO CALCULATE A SOLAR ECLIPSE. 329 For the Greatest Obscuration. Take the sum of the distances of the moon from the sun in ap- parent longitude at the approximate times of the beginning and end of the eclipse, and call it k. Take the difference of the apparent latitudes of the moon at the same times, if the two are of the same name ; but if they are of different names, take their sum. Denote the difference or sum by n. Let a 1 = the distance of the moon from the sun in apparent longitude at the true time of greatest ob- scuration ; X' the apparent latitude of the moon at the approxi- mate time of greatest obscuration. k : n : : X' : a'. Find the value of a' by this proportion, affecting X', n, k, always with the positive sign. Ascertain whether the greatest obscuration has place before or after the apparent conjunction, by observing whether the apparent latitude of the moon is increasing or decreasing about this time ; the rule being, that when it is increasing, the greatest obscuration will occur before apparent conjunction ; when it is decreasing, after. If the approximate and true times of greatest obscuration are both before or both after apparent conjunction, from the value found for a' subtract the distance of the moon from the sun in ap- parejit longitude at the approximate time ; but if one of the times is before and the other after apparent conjunction, take the sum of the same quantities. Denote the difference or sum by m. Also, let D = duration of eclipse, and t = correction to be applied to the approximate time of greatest obscuration. Then to find t, we have the proportion k : m : : D : t. If the apparent latitude of the moon is decreasing, t is to be applied according to the sign of m ; but if the apparent latitude is increasing, it is to be applied according to the opposite sign. A still more exact result may be had by repeating the foregoing calculations, making use now of the apparent latitude at the time just found. When the greatest accuracy is required, the values of k and n may be found more exactly after the same manner as for the beginning or end. For the Quantity of the Eclipse. Find by interpolation the apparent latitude of the moon at the true time of greatest obscuration. With this, and the distance in longitude a' obtained by the proportion above given, compute by the formulae on page 321, the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon at the time of greatest obscuration. Subtract this distance from the sum of the apparent semi-diameters of the 42 330 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. two bodies, diminished by 5", and denote the remainder by R Then, Sun's semi-diam. (diminished by 3") : R : : 6 digits : number of digits eclipsed. When the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon at the time of greatest obscuration is less than the difference be- tween the sun's semi-diameter and the augmented semi-diameter of the moon, the eclipse is either annular or total ; annular, when the sun's semi-diameter is the greater of the two ; total, when it is the less. For the Beginning and End of the Annular or Total Eclipse. The times of the beginning and end of the annular or total eclipse may be found as follows : the greatest obscuration will take place very nearly at the middle of the eclipse in question, and will not differ, at most, more than five or eight minutes (according as the eclipse is total or annular) from the beginning and end : to obtain the half duration of the eclipse, and thence the times of the beginning and end, we have the formulae log. tang 6 log. V +ar. co. log. a, log. k'=\og. k -f- ar. co. log. sin ; S=$-d- 1", orS=d <* + !"; loo - - . (S-A) log. c - 2 > log. t = ar. co. log. k' + log. c + log. D + 1 .77815 10 ; Time of Begin. = M t, Time of End = M + 1 : in which M = Time of greatest obscuration ; X' = Moon's apparent latitude at that time ; a = Distance of moon from sun in appar. long. ; k = Variation of this distance during the whole eclipse, or rela- tive mot. in appar. long, during this interval ; k' = Moon's appar. mot. on relative orbit for same interval ; & = Inclination of relative orbit ; 8 = Semi-diameter of sun ; d = Augm. semi-diam. of moon ; A = Appar. distance of centres ; D = Duration of eclipse, (partial and annular or total ;) t = Half duration of annular or total eclipse. The first value of S is used when the eclipse is annular, the second when it is total. The quantities may all be regarded as positive. The results may be verified and corrected by finding directly the apparent distance of the centres for the times obtained; and comparing it with the value of S. TO CALCULATE A SOLAR ECLIPSE. 331 For the Point of the Surfs Limb at which the Eclipse commences. Find the angle of position of the sun, and the angle between its vertical circle and circle of declination, at the beginning of the eclipse, as explained at page 326. Let the former be denoted by p, and the latter by v. Give to each the negative sign, if laid off towards the right ; the positive sign if laid off towards the left. Let a = distance of the moon from the sun in apparent longitude at the beginning of the eclipse ; X' = the moon's apparent latitude at the same time ; and & = angular distance of the point of contact from the ecliptic. Compute the angle 6 by the formula log. tang 6 = log. X' + ar. co. log. a ; taking it always less than 90, and positive or negative according to the sign of its tangent. X 7 is negative when south ; a is always positive. Let A = distance on the limb of the point of contact from the vertex. The above operations being performed, the value of A results from the equation p, t;, and 6 being taken with their signs. If the result is affected with the positive sign, the point first touched will lie to the right of the vertex. If with the negative sign, it will lie to the left of the vertex. Note. The circumstances of an occultation of a fixed star by the moon may be calculated in nearly the same manner as those of a solar eclipse. The star in the occultation holds the place of the sun in the eclipse. The immersion and emersion of the star correspond to the beginning and end of the eclipse. The elements which ascertain the relative apparent place and motion of the moon and star, take the place of those which ascertain the relative appa- rent place and motion of the moon and sun. Thus the star's lon- gitude, corrected for aberration and nutation, (see Problem XXIII,) must be used instead of the sun's longitudes ; the apparent dis- tances of the moon from the star in latitude, instead of the moon's apparent latitudes ; and the moon's augmented semi-diameter, in- stead of the sum of the semi-diameters of the sun and moon. The difference of the longitudes, and the relative motion in longitude, must also now be reduced to a parallel to the ecliptic passing through the star, (see Art. 490, page 183.) If X = apparent lati- tude of star, a = diff. of appar. longitudes of moon and star, and k = relative motion in longitude, we must substitute in the formu- lae for the eclipse, for X',X' X ; for a, a cos X ; and for k, k cos X. n will stand for the relative motion in latitude, or for the variation of X' X. Example. Required to calculate an eclipse of the sun, for the 332 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. latitude and meridian of New York, that will occur on the 18th o 1 September, 1838. For the Approximate Times of the Phases. Approximate time of New Moon. Sept. 18 d - 8 h - 49 m - 175 27' SI" A Do. hourly motion, 2 26 .7 Do. semi-diameter, 15 57 .0 Moon's longitude, . 175 29 19 Do. latitude, .... 47 47 Do. equatorial parallax, 53 53 Do. semi-diameter, 14 41 Do. hor. mot. in long. 29 29 Do. hor. mot. in lat. . 2 41 Do. appar. long. (Prob. XVII), . . 175 10 26 Do. appar. lat. (X 7 ), 2 25 N. Do. augm. semi-diameter, . 14 47 Diff. of appar. long, (a), 17 5 Appar. dist. of cen. (A), 17 15 Sum of semi-diameters, 30 44 7 h. 4 g m . Sun's longitude, . Moon's appar. long. . Do. appar. lat. (X') Do. augm. semi-diameter, Diff. of appar. long, (a), Appar. dist. of cen. (A), Sum of semi-diameters, 9 h. 49 t Sun's longitude, . Moon's appar. long. . Do. appar. lat. (X'), Do. augm. semi-diameter, Oiif. of appar. long. (), A.ppar. dist. of cen. (A), Sum of semi-diameters, 175 25' 174 47 8 4" 3 12 N. 14 49 38 1 38 53 30 46 175 175 29' 58" 36 15 2 18 S. 14 44 6 17 6 42 30 41 7 h. ^ *. 8 4v 9 49 1049 a diff. or k. X' diff. or . A diff. sum semi-d. 2281" 1025 377 1925 1256". 1402 1548 492" N 145 N 138 S 357 S 347" 283 219 2333" 10(35 402 1958 1298" 1556 1846" 1844 1841 1839 TO CALCULATE A SOLAR ECLIPSE. 333 For the Approximate Time of Beginning. h = 1298", d = 2333" 1846" = 487" ; 1298" : 487" : : 60 m - : * = 22 m -.5 7h. 49111. 22 1st Approxi. 8 h - ll m - 7 h. 49. > a = 2281" . X'=492"N. Corrections for 22 m - 447 . 133 (See Note, p> 324) 8 h - ll m - . a = 1834 . X'=359 N. a = 1834" ar. co. log. 6.73660 . . log. 3.26340 V = 359 . log. 2.55509 6 = 11 4' 30" . tan. 9.29169 ar. co. cos. 0.00817 Appar. dist. of cen. A = 1869" . . log. 3.27157 Sum of semi-diam. 1846 487" : 23" : : 22 m - : t l m - 2 s - 8 h. llm . + 1 2d Approxi. 8 h - 12 m - For the Approximate Time of the End. h = 1556", d = 1958" - 1839" = 119". 1556" : 119" : : 60 m - : t = 4 m -.6. 10 h. -5 1st Approxi. 10 h - 44 m - 10 h - 49 m - . a = 1925" . . . V = 357 /; S. Corrections for 5 m> 132 17 10 h. 44m . a = 1793 ^ ^ . V = 340 S. a = 1793" . ar. co. log. 6.74642 . log. 3.25358 X'= 340 . . log. 2.53148 d = ... tan. 9.27790 . ar. co. cos. 0.00767 Appar. dist. of cen. A = 1825" . 3.26125 1839 133": 14" : : 5 m - : * = O m -.5 334 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. 10 h. 44 m. .5 2dApproxi. 10 h - 44 m -.5 For the Approximate Time of Greatest Obscuration. Approx. time of begin. . 8 h * 12 m - Approx. time of end, . 10 44 2 ) 18 56 IstApproxi. . 9 28 For the True Times of the Phases. Approx. time of Approx. time of Greatest Obscur. Approx. time of End. pprox Beginning. gh. i2 m - 9 h - 28 m< 10 h> 44 m - Sun's longitude, 175 26' 1".0 175 29' 6". 8 17532' 12".6 Do. semi-diam., 15 57 .0 15 57 .0 15 57 .0 Moon's app.lon. 174 55 36 .7 175 27 7 .7 176 2 17 .2 Do. app. lat. 5 45 .3N. 43 .58. 5 32 .4 S Do.augm.semid. 14 48 .0 14 45 .1 14 41 .7 1856".7 1840".0 1835 .0 1833 .7 For the True Time of Beginning. gh. 12 m. 9 28 10 44 a k V I n 1824".3 119 .1 1804 .6 1705".2 1923 .7 345".3 N! r 43 .58,* 332 .4 S j 88".8 88 .9 a A n b = V A . 1824".3 . . 1705 .2 ... . 388 .8 ... - 8001 .1 ... . 345 .3 . log. 3.26109 . log. 3.23178 ar. co. log. 7.41028 . log. 3.90315 ; = 8346 .4 ... . 3696 .7 ... ar. co. log. 6.07850 . loff. 3.56781 V 8 S - A . -16 .7 . n . . L 76m. Corr. of approx. time, + 43 s - .4 . log. 1.22272- ar. co. log. 7.41028 . log. 1.88081 Const, log. 1.47712 . log. 1.63724 -f TO CALCULATE A SOLAR ECLIPSE. Corr. of approx. time, + 43 s - .4 Approx. time, . 8 h - 12 m - .0 True time of begin. 8 12 43 .4, in Greenwich time. Diff. ofmerid. 4 56 4 True time of begin. 3 16 39 .4, in New York time. For the True Time of End. a . . 1804" .6 .... log. 3.25638 k . . 1923 .7 .... log. 3.28414 n . . 288.9 . . ar. co. log. 7.53925 b = - 12016 .3 . . . . log. 4.07977 X' 332 .4 X' +b=c= -12348 .7 . . ar. co. log. 5.90838 S-fA . . 3668.7 . . .- . log. 3.56451 S-A . , 1.3 . . . . log. 0.11394 n ar. co. log. 7.53925 L . . . 76m log. 1.88081 Const, log. 1.47712 Corr. of approx. time, 3 9 - . log. 0.48401 Approx. time, . 10 b - 44 m - .0 True time of end, . 10 43 57 .0, in Greenwich time. Diff. of merid. 4 56 4 True time of end, . 5 47 53, in New York time. For the True Time of Greatest Obscuration. True time of beginning, . . 8 h - 12 m -43 8 -.4 Do. of end, . . . . 10 43 57 .0 2) 18 56 40 .4 2d Approx. 9 28 20 .2 9 h - 49 m - . . X' = 138" S. 9 28 X' = 43 .5 S. Diff. 21 Diff. 94 .5 21 m - : 20 s - : : 94".5 : 1".5 43 .5 . .' X'=45. 336 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. 1705".2 388".8 1923 .7 288 .9 k = 3628 .9 : n = 677 .7 : : X' = 45".0 : a 1 = 8".4 Time of beginn. 8 h - 12 m - 43 s - .4, at 9 h - 28 m - a = 119". I Time of end, 10 43 57 .0 a'= 8 .4 D= 2 31 13 .6 m = - 110 .7 3628".9 : 110".7 : : 2 h - 31 ra - 13 s - .6 : 4 m - 36 8 - .8 9 h -28 .0 True time (nearly) 9 32 36 .8 21 m -: 4 m - 37 s - : : 94".5 : 20".8 43 .5 At 9 h - 32 m - 37 s -, V = 64 .3 3628".9 : 677".7 : : 64" .4 : 12" .0 ; at 9 h< 32 ra - 37 s -, a = 8" .4 a' =12 .0 m= 3 .6 3628".9 : 3".6 : : 2 h - 31 m - 13 s -.6 : 9 s - .0 9 h - 32 m - 36 .8 9 32 27 .8 True time of greatest obscur. . 9 h - 32 m - 27 s -. 8, in Greenw. time, Diflf. of mend. 4 56 4 True time of greatest obscur. . 4 36 23 .8, in N. Y. time. For the Quantity of the Eclipse. 9 h - 32 m - 37 s - . X' = 64".3 21 m - : 9 s - : : 94".5 : .6 At nearest approach of centres, . X' = 63 .7 " " " . . a = 12 .0 a . 12".0 . ar. co. log. 8.92082, . . log. 1.07918 V , 63 .7 . . 1.80414 tan. 0.72496, . ar. co. cos. 0.73253 Shortest distance of centres, 64".8 . . log. 1.81171 Sum of semi-diameters, 1837 .0 1772 .2 15' 54" : 1772".2 : : 6 : 11.14 digits eclipsed. TO CALCULATE A SOLAR ECLIPSE. 337 For the Situation of the Point at which the Obscuration com- mences. 8 h - 12 m - . . a =1824", . . V = 345".3N. 76 m. . 438. . . 17Q5 // . 16 76 m. . 433. . Atthebeginn. . a =1808, . a . 1808 . ar. co. log. 6.74280 V . 341.6 . . log. 2.53352 & = 10 41' 57" . . tan. 9.27632 Obliq.eclip.(Prob.X),23 27' 47" . sin. 9.60005 . tan. 9.63753 Sun's longitude, 175 26 3 . sin. 8.90093 . cos. 9.99862- sin. 8.50098, tan. 9.63615 Sun's declination, 1 49' 0" ; Angle of pos. 23 23' 50". Meantime of begin. 3 h - 16 m - 39 s -, Lat. 40 42' 40", Dec. 1 49' 0" Equa. of time, 5 58 90 90 Appar. time, . 3 22 37, PZ =49 17 20, PS = 88 11 60 4 ) 202 37 Hour angle P= 50 39' 15" . cos. 9.80210 Co. lat. PZ = 49 17 20 tan. 0.06526 m = 3623' 0" . . tan. 9.86736 Co. dec. PS =88 11 w'=51 48 . ar. co. sin. 0.10466 m = 36 23 . . sin. 9.77320 P= 50 39 15 . tan. 0.08627 S= 42 38 10 . . tan. 9.96413 Angle of position, . . 23 23' 50" Angle from eclip. (&), . . 10 41 50 Angle of dec. circle from vertex (S), 42 38 10 90 Angular dist. of point first touched from vertex, 98 32, to the right For the Beginning and End of the Annular Eclipse. Approx. time, 9 h> 32 m - 27 S \8 =true time of greatest obscur. At this time, a = 12".2,\' =63".7. a = 12".2 . ar. co. log. 8.91364 . . log. 1.08636 V=63 .7 . . log. 1.80414 6 = 79 9' 30" . tan. 0.71778 . ar. co. cos. 0.72564 A = 64".9 . , log. 1.81200 43 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. = 135".8 .log. 2. 13290,4 =79 9 ; 30" . ar. co. sin. 0.00783 * log. 3.55977 S - A= 6 .2 . log. 0.79239, &=3628".9 2 ) 2.92529, k 1 1.46264 D=152 m - Time of greatest obscur. . 4 36 23 .8 Formation of ring, . Rupture of do. ar. co. log. 6.43240 . . 1.46264 . .log. 2.18184 Const, log. 1.77815 . log. 1.85503 . 4 35 12 .2, New York time. a 4 37 35 .4 PROBLEM XXXI. To find the Mootfs Longitude, Latitude, Hourly Motions, Equa- torial Parallax, and Semi-diameter, for a given time, from the Nautical Almanac. Reduce the given time to mean time at Greenwich ; then, For the Longitude. Take from the Nautical Almanac the calculated longitudes an- swering to the noon and midnight, or midnight and noon, next pre- ceding and next following the given time. Commencing with the longitude answering to the first noon or midnight, subtract each longitude from the next following one : the three remainders will be the first differences. Also subtract each first difference from the following for the second differences, which will have the plus or minus sign, according as the first differences increase or de- crease. Find the quantity to be added to the second longitude by rea- son of the first differences, by the proportion, 1 2 h * : excess of given time above time of second longitude : : second first difference : fourth term. With the given time from noon or midnight at the side, take from Table XCIII the quantities corresponding to the minutes, tens of seconds, and seconds, of the mean or half sum of the two second differences, at the top : the sum of these will be the correction for second differences, which must have the contrary sign to the mean. The sum of the second longitude, the fourth term, and the cor rection for second differences, will be the longitude required. TO FIND MOON'S LONG., ETC., FROM NAUTICAL ALMANAC. 339 For the Latitude. Prefix to north latitudes the positive sign, but to south latitudes the negative sign, and proceed according to the rules for the lon- gitude, only that attention must now be paid to the signs of the first differences, which may either be plus or minus. The sign of the resulting latitude will ascertain whether it is north or south. For the Hourly Motion in Longitude. Solve the proportion, 1 2 h - : given time from noon or midnight : : half sum of second differences : a fourth term ; which must have the same sign as the half sum of the second differences. Take the sum of the second first difference, half the mean of the second differences, with its sign changed, and this fourth term, and divide it by 12 : the quotient will be the required hourly mo- tion in longitude. For the Hourly Motion in Latitude. With the given time from noon or midnight, the second first difference of latitude, and the mean of the second differences, find the hourly motion in latitude in the same manner as directed for finding the hourly motion in longitude. When the hourly motion is positive, the moon is tending north ; and when it is negative, she is tending south. For the Semi-diameter and Equatorial Parallax. The moon's semi-diameter and equatorial parallax may be taken from the Nautical Almanac, with sufficient accuracy, by simple proportion, the correction for second differences being too small to be taken into account, unless great precision is required. Corrections for Third and Fourth Differences. When the moon's longitude and latitude are required with great precision, corrections must also be applied for the third and fourth differences. To determine these, take from the Almanac the three longitudes or latitudes immediately preceding the given time, and the three immediately following it, and find the first, second, third, and fourth differences, subtracting always each number from the following one, and paying attention to the signs. With the given time from noon or midnight at the side, and the middle third difference at the top, take from Table XCIV the correction for third differences, which must have the same sign as the middle third difference when the given time from noon or midnight is less than 6 hours ; the contrary sign, when the given time is more than 6 hours. 840 ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS. With the given time, and half sum of fourth differences, take from Table XCV the correction for fourth differences, giving it always the same sign as the half sum. The sum of the third longitude or latitude, the proportional part of the middle first difference answering to the given time from noon or midnight, and the corrections for second, third, and fourth differences, having regard to the signs of all the quantities, will be the longitude or latitude required. APPENDIX. TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE.* I. RELATIVE TO A SINGLE ARC OR ANGLE - Sin(fl + 6) sm a sm o sin a sin 6 on sin a + sin 6 tan % (a + 6) sin a sin 6 tan | (a 6) cos b + cos a cot |(a -f 6) cos b cos a tan (a 6) tan a -f tan 6 cot b + cot a sin tan a tan b cotb cot a sin (a 6) oo cot b tan^z cot a tan b cos (a + 6) cot b -|- tan a cot a + tan b cos 33. sin 2 a sin 2 6 = sin (a + 6) sin (a - 34. cos 2 a sin 2 b = cos (a + 6) cos (a 35. 1 sin a = 2 sin 2 (45 i a) (-*) -6) -6) 1 =F sin a 37. L.?L? = tan (45 i a) cosa 00 1 sin a sin 2 (45 i a) 38. - . a - 1 cos a sin 2 a a 1 + sin b _ sin 2 (45 +46) 1 + cosa cos 2 ^ fl 1 tan b _ . . . TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE. 343 42. sin a cos b = sin (a -\-b) + I sin (a b) 43. cos a sin b = 1 sin (a + b) \ sin (a b) 44. sin a sin b I cos (a b) J cos (a + b) 45. cos a cosb cos (a + b) + cos (a b) III. TRIGONOMETRICAL SERIES. 46. ^ f . a 3 + + + 5 A a 6 - 4- Ar "2.3 2 2. 3.4.5 a 4 _3 2.3.4 20 5 2. 4_ A 3.4. 7a 7 5.6 f + &C. &c. 3 1 a C0i a ~~ a 3 " 3.5 1 3 2 . 5.7 3 2 . 5 3 3 .5. 7 Let a length of an arc of a circle of which the radius is 1, and ( a ") = number of seconds in this arc, then to replace an arc ex- pressed by its length, by the number of seconds contained in it, we nave the formula 47. a = (a") sin 1" ; log. sin I" =^"6.685574867. IV. DIFFERENCES OF TRIGONOMETRICAL LINES. 48. A sin x + 2 sin \ A x. cos (x + | A x) 49. A cos x = 2 sin A x. sin (x + A x) sin A x 50. A tan x = 51. cos x. cos (x + A x) sin A x sin x. sin f (x + A x) V. RESOLUTION OF RIGHT-ANGLED SPHERICAL TRIANGLES.* Table of Solutions. Given. , Required. Solution. Hypothen. ( side op. giv. ang. 52 sin x = sin h . sin a and < side adj. giv. ang. 53 tan x tan h . cos a an angle (. the other angle 54 cot x = cos h . tan a cos h Hypothen and a side the other side 55 cos x = cos s ang. adj. giv. side 56 cos x = tan s . cot h ., . si ang. op. giv. side 57 sin x = sin s sn * Baily's Astronomical Tables and Formal. 344 APPENDIX. , the hypothen. 58 sin x A side and I sin a the angle J the other side 59 sin x = tan s . cot a ^ | opposite __ . cos a the other angle 60 sin x = I cos s ) | A side and f the hypothen. 61 cot x = cos a . cot s the angle < the other side 62 tana: tan a . sin s adjacent [the other angle 63 cos x sin a . cos s {the hypothen. 64 cos a? = rectang. cos. of the giv. sides an angle 65 cot x = sin adj. side x cot. op. side {the hypothen. 66 cos a? = rectang. cot. of the given angles cos. opp. ang. a side 67 cos x = -. *- sin. adj. ang. In these formulae, x denotes the quantity sought. a = the given angle * = the given side h = the hypothenuse. The formulae for the resolution of right-angled spherical trian- gles are all embraced in two rules discovered by Lord Napier, and called Napier 1 s Rules for the Circular Parts. The circular parts, so called, are the two legs of the triangle, or sides which form the right angle, the complement of the hypothenuse, and the comple- ments of the acute angles. The right angle is omitted. In re- solving a right-angled spherical triangle, there are always three of the circular parts under consideration, namely, the two given parts and the required part. When the three parts in question are con- tiguous to each other, the middle one is called the middle part, and the others the adjacent parts. When two of them are contiguous, and the third is separated from these by a part on each side, the part thus separated is called the middle part, and the other two the opposite parts. The rules for the use of the circular parts are (the radius being taken = 1 ), 1 . Sine of the middle part = the rectangle of the tangents of the adjacent parts. 2. Sine of the middle part = the rectangle of the cosines of the opposite parts. PARTICULAR CASES OF RIGHT-ANGLED SPHERICAL TRIANGLES. Equations 52 to 67, or Napier's rules, are sufficient to resolve all the cases of right-angled spherical triangles ; but they lack pre- cision if the unknown quantity is very small and determined by RESOLUTION OF SPHERICAL TRIANGLES. 345 means of its cosine or cotangent ; or, if the unknown quantity is near 90, and given by a sine or a tangent : in these cases the fol- lowing formulae may be used : cos(B + C) 68. cos (B C) sin (a c) 69. tan 2 IB = . ; , : sin (a -f c) 70. tan 2 ic = tan (a + b) tan 1 (a b) 71. tan (45 16) = ^ tan (45- #), tan a? = sin a sin B 72. tan 2 16 -tan -^+45 tan a is the hypothenuse, B, C, the acute angles, and b, c, the sides opposite the acute angles. VI. RESOLUTION OF OBLIQUE-ANGLED SPHERICAL TRIANGLES. General Formula. Let A, B, C, denote the three angles of a spherical triangle, and a, b y c, the sides which are opposite to them respectively, sin A _ sin B _ sin C sin a sin b sin c or, the sines of the angles are proportional to the sines of the op* posite sides. 74. cos c cos a cos b + sin a sin b cos C 75. cos c = cos (a b) 2 sin a sin b sin 2 C 76. cos C = sin A sin B cos c cos A cos B 77. sin a cos c sin c cos a cos B + sin b cos C 78. sin a cot c = cos a cos B + sin B cot C 79. sin a cos B = sin c cos b sin b cos c cos A Case i. Given the three sides, a, b y c. To find one of the angles. 2 i A sin (It 6) sin (k c) 80. sin iA = : : : sin b sin c or 81 . COS 2 I A = : ji : sm b sin c 82 . A = 1|. ^Ill^pl^lj*^ Case ii. Given the three angles. A, B, C To find one of the sides. cos K cos (K A) 83. sin a tf = . p .' ' sm B sin C 44 346 APPENDIX. or, 84. 85 . K= sm B sm C Case in. Given two sides a and &, and the included angle C. 1. To find the two other angles A and B. Napier's Analogies. 87. 2. To find the third side c. 88. or, tan c= tan (a + b). cosi(A+B) cos*(A~B) or equa. 73. Case iv. Given ft#o angles A awe? B, and the adjacent side c. 1. To find the other two sides, a and 6. sin i (A Napier's Analogies. 90. tan (a b) =tai. 2 ^. -. , , . . ^v , sm i (A+ B) J 2. To find the third angle C. 91. * sin (a b) or cos $(a+b) ' cos 2 (ab) or equa. 73. Case y. Given two sides a, b, and an opposite angle A, To find the other opposite angle B ; take equation 73, or the proportion ; sines of the angles are as sines of the opposite sides. (For the methods of determining the remaining angle and side, see page 348, Case 3.) Case vi. Given two angles A, B, and an opposite side a. To find the other opposite side b sines of the angle are proper- RESOLUTION OF SPHERICAL TRIANGLES. 347 tional to the sines of the opposite sides. (For the methods of de- termining the remaining side and angle, see page 348, Case 4.) OTHER METHODS OF RESOLVING OBLIQUE-ANGLED SPHERICAL TRIANGLES.* Except when three sides or three angles are given, the data always include an angle A, and the adjacent side &, besides a third nart. The required parts in the different cases may be found by *e following formulae, and formula 73. cot n = tan A cos b 98 tan B From the angle C (Fig. 124) a perpendicular CD is let fall upon the opposite side c, which divides the triangle into two right-angled trian- gles, that are resolved separately. In the one, ACD, A and b are known, and it is easy to find the other parts, which, joined to the third given part, serve to resolve the second right-an- gled triangle BCD, and determine the unknown quantity required, m, m' A denote the two segments of the base ; n, n' the two parts of the angle C ; and k the perpendicular arc CD. It must be observed, that if the perpendicular CD fell without the triangle, m and m r , n and n 1 would have contrary signs ; this happens when the angles A and B at the base are of different kinds, (the one Z_, the other >90). When it is not known whether this circumstance has place or not, the problem is susceptible of two solutions. The detail of the different cases is as follows : the data are A, 6, and another arc or angle. Case 1. Given two sides and the included angle ; or 6, c, A. Equation 92 makes known m, 94 m', which may be negative, (what the calculation shows,) 96 a, 98 B, and equation 73, (page 345,) C, which is known in kind. . * Case 2. Given two angles and the adjacent side; or A, C, b. Equation 93 makes known n, 95 n', which may be negative, (what the calculation shows,) 97 B, 99 a ; finally, equation 73 (page 345) gives c, which is known in kind. FranecBur's Practical Astronomy. 3 8 APPENDIX. Case 3. Given two sides and an opposite angle; crb, o, A. Equation 92 gives m, 96 m', 94 c, 98 and 73 B and C ; or else, 93 gives w, 99 ft', 95 C, 97 and 73 B and c. This problem admits in general of two solutions. In effect, the arc m' or angle n' being given by its cos., may have either the sign -f or ; there are then two values, for c, and also for C. m' and n' enter into equations 97 and 98 by their sines, whence result therefore also two values of B. Case 4. Given two angles, and an opposite side; or A, B, b. Equation 92 gives m, 98 m', 94 c, 96 a, and equation 73 makes known C ; or else 93 gives n, 97 n', 95 C, 99 and 73 a and c. There are also two solutions in this case ; for, m 1 or n' is given by a sin., and therefore two supplementary arcs satisfy the ques- tion. Thus c in 94, and a in 96, receive two values ; same for C in 95, and a in 99, &c. Instead of solving the two right-angled triangles, into which the oblique-angled triangle is divided, by equations 92 to 99, we may employ Napier's rules, from which these equations have been ob- tained. Isosceles Triangles. When the triangle is isosceles, B = C, b = c, the perpendicular arc must be let fall from the vertex A, and the equations furnished by Napier's rules, become very simple. We find 101. sin a = sin A sin b 102. tan \ a = tan b cos B 103. cos b = cot B cot A 104. cos $ A = cos a sin B The knowledge of two of the four elements A, B, #, b, which form the isosceles triangle, is sufficient for the determination of the two others. INVESTIGATION OF ASTRONOMICAL FORMULAE. Formula for the Parallax in Right Ascension and Declination, and in Longitude and Latitude. (See Article 120, page 55.) Let s (Fig. 125) be the true place of a star seen from the centre of the > earth, s' the apparent place, seen from a point on the surface of which z is the zenith, the latitude being /. The displacement ss' = p is the parallax in altitude, which takes effect in the vertical circle zs' ; p is the PARALLAX IN RIGHT ASCENSION AND DECLINATION. 349 pole ; the hour angle zps = q is changed into zps', and sps 1 = a is the variation of the hour angle, or the parallax in right ascen- sion ; the polar distance ps = d is changed into ps' ; the differ- ence 8 of these arcs is the parallax in declination or of polar dis- tance.* We have, (For. 73, p. 345,) sin s' : ships (d) : : sin sps' (a) : sin ss f (p), sin zps' (q -|-a) : sin zs' (Z) : : sin s' : sinpz (90 I). Multiplying, term by term, we obtain sin s r sin ( (For. 15, p. 341), and putting sin P cos I _ sin d sin a = ?7i (sin q cos a -f- sin a cos q), or, dividing by sin a, 1 = 77i (sin q cot a + cos q) ; whence, by transformation, ffi sin <7 . . . , v tan a = 2 = m sm # -f- m * sm . sin P cos /*.,,, v /rix sui if = -- sin (d -f y) . . . (R); cos y and in terms of the true longitude and latitude, _ PsinA . /T _ _ ' /Psin^V n = . sm (L - N) + I . . I X sind \ smd / sin(L-N)cos(L-N)sinl // . . , (S), Pcosh . ./PcosAV * = -- sm (d-y) + i I -- I x cos y \ cos y / sm2(dy)sml" . . . (T), . tan A cos (L N+n) cosn To facilitate the computation, sin IT, sin tf, and sin P, in formu- lae (L), (P), and (R), maybe replaced by the arcs themselves. The distance d of the star from the pole of the ecliptic enters into these formulae in place of the latitude X. To find the apparent distance d', we have MOON'S AUGMENTED SEMI-DIAMETER. 356 for the apparent latitude X', V=X ; for the apparent longitude I/, L'=L + II. The logarithmic formulae given on page 298, were derived from equations (L), (O), and (P), and the logarithmic formula on page 299 from equa. (0). To determine now the effect of parallax upon the apparent di- ameter of the moon. Let ACB (Fig. 65, p. 147) represent the moon, and E the sta- tion of an observer ; also let R = apparent semi-diameter of the moon, and D =its distance. The triangle AES gives i -noi AS . -r, AS sm AES = ^TFT, or sin R = -fr- HjO LJ At any other distance D' we should have for the apparent semi- diameter R', sin R' D whence - sTnir =s>- Thus, if "R/ = moon's apparent semi-diameter to an observer at the earth's surface, as at O (Fig. 26, p. 50), R =the same as it would be seen from the centre C, and S represents the situation of the moon, sin R' _ CS _ sin ZOS _ sin Z sinR ~OS~sinZCS~sin* ' But we have, (see page 350,) sinZ _ (sine? + 5) sin (q -fa) sin z sin d sin q or, in terms of the apparent longitude and latitude, (see page 354,) sinZ *m(d + *) sin (L N + n) sin z sin d sin (L N) Hence, sin R' = *" R sin (<* + *) sin (L - N + n) ^ sin d sin (L N) Aberration in Longitude and Latitude, and in Right Ascension and Declination* (See Art. 129, page 59.) Aberration is caused by the motion of light in conjunction with the motion of the earth. Light comes to us from the sun in 8 m - 17"-.8, during which time the earth describes an arc a =20 r .44, * Francoeur's Uranography, p. 442, &c. 356 APPENDIX. of its orbilpbdin (Fig. 127,) supposed circular : p is the place of the earth. Let us take any plane whatsoever, which we will call relative, passing through the star and the sun, and let dd' be the intersection of this plane and the ecliptic, with which it makes an angle k : let us seek the quantity 9 by which the aberration displaces the star in the direction perpendicular to this plane. The question is to project on to a line per- pendicular to the relative plane, the small constant arc a which the earth describes, this being the quantity that the star is dis- placed from its line of direction in a direction parallel to the line of the earth's motion, (see Art. 124 of the text:) this projection is 9, variable according to the position of the relative plane in rela- tion to which it is estimated. The velocity along the tangent at p, makes with ph an angle 6 =pch = the arc pd' ; a cos & is then the projection of this velocity on the line ph. The angle of our two planes being k, this projection will be reduced to a cos 6 sin k, when it is taken perpendicularly to the relative plane. Thus, 9 = a sin k cos 6 . . . (V). The aberration displaces the star from the relative plane by this quantity 9, k designating the inclination of this plane to the eclip- tic, and 6 the arc pd', reckoned from JP the place of the earth to d' the point of intersection of these two planes. Let us give to the relative plane the positions which are met with in applications. Let us suppose at first that k = 90, or sin k ~ 1 ; the relative plane will then be perpendicular to the ecliptic. Let n be the ver- nal equinox ; we have pd' = np nd' ; np is the longitude of the earth, or 180 -f that O of the sun ; nd' is the longitude / of the star ; whence 9 = a cos (O I). Now, let M (Fig. 126) be the true place of the star, M' the star as displaced by aberration, KM is the circle 01 true lati- tude, KM' the circle of apparent latitude, and MM' 9 : this arc has its centre C on the axis which passes through the pole K of the ecliptic ; the longitude of the star is then altered by the part OO' of the ecliptic comprised between these two planes ; and since OO' is to the arc MM' as the radius 1 is to the radius CM = sin KM = cos latitude X of the star, we have aberr. in long. = cos (O 1) . . . (W). cos X If the relative plane is kc, (Fig. 129,) perpendicular to the circle Fig. 128. ABERRATION IN RIGHT ASCENSION AND DECLINATION. 357 of latitude Kcd, the aberration

. This has been accomplished by adding 12 s - to 9 and 6 whenever the calculation conducted to a negative value, and by adding 6*- to O + 9, or O + d, whenever the co-efficient had the sign , (this sign being changed to + ;) in this manner the sign of each of the two factors is changed, which does not alter the sign of the pro- duct. Formula for the Nutation in Right Ascension and Declination* (Referred to in Article 148, p. 63.) In deriving these formulae, we must begin with borrowing cer- tain results established by Physical Astronomy. It has been proved, in confirmation of Bradley's conjectures, that the phenom- ena of nutation are explicable on the hypothesis of the pole of the earth describing around its mean place (that place which, see pago * Wood house's Astronomy, p. 357, &c. 360 APPENDIX. 61, it would hold in the small circle described around the pole of the ecliptic, were there no inequality of precession) an ellipse, in a period equal to the revolution of the moon's nodes. The major axis of this ellipse is situated in the solstitial colure and equal to 18".50 ; it bears that proportion to the minor axis (such are the results of theory) which the cosine of the obliquity bears to the cosine of twice the obliquity : consequently, the minor axis will be 13".77. Let CdA. (Fig. 130) represent such an ellipse, P being the mean place of the pole, K the pole of the ecliptic. CDOA is a circle Fig. 130. described with the centre P and radius CP. VL is the ecliptic, Vw the equator, KPL the solstitial colure. In order to determine the true place of the pole, take the angle APO equal to the retro- gradation of the moon's ascending node from V : draw Oi perpen- dicular to PA, and the point in the ellipse, through which Oi passes, is the true place of the pole. This construction being ad- mitted, the nutations in right ascension and north polar distance may, Pp being very small, be thus easily computed. Nutation in North Polar Distance. Nutation in N. P. D. = Ptf ptf. = Pr = Pp cospPtf, nearly, = Pp cos ( APp + R 90) = Ppsm R denoting the right ascension. NUTATION IN RIGHT ASCENSION AND DECLINATION. 361 Nutation in Right Ascension. The right ascension of the star tf is, by the effect of nutation, changed from Vw into Vts. Now, V'fc = V't> -f VM> + ts, nearly, whence, Vw - V'ts = - V'v ts = - W cos VV'u - P^ sin Pp m 26 7 14 17 16 10 i 28 8 14 17 15 9 i 30 + 8 + 15 + 17 + 15 + 9 + TABLE XXVII. Nutations. Argument. Supplement of the Node, or N. Solar Nutation, N. Long. R. Asc. Obliq. N. Long. R. Asc. Obliq. Long. Obliq. + 0.0 +0.0 + 9.2 500 0.0 0.0 9.3 Jan. ff fr 10 1.0 1.0 9.1 510 1.1 1.0 9.3 1 + 0.5 0.5 20 2.1 2.1 9.1 520 2.2 2.0 9.3 11 0.8 0.4 30 3.2 3.0 9.0 530 3.3 2.9 9.2 21 1.1 0.2 40 4.2 4.0 8.9 540 4.4 3.9 9.0 31 1.2 0.1 50 + 5.2 + 4.9 + 8.7 550 5.5 4.8 8.9 Feb. 60 6.2 6.0 8.5 560 6.5 5.7 8.7 10 1.2 + 0.1 70 7.2 6.9 8.3 570 7.5 6.6 8.4 20 1.0 0.3 80 8.2 7.8 8.1 580 8.5 7.5 8.1 90 9.1 8.7 7.8 590 9.5 8.4 7.8 March. 100 + 10.0 + 9.4 4- 7.5 600 10.4 9.1 7.5 2 12 0.7 + 0.3 0.5 110 10.8 10.3 7.1 610 11.2 9.9 7.1 22 0.1 0.5 120 11.6 11. 1 6.7 620 12.0 10.6 6.7 130 12.4 11.7 6.3 630 12.8 11.4 6.3 April. i OC A C 140 150 13.1 + 13.8 12.4 + 13.0 1 5.9 + 5.5 640 650 13.5 14.2 12.0 12.6 5.9 5.4 i 11 21 .*J 0.8 1.1 u.o 0.2 0.2 160 14.4 13.6 5.0 660 14.8 13.2 4.9 TVT 170 15.0 14.1 4.5 670 15.3 13.8 44 May. 180 190 15.5 15.9 14.5 14.8 4.0 3.5 680 690 15.8 16.2 14.2 14.7 3.9 3.3 1 11 91 1.2 1.2 I 1 + 0.1 0.1 ^ 200 + 16.3 + 15.1 + 2.9 700 16.6 15.0 2.8 1 31 1 . 1 0.8 U.O 0.4 210 16.6 15.4 2.4 710 16.9 15.3 2.2 220 230 240 250 16.9 17.1 17.2 + 17.3 15.6 15.7 15.9 + 15.9 1.8 1.2 0.7 + 0.1 720 730 740 750 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.3 15.4 15.7 15.9 15.9 1.6 1.1 0.5 + 0.1 June. 10 20 30 0.4 0.0 + 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 260 270 17.3 17.2 15.9 15.7 0.5 l.l 760 770 17.2 17.1 15.9 15.7 0.7 1.2 July. 10 0.7 1 0.4 *-l 280 17.1 15.6 1.6 780 16.9 15.4 J.8 J U.O 01 290 16.9 15.4 2.2 790 16.6 15.3 2.4 30 1.2 .1 300 + 16.6 + 15.1 _ 2.8 800 _16.3 -15.0 + 2.9 Aug. 310 16.2 14.8 3.3 810 15.9 14.7 3.^ 9 1.3 1 9 + 0.0 ft 4. 320 330 15.8 15.3 14.5 14.1 3.9 4.4 820 830 15.5 15.0 14.2 13.8 4.0 4.5 29 i . At 0.9 U.fc 0.4 340 14.8 13.6 4.9 840 14.4 13.2 5.0 Sept. 350 + 14.2 4. 13.0 5.4 850 13.8 12.6 + 5.5 8 0.6 0.5 360 370 13.5 12.8 12.4 11.7 5.9 6.3 860 870 13.1 12.4 12.0 11.4 5.9 6.3 18 28 + 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 380 12.0 11.1 6.7 880 11.6 10.6 6.7 Oct. 390 11.2 10.3 7.1 890 10.8 9.9 7.1 8 0.6 0.5 400 -}- 10-4 + 9.4 _ 7.5 900 10.0 9.1 + 7.5 18 1.0 0.3 OQ 1.2 0.2 410 9.5 8.7 7.8 910 9.1 8.4 7.8 ivo 420 8.5 7.8 8.1 920 8.2 7.5 8.1 Nov. 430 7.5 6.9 8.4 930 7.2 6.6 8.3 7 1.2 + 0.0 440 6.5 6.0 8.7 940 6.2 5.7 8.5 17 1.2 0.2 450 + 5.5 + 4.9 8.9 950 5.2 4.8 + 8.7 27 1.0 0.4 460 4.4 4.0 9.0 960 4.2 3.9 8.9 Dec. 470 3.3 3.0 9.2 970 3.2 2.9 9.0 7 0.6 0.5 480 2.2 2.1 9.3 980 2.1 2.0 9.1 17 0.2 0.5 490 i.r 1.0 9.3 990 1.0 1.0 9.1 27 + 0.3 0.5 500 + 0.0 + 0-0 9.3 1000 0.0 0.01+ 2.2 37 + 0.6 0.5,' TABLE XXVIII. TABLE XXIX, 2J Lunar Equation, 1st part. Argument I. Lunar Equation, 2d part. Arguments I. and VI. I. I Eq U I Equ 7. 500 7.5 10 8. 510 7.0 20 8. 520 6.6 30 8. 530 6.1 40 9.4 540 5.6 50 9.8 550 5.2 60 10.3 560 4.7 70 10.7 570 4.3 80 11. 580 3.9 90 11.5 590 3.5 100 11.9 600 3.1 110 12.3 610 2.7 120 12.6 620 2.4 130 13.0 630 2.0 140 13.3 640 1.7 150 13.6 650 1.4 160 13.8 660 1.2 170 14.1 670 0.9 180 14.3 680 0.7 190 14.5 690 0.5 200 14.6 700 0.4 210 14.8 710 0.2 220 14.9 720 0.1 230 14.9 730 0.1 240 15.0 740 0.0 250 15.0 750 0.0 260 15.0 760 0.0 270 14.9 770 0.1 280 14.9 780 0.1 290 14.8 790 0.2 300 14.6 800 0.4 310 14.5 810 0.5 320 14.2 820 0.7 330 14.1 830 0.9 340 13.8 840 1.2 350 13.6 850 1.4 360 13.3 860 1.7 370 13.0 870 2.0 380 12.6 880 2.4 390 12.3 890 2.7 400 11.9 900 3.1 410 11.5 910 3.5 420 11.1 920 3.9 430 10.7 930 4.3 440 10.3 940 4.7 450 9.8 950 5.2 460 9.4 960 5.6 470 8.9 970 6.1 480 84 980 6.6 490 8.0 990 7.0 600 7.5 000 7.5 VI 50 100 150 200 25C 30C 350 fiOO 450 500 .3 1.2 1.2 1.1 ! 1-0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 50 .5 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 100 .7 1.8 1.7 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 150 .9 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.3 .0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 200 .9 2.0 2.0 1.711.5 1.4 .0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 250 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.8 i 1.6 1.5 .1 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.6 300 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 ! 1.7 1.6 .2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 350 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.7 1.6 .4 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 400 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 ' 1.7 1.6 .4 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0 450 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 .6 1.4 .2 1.2 1.1 500 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.5! 1.7 1.7 .7 1.5 .4 1.4 1.3 i 550 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.4 ' 1.6 1.7 f t } 7 .6 1.5 1.5 600 1.0 1.0 1 lil.tjl.4 1.6 .8 1.8 .8 1.7 1.6 650 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.5 .7 1.8 .9 1.9 1.8 700 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.1 1.2 1.4 .7 1.9 .9 1.9 1.9 750 0.6 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.1 T.3 .6 1.9 .9 2.0 2.0 800 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.2 .5 1.8 2.0 .9 1.9 850 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.1 .4 1.7 .8 .8 1.9 900 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 .2 1.5 .7 .7 1.7 950 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 .1 1.3 .4 .6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0 .0 1.1 1.2 .2 1.3 I. VI 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.4 .4 1.3 50 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.6 1.5 .5 1.5 100 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.7 .7 1.7 150 0.7 0.8 0.810.9 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.9 1.8 .8 1.9 200 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.2 1.6 1.8 .8 .8 1.9 250 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.1 1.5 1.7 .9 .9 2.0 300 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.4 1.6 .8 .9 1.9 350 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.4 1.6 .6 .7 1.8 400 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 .5 .6 1.6 450 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.2 .4 .4 1.5 500 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 550 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 i.i 600 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 650 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.3 .1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 700 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.4 .2 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 750 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.7 1.5 .3 1.0 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 800 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6 .4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.7 0.7 850 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6 .5 1.2 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 900 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 950 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.3 Constant 1".3. TABLE XXX. Perturbations produced by Venus. Arguments II and III. III. fll. 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120' 1 " " 21.6 20.8 19.8 19.0 17.9 16.8 15.9 14.7 14.0 13.2 128 125 12.9 20 J23.1 22.7 21.6 21.0 20.1 19.3 18.4 17.4 16.4 15.5 14.5 13.8 13.4 40 23.5 23.2 22.9 22.7 22.0 21.1 20.4 19.5 18.7 17.9 16.9 16.1 15.3 60 ! 22.2 22.5 23.1 22.7 22.8 22.5 21.9 21.3 20.5 19.9 19.1 18.2 17.4 80 ! 20.0 20.7 21.4 21.7 22.1 22.3 22.2 22.2. 21.7 21.3 20.7 19.9 19.3 100 17.6 18.6 19.2 19.9 20.5 21.0 21.6 21.7 21.6 21.6 21.5 21.1 20.5 120 15.3 16.0 16.9 17.7 18.4 19.2 19.8 20.2 20.7 20.8 21.1 21.1 20.8 140 13.6 14.2 14.8 15.5 16.2 17.0 17.6 18.3 19.0 19.4 20.0 20.0 20.4 160 12.7 13.2 13.6 14.1 14.6 15.0 15.7 16.4 17.0 17.3 18.1 18.7 19.2 180 12.7 12.9 13.1 13.5 13.9 14.0 14.5 14.8 15.0 15.8 16.4 16.8 17.2 200 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.4 13.7 13.8 14.1 14.2 14.5 14.5 14.8 15.2 16.0 220 13.5 13.6 13.9 14,1 14.1 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.5 14.6 14.6 14.7 14.8 240 13.6 13.8 14.1 14.4 14.6 14.8 14.8 14.9 15.1 15.1 15.1 14.9 14.8 260 12.8 13.3 13.8 14.2 14.6 15.0 15.3 15.6 15.5 15.5 15.6 15.6 15.6 280 11.5 12.3 13.0 13.4 14.0 14.6 15.1 15.4 16.0 16.2 16.2 16.3 16.2 300 10.1 10.9 11.3 12.1 12.9 13.7 14.2 14.9 15.4 16.0 16.4 16.5 16.7 320 8.2 8.8 9.6 10.6 11.3 12.0 12.9 13.7 14.3 15.0 15.8 16.3 16.8 340 6.9 7.5 8.1 8.4 9.4 10.1 11.1 11.9 12.7 13.6 14.4 15.2 16.0 360 6.5 6.5 6.8 7.4 8.0 8.4 9.1 9.9 10.8 11.5 12.6 13.4 14.4 380 6.8 6.5 6.3 6.4 6.7 7.0 7.6 8.2 8.9 9.6 10.6 11.4 12.4 400 7.5 7.1 6.7 6.4 6.2 6.4 6.5 6.9 7.5 7.9 8.7 9.4 10.3 420 9.1 8.4 7.6 7.1 6.7 6.5 6.3 '6.2 6.7 6.8 7.2 7.8 8.4 440 10.6 9.8 9.0 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.7 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.1 460 12.1 11.5 10.5 9.6 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.3 6.8 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.5 480 13.6 12.8 11.9 11.0 10.4 9.6 8.8 8.2 7.7 7.2 6.8 6.4 6.5 500 15.1 14.4 13.4 12.4 11.6 10.8 10.1 9.3 8.6 8.1 7.5 7.1 6.8 520 16.5 15.6 14.8 13.9 13.1 12.3 'll.3 10.5 9.7 9.1 8.6 7.9 7.4 540 18.1 17.5 16.4 15.5 14.5 13.7;i2.8 11.8 11.1 10.4 9.7 8.9 8.2 560 20.4 19.3 18.2 17.6 16.5 15.4 14.4 13.4 12.7 11.6 10.8 10.2 9.2 580 22.8 j 21.7 20.7 19.7 18.4 17.6 16.6 15.5 14.3 13.4 12.5 11.6 10.6 600 25.2 24.1 23.1 22.2 21.2 19.9 : 18.6 17.8 16.6 15.6 14.5 13.4 12.6 620 27.3 26.5 25.6 24.7 23.5 22.5)21.6 20.4 19.0 18.1 16.8 15.7 14.7 640 29.0 28.5 27.7 26.9 26.2 25.1 24.1 22.9 21.8 20.8 19.6 18.4 17.2 660 29.8 29.6 29.2 28.5 28.1 27.4 26.5 25.6 24.5 23.4 22.5 21.2 19.8 680 29.7 29.6 29.5 29.5 29.1 28.8 28.2 27.6 27.0 26.0 25.0 23.8 22.8 700 28.8 29.2 29.3 29.5 29.5 29.5 29.2 28.8 28.4 27.8 27.2 26.4 25.2 720 26.9 27.6 28.3 29.0 29.2 29.4 29.4 29.3 29.1 28.9 28.4 27.9 27.3 740 24.7 25.7 26.6 27.3 27.9 28.5 29.1 29.0 29.2 29.3 29.1 28.8 28.4 760 22.2 23.5 24.3 25.3 26.2 27.0 j 27.6 28.3 28.6 28.7 28.9 29.1 29.0 780 19.6 21.0 22.0 23.2 24.2 25.1 25.9 26.7 27.3 27.8 28.4 28.5 28.7 800 17.2 18.5 19.3 20.9 21.8 22.9 23.9 25.0 25.8 26.4 26.9 27.6 28.1 820 15.2 15.9 17.0 18.4 18.9 20.7 21.7 22.8 23.8 24.8 25.6 26.2 26.6 840 13.2 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.2 18.8 20.3 21.7 22.7 23.6 24.5 25.3 860 11.5 12.2 13.0 13.9 14.9 15.9 17.1 18.0 18.9 20.3 21.4 22.6 23.5 880 11.0 11.2 11.5 12.2 13.0 13.7 14.8 15.7 16.8 18.1 19.1 20.2 21.1 900 11.2 10.2 10.9 11.5 12.5 12.1 12.8 13.7 14.5 15.5 16.6 17.9 18.5 920 12.1 11.6 11.5 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.7 12.1 12.7 13.4 14.4 15.2 16.4 940 14.0 13.3 12.6: 12.3 11.6 11.5 11.3 11.4 11.6 12.0 12.8 13.3 14.2 960 16.7 15.6 14.6 13.7 13.1 12.5 11.9 11.7 11.6 11.4 11.7 12.1 12.6 980 19.5 18.3 17.3 16.4 15.2 14.2 13.4 12.7 12.2 12.0 11.9 11.8 11.8 1000 21,6 20.8 19.8 19.0 17.9 16.8 15.9 14.7 14.0 13.2. 12.8 12.5 12.2 10 20 30 40 59 60 70 80 90 00 110 120 TABLE XXX. Perturbations produced by Venus, Arguments II and III. HI. II. 120 130 140 150 i 160 170 180 | 190 200 210 220 230 240 12.2 | 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.8 13.3 13.9 14.7 15.6 16.5 17.7 18.8 20.1 20 13.4 12.9 12.6 12.3 : 12.2 12.4 12.9 13.3; 14.0 14.6 15.5 16.4 17.3 40 15.3 14.4 14.0 13.5:13.0 12.9 12.6 12.6 13.1 13.5 14.0 14.4 15.4 60 17.4 16.7 16.0 15.2 14.5 14.0 13.6 13.3 13.2 13.2 13.4 13.5 14.1 80 19.3118.7 17.7 17.1 16.4 15.9 15.4 14.6 14.3 13.9 13.8 13.7 13.6 100 20.5 j 20.2 19.5 18.9 18.2 17.5 17.1 16.3 15.9 15.4 14.8 14.6 14.3 120 20.8 I 20.7 20.4 20.0 19.7 19.2 18.5 18.0 17.3 16.9 16.5 16.2 15.6 140 20.4 20.4 20.2 20.0 20.1 19.7 19.5 19.3 18.8 18.2 17.7 17.4 17.0 160 19.2 19.1 19.4 19.7 19.5 19.6 19.3 19.6 19.2 19.0 18.7 18.4 18.1 180 17.2 17.7 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.8 18.4 18.8 19.0 19.0 18.9 18^6 18.5 200 16.0 16.2 16.6 16.8 17.5 17.6 17.7 17.9 18.1 18.2 18.3 18.3 18.3 220 14.8 15.0 15.3 15.7 16.1 16.2 16.6 16.8 17.1 17.5 17.1 17.4 17.5 240 14.8 14.7 14.8 15.0 15.1 15.4 15.7 15.8 16.0 16.1 16.1 16.3 16.4 260 15.6 15.7 15.3 14.8 15.0 15.0 15.1 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.2 15.1 15.3 280 16.2 16.2 16.2 15.9 15.8 15.8 15.5 15.4 15.1 14.9 14.8 14.7 15.0 300 16.7 17.0 17.1 16.9 16.9 1G.6 16.5 16.3 15.9 15.7 15.2 14.9 14.8 320 16.8 17.3 17.5 17.6 17.7 .17.6 17.5 17.2 17.0 16.8 16.5 16.1 15.6 340 16.0 16.4 17.2 IV. 8 17.9 18.1 18.3 18.2 18.2 17.9 17.5 17.3 16.8 360 14.4 15.2 16.0 16.7 17.4 18.1 18.4 18.6 18.8 18.8 18.8 18.7 18.4 380 12.4 13.4 14.3 15.3 16.1 16.9 17.5 18.1 18.6 19.1 19.3 19.5 19.5 400 10.3 11.2 12.3 13.2 14.2 15.1 16.0 16.8 17.8 18.4 18.8 19.3 19.8 420 8.4 9.2 10.0 11.0 12.2 13.0 14.1 15.0 15.9 16.9 17.7 18.5 19.0 440 7.1 7.6 8.4 9.0 9.9 10.9 11.8 12.9 13.8 14.9 16.0 16.7 17.8 460 6.5 6.8 7.2 7.4 8.1 9.0 9.7 10.6 11.7 12.6 13.8 14.6 15.9 480 6.5 6.5 6.4 6.6 7.0 7.5 8.2 8.8 9.6 10.4 11.5 12.5 13.5 500 6.8 6.7 6.5 6.3 6.5 6.6 7.0 7.4 8.2 8.6 9.4 10.4 11.3 520 7.4 7.0 6.8 6.5 6.3 6.1 6.3 .6 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.8 9.3 540 8.2 7.6 7.2 6.8 6.5 6.3 6.2 6.0 6.2 6.5 6.9 7.4 7.9 560 9.2 8.6 7.9 7.5 6.8 6.6 6.3 6.1 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.5 6.9 580 10.6 9.8 9.1 8.4 7.7 7.3 6.6 6.3 6.1 5.9 5.7 5.9 6.0 ,600 12.6 11.4 10.5 9.5 8.7 8.1 7.4 7.0 6.4 6.1 5.8 5.5 5.6 620 14.7 13.5 12.4 11.4 10.4 9.5 8.7 7.9 7.3 6.7 6.2 5.6 5.2 640 17..2 16.2 14.9 13.7 12.5 11.4 10.4 9.5 8.7 7.8 7.0 6.5 5.9 660 19.8 19.0 17.6 16.5 15.1 13.9 12.8 11.5 10.5 9.6 8.6 7.7 6.9 680 22.8 21.7 20.4 19.3 18.1 16.8 15.7 14.2 13.0 11.9 10.7 9.6 8.6 700 25.2 24.3 23.3 22.1 20.7 19.7 18.5 17.3 16.0 14.3 13.4 12.1 11.0 720 27.3 26.4 25.7 24.5 23.7 22.5 21.1 20.2 18.8 17.7 16.4 15.3 13.9 740 28.4 27.7 27.4 26.6 25.9 24.9 24.0- 22.8 21.5 20.6 19.2 18.1 16.8 760 29.0 28.7 28.3 27.8 27.3 26.8 25.9 25.2 24.3 23.0 21.7 20.7 19.7 780 28.7 28.7 28.8 28.7 28.3 28.0 27.2 26.1 26.1 25.2 24.3 23.3 22.2 800 28.1 28.3 28.4 28.5 28.5 28.4 28.2 27.3 27.3 26.7 25.9 25.1 24.4 820 26.6 27.3 27.8 26.1 28.3 28.1 28.1 28.0 27.9 27.7 27.2 26.5 25.9 840 25.3 26.2 26.7 27.2 27.5 27.9 28.1 28.1 27.9 27.9 27.6 27.3 27.2 860 23.5 24.5 25.1 25.9 26.6 27.1 27.4 27.7 27.9 28.0 27.9 27.7 27.5 880 21.1 22.4 23.3 24.2 25.1 25.8 26.5 27.0 27.3 27.5 27.8 28.0 27.7 900 18.5 20.1 21.3 22.1 23.1 24.7 25.0 25.7 26.3 26.9 27.3 27.5 27.6 920 16.4 17.7 18.4 20.0 21.0 22.2 23.0 23.9 24.9 25.7 26.2 26.9 27.3 940 14.2 14.9 16.1 17.5 18.2 19.6 20.8 21.9 23.0 23.9 24.7 25.7 26.1 960 12.6 13.3 14.1 14.4 15.9 17.2 17.9 19.5 20.5 21.7 22.7 23.9 24.7 980 11.8 12.1 12.7 13.3 14.1 14.8 15.6 16.8 17.6 19.3 20.2 21.4 22.6 1000 12.2 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.8 13.3 13.9 14.7 15.6 16.5 17.6 8.8 20.1 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 24) TABLE XXX. Perturbations produced by Venus. Arguments II. and III. III. II. } 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 20.1 21.1 22.2 23.4 24.3 25.2 25.8 26.6 27.2 27.6 27.7 27.G 27.6 20 17.3 18.6 19.7 20.9 21.9 23.0 24.2 24.9 25.8 26.6 27.0 27.4 ! 27.7 40 15.4 16.5 17.3 18.3 19.4 20.5 21.6 22.7 23.7 24.9 25.5 26.3 26.9 60 14.1 14.6 15.2 16.3, 17.2 18.1 18.9 20.3 21.2 22.3 23.4 24.5 ! 25.3 80 13.6 14.0 14.5 14.9 15.5 lu.3 17.3 18.2 19.0 20.0 21.1 22.0123.1 100 14.3 14.3 14.3 14.4 14.6 15.0 15.5 16.2 16.9 17.7 18.9 19.8 20.8 120 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.8 15.0 14.9 15.0 15.2 15.9 16.3 17.0 17.7 18.5 HO 1 17.0 1G.6 16.4 15.8 15.5 15.4 15.6 15.6 15.5 15.6 16.1 16.7 17.1 160 ! 18.1 17.7 17.5 17.3 16.9 16.6 16.3 15.9 16.1 16.3 16.3 16.2! 16.5 180 18.5 18.5 18.3 18.1 17.9 17.6 17.5 17.3 17.0 16.9 16.7 16.8! 16.9 200 18.3 18.4 18.2 18.2 18.2 18.2 18.1 18.1 17.8 17.7 17.6 17.5 17.7 220 17.5 17.6 17.8 17.8 18.0 18.0 18.2 18.1 18.1 18.3 18.4 18.3 18.3 240 16.4 16.5 16.7 16.9 17.1 17.3 17.3 17.7 17.5 18.0 18.3 18.4 18.6 260 15.3 15.5 15.5 15.6 15.8 16.1 16.4 16.6 16.8 16.9 17.4 17.7 18.2 280 l 15.0 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.7 15.0 15.3 15.5 15.9 16.1 16.4 16.8 300 14.8 14.6 14.6 14.2 14.0 14.0 13.9 13.9 14.2 14.5 14.8 15.0 15.5 320 15.6 15.3 14.7 14.5 14.4 13.1 13.6 13.4 13.3 13.1 13.4 13.6 13.8 340 16.8 16.6 16.0 15.5 15.2! 14.5 14.3 13.7 13.1 13.0 12.7 12.6 12.6 360 18.4 17.9 17.5 17.0 16.5 15.9 15.4 14.9 14.3 13.7 13.0 12.6 12.3 380 19.5 19.2 18.9 18.5 17.9 17.7 16.9 16.4 15.8 15.0 14.5 13.6 13.1 400 19.8 19.8 20.1 19.7 19.4 19.1 18.6 18.1 17.5 17.0 16.1 15.2 14.8 420 19.0 19.5 20.0 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.1 19.4 19.0 18.9 18.1 17.3 16.5 440 17.8 18.7 19.2 19.7 20.1 20.4 20.7 20.7 20.5 20.2 19.8 19.5 18.G 460 15.9 16.8 17.6 18.6 19.2 19.9 20.3 20.6 21.0 20.9 20.9 20.8 20.3 480 13.5 14.6 15.5 16.6 17.7 18.5 19.3 19.9 20.5 20.8 21.1 21.2 21.2 500 11.3 12.4 13.4 14.4 15.5 15.5 17.7 18.6 19.1 19.9 20.7 21.0 21.4 520 9.3 10.2 11.2 12.2 13.3 14.2 15.4 16.4 17.6 18.4 19.2 19.8 20.6 540 7.9 8.6 9.4 10.1 11.1 12.1 13.1 14.2 15.3 16.3 17.4 18.3 19.2 560 6.9 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.2 10.1 11.0 11.9 13.1 14.1 15.2 16.2 17.2 580 6.0 6.3 6.6 7.0 7.6 8.4 9.1 9.9 10.9 11.9 12.9 14.1 15.0 600 5.6 5.6 5.8 6.1 6.5 6.8 7.4 8.1 *8.8 9.9 10.7 11.8 12.8 620 5.2 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.5 5.9 6.3 6.6 7.2 8.0 8.7 9.5 10.6 640 5.9 5.6 5.2 4.9 5.0 5.0 5.2 5.5 5.8 6.4 7.0 7.6 8.5 660 6.9 6.3 5.7 5.4 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.7 4.9 5.1 5.5 6.0 6.8 680 8.6 7.6 6.9 6.2 5.6 5.1 4.8 4.6 4.2 4.2 4.5 4.6 5.l| 700 11.0 10.0 P.7 7.8 6.8 6.3 5.6 5.0 4.6 4.2 4.2 4.0 4.2 720 13.9 12.5 11.2 10.3 9.1 7.9 7.1 6.2 5.6 4.8 4.5 4.2 3.8 740 16.8 15.5 14.4 13.0 11.7110.5 9.4 8.4 7.2 6.5 5.6 5.0 43 760 19.7 185 17.2 15.9 14.7 ' 13.5 12.2 10.8 9.8 8.9 7.6 6.7 5.9 780 22.2 21.2 20.1 19.0 17.6 16.3 15.1 14.0 12.6 11.6 10.2 9.2 8.1 800 24.4 23.4 22.2 21.3 20.3 19.2 18.0 16.7 15.4 14.3 13.2 11.9 10.8 820 25.9 25.1 24.4 23.3 22.3 21.6 20.4 19.4 18.2 17.2 15.9 14,6 13.6 840 27.2 26.6 25.8 25.0 24.3 23.5 22.4 21.6120.5 19.4 18.4 17.3 16.4 860 27.5 27.1 26.8 26.4 25.5 24.8 24.3 23.3 22.2 21.5 20.5 19.6 18.4 880 27.7 27.5 27.2 27.0 26.5 26.0 25.5 24.7 24.1 23.2 22.0 21.4 20.4 900 27.6 27.8 27.9 27.6 27.1 26.7 26.5125.7 25.3 24.6 23.9 23.0 22.0 I 920 27.3 27.5 27.5 27.6 27.7 27.5 27.2 26.7 26.3 25.7 '25.1 24.3 23.6 940 26.1 26.7 27.2 27.4 27.7 27.7 27.6 27.5 27.1 26. 6 '' 26.2 25.6 25.5 960 24.7 25.4 26.2 88 J 27.2 27.5 27.7 27.7 27.6 27.4127.1 27.0 26.2 980 22.6 23.7 24.6 25.3 25.9 26.8 27.2 27.5 27.7 27.8 27.6 27.5 27.1 1000 20.1 21.1 22.2 23.4 24.3 25.2 25.8 26.6 27.2 27.6 ( 27.7 27.6 27.6 240 250 1 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 TABLE XXX. Perturbations produced by Venus. Arguments II. and III. III. II. 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 27.6 27.7 27.3 26.7 26.2 25.5 24.7 23.8 23.1 22.3 21.3 20.2 19.3 20 27.7 27.8 27.8 27.6 27.4 26.8 26.2 25.6 24.8 24.0 23.1 22.0 20.9 40 26.9 27.3 27.6 27.9 27.9 27.7 27.5 27.1 26.3 25.6 24.9 24.0 23.2 60 25.3 26.0 26.8(27.1 27.5 27.9 27.8 27.7 27.3 27.1 26.7 25.9 25.0 80 23.1 24,0 25.1 25.9 26.5 27.3 27.5 27.9 28.2 28.0 27.6 27.5 27.2 100 20.8 21.8 22.6 23.6 24.6 25.5 26.2 26.7 27.2 27.5 27.6 27.8 27.4 120 18.5 19.6 20.6 21.5 22.4 23.2 24.1 25.1 25.8 26.4 26.9 27.3 27.5 140 17.1 17.9 18.6 19.3 20.3 21.3 22.0 22.9 23.7 24.7 25.5 26.0 26.7 160 16.5 17.1 17.4 18.1 18.8 19.3 20.1 21.0 21.9 22.6 23.5 24.2 25.1 180 16.9 17.0 17.1 17.4 18.0 18.4 18.9 19.4 20.1 20.7 21.2 22.2 23.0 200 17.7 17.5 17.7 17.7 17.6 18.1 18.3 18.7 19.2 19.7 20.1 20.8 21.5 220 18.3 18.2 18.3 18.3 18.3 18.3 18.6 18.7 18.9 19.3 19.5 20.0 20.4 240 18.6 18.8 18.9 18.9 18.9 19.0 19.2 19.1 19.2 19.5 19.6 19.7 19.9 260 18.2 18.5 18.7 18.8 19.0 19.3 19.5 19.6 19.9 19.9 20.0 20.1 20.2 280 16.8 17.4 17.9 18.3 18.7 19.1 19.3 19.8 20.0 20.2 20.4 20.6 20.8 300 15.5 15.8 16.2 16.6 17.6 18.1 18.5 19.2 19.4 19.9 20.6 20.8 20.9 320 13.8 14.2 14.6 15.1 15.6 16.2 16.8 17.7 18.3 18.9 19.5 20.1 20.8 340 12.6 12.9 13.0 13.3 13.7 14.4 14.9 15.5 16.2 17.1 18.0 18.6 19.4 360 12.3 12.1 11.9 12.0 12.3 12.5 13.0 13.4 14.2 14.9 15.7 16.5 17.3 380 13.1 12.5 11.9 11.6 11.5 11.4 11.6 11.7 12.3 12.7 13.3 14.0 15.0 400 14.8 13.9 13.1 12.5 11.7 11.2 11.1 10.9 11.0 11.1 11.4 12.0 12.6 420 16.5 15.7 15.1 14.3 13.4 12.5 11.7 11.1 10.8 10.8 10.5 10.6 10.7 440 18.6 17.9 17.1 16.1 15.6 14.4 13.5 12.8 11.9 11.1 10.6 10.3 10.3 460 20.3 19.8 19.3 18.5 17.6 16.8 15.9 14.7 13.7 12.9 12.0 11.1 10.9 480 21.2 21.1 20.8 20.3 19.7 19.1 18.3 17.4 16.4 15.0 14.1 13.2 12.2 500 21.4 21.4 21.4 21.3 21.1 20.8 20.0 19.5 18.8 17.8 17.0 15.7 14.4 520 20.6 21.2 21.7 21.7 21.5 21.5 21.4 21.1 20.5 19.8 19.1 18.2 17.6 540 19.2 20.0 20.7 21.1 21.8 22.0 21.8 21.7 21.5 21.2 20.9 20.3 19.6 560 17.2 18.4 19.0 20.0 20.8 21.1 22.7 21.9 22.2 22.1 21.9 21.7 21.1 580 15.0 16.0 17.3 18.2 19.1 19.9 20^.8 21.1 21.7 22.0 22.2 22.3 22.1 600 12.8 13.9 15.1 15.9 17.2 18.0 19.0 19.9 20.6 21.3 21.8 22.0 22.4 620 10.6 11.5 12.7 13.7 14.9 16.0 17.1 18.3 19.1 19.9 20.8 21.3 22.0 640 8.5 9.5 10.4 11.3 12.3 13.7 14.9 16.0 17.1 18.1 19.0 19.9 20.7 660 6.8 7.4 8.2 9.1 10.1 11.1 12.2 13.6 14.6 15.8 17.1 18.1 19.0 680 5.1 5.7 6.4 7.1 7.9 8.7 9.7 11.0 12.1 13.1 14.1 15.7 16.8 700 4.2 4.4 4.7 5.1 5.8 6.7 7.4 8.4 9.4 10.6 11.5 13.0 14.1 720 3.8 3.8 3.8 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.9 8.0 9.1 10.1 11.5 740 4.3 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.8 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.7 6.4 7.4 8.9 760 5.9 5.1 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.2 5.9 780 8.1 7.1 6.1 5.3 4.6 4.1 3.7 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.4 3.6 4.1 800 10.8 9.7 8.5 7.5 6.5 5.6 4.9 4.2 3.8 3.4 3.2 3.1 3.1 820 13.6 12.5 11.2 10.1 9.0 8.0 6.9 6.1 5.3 4.7 3.9 3.7 3.1 840 16.4 15.1 1C. 7 12.9 11.7 10.6 9.5 8.6 7.5 6.6 5.7 4.9 4.4 860 18.4 17.5 16.6 15.4 14.3 13.1 12.1 1.1 0.0 9.1 7.9 7.0 6.3 880 20.4 19.6 18.7 17.5 16.6 15.6 14.5 3.6 2.5 11.5 0.4 9.5 8.6 900 22.0 21.1 20.2 19.4 18.7 17.7 16.5 5.7 i 14.7 13.8 2.5 1.9 109 920 23.6 22.7 21.7 21.1 20.1 19.4 18.4 7.5 16.7 15.6 4.8 3.9 13.1 940 25.5 24.1 23.4 22.4 21.4 20.6 19.9 9.0 18.2 17.3 6.6 5.7 14.8 960 26.2 25.6 24.7 24.1 23.3 22.3 21.3 20.6 19.0 18.9 7.9 7.1 16.3 980 27.1 26.7 26.3 25.5 24.9 23.8 23.4 2.2 '21.0 20.4 9.4 8.6 17.7 1000 27.6 27.7 27.3 26.7 26.2 25.5 24.7 23.8 23.1 22.3 , L3 0.2 19.3 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 ! 430 440 450 460 470 480 TABLE XXX. Perturbations produced by Venus. Arguments II and III. in. II. 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 690 600 19.3 18.3 17.4 16.6 15.7 15.0 14.2 13.6 13.1 12.3 11.7 11.3 10.8 20 20.9 20.2 19. 1 18.2 17.1 16.2 15.5 14.7 14.1 13.3 12.7 12.2 11.5 40 23.2 22.0 20.8 20.1 18.9 17.9 17.1 15.9 15.1 14.4 13.7 13.0 12.3 60 25.0 | 24.0 23.2 22.0 20.7 19.9 18.9 17.7 16.8 15.8 14.9 14.0 13.3 80 27.2 26.4 25.6 24.1 23.2 22.1 20.8 20.0 18.7 17.9 16.6 15.6 ! 14.8 100 27.4 27.2 26.8 26.3. 25.4 24.5 23.5 22.2 20.9 20.0 18.6 17.6 16.6 120 27.5 27.5 27.6 27.1 26.8 26.3 25.4 24.6 23.7 22.4 21.0 20.1 18.8 140 26.7 27.0 27.2 27.4 27.3 27.4 26.9 26.2 25.4 24.6 23.9 22.6 '21.1 160 25.1 25.6 26.1 26.7 26.9 27.3 j 27.1 27.0 26.9 26.4 25.5 24.7 23.9 180 23.0 23.8 24.5 ; 25.0 25.7 26.3 26.7 26.8 27.0 26.8 26.6 26.2 25.6 200 21.5 22.2 22.8 ! 23.5 24.1 24.7 25.5 25.8 26.3 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.4 220 20.4 21.0 21.5 22.0 22.6 23.2 23.8 24.5 25.0 25.4 25.8 26.0 26.2 240 19.9 20.4 20.8 21.2 21.6 21.8 22.2 22.6 231 23.3 23.9 24.2 24.6 260 20.2 20.3 20.6 21.2 21.4 21.7 21.9 22.2 223 22.7 23.1 23.3 23.6 280 20.8 20.8 21.0 21.1 21.3 21.4 21.5 21.8 22.0 22.2 22.7 23.0 23.3 300 20.9 21.0 21.5 21.7 21.7 22.0 22.0 22.1 22 1 22.2 224 22.6 22.8 320 20.8 21.2 21.5 21.6 22.0 22.3 22.5 22.5 226 22.7 22.8 22.8 22.9 340 19.4 20.2 20.8 21.5 21.9 22.1 22.6 23.0 23.2 23.4 23.3 23.4 23.5 360 17.3 18.4 19.5 20.0 20.6 21.5 22.2 22.7 23.0 23.7 23.7 24.0 24.2 380 15.0 15.9- 16.9 17.8 18.6 19.6 20.6 21.5 22.3 22.9 235 23.9 24.5 400 12.6 13.2 14.2 15.4 16.2 17.3 18.1 19.2 20.3 21.4 224 23.0 23.7 420 10.7 11.2 12.0 12.5 13.5 14.5 15.6 16.7 17.7 18.7 201 21.0 22.0 440 10.3 10.2 10.3 10.5 11.3 12.0 12.9 13.6 14.7 16.0 17.0 18.3 19.5 460 10.9 10.1 9.9 9.9 9.9 10.1 10.7 11.3 12.2 13.0 140 15.1 16.5 480 12.2 11.4 10.7 10.1 9.7 9.5 9.7 9.9 10.2 10.7 11.7 12.5 13.4 500 14.4 13.6 12.5 11.6 10.9 10.2 9.8 9.4 9.3 9.6 9.8 10.2 11.1 520 17.6 16.2 15.1 13.9 12.9 11.9 10.9 10.3 9.8 9.5 9.2 9.2 9.6 540 19.6 18.6 18.0 16.7 15.4 14.5 12.2 12.3 11.3 10.5 10.1 9.5 9.3 560 21.1 20.4 19.8 19.0 18.2 17.2 16.0 14.8 13.7 12.7 11.7 10.9 10.2 580 22.1 21.8 21.5 20.9 20.3 19.3 18.6 17.3 16.5 15.4 14.0 129 12.2 600 22.4 22.4 22.2 22.2 21.5 21.2 206 19.5 19.1 17.7 16.8 15.8 14.4 620 22.0 22.3 22.4 22.4 22.3 22.3 21 9 21.5 20.9 20.0 19.3 18.0 16.9 640 20.7 21.7 22.0 22.3 22.6 22.5 226 22.4 22.0. 21.6 21.1 203 19.6 660 19.0 20.0 20.8 21.3 22.1 22.3 226 22.8 22.7 22.6 22.2 21.8 21.3 680 16.8 18.0 19.0 19.9 20.8 21.5 22 1 22.6 22.7 23.0 23.0 22.8 22.4 700 14.1 15.2 16.8 17.9 18.8 20.0 221 21.5 22.2 22.6 22.9 230 23.2 720 11.5 12.7 13.9 15.0 16.4 17.9 18.6 19.7 20.8 21.6 22.3 227 23.0 740 8.9 9.8 0.9 12.2 13.6 14.8 16.2 17.5 18.7 19.5 20.6 21.6 22.3 760 5.9 6.8 8.0 9.3 10.3 11.8 13.2 14.5 15.9 17.4 18.2 19.5 20.5 780 4.1 4.9 5.6 6.4 7.5 8.6 9.9 11. 1 12.6 14.0 15.6 16.8 18.1 800 3.1 3.3 4.4 4.8 5.5 6.1 6.9 7.9 9.4 10.7 12.1 13.4 14.9 820 3.1 3.1 3.2 3.1 3.6 3.9 4.8 5.7 65 75 8.7 10.0 11.5 840 4.4 3.7 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.1 5.0 6.2 7.0 8.2 860 6.3 5.5 4.6 4.1 3.6 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.4 3.4 4.0 4.5 5.6 880 8.6 7.6 6.7 5.9 5.2 4.5 4.1 3.8 3.5 34 3.4 3.6 3.9 900 10.9 10.0 9.1 8.3 7.2 6.5 5.8 5.1 4.4 42 3.8 3.6 3.6 920 13.1 12.1 1.2 10.3 9.6 8.7 7.7 6.9 6.3 5.8 5.1 4.6 4.2 940 14.8 14.1 13.1 12.4 11.5 10.8 9.8 9.1 8.3- 7.6 6.8 6.5 5.9 960 16.3 15.4 14.6 14.0 13.2 12.6; 11.7 1.0 0.1 9.6 8.8 8.1 7.5 980 17.7 16.8 16.2 15.2 14.5 13.9 13.1 2.5 1.8 11.2 10.5 9.7 9.3 1000 19.3 18.3 17.4 16.6 15.7 15.0 14.2 3.6 3.1 12.3 11.7 1.3 0.8 # 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 500 000 TABLE XXX. Perturbations produced by Venus. Arguments II. and III. 111. 27 11. 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 10.8 10.2 9.5 9.i 8.4 7.9 7.4 7.0 6.6 6.3 5.9 5.5 5.4 20 11.5 11.3 10.7 10.4 9.8 9.4 8.9 8.5 7.9 7.7 7.3 6.7 6.6 40 j 12.3 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.7 10.3 10.0 9.6 9.3 8.9 8.5 8.1 7.8 60 1 13.3 12.7 12.1 11.6 11.2 10.9 10.5 10.2 10.0 ! 9.8 9.5 9.2 8.9 80 14.8 13.6 12.9 12.4 11.8 11.3 10.9 10.7 10.3 ! 9.9 9.8 9.8 9.6 100 16.6 15.4 14.4 13.4 12.6 12.1 11.5 11.0 10.6 10.2 10.0 9.9 9.6 120 18.8 17.7 16.4 15.3 14.3 13.2 12.4 11.6 11.2 10.6 10.1 10.1 9.6 140 21.1 20.1 18.9 17.7 16.5 15.2 14.2 13.0 12.3 11.6 11. 1 10.3 9.9 160 23.9 22.9 21.5 20.4 19.2 17.9 16.6 15.3 14.1 13.1 12.0 11.2 10.5 180 25.6 24.8 23.9 22.9 21.6 20.6 19.1 18.0 16.7 15.5 14.3 12.9 12.0 200 26.4 26.0 25.6 24.9 24.0 22.9 21.7 20.8 , 19.3 18.1 16.9 15.5 14.4 220 26.2 26.3 26.1 25.8 25.3 24.9 24.1 23.1 21.2 20.9 19.7 18.3 17.1 240 24.6 25.1 25.1 25.3 25.2 25.1 24.7 24.3 24.0 23.0 21.9 21.3 20.2 260 23.6 23.9 24.2 24.5 24.7 24.8 24.9 24.6 24.3 23.8 23.4 22.9 21.6 280 23.3 23.6 23.9 24.2 24.7 24.8 25.0 24.9 24.9 24.8 24.4 24.0 23.5 , 300 22.8 23,0 23.3 23.4 23.8 24.0 24.1 24.5 24.5 24.6 24.5 24.4 24.0 320 22.9 23.0 23.1 23.2 23.4 23.3 23.6 23.8 24.0 23.9 24.2 24.2 24.2 340 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.4 23.5 23.6 236 23.5 23.5 23.6 23.9 23.8 23.8 360 24.2 24.2 24.3 24.2 24.2 24.0 23.7 23.9 24.0 23.7 23.7 23.6 23.6 380 24.5 24.6 24.8 25.1 24.8 24.9 25.0 24.9 24.6 24.5 24.5 24.3 24.0 400 23.7 24.3 24.7 25.0 25.4 25.7 25.7 25.5 25.5 25.4 25.2 24.8 24.6 420 22.0 23.0 23.7 24.6 25.0 25.7 26.1 26.2 26.3 26.5 26.2 26.0 25.9 440 19.5 20.8 21.7 22.7 23.7 24.6 25.4 26.0 26.5 26.7 26.9 27.0 26.9 460 16.5 17.8 19.0 20.1 21.4 22.3 23.5 24.8 25.4 26.1 26.7 27.1 27.3 480 13.4 14.5 15.6 17.0 18.5 19.7 20.9 22.1 23.2 24.4 25.4 26.2 26.8 500 11.1 12.0 13.0 13.8 14.9 16.3 17.9 19.1 20.5 21.6 22.9 24.2 25.1 520 9.6 9.8 10.5 11,5 12.4 13.4 14.4 15.5 17.1 18.4 19.9 21.2 22.3 540 9.3 9.0 9.2 9.6 10.3 11.0 11.9 12.8 13.9 15.1 16.5 17.9 19.4 560 10.2 9.7 9.3 9.1 9.1 9.4 10.0 10.6 11.5 12.4 13.3 14.5 16.0 580 12.2 11.3 10.4 9.9 9.4 9.0 9.2 9.3 9.7 10.4 11.0 12.0 12.7 600 14.4 13.3 12.5 11.6 10.8 10.1 9.6 9.4 9.1 9.3 9.9 10.0 10.8 620 16.9 16.1 14.9 13.7 12.7 12.0 11.1 10.4 9.8 9.5 9.5 9.3 9.7 640 19.6 18.4 17.4 16.3 15.2 14.2 13.1 12.1 11.3 10.6 10.1 9.6 9.5 660 21.3 20.6 19.9 18.7 17.8 16.7 15.6 14.4 13.4 12.4 11.7 11.0 10.2 680 22.4 22.0 21.5 20.8 20.2 19.0 18.1 17.0 15.8 14.7 13.7 12.8 12.0 700 23.2 23.2 22.6 22.2 21.7 21.0 20.5 19.3 18.3 17.3 16.0 15.0 14.1 720 23.0 23.3 232 234 23.1 224 21 9 21 3 9,08 19.5 18.5 176 164 740 22.3 22.8 23.2 23.4 23.6 23.6 23.3 22.8 22.2 21.6 21.1 19.9 18.8 760 20.5 21.4 22.5 22.8 23.3 23.7 23.6 23.8 23.5 23.3 22.7 21.8 21.3 780 18.1 19.2 20.4 21.3 22.3 23.0 23.3 23.7 23.8 24.0 23.8 23.5 23.0 800 14.9 16.4 17.7 19.1 20.1 21.2 21.1 22.9 23.4 23.8 24.1 24.2 23.9 820 11.5 12.9 14.3 15.8 17.8 18.7 20.0 20.9 22.0 22.7 23.5 23.9 24.0 840 8.2 9.5 10.8 12.2 13.8 15.2 16.6 18.1 19.5,20.6 21.7 22.6 23.3 860 5.6 6.8 7.7 8.8 10.2 11.5 13.2 14.7 16.0 ' 17.4 19.0 20.2 21.3 880 3.9 4.4 5.2 6.1 7.2 8.2 9.7 10.9 12.5 14.1 15.4 16.8 18.2 900 3.6 3.6 3.9 4.2 5.0 5.7 6.6 7.8 9.1 10.3 11.8 13.4 14.8 920 4.2 3.8 3.9 3.9 4.0 4.3 4.7 5.4 6.4 7.3 8.6 9.8 11.2 940 5.9 5.1 4.6 4.4 4.2 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.9 5.3 6.3 7.0 8.0 960 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.8 5.3 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.9 5.4 6.0 980 9.3 8.7 7.9 7.4 6.8 6.4 6.0 5.6 5.2 5.0 4.9 5.1 5.1 1000 10.8 10.2 9.5 9.1 8.4 7.9 7.4 7.0 6.6 6.3 5.9 5.5 5.4 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 ! 690 700 710 720 28 TABLE XXX. Perturbations produced by Vtnus. Arguments II. and III. in- 11. 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 o' 5.4 5.5 5.8 6.0 6.3 6.8 7.6 8.4 9.3 10.4 11.7 12.9 14.3 20 6.6 6.3 6.0 6.1 6.1 6.2 6.5 6.9 7.7 8.3 9.4 10.2 11.2 40 7.8 7.4 7.1 7.0 6.7 6.6 6.8 6.8 6.9 7.2 7.7 8.5 9.3 60 8.9 8.8 8.3 8.1 7.8 7.6 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.4 7.4 7.7 8.3 80! 9.6 9.5 9.1 9.11 9.0 8.8 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.1 8.0 8.1 8.2 100 9.6 9.5 9.6 9.5 9.5 9.3 9.3 9.2 9.2 9.0 8.7 8.7 8.7 120 9.6 9.6 9.5 9.3 9.4 9.6 9.6 9.5 9.5 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 140 9.9 9.5 9.6 9.4 9.3! 9.3 9.0 9.3 9.5 9.8 9.7 9.8 10.0 160 10.5 9.9 9.5 9.1 8.9 9.0 8.9 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.5 9.6 9.9 180 12.0 11.0 10.1 9.7 9.1 8.8 8.7 8.3 8.5 8.7 8.8 9.0 9.1 200 14.4 13.3 12.0 11.0 10.1 9.4 8.9 8.5 8.2 8.0 8.0 8.3 8.5 220 17.1 15.7 14.6 13.2 12.0 10.9 10.2 9.2 8.7 8.3 7.9 7.7 7.7 240 20.2 19.1 ! 17.8 16.5 14.5 13.4 12.2 11.1 10.0 9.4 8.4 8.0 7.7 260 21.6 21.1 20.1 19.2 17.3 15.9 14.6 13.4 12.4 11.3 10.1 9.1 8.6 280 23.5 22.7 21.6 21.0 19.8 18.8 17.3 16.1 15.0 13.5 12.5 11.5 10.2 300 24.0 23.4 23.2 22.4 1 21.4 20.5 19.8 18.7 17.5 16.1 15.0 13.7 12.4 320 24.2 23.9 23.5 23.1 22.7 22.2 21.2 20.6 19.6 18.6 17.5 16.3 15.1 340 23.8 23.9 23.7 23.5 23.2 22.8 22.3 21.4 20.9 20.5 19.2 18.6 17.4 360 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.3 23.3 23.1 22.9 22.4 22.0 21.4 20.4 19.9 18.9 380 24.0 24.0 23.7 23.5 23.3 23.1 23.1 22.7 22.4 22.2 21.6 20.8 20.0 400 , 24.6 24.4 24.4 24.0 23.8 23.4 23.2 23.0 22.8 22.4 22.1 21.6 21.3 420 25.9 25.6 25.2 24.8 24.7 24.3 23.9 23.6 23.3 22.9 22.7 22.3 21.7 440 26.9 26.6 26.4 2G.2 25.9 25.5 25.2 24.9 24.5 23.8 23.4 23.0 22.8 460 27.3 27.6 27.6 27.4 27.0 26.9 26.5 28.1 25.6 25.0 24.6 24.2 23.7 480 -26.8 27.4 27.6 28.0 28.1 28.2 27.7 27.4 27.3 26.6 26.2 25.7 25.1 500 25.1 26.1 86.8 27.5 28.1 28.2 28.6 28.5 28.4 28.3 27.6 27.2 26.7 520 22.3 23.9 24.8 25.9 26.8 27.5 28.1 28.5 28.7 29.0 28.8 28.6 28.4 540 19.4 20.7 22.1 23.4 24.6 25.6 26.5 27.4 28.0 28.7 28.9 29.1 29.2 560 16.0 17.3 18.6 19.9 21.4 22.9 24.1 25.5 26.4 27.3 28.2 28.6 29.2 580 12.7 14.1 15.5 16.8 18.0 19.3 20.9 22.2 23.5 24.9 26.1 27.0 27.8 600 i 10.8 11.6 12.7 13.6 14.9 16.2 17.5 18.7 20.2 21.8 23.0 24.4 25.5 620! 9.7 10.0 10.5 10.7 12.2 13.2 14.4 15.6 17.0 18.3 19.6 21.2 22.6 640 9.5 9.4 9.6 10.1 10.4 11.1 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.2 16.5 17.9 19.2 660 10.2 10.0 9.7 9.5 9.5 9.9 10.4 11.0 11.7 12.7 13.8 14.9 16.2 680 12.0 11.2 10.5 10.0 9.7 9.5 9.6 10.0 10.4 11.0 11.6 12.5 13.8 700 14.1 13.1 ; 12.3 11.3 10.7 10.1 9.7 9.7 9.9 9.9 10.4 10.9 11.5 720 16.4 15.3 14.4 13.3 12.2 11.6 10.9 10.2 10.1 9.9 10.0 10.1 10.4 740 18.8 17.7 16.7 15.6 14.4 13.5 12.4 11.5 11.1 10.7 10.1 10.0 10.3 760 21.3 20.1 19.2 18.1 16.6 15.6 14.7 13.6 12.8 11.9 11.3 10.7 10.3 780 230 22.3 21.5 20.5 19.4 18.4 17.2 l&ft 14.9 14.0 13.0 12.2 11.3 800 23.9 23.9 23.4 22.6 21.9 20.7 19.8 18.8 17.5 16.2 15.1 14.2 13.4 820' 24.0 24.5 24.2 23.9 23.3 22.6 22.3 21.3 20.3 19.4 18.3 17.3 16.2 840 23.3 24.0 243 24.5 24.4 24.3 23.8 23.4 22.7 21.7 20.8 19.6 18.3 860 21.3 22.3 23.3 23.9 24.2 24.7 24.5 24.5 24.3 23.6 23.1 21.9 21.0 ; 880 18.2 19.7 20.9 22.0 22.8 23.8 24.1 24.6 24.8 24.7 24.5 24.0 | 23.5 900 14.8 16.1 17.6 19.0 20.6 21.5 22.5 23.2 24.1 24.5 24.2 24.8 24.5 : 920 11.2 12.6 14.0 15.5 17.0 18.4 19.9 21.0 22.0 22.9 23.5 24.5 24.5 s 940 8.0 9.3 10.7 12.0 13.3 14 8 16,4 17.6 19.1 20.4 21.4 22.4 23.2 960 6.0 6.9 7.8 8.6 iO.2 ' 11.5 12.7 14.1 15.6 16.9 18.5 19.5 20.7 980 5.1 5.5 6.0 6.7 7.7 8.5 S.7 10.9 12.2 13.6 14.8 16.1 17.6 1000 5.4 5.5 6.8 5.8 6.3 6.8 7.6 8.4 9.3 10.5 11.7 12.9 14.3 720 730 740 750 760 1 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 TABLE XXX. Perturbations produced by Venus. Arguments II. and III. III. II. 840 850 860 870 f 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 14.3 15.5 16.9 18.2 19.2 20.2 21.4 22.5 23.0 23.5 24.0 24.2 24.2 20 11.2 12.4 13.6 14.9 16.2 17.3 18.6 19.6 20.5 21.5 22.4 23.1 23.6 40 9.3 10.2 10.9 11.8 13.3 14.2 15.5 16.6 17.8 18.8 19.7 20.7 21.6 60 8.3 8.7 9.5 10.1 10.8 11.6 12.7 13.8 14.9 15.9 17.0 18.1 19.1 80 8.2 8.3 8.6 8.9 9.6 10.3 10.7 11.6 12.5 13.3 14.5 15.2 16.2 100 8.7 8.7 8.9 9.0 9.1 9.4 9.9 10.4 11.0 11.7 12.4 12.9 14.0 120 9.6 9.5 9.3 9.6 9.6 9.7 9.9 9.8 10.4 10.9 11.3 11.8 12.3 140 10.0 10.2 10.1 10.2 10.1 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.5 10.6 10.9 11.4 11.5 160 9.9 10.0 10.2 10.4 10.6 11.0 11.0 10.9 11.0 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.6 180 9.1 9.6 9.9 10.1 10.4 10.7 11.0 11.3 11.5 11.7 11.7 11.9 12.2 200 8.5 8.8 9.1 9.5 9.7 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.2 11.6 12.0 12.2 12.4 220 7.7 7.7 8.1 8.4 8.8 9.2 9.7 10.1 10.6 11.0 11.4 11.8 12.3 240 7.7 7.3 7.4 7.4 7.7 8.0 8.4 9.0 9.6 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 260 8.6 7.9 7.4 7.2 7.1 7.1 7.3 7.6 8.1 8.5 9.3 10.0 10.4 280 10.2 9.2 8.3 7.9 7.4 7.1 7.0 6.9 7.0 7.3 7.7 8.5 8.8 300 12.4 11.4 10.4 9.3 8.5 7.8 7.4 6.9 6.7 6.8 6.8 7.0 7.5 320 15.1 13.9 12.5 11.4* 10.5 9.7 8.6 7.8 7.4 7.0 6.6 6.5 6.7 340 17.4 16.4 15.2 13.9 12.7 11.6 10.6 9.7 8.7 8.0 7.3 6.8 6.6 360 18.9 18.1 174 16.3 15.1 13.8 12.8 11.7 10.6 9.8 8.8 8.0 7A 380 20.0 19.6 18.8 17.7 16.9 13.0 15.1 13.9 12.7 11.8 10.8 9.8 8.9 400 21.3 20.6 19.6 19.4 18.4 17.6 16.5 15.7 14.8 13.7 12.8 11.8 10.9 420 21.7 21.1 20.8 20.3 19.3 18.9 18.2 17.2 16.3 15.3 14.5 13.7 12.6 440 22.8 22.1 21.6 20.8 20.6 19.7 19.0 18.6 17.7 16.6 15.9 15.1 14.2 460 23.7 23.3 22.7 22.0 21.6 20.9 20.2 19.5 18.5 18.1 17.3 16.7 15.7 180 25.1 24.4 23.9 23.3 22.8 22.0 21.4 20.9 20.2 19.3 18.3 17.7 16.9 500 26.7 26.3 25.7 24.9 24.3 23.6 23.0 22.3 21.4 20.7 20.3 19.1 18.1 520 28.4 i 27.8 27.3 26.8 26.3 25.6 24.7 23.9 23.3 22.6 21.8 20.8 20.1 540 29.2 29.2 28.9 28.5 27.8 27.4 26.8 26.1 25.3 24.4 23.7 23.0 22.0 560 29.2 29.3 29.5 29.6 29.3 29.1 28.8 28.0 27.4 26.9 26.1 25.1 24.3 580 27.8 28.6 29.0 29.4 29.6 29.8 29.8 29.3 28.0 28.7 27.9 27.3 26.6 600 25.5 26.7 27.6 28.4 28.9 29.2 29.6 29.9 29.9 29.8 29.3 29.0 28.5 620 22.6 23.8 25.0 26.2 27.1 27.9 28.8 29.3 29.6 29.8 30.1 29.8 29.6 640 19.2 20.6 21.6 23.3 24.6 25.2 26.6 27.8 28.3 28.9 29.4 29.7 29.9 660 16.2 17.5 18.8 20.2 21.1 22.9 24.0 25.1 26.2 27.1 28.2 28.8 29.2 680 13.8 14.7 15.8 16.9 18.4 19.9 20.6 22.3 23.6 24.9 25.8 26.7 27.5 700 11.5 12.3 13.4 14.6 15.6 16.7 18.0 19.5 20.7 22.0 23.1 24.2 25.1 720 10.4 11.0 11.4 12.3 13.3 14.3 15.6 16.4 17.7 19.3 19.9 21.6 22.6 740 10.3 10.4 10.5 11.0 11.4 12.2 13.3 14.2 15.3 16.5 17.4 18.8 19.5 760 10.3 10.0 10.2 10.3 10.7 11.0 11.5 12.2 13.1 14.2 15.1 16.0 17.3 780 11.3 10.8 10.6 10.2 10.2 10.5 10.7 11.1 11.5 12.3 13.2 14.0 15.0 800 13.4 12.5 11.7 11.0 10.6 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.7 11.0 11.6 11.3 12.2 820 16.2 15.2 14.4 13.5 13.5 11.9 11.4 11.0 10.9 10.8 10.8 11.2 11.4 840 18.3 17.1 16.2 14.9 14.1 13.0 12.4 11.7 11.2 10.7 10.6 11.1 11.2 860 21.0 20.2 18.7 17.7 16.6 15.4 14.3 13.3 12.5 11.9 11.4 11.0 10.9 880 23.5 22.4 21.3 20.4 19.3 18.0 17.0 15.9 14.8 13.7 12.8 12.0 12.6 900 24.5 24.2 23.8 22.7 21.9 19.9 19.7 18.6 17.2 16.4 15.3 14.1 13.3 920 24.5 24.8 24.7 243 24.1 23.2 22.3 21.3 20.0 19.3 18.0 16.7 15.7 940 23.2 24.0 24.5 24.6 24.5 24.5 24.2 23.5 22.7 21.8 20.6 19.5 18.4 960 20.7 21.9 22.8 23.6 24.0 24.5 24.5 24.2 24.3 23.7 22.9 22.1 21.0 980 17.6 18.7 20.1 21.2 22.2 23.1 23.6 24.0 24.3 24.3 24.3 23.7 23.0 1000 14.3 15.5 16.9 18.2 19.2 20.2 21.4 22.5 23.0 23.5 24.0 24.2 24.2 840 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 30 TABLE XXX. XXXI. Perturbations by Venus. Arguments II and III. HI. Perturbations by Mars. Arguments II and IV. IV. 11. 960 | 970 980 990 1000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 24.2 23.7 23.1 22.5 21.6 9.5 10.2 10.8 11.2 11.5 11.7 11.8 11.5 20 23.6 23.7 24.0 23.4 23.1 8.3 9.1 9.8 10.5 10.9 11.2 11.5 11.6 40 21.6 22.4 22.9 23.5 23.5 7.1 7.9 8.8 9.4 10.0 10.6 10.8 11.2 60 19.1 20.1 20.7 21.5 22.2 5.8 6.7 7.6 8.4 9.1 9.8 10.3 10.5 80 16.2 17.3 18.4 19.7 20.0! 4.3 5.3 6.4 7.2 8.0 8.9 9.3 9.9 100 14.0 14.8 15.6 16.5 17.6 3.3 4.2 5.0 5.9 6.8 7.6. 8.4 9.1 120 12.3 12.9 13.7 14.3 15.3 2.4 3.1 3.9 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.3 8.0 140 11.5 12.0 12.6 12.8 13.6 2.1 2.4 2.9 3.8 4.6 5.5 6.3 7.0 160 11.6 11.8 12.1 12.3 12.7 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.7 3.5 4.4 5.1 5.9 180 12.2 12.2 12.3 12.5 12.7 1.9 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.4 3.9 4.9 200 12.4 12.7 12.8 13.1 13.2 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.8 220 12.3 12.7 13.0 13.3 13.5 3.0 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.5 240 11.5 12.1 12.4 13.1 13.6 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.9 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.2 260 10.4 11.0 11.5 12.2 12.8 4.8 4.1 3.7 3.5 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.1 280 8.8 9.6 10.4 10.7 11.5 5.5 5.1 4.6 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.4 300' 7.5 7.9 8.6 9.0 10.1 6.2 5.8 5.6 5.0 4.8 4.2 3.9 3.8 320 6.7 6.8 7.3 7.8 8.3 6.9 6.6 6.1 5.9 5.4 5.1 4.7 4.3 340 6.6 6.4 6.6 6.7 6.2 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.5 6.2 5.8 5.5 5.1 360 7.4 6.9 6.5 6.5 6.5 7.5 7.4 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.4 6.2 5.8 880 8.9 8.2 7.5 6.9 6.8 7.5 7.6 7.3 7.3 7.2 7.1 6.7 6.5 400 10.9 10.0 9.0 8.3 7.5 7.3 7.3 7.5 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.1 7.0 420 12.6 11.6 10.7 9.9 9.1 6.9 7.0 7.3 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.5 440 14.2 13.3 12.5 11.6 10.6 6.5 6.8 6.8 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.3 7.4 460 15.7 14.8 13.9 13.0 12.1 6.2 6.2 6.5 6.7 6.8 7.1 7.1 7.3 480 16.9 16.3 15.5 14.5 13.6 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.5 7.0 6.9 500 18.1 17.6 16.6 15.8 15.1 5.3 5.4 5.7 5.8 6.0 6.0 6.3 6.6 520 20.1 19.2 18.1 17.4 16.5 5.1 6.1 5.1 5.3 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 540 22.0 21.0 20.2 19.2 18.1 4.7 4.8 4.8 4.8 5.0 5.1 5.4 5.5 560 24.3 23.5 22.6 21.5 20.6 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.8 5.0 580 26.6 25.7 24.9 23.8 23.0 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.3 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.5 600 28.5 27.8 27.0 26.3 25.4 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.3 620 29.6 29.2 28.8 28.2 27.4 4.2 4.0 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 4,0 3.9 640 29.9 30.0 29.9 29.5 29.5 4.3 4.2 4.1 4.0 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 660 29.2 29.5 29.7 29.8 29.9 4.6 4.4 4.3 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.8 680 27.5 28.6 28.9 29.2 29.7 4.8 4.6 4.5 4.3 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 700 25.1 26.4 27.3 27.8 28.7 5.3 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.6 4.0 4.1 4.1 720 22.6 23.9 25.0 26.1 26.8 5.8 5.5 5.1 5.0 4.7 4.5 4.1 4.1 740 lp 21.3 22.5 23.6 24.6 6.5 6.1 5.7 5.4 5.2 4.9 4.6 4.3 760 17.3 18.6 19.4 21.0 22.1 7.4 6.7 6.4 6.0 5.6 5.3 5.1 5.0 780 15.0 15.8 17.1 18.5 19.3 8.2 7.6 6.9 6.5 6.4 5.8 5.6 5.3 800 12.2 14.1 14.8 15.9 17.0 9.2 8.5 8.0 7.3 6.8 6.5 6.1 5.8 820 11.4 12.0 12.5 13.4 15.4 10.1 9.6 8.8 8.2 7.6 7.1 6.7 6.5 840 11.2 11.3 11.7 12.2 13.2 10.9 10.4 9.8 9.1 8.4 7.9 7.5 6.9 860 10.9 10.8 10.9 11.2 11.5 11.7 11.0 10.4 10.0 9.4 8.7 8.2 7.7 880 12.6 11.3 11.1 10.8 11.0 12.3 11.9 11.3 10.6 10.2 9.7 8.9 8.4 900 13.3 12.3 12.9 11.3 11.2 12.4 12.2 11.8 11.6 10.8 10.3 9.7 9.3 920 15.7 14.6 13.7 12.8 12.1 12.3 12.3 12.2 11.9 11.6 11.0 10.5 9.9 940 18.4 17.3 16.2 14.5 14.0 12.1 12.1 12.2 12.2 11.8 11.4 11.0 10.6 960 21.0 20.0 189 17.9 16.7 11.4 11.9 11.9 12.0 12.0 11.7 11.4 11.0 980 23.0 22.4 21.4 20.3 19.5 10.6 11.1 11.6 11.8 11.9 11.9 11.7 11.4 1000 24.2 23.7 23.1 22.5 21.6 9.5 10.2 10.8 ; 11.2 11.5 11.7 11.8 11.5 960 970 980 990 1000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 TABLE XXXI. 31 Perturbations produced by Mars Arguments II and IV. IV. II. 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 11.5 11.2 11.0 10.6 10.1 9.9 9.5 9.0 8.6 8.2 8.1 7.8 7.6 7.4 20 11.6 11.4 11.0 10.9 10.6 10.2 9.7 9.1 9.1 8.8 8.4 8.1 7.9 7.8 40 11.2 11.3 11.2 11.0 10.8 10.5 10.3 9.8 9.4 9.3 9.1 8.7 8.4 8.2 60 10.5 10.9 11.1 10.9 11.0 10.9 10.4 10.0 9.7 9.5 9.2 8.8 8.7 8.4 80 9.9 10.0 10.5 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.4 10.3 10.0 9.7 9.3 9.0 8.8 8.6 100 9.1 9.5 9.8 10.1 10.6 10.5 10.4 10.3 10.1 9.9 9.6 9.3 9.0 8.8 120 8.0 8.8 9.3 9.5 9.9 10.2 10.2 10.1 10.0 9.8 9.6 9.4 9.1 8.9 140 7.0 7.9 8.4 9.0 9.3 9.6 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.7 9.7 9.4 9.3 8.9 160 5.9 6.5 7.2 8.0 8.5 8.9 9.2 9.6 9.5 9.6 9.5 9.5 9.3 9.1 180 4.9 5.6 6.4 6.9 7.7 8.3 8.6 8.9 9.4 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.2 9.1 200 3.8 4.6 5.3 6.0 6.7 7.4 7.9 8.3 8.0 8.9 9.1 9.0 9.0 8.9 220 3.5 3.9 4.4 5.1 5.8 6.4 7.1 7.6 7.9 8.4 8.6 8.8 8.8 8.7 240 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.4 5.0 5.5 6.2 6.8 7.4 7.6 8.1 8.4 8.4 8.5 260 3.1 3.2 3.8 4.1 4.5 4.9 5.4 5.9 6.6 7.1 7.5 7.7 8.0 8.2 280 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.8 4.2 4.5 4.9 5.5 5.6 6.2 6.8 7.1 7.5 7.8 300 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.9 4.4 4.7 4.9 5.4 5.7 6.0 6.6 6.9 7.3 320 4.3 4.2 4.1 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.4 4.7 5.0 5.4 5.8 6.0 6.4 6.6 340 5.1 4.9 4.6 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.2 5.5 5.8 6.0 6.3 360 5.8 5.6 5.3 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.1 5.4 5.5 5.9 6.1 380 6.5 6.4 5.9 5.7 5.5 5.4 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.4 5.5 5.7 5.8 400 7.0 6.7 6.7 6.3 6.1 5.9 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.9 420 7.4 7.2 6.9 7.1 6.7 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.8 5.8 6.1 440 7.5 7.4 7.4 7.0 7.1 7.4 6.8 6.7 6.5 6.3 6.3 6.4 6.2 6.3 460 7.3 7.4 7.4 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.1 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 480 6.9 7.1 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.3 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.5 7.4 7.2 7.1 7.1 500 6.G 6.8 6.9 7.2 7.3 7.5 7.5 7.6 7.8 7.7 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.4 520 6.0 '6.3 6.5 6.7 7.1 7.2 7.5 7.5 7.7 7.8 7.9 7.6 7.9 7.9 540 5.5 5.7 6.0 6.3 6.6 6.9 7.1 7.3 7.4 7.7 7.9 8.0 8.2 8.3 560 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.8 5.9 6.2 6.6 6.9 7.1 7.4 7.7 7.8 8.1 8.2 580 4.5 4.7 4.9 5.0 5.3 5.7 6.0 6.6 6.8 7.1 7.2 7.5 7.9 8.2 600 4.3 4.3 4.4 4.6 4.6 5.0 5.3 5.6 5.9 6.5 6.9 7.0 7.4 7.7 620 3.9 4.0 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.4 46 4.9 5.3 5.4 6.1 6.6 6.9 7.4 640 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.9 3.9 4.1 4,3 4.5 5.0 5.2 5.8 6.3 6.7 660 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.1 4.2 4.5 5.0 5.3 6.0 680 3.9 3.8 3.6 3.4 3.5 3.4 35 3.6 3.6 3.7 3.8 4.2 4.6 4.9 700 4.1 3.9 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.5 3.6 3.8 4.2 720 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.3 3.2 3.3 3.2 3.0 3* 3.4 3.6 740 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.0 3.8 3.7 3.5 3.2 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.9 3.1 760 5.0 4.7 4.4 4.3 4.1 3.8 3.7 3.4 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.7 2.7 2.8 780 5.3 5.1 4.7 4.6 4.4 4.4 4.0 3.8 3.4 3.2 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.5 800 5.8 5.5 5.4 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.5 4.2 3.9 3.5 3.3 2.9 2.8 2.7 820 6.5 6.1 5.S 5.6 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.6 4.3 4.1 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.9 840 6.9 6.7 6.3 6.1 5.8 5.3 5.2 4.9 4.9 4.5 4.2 3.9 3.5 3.1 860 7.7 7.4 6.9 6.6 6.2 6.2 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.4 4.1 3.6 880 8.4 7.9 7.6 7.1 6.9 6.4 6.4 5.8 5.7 .5.4 5.2 5.0 4.6 4.3 900 9.3 8.7 8.3 7.7 7.4 7.1 C.7 6.6 6.1 6.0 5.6 5.4 5.2 4.9 920 9.9 9.3 .8 8.4 7.9 7.7 7.3 6.9 6.6 6.3 6.2 6.1 5.6 54 940 10.6 10.1 %.5 8.9 8.7 8.2 7.8 7.6 7.2 7.1 6.5 6.5 6.3 6.9 960 11.0 10.7 10.3 9.7 9.1 8.7 8.4 8.0 7.8 7.4 7.2 6.9 6.7 6.6 980 11.4 11.0 10.6 10.2 9.8 9.2 8.9 8.4 8.1 8.0 7.6 7.3 7.2 6.9 1000 11.5 112 11.0 10.6 10.0 9.9 9.5 9.0 8.6 8.2 8.1 7.4 7.6 7.4 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 32 TABLE XXXI. Perturbations produced by Mars. Arguments II. and IV. IV. II. 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 7.4 7.2 7.0 6.6 6.4 6.2 5.7 5.3 4.9 4.7 4.1 3.8 3.4 20 7.8 7.2 7.3 7.2 7.0 6.6 6.3 6.0 5.7 5.3 5.0 4.4 3.9 40 8.2 8.1 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.2 6.8 6.6 6.2 5.9 5.6 5.2 4.7 60 8.4 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.1 6.8 6.4 6.1 5.8 5.4 80 8.6 8.5 8.2 8.0 7.6 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.1 7.0 6.7 6.3 6.0 100 8.8 8.5 8.6 8.4 8.2 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.6 7.3 7.2 6.9 6.6 { 120 8.9 8.7 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.3 8.0 7.9 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.0 : 140 8.9 8.7 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.1 8.3 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.5 7.4 -' 160 9.1 8.9 8.7 8.4 8.3 8.3 82 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.9 7.7 7.6 ! 180 9.1 8.8 8.7 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.0 8.0 8.1 7.9 7.8 8.0 7.8 200 8.9 8.8 8.6 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.9 7.9 220 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.7 7.3 7.7 240 8.5 8.4 8.5 8.3 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.6 260 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.1 8.1 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.5 7.4 280 7.8 7.8 8.0 7.8 7.9 7.9 7.7 7.5 7.5 7.3 7.3 7.4 7.3 300 7.3 7.6 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.1 7.0 7.1 320 6.6 7.1 7.3 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.8 340 6.3 6.4 6.7 7.2 7.1 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 360 6.1 6.2 6.4 6.5 6.9 6.9 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 380 5.8 6.1 6.3 6.4 6.6 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 400 5.9 6.0 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 420 6.1 6.3 6.2 6.4 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.4 440 6.3 6.4 6.4 6.6 6.5 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.3 6.3 6.2 460 6.7 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.9 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.3 6.2 480 7.1 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.9 6.9 7.0 7.0 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.3 500 7.4 7.5 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.3 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.6 520 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.6 7.6 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.1 7.0 6.9 540 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.9 7.8 7.0 7.5 7.2 560 8.2 8.6 8.4 8.6 8.7 8.5 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.3 8.2 8.0 7.6 580 8.2 8.3 8.6 8.8 8.8 9.0 8.9 8.9 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.4 8.4 600 7.7 8.1 8.5 8.6 8.9 9.1 9.1 9.2 9.2 9.1 9.0 8.8 8.7 620 7.4 7.6 8.0 8.5 8.7 9.0 9.2 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.4 9.3 9.2 640 6.7 7.2 7.5 7.9 8.3 8.7 9.0 9.3 9.5 9.8 9.8 9.7 9.7 660 6.0 6.3 7.0 7.3 7.7 8.2 8.7 9.0 9.4 9.7 9.8 10.1 10.0 680 4.9 5.6 6.0 6.6 7.1 7.7 8.1 8.5 9.0 9.3 9.8 10.0 10.2 700 4.2 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.4 6.8 7.4 8.0 8.5 8.9 9.2 9.8 10.1 720 r 3.6 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.3 5.9 6.6 7.0 7.8 8.3 8.8 9.1 9.7 740 3.1 3.3 3.6 3.9 4.4 4.8 5.6 6.2 6.9 7.5 8.0 8.7 9.2 760 2.8 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.6 4.0 4.4 5.1 5.8 6.5 7.2 7.8 8.4 780 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.3 3.7 4.1 4.8 5.4 6.1 6.9 7.6 800 2.7 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.4 5.0 5.6 6.6 820 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.4 4.1 4.7 5.4 840 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.2 3.8 4.3 860 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.7 3,0 3.4 880 4.3 3.8 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.1 2.0 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.6 900 4.9 4.6 4.2 3.6 3.4 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.2 2.4 920 5.4 5.1 4.6 4.5 3.9 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.2 2.0 2.1 2.2 940 5.9 5.7 5.3 4.9 4.7 4.3 3.8 3.4 3.0 37 2.4 2.1 2.0 960 6.5 6.2 59 1.5 5.1 4.9 4.5 4.0 3.4 3.1 2.8 2.4 2.3 ; 980 6.9 6.8 6.4 6.1 5.8 5.4 5.1 4.8 4.3 3.9 3.5 3.0 2.7 1000 7.4 7.2 7.0 6.6 6.4 6.2 5.7 5.3 4.9 4.7 4.1 3.8 34 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 TABLE XXXI. 33 Perturbations produced by Mars. Arguments II. and IV. IV. II. 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 3.4 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.4 4.0 45 20 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.J 40 4.7 4.2 3.9 3.5 3.0 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.2 60 5.4 5.0 4.6 4.2 3.8 3.4 3.1 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 3.0 80 6.0 5.7 5.4 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.4 3.1 2.Q 2.9 2.9 2.9 100 6.6 6.3 5.9 5.6 5.2 4,8 4.3 4.0 3.7 3.5 3.2 3.0 3.0 120 7.0 6.9 6.4 6.1 5.8 5.3 5.2 4.6 4.3 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.4 140 7.4 7.2 6.9 6.6 6.5 6.1 5.6 5.4 5.0 4.6 4.3 4.0 3.9 160 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.0 6.8 6.6 6.2 5.9 5.5 5.3 4.9 4.6 4.4 180 7.8 7.7 7.5 7.4 7.3 6.9 6.7 6.5 6.2 5.8 5.6 5.3 50 200 7.9 7.8 j 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.1 6.9 6.6 6.4 6.1 5.6 5.5 220 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.8 7.7 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.0 6.7 6.5 6.2 5.9 240 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.6 6.4 260 7.4 7.3 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.6 7.6 7.5 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.7 280 7.3 7.4 7.3 7.3 .7.4 7.4 7.3 7.4 7.3 7.5 7.2 7.1 6.9 300 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.2 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.2 7.2 7.3 7.2 7.1 320 6.8 6.8 6.9 6.9 6.8 7.0 7.1 7.1 7.1 '7.1 7.1 7.0 7.2 340 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.8 6.9 6.9 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.9 6.9 360 6.5 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.9 380 6.5 6.3 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.7 400 6.4 6.2 6.2 6.0 6.1 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 420 6.4 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.0 440 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.8 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.7 5.7 5.8 5.9 460 6.2 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.5 5.4 5.5 5.3 5.4 480 6.3! 6.2 6.0 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.3 500 6.6 6.4 6.2 6.0 5.7 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 520 6.9 6.7 6.4 6.1 6.1 5.7 5.5 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 5.0 4.9 540 7.2 7.1 6.7 6.5 6.2 6.1 5.8 5.5 5.2 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.8 560 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.0 6.6 6.3 6.0 5.8 5.4 5.3 5.0 4.7 4.7 580 8-4 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.0 6.8 6.3 6.2 5.9 5.5 5.3 5.0 4.9 600 8.7 8.6 8.3 8.0 7.8 7.4 7.0 6.6 6.3 6\0 56 5.3 5.1 620 9.2 9.1 8.9 8.6 8.4 8.1 7.6 7.2 6.8 65 6.1 5.7 5.3 640 9.7 9.6 9.4 9.p 9.0 8.7 8.2 7.8 7.4 7.0 6.6 6.3 5.8 660 10.0 10,0 9.9 9.8 9.6 9.3 8.9 8.5 8.2 7.7 7.2 6.8 6.4 680 10.2 10.4 10.3 10.2 10.1 9.9 9.6 9.3 9.0 8.5 8.1 7.5 7.1 700 10.1 10.3 10.5 10.6 10.4 10.3 10.1 9.8 9.6 9.3 8.9 8.3 7.8 720 9.7 10.1 10.3 10.6 10.7 10.6 10.5 10.5 10.2 10.0 9.6 9.2 8.6 740 9.2 9.6 10.0 10.3 10.6 10.7 10.8 10; 9 10.6 ]0.5 10.2 9.9 9.4 760 8.4 9.0 9.5 9.8 10.2 10.6 10.9 11.0 11.0 11.0 10.7 10.5 10.3 780 7.6 8.2 8.9 9.4 9.9 10.3 10.& 10.9 11.1 11.2 11.0 10.8 10.7, 800 6.6 7.3 7.9 8.5 9.2 9.8 iai 10.6 10.8 11.1 11.3 11.1 IkO 820 5.4 6.0 7.0 7.6 8.2 8.9 9.6 10.0 10.5 10.8 11.0 11.3^ 11.3 840 4.3 5.0 5.6 6.5 7.2 7.9 9.8 9.2 9.9 10.3 107 10.9 11.2 860 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.3 6.1 6.9 7.5 8.4 9.1 9.6 10.1 10.7 10.9 880 2.6 3.1 3.7 4.3 5.0 5.7 66 7.1 8.1 8.7 9.4 9.8 10.4 900 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 6.1 6.9 7.6 8.4 .l 9.7 920 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.8 3.3 3.7 4.3 5.0 5.8 6.5 7.2 8.0 8.7 040 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.9 3.4 4.1 4.7 5.5 6.1 7.0 7.7 960 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.9 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.5 980 $.7 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 25 2.8 3.0 3.6 4,1 4.7 5.5 1000 3.4 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.4 4.0 4.0 i 320 330 340 3.:0 | 360 370 380 390 400 410 1 420 430 44D 34 TABLE XXXI. Perturbations produced by Mars. Arguments II and IV. IV. n. 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 4.5 5.2 5.9 6.6 7.3 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.4 10.7 10.9 20 3.8 4.3 4.9 5.6 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.2- 8.8 9.3 9.7 10.0 11.4 40 3.2 3.7 4.2 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.6 7.3 7.9 8.4 8.9 9.4 9.8 60 3.0 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.3 6.9 7.5 8.0 8.6 9.1 80 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.2 100 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.5 3.6 3.8 4.2 4.8 5.3 5.9 6.4 6.9 7.4 120 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.9 4.2 4.7 5.1 5.6 6.0 6.6 140 3.9 3.8 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.7 4.0 4.0 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4 5.9 160 4.4 4.2 3.9 4.1 3.8 3.7 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.5 4.6 4.9 5.3 180 5.0 4.8 4.4 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.4 4.4 4.7 5.0 200 5.5 5.2 5.1 4.8 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.5 4.5 4.7 4.6 4.8 220 5.9 5.7 5.5 5.3 5.1 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.8 4.8 4.9 5.0 240 6.4 6.2 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.4 5.3 5.2 5:i 5.1 5.1 5.2 5.2 260 6.7 6.6 6.'4 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 280 6.9 6.8 6.7 6.5 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.8 5.8 300 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.8 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 320 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.6 340 6.9 6.9 7.0 6.9 6.9 6.8 6.7 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 360 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.9 380 6.7 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.8 6.9 6.9 400 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.7 6.8 6.8 420 6.0 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.5 6.6 6.7 440 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.1 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.2 6.4 460 5.4 5.5 5.7 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 480 53 5.3 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.6 5.5 5.6 5.4 5.6 5.7 5.5 5.8 500 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.4 520 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 5.0 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 5.1 540 4.8 4.8 4,7 4.8 4.8 4.9 4.9 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.9 4.8 560 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 580 4.9 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 600 5.1 4.9 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 620 5.3 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.6 4.4 4.3 4.1 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 640 5.8 5.4 5.2 5.0 4.7 4,6 4.4 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.2 4.2 4.0 660 .4 6.0 5.7 5.4 5.0 4.8 4.7 4.5 1.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 680 7.1 6.6 6.2 5.7 5.4 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.0 3.9 700 7.8 7.2 6.8 6.4 6.0 5.6 5.3 5.0 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.3 4.1 720 86 8.0 7.6 7.1 6.6 6.2 5.7 5.5 5.2 4.9 4.6 4.6 4.3 740 9.4 9.0 3.4 8.0 7.4 6.9 6.3 6.0 5.6 5.3 5.0 4.7 4.5 760 10.3 9.7 9.3 8.6 8.1 7.6 7.2 6.5 6.2 5.8 5.5 5.2 4.9 780 10.7 10.5 9.9 9.6 9.0 8.5 7.8 7.4 7.0 6.4 6.1 5.7 5.5 800 11.0 11.0 10.6 10.2 9.9 9.3 8.8 8.1 7.7 7.3 6.7 6.3 5.8 820 11.3 11.1 10.9 10.6 10.3 10.0 9.6 9.1 8.5 7.9 7.4 7.0 6.6 840 11.2 11.3 11.2 11.1 11.0 10.7 10.2 9.9 9.4 8.8 8.2 7.7 7.3 860 10.9 11.1 11.4 11.3 11.3 11.2 10.7 10.4 9.9 9.6 9.2 8.5 7.9 880 10.4 10.8 11.0 11.3 11.2 11.2 11.2 10.9 10.5 10.3 9.8 9.3 8.7 900 9.7 10.1 10.6 11.0 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.0 10.9 10.7 10.2 10.0 9.4 920 8.7 9.3 9.9 10.3 10.8 11.0 u.i 11.2 11.2 11.0 10.7 10.4 10.1 940 7.7 8.2 8.8 9.5 10.1 10.4 10.9 11.0 11.2 11.2 11.0 10.7 10.5 960 6.5 7.3 8.1 8.6 9.3 9.8 10.2 10.6 10.8 11.1 11.2 10.9 10.8 990 5.5 6.2 7.0 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 10.0 10.4 10.6 10.8 11.0 10.9 1000 4.5 5.2 5.9 6.6 7.3 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 100 10.4 10.7 10.9 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 620 530 540 550 560 TABLE XXXI. Perturbations produced by Mars. Arguments II and IV. IV. 35 II. 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 109 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.3 10.0 9.7 9.2 8.9 8.5 8.1 7.9 7.7 20 11.4 10.6 10.7 10.6 10.4 10.2 9.9 9.7 9.3 9.0 8.8 8.5 8.1 40 9.8 10.1 10.4 10.4 10.5 10.3 10.2 9.9 9.6 9.4 9.1 8.9 8.5 60 9.1 9.4 9.8 10.2 j 10.2 10.3 10.2 10.1 9.9 9.6 93 9.0 8.8 80 8.2 8.7 ! 9.0 9.3 9.6 9.8 10.0 9.9 9.8 9.7 9.5 9.3 91 100 7.4 7.9 8.4 8.7 9.0 9.4 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.7 9.7 9.5 9.2 120 6.6 6.9 7.6 8.1 8.3 8.6 9.0 9.2 9.4 9.5 9.5 | 9.4 9.3 140 6.9 6.3 .8 7.2 7.7 8.0 8.3 8.7 8.9 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.3 160 5.3 5.8 6.0 6.5 6.9 7.4 7.7 8.0 8.4 8.5 8.8 8.9 9.0 180 5.0 52 5.6 6.0 6.3 6.7 7.1 7.2 7.7 8.1 8.1 8.4 8.6 200 4.8 5.0 5.3 5.4 5.8 6.1 6.5 6.7 7.1 7.3 7.7 7.8 8.0 220 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.3 5.5 5.7 6.0 6.3 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.3 7.5 240 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.3 5:4 5.5 5.7 5.9 6.1 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.1 260 5.4 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.7 5.8 6.0 6.3 6.4 6.5 280 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.9 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.9 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 300 6.2 6.1 6.2 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.1 320 6.6 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.3 6.1 6.0 6.0 340 6.9 6.9 6.9 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.9 6.9 6.8 6.6 6.5 6.3 360 6.9 7.0 7.2 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.4 7.3 7.3 7.1 7.1 7.0 6.7 380 6.9 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.2 400 6.8 7.0 7.1 7.3 7.6 7.9 8.0 8.0 8.1 8.1 8.1 7.9 7.8 420 6.7 6.9 7.0 "7.2 7.6 7.8 8.0 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.4 8.5 8.4 440 6.4 6.6 6.9 7.0 7.3 7.5 7.9 8.2 8.4 8.6 8.8 8.8 8.9 460 6.1 6.2 6.5 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.6 8.0 8.4 8.7 9.0 9.1 9.2 480 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.2 6.7 7.1 7.2 7.6 7.9 8.5 8.9 9.2 9.3 500 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.9 6.1 6.4 6.9 7.2 7.7 7.9 8.4 9.0 9.4 520 5.1 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.6 5.9 6.3 6.7 7.0 7.6 8.0 8.4 9.0 540 4.8 4.8 4.8 5.0 5.1 5.4 5.6 6.0 6.4 6.7 7.5 8.1 8.5 560 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.7 .4.8 5.0 5.3 5.8 6.2 6.6 7.1 7.8 580 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.5 4.7 5.2 5.5 5.9 6.4 6.9 600 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.7 6.2 620 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 4.0 4.4 4.9 5.4 640 4.0 3.9 4.0 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.5 660 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.7 680 3.9 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 700 4.1 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 720 4.3 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.5 3.4 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.7 2.7 740 4.5 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.7 3.6 3.4 3.3 3.0 2.8 2.6 2.5 760 4.9 4.7 4.5 4.3 4.2 4.1 3.8 3.6 3.3 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.5 780 5.5 5.1 4.9 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.1 3.9 3.8 3.4 3.2 3.0 2.7 800 5.8 5.6 5.2 5.0 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.1 2.8 820 6.6 6.1 5.8 5.5 5.3 5.0 4.8 4.6! 4.4 4.2 4.0 3.6 3.3 840 7.3 6.8 6.5 6.1 5.7 5.5 5.2 5.0 4,7 4.6 4.3 4.1 3.8 860 7.9 7.5 7.0 6.7 6.4 5.9 5.8 5.4 5.1 5.0 4.8 4.6 4.4 880 8.7 8.2 7.8 7.3 6.9 6.6 6.3 6.0 5.7 5.4 5.2 5.0 4.7 900 9.4 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.6 7.2 6.8 6.6 6.3 5.9 5.6 5.4 5.2 920 10.1 9.8 9.2 8.7 8-3 7.8 7.4 7.0 6.7 6.4 6.0 5.8 5 7 940 10.5 10.2 9.8 9.4 8.8 8.5 8.0 7.6 7.3 6.9 6.6 6.2 61 960 10.8 10.5 10.2 10.0 9.5 9.1 8.6 8.2 7.8 7.5 7.1 6.8 66 980 10.9 10.7 10.3 10.2 9.9 9.6 9.2 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.7 7.4 72 rooo 10.9 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.3 10.0 9.7 9.2 8.9 8.5 8.1 7.9 7.7 560 570 580 590 600 | 610 1 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 TABLE XXXI. Perturbations produced by Mars. Arguments II. and IV. IV. II. 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 800 ! 7.7 7.4 6.9 6.8 6.7 6.4 6.1 5.8 5.5 5.2 4.8 4.4 3.7 20 8.1 7.8 7.4 7.0 7.1 6.9 6.7 6.4 6.1 5.8 5.5 5.1 4.7 40 8.5 8.3 7.8 7.5 7.2 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.6 6.4 6.1 5.8 5.3 60 8.8 8.6 8.3 8.1 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.1 6.9 6.7 6.3 6.0 80 9.1 8.9 8.7 8.4 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.1 6.9 6.5 100 9.2 8.9 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.3 8.0 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.3 7.0 120 9.3 9.2 9.0 8.7 8.6 8.4 8.2 8.1 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 ; HO 9.3 9.2 9.0 9.0 8.7 8.5 8.4 8.3 8.0 7.8 7.7 7.7 7.7 160 9.0 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.0 7.9 7.8 7-8 180 8.6 8.6 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.3 8.3 8.0 8.2 7.8 7.9 200 8.0 8.2 8.3 8.3 8.5 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.1 8.1 7.9 220 7.5 7.7 7.9 8.1 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.2 8.2 8.0 8.1 8.0 8.0 240 7.1 7.2 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.8 7.9 8.0 8.0 7.8 7.8 260 6.5 6.7 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.6 7.7 7.7 7.8 280 6.2 6.3 6.5 6.7 6.7 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.4 300 6.1 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.9 6.9 6.9 7.1 7.1 320 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.8 340 6.3 6.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.1 6.1 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.4 360 6.7 6.6 6.4 6.1 6.0 5.9 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 380 7.2 7.1 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.2 6.1 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.8 5.9 400 7.8 7.7 7.4 7.1 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.1 6.0 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.6 420 8.4 8.2 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.2 6.8 6.5 6.2 6.0 5.7 5.5 5.4 440 8.9 8.8 8.7 8.4 8.2 7.8 7.5 7.1 6.6 6.2 6.0 5.7 5.6 460 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.0 8.8 8.5 8.2 7.9 7.5 6.9 6.5 6.3 6.0 480 9.3 9.5 9.6 9.6 9.4 9.2 9.1 8.6 8.3 7.8 7.2 6.9 6.5 500 9.4 9.6 9.8 10.0 9.9 9.8 9.6 9.4 9.1 8.7 8.2 7.6 7.2 520 9.0 9.5 9.8 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.3 10.0 9.8 9.5 9.1 8.5 8.0 540 8.5 9.1 9.5 10.0 10.3 10.5 10.6 10.6 10.4 10.1 9.8 9.5 9.0 560 7.8 8.5 9.0 9.5 9.9 10.4 10.8 10.8 10.9 10.8 10.6 10.2 9.9 580 6.9 7.6 8.3 9.0 9.7 10.0 10.4 10.7 11.1 11.2 11.0 11.0 10.6 600 6.2 6.8 7.4 8.0 8.9 9.6 10.1 10.4 10.9 11.3 11.4 11.3 11.2 620 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.8 8.6 9.4 10.3 10.6 11.0 11.5 11.7 11.7 640 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.2 6.8 7.6 8.4 9.2 10.0 10.7 11.1 11.6 11.8 660 3.7 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.9 6.5 7.3 8.3 9.1 9.8 10.5 11.2 11.5 680 3.1 3.4 3.8 4.3 4.8 5.5 6.2 7.0 7.8 8.7 9.6 10.2 11.0 700 2.9 2.8 3.0 3.4 3.9 4.5 5.2 6.0 6.7 7.5 8.5 9.4 10.1 720 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.5 4.0 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.3 S.2 9.1 740 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 25 2.7 3.1 3.6 4.5 5.2 6.1 6.9 7.8 760 2.5 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.8 3.2 4.1 4.7 5.7 6.6 780 2.7 2.5 23 2.1 2.0 1.9 2.1 2.2 2.5 2.9 3.6 4.4 5.2 800 2.8 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.3 2.5 3.2 4.0 820 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.5 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.2 2.9 840 3.8 3.5 3.0 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.7 2.2 860 4.4 4.0 3.5 3.2 2.8 2.3 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.4 1.6 880 4.7 4.4 4.1 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.2 900 5.2 5.0 4.6 4.3 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.6 1.3 1.2 1.1 920 I 5.7 5.3 5.1 5.0 4.6 4.2 3.8 *3.4 2.9 2.3 1.9 1.3 1.1 940 6.1 5.9 5.6 5.4 5.2 4.8 4.5 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.6 2.1 1.5 960 6.6 6.4 6.2 5.9 5.6 5.4 5.1 4.7 4.3 3.7 3.2 2.8 2.3 980 | 7.2 6.9 6.6 6.4 6.2 5.9 5.6 5.3 5.0 4.6 4.0 3.5 3.0 1000 7.7 7.4 6.9 e.a 6.7 6.4 6.1 5.8 5.5 5.2 4.8 4.4 3.7 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 800 TABLE XXXI. Perturbations produced by Mars. Arguments II. and IV. IV. II. $00 810 820 830 840 850 i 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 // I .- 3.7 3.2 2.6 2.1 1.7 'l.3 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.6 22 20 4.7 4.2 3.6 3.1 2.4 1.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.6 0.9 1.2 1 5 40 5.3 4.9 4.5 3.8 3.3 2.7 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.0 0.8 0.9 1.0 60 6.0 5.7 5.2 4.7 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.0 1.5 1.2 0.9 1.0 80 6.5 6.3 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.6 4.0 3.4 2.7 2.2 1.8, 1.5 1.3 100 7.0 6.7 6.5 6.3 5.9 5.3 4,9 4.4 3.7 3.1 2.5 i 2.1 1.7 120 7.5 7.3 7.0 6.8 6.5 6.2 5.7 5.1 4.7 4.1 3.5! 2.9 2.4 140 7.7 7.7 7.5 7.3 7.0 6.7 6.4 6.0 5.6 5.1 4.5l 3.8 33 160 7.8 7.9 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.2 7.0 6.8 6.3 5.8 5.4 4.8 4.2 180 7.9 7.8 7.9 7.9 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.1 7.0 6.6 6.1 5.7 5.2 200 7.9 7.9 7.8 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.5 7.1 6.8 6.3 6.1 220 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.1 6.7 240 ! 7.8 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.5 7.2 260 7.8 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.8 .7.8 7.6 280 7.4 7.4 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.6 7.6 7.8 7.7 300 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.4 7.5 7.5 7.7 320 68 6.9 6.8 7.0 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.4 7.4 340 64 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.7 6.7 6.8 6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.2 7.2 360 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.7 6.9 6.9 7.1 380 59 5.8 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.6 6.8 400 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.4 420 54 5.4 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.7 5.8 440 56 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.0 5.3 5.5 460 60 5.6 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 480 6.5 6.0 5.7 5.4 5.2 5.2 5.1 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 5.0 5.0 500 7.2 6.8 6.3 5.9 5.6 5.3 5.0 4.8 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.9 520 8.0 7.4 7.0 6.5 6.1 5.5 5.4 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.8 540 9.0 8.4 7.8 7.3 6.7 6.3 5.8 5.4 5.2 4.9 4.7 4.7 4.7 560 9.9 9.5 8.8 8.2 7.7 7.1 6.5 6.0 5.7 5.3 5.0 4.8 4.6 580 10.6 10.2 9.8 9.3 8.8 8.1 7.2 6.8 6.4 6.0 5.6 5.1 4,9 600 11.2 11.0 10.7 10.3 9.6 9.1 8.5 7.7 7.1 6.4 6.1 5.6 5.3 620 11.7 11.5 11.4 11.0 10.6 9.9 9.5 8.9 8.1 7.4 6.8 6.3 5.9 640 11.8 11.9 11.8 11.7 11.3 11.0 10.4 9.8 9.3 8.5 7.8 7.1 6.6 660 n.sUi.e 12.0 12.1 11.9 11.6 11.2 10.8 10.2 9.6 8.9 8.2 7.5 680 11.0 11.6 12.1 12.2 12.1 12.2 12.1 11.5 11.1 10.6 10.1 9.2 8.5 700 10.1 10.9 11.6 12.1 12.4 12.3 12.3 12.3 11.9 11.4 10.8 10.4 9.7 720 9.1 10.0 10.6 11.4 11.9 12.4 12.6 12.5 12.4 12.0 11.6 11.2 0.8 740 7.8 8.8 9.7 10.5 11.3 11.8 12.3 12.8 12.6 12.6 12.3 11.9 1.5 760 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.4 10.3 11.0 11.7 12.1 12.6 12.8 12.7! 12.5 2.1 780 5.2 6.3 7.1 8.1 9.2 10.1 10.7 11.6 12.0 12.4 12.8 12.9 12.8 800 4.0 4.8 5.7 6.7 7,7 8.7 9.7 10.5 11.3 11.9 12.3 12.5 12.9 820 2.9 3.6 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.3 8.4 9.5 10.3 11.0 11.7 12.1 12.5 840 2.2 2.7 3.3 4.0 4.9 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.1 10.0 10.8 11.4 12.0 860 1.6 1.6 2.2 2.9 3.6 4.6 5.6 6.6 7.6 8.6 9.6 10.5 11.2 880 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.6 3.3 4.1 5.2 6.1 7.1 8.2 9.2 10.1 900 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.9 3.8 4.8 5.7 6.8 7.9 8.8 920 1.1 1.0 1.0 1 i 111 1.4 1.9 2.6 34 4.4 5.3 6.3 7.4 940 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.3 3.1 3.9 5.0 5.9 960 23 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 2.0 2.8 3.5 4.6 980 30 2.5 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.4 3.3 1000 37 3.2 2.6 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.2 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 33 TABLE XXXI. Perturbations by Mars. Arguments II. and IV. IV. TABLE XXXII. Peris, by Jupiter Arg's. II. and V. V. II. 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 1000 10 20 i 30 2.2 3.0 3.8 4.8 5.8 6.9 7.8 8.4 9.5 15.3 15.1 15.0 15.0 20 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.4 4.4 5.5 6.5 7.6 8.7 14.9 14.9 14.7 14.8 40 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.2 6.0 7.1 14.7 14.6 14.6 14.5 60 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.3 3.0 3.7 4.8 5.8 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4 80 1.3 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.2 2.7 3.6 4.5 13.4 13.9 14.0 14.2 100 1.7 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.6 3.3 13.2 13.4 13.6 13.7 I 120 2.4 2.0 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.7 1.9 2.4 : 12.3 12.7 13.0 13.3 140 3.3 2.8 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.5 1.8 2.1 11.3 11.8 12.1 12.5 160 4.2 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.1 2.0 1.7 1.7 1.9 10.2 10.7 11.2 11.7 180 5.2 4.6 4.0 3.5 3^1 2.5 2.0 2.0 1.9; 9.1 9.6 10.1 10.7 200 G.I 5.5 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.5 2.8 2.7 2.9 7.8 8.3 8.9 9.5 220 6.7 6.3 5.8 5.4 4.9 44 3.9 3.2 3.0 6.8 7.2 7.7 8.3 240 7.2 6.9 6.6 6.1 5.6 53 4.8 4.2 3.7 5.7 6.2 6.6 7.2 260 7.6 7.5 7.1 6.8 6.5 6.0 5.6 5.2 4.8 4.8 5.2 5.6 6.1 280 7.7 7.7 7.5 7.3 7.1 6.7 6.3 5.9 5.5! 3.9 4.1 4.7 5.2 300 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.4 7.2 7.0 6.6 6.1 3.4 3.5 3.9 4.3 320 7.4 7.4 7.6 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.3 7.1 6.9 3.2 3.1 3.4 3.6 340 7.2 7.2 7.3 7.5 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.7 3.2 3.0 3.0 3.1 360 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.2 7.2 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.5 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.9 380 6.8 6.9 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.1 7.3 7.5 7.5 4.5 4.0 3.4 3.1 400 6.4 6.6 6.6 6.7 6.7 6.9 7.0 7.1 7.3 5.0 4.3 3.8 3.5 420 5.8 5.9 6.2 63 6.6 6.5 6.7 6.7 6.9 6.1 5.2 4.6 4.1 440 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 6.0 6.1 6.3 6.5 6.5 7.5 6.6 5.8 4.9 460 5.3 5.3 5.4 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.9 6.1 6.2 9.0 7.9 7.0 6.3 480 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.8 10.5 9.5 8.5 7.6 500 4.9 4.9 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.3 12.3 11.3 10.0 9.1 520 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.9 5.0 5.l! 14.0 12.7 11.7 10.7 540 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.6 4.6 4.7! 15.6 145 13.3 12.3 560 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 17.1 16.1 15.1 14.0 580 4.9 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.2 18.6 17.4 16.5 15.7 600 5.3 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.1 19.8 19.0 17.9 17.0 620 5.9 5.5 5.1 4.8 4.6 4.5 4.4 43 4.2 20.8 20.1 19.2 18.4 640 6.6 6.1 5.6 5.4 5.0 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.3 21.6 20.9 20.2 19.5 660 7.5 6.8 6.3 5.9 5.5 5.3 4.9 4.8 4.6 22.1 21.6 21.0 20.4 680 8.5 7.8 7.3 6.5 6.1 5.6 5.4 5.1 4.8 22.3 22.0 21.6 21.2 700 9.7 8.9 8.1 7.6 7.0 6.3 5.9 5.6 5.3 22.2 22.0 21.7 21.5 720 10.8 10.0 9.3 8.5 7.9 7.2 6.6 6.1 5.8 22.0 21.9 21.7 21.6 740 11.5 11.0 10.2 9.7 8.9 8.2 7.6 6.9 6.5 21.6 21.6 21.5 21.5 760 12.1 11.8 11.3 10.5 10.0 9.3 8.5 7.9 7.3 21.2 21.1 21.1 21.2 780 12.8 12.3 11.9 11.4 10.9 10.2 9.6 9.0 8.2 20.4 20.5 20.6 20.7 800 12.9 12.9 12.5 12.1 11.7 11.2 10.5 9.8 9.2 19.6 19.8 19.9 20.1 820 12.5 12.7 12.8 12.7 12.2 11.9 11.2 10.7 10.1 18.8 19.0 19.2 19.4 840 12.0 12.4 12.6 12.8 12.6 124 12.2 11.5 10.9 18.1 18.2 18.4 18.6 860 11.2 11.8 12.3 12.5 12.7 12.5 12.5 12.3 11.7 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.9 880 10.1 11.0 11.5 12.1 12.3 12.6 12.6 12.4 12.3 16.9 16.9 16.9 17.1 900 8.8 9.8 10.6 11.3 11.8 12.2 12.4 12.5 12.4 16.3 16.4 16.4 16.5 920 7.4 8.4 9.3 10.2 11.0 11.5 12.1 12.2 12.3 16.0 15.-9 15.9 16.0 940 5.9 7.1 8.1 8.9 9.9 10.7 11.2 11.7 12.1 15.8 15.7 15.7 15.6| 960 4.6 5.6 6.7 7.7 8.7 9.4 10.2 10.9 11.4 15.5 15.4 15.3 15.4 i 980 3.3 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.3 8.2 8.9 9.9 10.6 15.3 15.2 15.2 15.1 1000 f 2.2 3.0 3.8 4.8 5.8 6.9 7.8 8.7 9.5 15.3 15.1 15.0 15.0 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 1000 10 20 30 TABLE XXXII. 39 Perturbations produced by Jupiter. Arguments II. and V. V. ! n. 30 1 40 50 60 | 70 80 90 100 110 1 120 130 140 150 15.0 14.8 14.7 14.7 14.6 14.5 i 14.5 14.4 14.5 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 20 14.8 14.7 14.6 14.4 14.4 14.2 I 14.2 14.1 14.1 14.1 14.1 14.1 14.2 40 14.5 14.4 14.4 14.3 14.2 14.1 13.9 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.7 60 14.4 14.3 14.3 14.2 14.1 13.9 13.8 13.6 Iflfl 13.5 13.5 13.4! 13.3 80 14.2 14.2 14.1 14.5 14.0 13.8 13.7 13.5 13.4 13.2 13.1 13.0! 13.1 100 13.7 13.7 13.9 13.9 13.8 13.7 13.6 13.5 13.4 13.2 13.0 12.8 12.7 120 13.3 13.4 i 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.5 13.5 13.3 13.3 13.2 13.0 12.8 12.6 140 12.5 12.8 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.2 13.3 13.2 13.1 13.0 12.9 12.8| 12.6 160 11.7 12.0 12.4 12.6 12.7 12.8 12.9 12.9 13.0 12.9 12.8 12.7 12.5 180 10.7 11.1 11.6 11.9 12.2 12.3 12.5 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.8 12.6 12.5 200 9.5 10.0 10.6 11.0 11.5 11.7 11.9 12.2 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.3 12.3 220 8.3 8.8 9.5 9.9 10.4 10.8 11.3 11.5 11.8 11.9 12.0 12.0 12.0 240 7.2 7.7 8.2 8.9 9.4 9.8 10.3 10.6 11.0 11.3 11.5 11.7 11.8 260 6.1 6.5 7.1 7.6 8.3 8.8 9.3 9.7 10.1 10.5 10.9 11.0 11.2 280 5.2 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.1 7.6 8.2 8.7 9.2 9.6 10.0 10.4 10.6 300 4.3 4.7 5.1 5.5 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.7 9.1 9.4 9.9 320 3.6 3.9 4.3 4.6 5.1 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.7 8.1 8.5 8.9 340 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.5 5.0 5.4 6.1 6.6 7.2 7.6 8.0 360 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.1 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.1 6.6 7.1 380 3.1 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.2 3.5 4.1 4.6 5.0 5.6 400 35 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 3.0 3.1 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.7 5.2 420 4.1 3.6 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.1 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.3 440 4.9 4.4 3.9 3.4 3.1 2.7 2.8 2.7 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.2 3.5 460 6.3 5.4 4.8 4.3 3.7 3.2 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.8 3.2 480 7.6 6.7 i 5.9 5.2 4.6 4.1 3.6 3.1 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.6 2.7 500 9.1 8.1 7.2 6.4 5.7 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.4 3.2 3.1 2.9 2.7 520 10.7 9.5 8.7 7.7 6.9 6.1 5.5 4.8 4.2 3.8 3.5 3.2 3.1 540 12.3 11.1 10.2 9.1 8.4 7.4 6.6 5.9 5.3 4.7 4.1 3.8 3.5 560 14.0 13.0 11.9 10.8 9.9 8.7 7.9 7.1 6.4 5.8 5.2 4.5 1 4.1 580 15.7 14.5 13.6 12.5 11.4 10.4 9.3 8.3 7.7 6.9 6.2 5.5 5.0 600 17.0 16.0 15.0 14.0 13.1 12.0 11.0 10.1 9.2 8.3 7.5 6.7 6.0 620 18.4 17.4 16.5 15.5 14.7 13.6 12.6 11.6 10.7 SS 9.0 8.0 7.3 640 19.5 18.5 17.9 17.0 16.0 15.1 14.2 13.1 12.2 IT.J 10.8 9.4 8.7 660 20.4 19.7 18.9 18.1 17.4 16.3 15.6 14.6 13.7 12.8 11.9 li.O 10.1 680 21.2 20.5 19.9 19.1 18.5 17.6 16.8 16.0 15.1 14,2 13.5 12.5 11.6 700 21.5 21.0 20.6 200 19.3 18.7 18.0 17.1 16.5 15.6 14.7 13.8 13.0' 720 2L6 21.2 21.0 20.5 20.0 19.3 18.9 18.3 17.5 16.8 16.1 15.1 14.3 740 21.5 21.2 21.1 20.8 20.5 20.0 19.4 18.9 18.4 17.7. 17.2 16.8 15.7 760 21.2 21.0 21.0 20.8 20.7 20.3 20.0 19.4 19.0 18.6 17.9 17.4 16.7 7SO 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.6 20.6 20.3 20.2 19.8 19.4 19.1 18.7 18.1 17.6 8uO 20.1 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.4 20.3 20.1 19.9 19.7 19.3 19.1 18.7 18.2 820 19.4 19.5 19.7 19.8 19.9 19.9 199 19.8 19.8 -19.6 19.2 18.9| 18.7 840 18.6 18.8 1S.9 19.0 19.2 19.3 194 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.0 18.9 860 17.9 18.0 18.3 18.4 18.6 18.7 18.8 18.9 19.0 19.1 19.1 19.0(18.8 880 17.1 17.2 17.5 17.6 17.9 18.0 18.2 18.3 18.5 18.6 18.6 18.6 18.7 900 16.5 16.6 16.8 16.9 17.1 17.1 17.4 17.5 17.7 17.9 18.1 18.2 18.2 920 16.0 16.0 16.1 16.2 16.4 16.5 16.7 16.8 17.0 17.2 17.4 17.5 17.7 940 15.6 15.5 15.6 15.6 15.7 15.8 16.0 16.1 163 16.5 16.8 16.8 17.1 960 15.4 15.3 15.3 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.6 15.7 15.9 16.0 16.3 980 15,1 15.0 15.0 14.9 14.9 14.8 14.9 14.9 14.9 15.0 15.2 15.3 15.5 1000 15.0 14.8 14.7 14.7 14.6 14.5 14.5 14.4 14.5 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 TABLE XXXII. Perturbations produced by Jupiter. Arguments II. and V. V. II. 150 160 170 180 190 200 2101 220 230 240 | 250 260 270 14.8 15.0 15.3 15.5 15.8 15.9 16.2 16.3 16.7 17.0 17.1 17.3 17.5 20 14.2 14.3 14.6 H.8 14.9 15.2 15.5 15.7 15.9 16.2 16.6 16.8 17.1 40 13.7 13.7 13.9 14.1 14.3 14,5 14.8 15.0 15.3 15.5 15.8 16.2 16.4 60 13.3 13.2 13.4 13.5 113.6 13.8 14.1 14.3 14.6 14.8 15.1 15.5 15.8 80 13.1 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.1 13.1 13.3 13.5 13.8 14.1 14.4 14.5 15.1 100 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.6 12.7 12.6 12.8 12.9 13.1 13.4 13.7 14.0 14.2 120 12.6 12.5 12.5 12.4 12.3 12.2 12.3 12.3 12.6 12.8 13.0 13.3 13.6 140 12.6 12.4 12.4 12.3 12.1 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.1 12.1 12.3 12.5 12.8 160 12.5 12.3 12.2 12.1 12.1 11.9 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.9 12.0 12.2 180 12.5 12.3 12.2 12.1 11.9 11.8 11.7 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.6 11.7 11.8 200 12.3 12.2 12.2 12.0 11.9 11.7 11.7 11.5 11.4 11.3 11.2 11.3 11.5 220 12.0 12.0 12.1 12.0 11.8 11.6 11.6 11.5 11.4 11.3 11.2 11.1 11.1 240 11.8 11.8 11.9 11.9 11.8 11.6 11.5 11.4 11.3 11.2 11.1 11.1 11.0 260 11.2 11.5 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.5 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.2 11.1 11.0 10.9 280 10.6 10.8 11.1 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.3 11.3 11.2 11.2 11.1 11.0 10.9 300 9.9 10.1 10.5 10.8 10.9 11.0 11.1 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.1 10.9 320 8.9 9.4 9.7 10.1 10.4 10.5 10.7 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.9 340 8.0 8.5 9.1 9.3 9.6 9.9 10.2 10.3 10.5 10.6 10.6 10.7 10.7 360 7.1 7.5 8.0 8.4 8.9 9.2 9.5 9.8 10.1 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.5 380 5.6 6.2 6.8 7.3 7.8 8.3 8.9 9.3 9.7 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.2 400 5.2 5.6 6.2 6.6 7.0 7.5 7.9 8.4 8.8 9.1 9.4 9.7 9.9 420 4.3 4.8 5.3 5.8 6.2 6.6 7.1 7.4 7.9 8.4 8.7 9.1 9.4 440 3.5 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.4 5.7 6.2 6.7 7.1 7.6 7.9 8.4 8.7 460 3.2 3.3 3.8 4.1 4.5 4.9 5.4 5.7 6.3 6.7 7.2 7.7 8.0 480 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.0 5.4 5.9 6.3 6.8 7.3 500 2.7 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.4 3.6 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.2 5.7 5.9 6.4 520 3.1 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.2 4,7 4.9 5.4 5.7 540 3.5 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.3 3.5 3.7 4.1 4.3 4.7 5.1 560 4.1 3.8 3..6 3.3 3.2 3.2 j 3.2 3.3 3.5 3.7 4.0 4.3 4,5 580 5.0 4.6 4.2 4.0 3.6 3.5 ' 3.3 3.2 3.4 35 3.7 4.0 4.2 600 6.0 5.4 5.1 4.6 4.3 3.9 3.7 3^5 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 4.0 620 7.3 6.6 6.0 5.6 5.1 4.6 , 4.2 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.9 3.9 4.0 640 8.7 7.8 7.3 6.6 6.1 5.5 5.2 4.7 4.4 4.2 4.0 4.0 4.1 660 10.1 9.3 8.6 7.7 7.2 6.5 6.2 5.9 5.3 4.9 4.6 4.5 4.4 680 11.6 10.8 10.0 9.3 8.5 7.5 7.3 6.7 6.3 5.8 5.5 5.2 4.9 700 13.0 12.1 11.5 10.7 9.9 9.0 8.5 7.8 7.4 6.9 6.3 6.0 5.8 720 14.3 13.5 12.8 12.1 11.3 10.6 9.8 9.1 8.7 8.0 7.6 7.0 6.6 740 15.7 14.9 14.2 13.4 12.7 12.0 11.2 10.5 9.7 9.3 8.9 8.2 7.7 760 16.7 15.9 15.5 14.7 13.9 13.3 12.6 11.8 11.2 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0 780 17.6 17.0 16.4 15.7 15.1 14.6 13.8 13.2 | 12.6 11.9 11.2 10.3 10.S 800 18.2 17.8 17.3 16.8 16.2 16.0 15.0 14.3 13.7 13.1 12.6 12.0 11.5 820 18.7 18.3 18.0 17.6 17.0 16.6 16.0 15.3 14.9 14.3 13.7 13.1 12.6 840 18.9 18.7 18.4 18.2 17.7 17.2 16.8 16.3 15.8 15.3 14.9 14.4 13.8 860 18.8 18.7 18.6 18.4 18.3 17.9 17.4 17.1 16.7 16.3 15.9 15.4 15.0 8SO 18.7 18.5 18.6 18.5 18.3 18.2 18.0 17.7 17.4 17.1 16.6 16.3 15.9 900 18.2 18.2 18.3 18.3 18.3 18.1 18.1 18.0 17.8 17.6 17.3 17.0 16.7 1 920 17.7 17.9 18.0 18.0 18.1 18.1 18.0 18.0 18.0 17.8 17.7 17.6 17.3 940 17.1 17.1 17.4 17.6 17.6 17.7 17.8 17.8 17.9 18.0 17.8 17.8 17.7 960 16.3 16.5 16.8 1 j.9 17.1 17.2 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.8 17.9 18.0 17.9 980 15.5 15.7 16.1 16.3 16.5 16.7 16.8 17.0 17.2 17.3 17.6 17.7 17.9 1000 14.8 15.0 15.3 15.5 15.8 15.9 16.2 16.3 16.7 17.0 17.1 17.3 17.5 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 TABLE XXXII. 41 Perturbations produced by Jupiter. Arguments II. and V V II. 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 17.5 17.5 17.7 17.8 17.9 17.9 18.0 18.0 17.9 17.7 17.6 17.5 17.5 20 17.1 17.3 17.5 17.6 17.8 17.8 18.0 18.1 18.1 18.1 18.0 18.0 18.0 40 16.4 16.8 16.9 17.2 17.6 17.7 17.9 18.1 18.3 18.3 18.4 18.4 18.6 60 15.8 16.0 16.4 16.7 16.9 17.3 17.6 17.9 18.2 18.3 18.5 18.5 18.7 80 15.1 15.4 15.7 J6.1 16.4 16.7 17.0 17.5 17.8 18.0 18.3 18.5 18.8 100 14.2 14.6 15.1 15.0 15.8 16.1 16.5 17.0 17.2 17.5 17.9 18.3 18.7 120 13.6 13.7 14.2 ! 14.5 15.0 15.4 15.8 16.2 16.7 17.1 17.3 17.9 18.3 140 12.8 13.1 13.3 13.7 14.2 14.4 15.1 15.5 15.9 16.3 16.8 17.3 17.7 160 12.2 12.4 12.6 12.9 13.4 13.8 14.1 14.6 15.2 15.5 16.0 16.5 17.1 180 11.8 11.9 12.1 12.3 12.5 12.8 13.3 13.7 14.4 14.7 15.2 15.7 16.3 200 1.1.5 11.5 11.6 11.7 12.0 12.1 12.5 13.0 13.4 13.8 14.3 14.7 15.5 220 11.1 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.6 11.7 11.9 12.3 12.7 13.0 13.5 14.0 14.5 240 11.0 10.9 10.9 11.0 11.2 11.3 11.5 11.8 12.1 12.3 12.8 13.2 13.8 260 10.9 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.9 10.9 11.1 11.3 11.4 11.6 12.0 12.3 13.0 280 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.7 10.6 10.8 11.0 11.2 11.3 11.5 11.8 12.2 300 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 11.1 11.4 11.8 320 10.9 10.7 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.6 10.7 11.0 11.2 340 10.7 10.7 10.6 10.5 10.5 10.4 10.5 10.5 10.6 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 360 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.5 10.6 10.8 380 10.2 10.3 1 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.3 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.6 400 9.9 10.0 10.0 10.2 10.3 10.2 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.5 420 9.4 9.6 9.8 9.9 10.1 10.2 10.1 10:2 10.2 10.2 10.3 103 10.4 440 8.7 9.0 9.2 9.4 9.7 9.8 10.0 10.1 10.2 10.1 10.1 10.2 10.4 460 8.0 8.4 8.6 8.8 9.1 9.3 9.6 9.9 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.2 10.3 480 7.3 7.6 7.9 8.4 8.7 8.9 9.1 9.4 9.6 9.7 9.8 10.0 10.1 500 6.4 6.9 7.2 7.6 8.0 8.3 8.G 8.9 9.2 V 9.5 9.7 9.9 520 5.7 6.1 6.6 6.9 7.3 7.6 7.9 8.3 8.6 8.9 9.1 9.4 9.7 540 5.1 5.4 5.8 6.2 6.7 7.0 7.4 7.7 8.0 8.3 8.6 8.9 9.2 560 4.5 4.9 5.1 5.5 6.0 6.3 6.7 7.2 7.5 7.7 8.0 8.3 8.7 580 4.2 4.4 4.8 5.0 5.3 5.7 6.1 6.6 6.9 .7.1 7.4 7.7 8.1 600 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.7 4.9 5.2 5.6 6.0 6.3 6.5 6.8 7.2 7.6 620 4.0 4.0 4.1 4.3 4,7 4.8 5.1 5.5 5.8 6 1 6.4 6.7 7.0 640 4.1 4.1 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.1 5.4 5.6 5.9 6.3 6.6 660 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.5 4.5 4.7 4.9 5.1 5.3 5.5 5.8 6.2 680 4.9 4.9 4.7 4.6 4.7 4.5 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.1 5.3 5.5 5.8 700 5.8 5.4 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.9 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.6 720 6.6 6.2 5.9 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.4 5.5 740 7.7 7.2 6.8 6.5 6.4 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.7 760 9.0 8.2 7.9 7.5 7.2 6.9 6.7 6.5 6.3 6.1 5.9 5.9 6.0 780 10.2 9.7 9.1 8.4 8.2 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.2 6.9 6.6 6.5 6.5 800 11.5 11.0 10.4 9.8 9.4 8.7 8.5 8.3 8.0 7.7 7.6 7.3 7.1 820 12.6 12.1 11.7 11.2 10.6 10.1 9.7 9.2 9.1 8.6 8.3 8.1 7.9 840 13.8 13.2 12.8 12.3 11.9 11.3 10.9 10.5 10.2 9.6 9.4 9.1 8.9 860 15.0 14,4 13.8 13.5 13.1 12.6 12.1 11.7 11.2 10.7 10.4 10.1 10.0 880 15.9 15.4 15.0 14.4 14.2 13.7 13.4 129 12.5 12.0 11.5 113 11.1 900 16.7 16.4 15.9 15.5 15.2 14.8 14.4 14.1 13.7 13.2 12.8 12.4 12.2 920 17.3 17.1 16.8 16.5 16.2 15.7 15.5 15.2 14.8 14.3 14.0 13.6 13.3 940 17.7 17.5 17.3 17.1 16.9 16.6 16.3 16.1 16.0 15.5 15.0 14.7 14.5 960 17.9 17.8 17.6 17.5 17.4 17.2 17.0 16.9 1.6.8 16.4 16.2 15.8 15.6 980 17.9 17.8 17.8 17.8 17.8 17.8 17.6 17.5 17.3 17.2 17.0 16.8 .6.6 1000 17.5 17.7 17.7 17.8 17.9 17.9 18.0 18.0 17.9 17.7 17.6 17.5 17.5 27C | 280 290 ,300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 42 TABLE XXXII. Perturbations produced by Jupiter. Arguments II. and V. V. II. 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 17.5 17.1 17.0 16.7 16.5 16.3 16.1 15.8 15.6 15.1 14.6 14.3 13.9 20 18.0 18.1 17.7 17.5 17.5 17.2 17.1 16.8 16.7 16.3 16.0 15.6 15.3 40 18.6 18.6 18.5 18.4 18.3 18.1 18.0 17.8 17.6 17.3 17.2 16.8 16.5 60 18.7 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.7 18.8 18.6 18.7 18.4 18.1 17.9 17.7 80 18.8 18.9 19.2 19.3 19.4 19.3 19.3 19.3 19.3 19.2 19.2 18.9 18.8 100 18.7 18.9 19.1 19.4 19.7 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.9 19.7 19.7 120 18.3 18.6 18.9 19.2 19.5 19.8 20.0 20.1 20.3 20.3 204 20.4 20.4 140 17.7 18.2 18.6 18.9 19.2 19.6 20.0 20.3 20.5 20.6 20.7 20.8 21.0 160 17.1 17.6 17.9 18.5 19.0 19.3 19.8 20.2 20.5 20.6 20.9 21.1 21.2 180 16.3 16.8 17.3 17.9 18.3 18.8 19.3 19.8 20.3 20.6 20.9 21.1 21.4 200 15.5 16.0 16.5 17.1 17.7 18.2 18.6 19.1 19.8 20.2 20.7 21.0 21.4 220 14.5 15.0 15.6 16.1 16.9 17.4 18.0 18.6 19.0 19.7 20.3 20.7 21.1 240 13.8 14.2 14.7 15.2 15.9 16.5 17.1 17.7 18.4 18.9 19.5 20.1 20.7 260 13.0 13.4 13.9 14.4 15.0 15.5 16.3 16.9 17.5 18.0 18.6 19.3 20.0 280 12.2 12.7 13.0 13.5 14.2 14.7 15.3 15.9 16.7 17.2 17.8 18.4 19.1 300 11.8 11.9 12.4 12.8 13.3 13.8 14.4 14.9 15.7 16.3 17.0 17.6 18.2 320 11.2 11.5 11.8 12.2 12.7 13.0 13.6 14.1 14.7 15.3 16.0 16.6 17.4 340 10.8 11.2 11.4 11.6 12.1 12.4 12.9 13.4 13.9 14.4 15.1 15.7 16.4 360 10.8 10.8 11.0 11.2 11.6 11.9 12.3 12.6 13.2 13.6 14.2 14.8 15.5 380 10.6 10.6 10.7 10.9 11.2 11.4 11.9 12.2 12.6 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.5 400 10.5 10.5 10.6 10.6 10.9 11.1 11.4 11.8 12.2 12.5 12.9 13.3 13.8 420 10.4 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.9 11.2 11.3 11.7 11.9 12.4 12.8 13.3 440 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.5 10.7 10.8 10.9 11.1 11.3 11.6 11.9 12.2 12.7 460 10.3 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.6 10.6 10.7 10.9 11.2 11.3 11.7 11.9 12.2 480 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.6 10.6 10.7 10.8 11.0 11.2 11.4 11.7 12.0 500 9.9 10.0 IP- 1 10.2 10.4 10.5 10.7 10.8 10.9 11.0 11.2 11.3 11.7 520 9.7 9.8 9.8 10.0 10.2 10.3 10.5 10.6 10.9 10.8 11.1 11.3 11.5 540 9.2 9.4 9.6 9.8 10.0 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.6 10.7 10.9 11.1 11.4 560 8.7 8.9 9.1 9.3 9.7 9.8 10.1 10.3 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 11.2 580 8.1 8.5 8.7 8.7 9.2 9.4 9.7 9.9 10.2 10.4 10.6 10.7 10.9 600 7.6 7.9 8.2 8.5 8.8 9.0 9.3 9.5 9.8 10.0 10.3 10.5 10.7 620 7.0 7.3 7.6 7.9 8.2 8.5 8.8 9.0 9.4 9.6 10.0 10.1 10.4 640 6.6 6.8 7.1 7.4 7.7 7.9 8.2 8.6 8.9 9.1 9.4 9.7 10.1 660 6.2 6.4 6.6 6.9 7.3 7.6 7.9 8.1 83 8.6 8.9 9.2 9.5 680 5.8 6.1 6.2 6.5 6.8 7.0 7.4 7.6 7.9 8.1 8.4 8.7 9.0 700 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.6 6.9 7.1 7.4 7.6 7.9 8.2 8.5 720 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.9 6.2 6.3 6.5 6.8 7.1 7.2 7.5 7.7 8.0 740 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.8 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.4 6.7 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.5 760 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.7 6.8 7.1 780 6.5 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.4 6.4 6.5 6.7 6.8 800 7.1 7.0 6.7 6.6 6.7 6.5 6.5 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.6 .7 820 7.9 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.0 7.0 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.7 840 8.9 8.6 8.3 8.1 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.8 860 10.0 9.7 9.3 9.0 8.7 8.4 8.2 8.1 7.9 7.7 7.6 7.3 7.2 880 11.1 10.5 10.4 10.0 9.7 9.5 9.2 8.9 8.7 8.4 8.2 7.9 7.7 900 12.2 11.8 11.5 11.0 10.8 10.5 10.3 9.9 9.7 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.5 920 13.3 13.0 12.6 12.3 12.1 11.5 11.3 11.0 10.6 10.2 10.1 9.7 9.4 940 14.5 14.1 13.8 13.5 13.2 12.8 12.5 11.9 11.8 11.3 11.0 10.7 10.4 960 15.6 15.3 14.9 14.6 14.4 14.0 13.7 13.3 13.0 12.5 12.1 11.8 11.5 980 16.6 16.3 16.0 15.7 15.6 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.2 13.8 13.6 12.9 12.7 1000 17.5 17.1 17.0 16.7 16.5 16.3 16.1 15.8 15.6 15.1 14.6 14.3 13.9 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 TABLE XXXII. 43 Perturbations produced by Jupiter. Arguments II. and V. V. II. 510 | 520 530 540 550 | 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 13.9 13.4 13.1 12.7 12.1 11.8 11.3 10.8 10.2 9.9 9.4 I 8.9 8,4 20 15.3 14.9 14.4 13.9 13.5 13.1 12.5 12.1 11.5 11.0 10.4 |io.o 9.4 40 16.5 16.3 15.7 15.4 15.0 14.3 13.8 13.4 12.8 12.3 11.7 11.1 10.5 60 17.7 17.3 17.0 16.6 16.1 15.8 15.3 14.7 14.3 13.7 13.0 12.4 11.8 80 18.8 18.5 18.1 17.9 17.4 17.1 16.6 16.2 15.7 15.1 14.5 13.9 13.2 100 19.7 19.5 19.2 19.0 18.8 18.4 17.9 17.6 17.0 16.5 16.0 15.2 14.7 120 20.4 20.3 20.2 20.0 19.7 19.5 ! 19.1 18.8 18.4 18.0 17.3 16.8 16.2 140 21.0 21.1 21.0 20.8 20.7 20.4 20.2 19.9 19.6 19.3 18.8 18.3 17.7 160 21.2 21.5 21.5 21.6 21.5 21.3 121.2 21.0 20.6 20.4 20.1 19.6 19.1 180 21.4 21.6 21.8 22.0 22.0 22.1 21.9 21.8 21.6 21.4 21.1 20.7 20.3 200 21.4 21.7 21.9 22.1 22.3 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.4 22.3 22.1 21.8 21.5 220 21.1 21.5 21.8 22.2 22.5 22.8 23.1 23.1 22.9 22.8 22.9 22.6 22.5J 240 20.7 21.1 21.5 21. '9 22.3 22.7 23.0 23.3 23.4 23.5 23.4 23.3 23.2J 260 20.0 20.6 21.0 21.6 22.0 22.4 22.8 23.2 23.5 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.9 280 19.1 19.9 20.4 20.9 21.5 22.0 22.4 23.0 23.3 23.7 24.0 24.1 24.1 300 18.2 19.0 19.6 20.3 20.7 21.3 21.8 22.3 23.0 23.4 23.8 24.1 24.3 320 17.4 18.9 18.7 19.4 20.0 20.6 21.1 21.8 22.3 22.9 23.3 23.7 24.2 340 16.4 17.0 17.6 18.5 19.2 19.9 20.4 21.1 21.6 22.2 22.8 23.3 23.7 360 15.5 16.2 16.7 17.4 18.2 18.9 19.5 20.1 20.8 21.5 22.0 22.6 23.2 ; 380 14.5 15.2 15.9 16.6 17.1 17.9 18.6 19.3 19.8 20.5 21.1 21.8 22.5 400 13.8 14.4 14.9 15.6 16.2 16.8 17.6 18.4 19.1 19.7 20.3 20.9 21.5 420 13.3 13.7 14.2 14.8 15.3 16.0 16.5 17.4 18.0 18.7 19.4 20.0 20.6 440 12.7 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.6 15.2 15.7 16.4 17.1 17.8 18.4 18.9 19.6 460 12.2 12.7 13.0 13.5 13.9 14.4 15.0 15.6 16.1 16.9 17.5 18.2 18.7 480 12.0 12.2 12.5 13.0 13.4 13.9 14.3 14.8 15.3 15.9 16.6 17.3 17.9 500 | 11.7 12.0 12.2 12.6 12.9 13.3 13.8 14.3 14.7 15.2 15.7 16.4 16.9 520 11.5 11.9 12.0 12.3 12.6 13.0 13.2 13.8 14.2 14.7 15.1 15.5 16.2 540 11.4 11.6 11.9 12.2 12.4 12.7 12.9 13.3 13.7 14.2 14.6 15.0 15.4 560 11.2 11.4 11.5 11.9 12.1 12.4 12.7 13.1 13.4 13.8 14.1 14.5 14.9 580 10.9 11.2 11.4 11.6 11.9 12.2 12.4 12.8 13.1 13.5 13.8 14.2 14.5 600 10.7 10.8 11.1 11.5 11.7 12.0 12.2 12.5 12.8 13.1 13.4 13.8 14.2 620 10.4 10.7 10.7 11.1 11.4 11.6 12.0 12.3 12.5 12.9 13.1 13.4 13.8 640 10.1 10.4 10.6 10.7 11.0 11.3 11.6 12.0 12.3 12.6 12.9 13.2 13.5 660 > 9.5 9.9 10.2 10.5 10.6 11.0 11.3 11.6 11.9 12.3 12.6 12.9 13.2 680 9.0 9.3 9.6 10.0 10.3 10.5 10,8 11.3 11.5 11.9 12.2 12.4 12.8 700 8.5 8.9 9.1 9.5 9.8 10.1 10.3 10.7 11.1 11.4 11.8 12.1 12.4 720 8.0 8.3 8.5 9.0 9.2 9.6 9.9 10.2 10.5 10.9 11.3 11.7 12.0 740 7.5 7.8 8.0 8.3 8.6 9.0 9.3 9.7 9.9 10.4 10.8 11.1 11.5 760 7.1 7.3 7.5 7.9 8.1 8.4 8.6 9.1 9.4 9.7 10.1 10.5 10.9 780 6.8 7.0 7.1 7.3 7.6 7.9 8.1 8.5 8.8 9.2 9.4 9.8 10.2 800 6.7 6.8 6.8 7.0 7.1 7.3 7.5 7.8 8.2 8.5 8.8 9.1 9.5 820 6.7 6.8 6.6 6.8 6.9 7.0 7.1 7.4 7.6 7.9 8.1 8.4 8.7 840 6.8 G.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.9 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.9 8.1 SCO 7.2 7.1 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.6 880 7.7 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.8 6.8 7.0 7.2 900 8.5 8.2 7.9 7.7 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.8 920 9.4 9.2 8.7 8.4 8.1 7.9 7.6 7.4 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.7 940 10.4 10.0 9.7 9.4 8.9 8.6 8.3 8.1 7.7 7.4 7.1 6.9 6.7 960 11.5 11.2 10.7 10.4 9.8 9.5 9.1 8.8 8.5 8.1 7.7 7.4 7.1 980 12.7 12.3 11.8 11.5 11.1 10.6 10.0 9.7 9.2 8.9 8.5 8.1 7.7 1000 13.9 13.4 13.1 12.7 12.1 11.8 11.3 10.8 10.2 9.9 9.4 8.9 8.4 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 020 630 1 TABLE XXXII. Perturbations produced by Jupiter. Arguments II. and V. V. II. 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 750 8.4 8.0 7.7 7.3 6.9 6.7 6.5 6.5 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.4 6.5 20 9.4 9.0 8.4 8.0 7.5 7.1 6.9 6.7 6.4 6.3 6.0 6.1 6.1 40 10.5 10.1 9.4 8.9 8.3 7.8 7.4 7.0 6.6 6.4 6.2 5.9 5.8 60 11.8 11.3 10.6 10.1 9.3 8.7 8.2 7.7 7.2 6.8 6.4 6.2 5.8 80 13.2 12.7 12.0 11.3 10.5 9.9 9.2 8.7 8.1 7.6 7.1 6.6 6.2 100 14.7 14.1 13.4 12.8 12.0 11.3 10.6 9.9 9.1 8.5 7.9 7.3 6.8 120 16.2 15.4 14.9 14.2 13.4 12.7 12.0 11.3 10.4 9.8 8.9 8.2 7.6 140 17.7 17.2 16.4 15.6 14.9 14.2 13.4 12.7 11.9 11.1 10.2 9.6 8.8 160 19.1 18.6 17.9 17.3 16.6 15.7 15.0 14.2 13.3 12.6 11.7 10.9 10.0 180 20.3 19.9 19.4 18.8 18.0 17.3 16.7 15.8 15.0 14.1 13.2 12.4 11.5 200 21.5 21.2 20.8 20.2 19.3 18.9 18.1 17.5 16.6 15.7 14.9 14.0 13.1 220 22.5 22.3 21.9 21.5 21.0 20.3 19.7 19.0 18.2 17.5 16.6 15.5 14.7 240 232 23.0 22.9 22.5 22.0 21.6 21.1 20.5 19.8 19.1 18.2 17.3 16.4 260 23.9 23.8 23.7 23.5 23.1 22.7 22.3 21.8 21.2 20.6 19.8 19.1 18.1 280 24.1 24.3 24.2 24.2 24.0 23.7 23.5 23.1 22.4 21.8 21.2 20.5 19.8 300 24.3 24.5 24.6 24.6 24.5 24.4 24.2 23.9 23.6 23.1 22.5 21.9 21.2 320 24.2 24.5 24.7 24.9 24.8 24.8 24.8 24.7 24.4 24.1 23.7 23.1 22.5 340 23.7 24.2 24.5 24.7 25.0 25.2 25.1 25.0 25.0 24.9 24.6 24.1 23.7 360 23.2 23.7 24.2 24.5 24.7 25.0 25.1 25.3 25.4 25.3 25.1 24.9 24.5 380 22.5 23.1 23.6 24.1 24.4 24.7 25.1 25.2 25.4 25.5 25.4 25.3 25.2 400 21.5 22.3 22.8 23.4 23.9 24.3 24.7 25.1 25.2 25.4 25.6 25.6 25.5 420 20.6 21.3 22.0 22.6 23.1 23.6 24.1 24.5 25.0 25.2 25.4 25.6 25.7 440 19.6 20.3 21.0 21.8 22.3 22.9 23.4 23.9 24.3 24.8 25.0 25.2 25.6 460 18.7 19.4 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.9 22.6 23.3 23.6 24.1 24.6 24.8 25.1 480 17.9 18.5 19.1 19.7 20.3 21.0 21.6 22.2 22.8 23.3 23.8 24.3 24.6 500 16.9 17.6 18.2 18.8 19.3 19.9 20.7 21.4 21.9 22.5 22.9 23.4 23.9 520 16.2 16.8 17.3 17.9 18.4 19.0 19.7 20.4 21.0 21.6 21.1 22.6 23.0 540 15.4 16.1 16.6 17.2 17.5 18.1 18.7 19.3 19.9 20.5 21.2 22.7 22.2 560 14.9 15.4 16.0 16.5 16.9 17.3 17.9 18.4 18.9 19.6 20.1 20.7 21.3 580 14.5 15.0 15.3 15.9 16.3 16.7 17.1 17.6 18.1 18.7 19.3 19.8 20.3 600 14.2 14.6 14.9 15.3 15.8 16.3 16.6 17.0 17.4 17.9 18.3 18.9 19.4 620 13.8 14.2 14.6 14.9 15.1 15.7 16.2 16.6 16.9 17.3 17.6 18.0 18.5 640 13.5 14.0 14.2 14.6 14.8 15.1 15.6 16.1 16.5 16.8 17.1 17.5 17.9 660 13.2 13.5 13.9 14.3 14.6 14.9 15.2 15.6 15.9 16.4 16.6 17.0 17.3 680 12.8 13.2 13.5 13.9 14.2 14.5 14.9 15.2 15.6 16.0 16.2 16.5 16.8 700 12.4 12.9 13.3 13.5 13.8 14.2 14.5 14.9 15.1 15.6 15.9 16.2 16.4 720 12.0 12.4 12.8 13.2 135 13.8 14.2 14.5 14.8 15.1 15.5 15.8 16.1 740 11.5 11.9 12.2 12.6 12.9 13.3 13.8 14.2 14.5 14.8 15.1 15.4 15.7 760 10.9 11.4 11.8 12.2 12.4 12.8 13.2 13.7 14.1 14.5 14.7 15.0 15.4 780 10.2 10.6 11.2 11.6 11.9 12.4 12.8 13.2 13.5 13.9 14.3 14.6 14.9 800 9.5 10.0 10.3 10.9 11.3 11.6 12.1 12.6 12.9 13.4 13.8 14.2 14.5 820 8.7 9.3 9.7 10.0 10.5 10.9 11.4 11.9 12.3 12.8 13.2 13.6 14.0 840 8.1 8.4 8.8 .9.3 9.6 10.1 10.6 11.1 11.6 12.1 12.5 13.0 13.4 860 7.6 7.9 8.1 8.5 8.8 9.2 9.7 10.2 10.7 11.2 11.7 12.1 12.6 880 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.1 8.5 8.8 9.4 9.8 10.2 10.7 11.2 11.8 900 6.8 7.0 7.1 7.3 7.4 7.8 8.2 8.5 8.9 9.4 9.8 10.3 10.8 920 6.7 6.8 6.8 6.9 7.0 7.0 7.4 7.8 8.1 8.6 8.9 9.4 9.9 940 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.8 6.7 6.8 6.8 7.1 7.4 7.7 8.1 8.4 8.9 960 7.1 7.0 6.8 17 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 7.1 7.3 7.7 8.0 980 7.7 7.4 7.1 6.9 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.5 6.8 6.9 7.3 1000 8.4 8.0 7.7 7.3 6.9 6.7 6.5 6.5 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.4 6.5 63) 140 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 750 TABLE XXXII. 45 Perturbations produced by Jupiter. Arguments II. and V. V. II. 750 760 ; 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 0' 6, 6.8 7.2 7.5 8.0 8.4 8.8 9.5 10.1 10.5 11.0 11.6 12.4 20 6.1 6.2 6.5 6.7 7.0 7.4 7.9 8.4 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.6 11.1 40 5.8 5.9 5.9 6.2 6.4 6.6 6.9 7.4 7.8 8.2 8.8 9.5 10.0 60 5.8 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.9 6.1 6.2 6.5 6.9 7.2 7.7 8.3 8.8 80 6.2 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.6 5.7 5.9 6.1 6.3 6.7 7.3 7.8 100 6.8 6.3 5.9 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.3 5.4 5.4 5.6 5.9 6.3 6.8 120 7.6 7.4 6.5 6.0 5.7 5.5 5.1 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.2 5.5 5.8 140 8.8 8.1 7.4 6.8 6.2 5.8 5.4 5.2 5.0 4.9 4.8 5.0 5.1 160 10.0 9.3 8.5 7.8 7.2 6.5 5.9 5.5 5.1 5.9 4.7 4.7 4.7 180 11.5 10.6 9.7 9.0 8.2 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.8 5.2 4.8 4.7 4.5 200 13.1 12.2 11.2 10.4 9.5 8.8 7.9 7.1 6.5 5.9 5.3 5.0 4.7 220 14.7 13.8 12.9 12.0 11.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.5 6.7 6.1 5.5 5.2 240 16.4 15.3 14.5 13.6 12.6 11.7 10.7 9.8 8.8 7.9 7.0 6.5 5.9 260 18.1 17.2 16.3 15.3 14.3 13.3 12.2 11.4 10.4 9.4 8.3 7.7 6.9 280 19.8 18.9 17.9 17.0 16.1 15.0 14.0 13.0 11.9 10.9 9.9 8.9 8.0 300 21.2 20.4 19.6 18.7 17.7 16.8 15.8 14.7 13.7 12.6 11.5 10.5 9.4 320 22.5 21.9 21.2 20.4 19.4 18.5 17.4 16.5 15.5 14.2 13.2 12.3 11.2 340 23.7 23.0 22.4 21.8 21.1 20.2 19.2 183 17.1 16.1 15.0 13.9 12.9 360 24.5 24.0 23.6 23.0 22.4 21.6 20.8 19.9 18.9 17.9 16.8 15.9 14.7 380 25.2 24.9 24.5 24.0 23.5 22.8 22.1 21.4 20.5 19.5 18.5 17.6 16.5 400 25.5 25.4 25.1 24.8 24.5 23.9 23.4 22.7 21.9 21.0 20.1 19.2 18.2 420 25.7 25.6 25.5 25.3 25.0 24.5 24.2 23.7 23.2 22.3 21.5 20.7 198 440 25.6 25.6 25.7 25.7 25.5 25.3 24.9 24.6 24.1 23.4 22.7 22.0 21.2 460 25.1 25.3 25.5 25.6 25.8 25.7 25.4 25.2 24.8 24.3 23.7 23.1 22.5 480 24.6 24.9 25.2 25.4 25.6 25.6 25.5 25.4 25.2 24.9 24.5 24.1 23.5 500 23.9 24.2 24.7 25.0 25.3 25.4 25.5 25.5 25.4 25.2 24.9 24.7 24.3 520 23.0 23.6 23.9 24.3 24.7 24.9 25.2 25.4 25.4 25.3 25.2 25.1 24.8 540 2 22.G 23.2 23.6 24.0 24.4 24.6 24.9 25.1 25.0 25.1 25.1 25.0 560 2L3 21.7 22.2 22.8 23.2 23.7 24.0 24.3 24.6 24.7 24.8 24.9 24.9 580 20.3 20.8 21.3 21.8 22.3 22.7 23.2 23.7 23.9 24.1 24.4 24.6 24.7 600 19.4 19.9 20.4 20.8 21.4 21.9 22.2 22.7 23.1 23.4 23.7 24.1 24.3 620 18.5 19.0 19.5 20.1 20.5 20.9 21.4 21.8 22.2 22.6 22.9 23.3 23.6 640 17.9 18.3 18.7 19.2 19.7 20.1 20.5 22.0 21.3 21.7 22.1 22.5 22.8 660 17.3 17.6 18.1 18.5 18.9 19.4 19.6 20.1 20.5 20.7 21.2 21.7 22.0 680 16.8 17.1 17.4 17.8 18.2 18.6 18.9 19.4 19.7 20.1 20.4 207 21.2 700 16.4 16.7 16.9 17.3 17.7 18.0 18.3 18.7 18.9 19.2 19.6 20.0 20.3 720 16.1 16.3 16.5 16.9 17.2 17.6 17.8 18.0 18.3 18.5 18.7 193 19.5 740 15.7 16.0 16.2 16.5 16.7 17.0 17.3 17.6 17.8 17.9 18.1 185 18.8 760 15.4 15.7 16.0 16.1 16.4 16.6 16.7 17.2 17.4 17.4 17.8 180 18.2 780 14.9 15.3 15.6 15.9 16.1 16.3 16.5 16.7 16.9 17.1 17.3 17.6 17.7 800 14.5 14.7 15.2 15.5 15.8 15.9 16.2 16.5 16.6 16.8 16.9 17.1 17.3 820 14.0 14.4 14.7 15.1 15.4 15.7 15.8 16.1 16.3 16.4 16.6 16.9 17.0 840 13.4 13.7 14.1 14.5 15.1 15.4 15.4 15.8 15.9 16.1 16.2 16.6 16.7 860 12.6 13.1 13.5 13.9 14.3 14.8 15.2 15.5 15.6 15.8 16.0 16.3 16.4 880 11.8 12.3 12.8 13.3 13.7 14.1 14.5 15.0 15.3 15.4 15.6 15.9 16.1 900 10.8 11.3 11.9 12.4 13.0 13.4 13.7 14.2 14.7 15.0 15.2 15.5 15.7 920 9.9 10.3 10.8 11.4 12.0 12.5 12.9 13.4 14.0 14.3 14.7 15.0 15.3 940 8.9 9.4 9.9 10.4 11.0 11.6 12.1 12.5 13.0 13.6 13.9 14.4 14.7 960 8.0 8.3 8.8 94 10.0 10.6 11.1 11.7 12.2 12.5 13.1 13.7 14.1 980 7.3 7.6 7.9 8.4 8.9 9.5 9.9 10.5 11.1 11.6 12.1 12.8 13.3 i 1000 6.5 6.8 7.2 7.5 8.0 8.4 8.8 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.6 12.4 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 46 TABLE XXXII. Perturbations produced by Jupiter. Arguments II. and V. V. II. 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 1000 12.4 12.9 13.2 13.6 13.9 14.2 14.4 14.8 15.0 15.1 15.1 15.2 15.2 15.3 20 11.1 11.7 12.2 12.7 13.2 13.6 13.8 14.1 14.4 14.7 14.8 15.0 14.9 14.9 40 10.0 10.5 11.1 11.7 12.3 12.6 13.0 13.4 13.7 14.1 14.3 14.6 14.7 14.7 60 8.8 9.4 9.9 10.6 11.2 11.8 12.1 12.6 12.9 13.3 13.6 13.9 14.2 14.4 80 7.8 8.3 8.7 9.3 10.0 10.5 11.1 11.6 12.1 12.5 12.8 13.2 13.5 13.8 100 6.8 7.2 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.4 9.9 105 10.9 11.4 12.0 12.4 12.8 13.2 120 5.8 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.7 9.4 9.9 10.4 10.8 11.4 11.8 12.3 140 5.1 5.3 5.6 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.2 8.7 9.3 9.7 10.3 10.8 11.3 160 4.7 4.8 4.8 5.2 5.6 5.9 6.3 6.8 7.4 8.0 8.6 9.2 9.7 10.2 180 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.4 5.8 6.2 6.9 7.4 8.0 3.4 9.1 200 4.7 4.5 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.6 5.0 5.3 5.7 6.3 6.9 7.4 7.8 220 5.2 4.7 4.3 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.3 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.7 6.2 6.8 240 5.9 5.3 4.7 4.3 4.1 4.0 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.7 5.2 5.7 260 6.9 6.1 5.4 4.9 4.4 4.1 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.7 3.8 4.1 4.3 4.9 280 8.0 7.2 6.3 5.7 5.2 4.6 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.9 300 9.4 8.5 7.5 6.8 6.1 5.4 4.7 4.3 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.4 320 11.2 10.1 9.1 8.1 7.3 6.5 5.7 5.0 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.4 3.2 3.2 340 12.9 11.8 10.7 9.6 8.7 7.7 6.8 6.0 5.2 4.6 4.1 3.7 3.4 3.2 360 14,7 13.4 12.3 11.1 10.1 9.2 8.3 7.4 6.4 5.7 4.9 4.3 3.8 3.5 380 16.5 15.4 14.2 13.0 11.8 10.8 9.7 8.7 7.8 6.9 6.1 5.4 4.6 4.1 400 18.2 17.2 16.0 14.9 13.8 12.4 11.4 10.4 9.3 8.3 7.3 6.4 5.6 5.0 420 19.8 18.8 17.7 16.7 15.5 14.4 13.1 11.9 10.9 9.8 8.8 8.0 6.9 6.1 440 21.2 20.3 19.3 18.3 17.3 16.2 14.9 13.8 12.7 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.4 7.5 460 22.5 21.6 20.6 19.7 18.9 17.9 16.7 15.6 14.3 13.3 12.2 10.9 10.0 9.0 480 235 22.7 22.0 21.1 20.2 19.3 18.2 17.3 16.2 15.0 13.8 12-8 11.6 10.5 500 24.3 23.8 23.0 22.3 21.6 20.7 19.7 18.8 17.8 16.7 15.4 14.5 13.4 12.3 520 24.8 24.3 23.7 23.2 22.7 21.9 21.1 20.2 19.2 18.3 17.2 16.1 15.0 14.0 540 25.0 24.8 24.3 23.9 23.4 22.8 22.1 21.3 20.6 19.7 18.7 17.6 16.6 15.6 560 24.9 24.8 24.7 24-4 24.0 23.6 22.9 22.4 21.0 20.8 20.0 19.1 18.2 17.1 580 24.7 24.7 24.6 24.5 24.3 23.9 23.5 23.1 22.5 21.9 21.1 20.3 19.5 18.6 600 24.3 24.3 24.3 24.3 24.3 24.1 23.8 23.5 23.0 22.5 22.0 21.4 20.6 198 620 23.6 23.7 23.9 24.0 24.1 24.1 23.9 23.7 23.4 23.1 22.6 22.1 21.4 20.8 640 22.8 23.1 23.2 23.4 23.6 23.7 23.8 23.7 23.5 23.2 22.9 22.6 22.1 21.6 660 22.0 22.3 22.5 22.8 23.0 23.2 23.2 23.3 23.2 23.1 23.0 22.8 22.5 22.1 680 21.2 21.5 21.7 22.0 22.3 22.5 22.6 22.8 22.9 22.9 22.8 22.7 22.7 22.3 700 20.3 20.7 20.9 21.2 21.5 21.7 21.9 22.2 22.3 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.4 22.2 720 19.5 19.8 20.1 20.4 20.8 21.1 21.2 21.4 21.6 21.8 21.9 22.0 22.0 22.0 740 18.8 19.0 19.2 19.6 19.9 20.2 20.5 20.7 20.9 21.1 21.2 21.5 21.5 21.6 760 18.2 18.5 18.4 18.8 19.1 1.9.4 19.6 19.9 20.1 20.3 20.5 20.8 21.0 21.2 780 17.7 17.8 18.0 18.1 18.4 18.7 18.8 19.1 19.3 19.5 19.7 20.0 20.2 20.4 800 17.3 17.4 17.4 17.7 17.9 18.0 18.1 18.4 18.6 18.9 18.9 19.1 19.4 19.6 820 17.0 17.2 17.2 17.2 17.4 17.4 17.6 17.8 17.8 18.1 18.3 18.5 18.6 18.8 840 16.7 16.8 16.8 16.9 17.2 17.2 17.1 17.1 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.8 17.9 18.1 860 16.4 16.5 16.5 16.6 16.6 16.7 16.8 16.9 16.9 17.0 17.0 17.1 17.2 17.4 880 16.1 16.3 16.3 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.6 16.6 16.6 16.6 16.6 16.7 16.7 16.9 900 15.7 15.9 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.3 16.3 16.2 16.2 16.2 16.3 16.3 16.3 920 15.3 15.5 15.6 15.9 16.0 16.1 16.1 16.1 16.0 16.1 16.1 16.1 16.0 16.0 940 14.7 15.9 15.2 15.4 15.7 15.8 15.8 16.0 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.8 15.7 15.8 960 14.1 14.3 14.5 14.8 15.2 15.5 15.5 15.7 15.7 15.7 15.6 15.6 15.5 15.5 980 13.3 12.7 13.9 14.2 14.5 14.8 15.1 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.3 1000 12.4 12.9 13.2 13.6 13.9 14.2 14.4 14.8 15.0 15.1 15.1 15.2 15.2 15.3 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 1000 TABLE XXXIII. Perturbations produced by Saturn. Arguments II and VII. VII. 47 II 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1.2 1.5 1.4 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.8 1.2 100 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.9 200 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.7 300 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 .0 0.9 400 .0 0.9 0.6 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 .1 1.0 500 .1 1.0 0.8 0.4 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.3 1.3 .2 1.1 600 .2 1.1 0.9 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.5 1.1 1.5 .5 1.2 700 .4 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.4 0.1 0.3 0.8 1.4 .7 1.4 800 .6 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.1 0.3 1.0 .6 1.6 900 .5 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.3 0.2 0.6 .2 1.5 1000 .2 1.5 1.4 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.8 1.2 Constant, l."0 TABLE XXXIV. Variable Part of Sun's Aberration. Argument, Sun's Mean Anomaly. 0* I* Us III* IV* V* o // // Z // o 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.6 30 3 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 27 6 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 24 9 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 21 12 0.0 0. 0.2 0.4 05 0.6 18 15 0.0 0. 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 15 18 0.0 0. 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 12 21 0.0 0. 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.6 9 24 0.0 0. 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.6 6 27 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.6 3 30 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.6 XI* x* IX* VIII* VII* VI* Constant, 0."3 48 TABLE XXXV. Moorfs Epochs. Years. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | 1830 * 00174 4541 4461 4638 9885 0635 5979 9921 7623 219 226,458 468 1831 00103 1749 41279381 2357 64327040 2378 6487 825 58 7|1 77 940 1832 B 00032 8957 3793 ! 4125 4829 22298100;48355351 432 948 897 413 1833 00235 6816 4499 9156 7636 8399 9219 76834239 108 340 687 920 1834 00164 4024 4164 3900 0107 41960279 01403103 715 701 406 393 1835 00093 1232 3830 8644 2579 99931340 2598 1967 321 061 125 866 183613 00022 8441 3496 3388 5051 5791 2400 50550831 928 422 845 339 1837 00224 6299 4202|8419 7858 1960 3518 7903 9719 605 814 635 846 1838 00153 3508 3868 3163 0329 7757 4579 03608583 211 175 354 319 1839 00082 0716 3534 7907 2801 3555 5639 2818 7447 818 536 074 792 1840 B 00011 7925 3199 2651 5273 9352^6700 5275 6310 424 896 793 265 1841 00213 5783 390676828080 55227818 8123 5199 101 288 583 772 1842 00142 2991 3571 2425 0551 13198879 0580 4062 707 649 302 245 1843 00071 0200 3237 7169 3023 71 16, 9939 3038 2926 314010 022 718 1844 B 00000 7408 2903 19135495 2914 1000 5495 1790 920 371 741 191 1845 00203 5266 3609 6944*8302 9083 2118 8343 0678 597 763 531 698 1846 00132 2475 3275 1688 0773 4880 3179 0800 9542 203 123 250 171 1847 00061 9683 2941 6432,3245 0678 4239 3257' 8406 810 484 970 644 1848 B 99990 6892 2606 11765717 6475 5300 5715 7270 416 845 689 117 1849 00192 4750 3312 6207,8524 2644 6418 8563 6158 093 237 479 624 1850 00121 1958 2978 0951 0995 8442 7479 1020 5022 700 597 199 097 1851 00050 9167 2644 5695 3467 4239 8539 3477 3885 306 958 918 570 1852 B 99979 6375 2310 04395939 0036 9600 5935 2749 913 319 637 043 1853 00181 4233 3016 5469 8746 6206 0718 8782 1637 589 711 427 550 1854 00110 14422681 0213 1217 2003 1778 1240 0501 196 072 147 023 1855 00039 8650 '2347 4957 3689 78012839 3697 9365 802 432 866 496 1856 B 99968 5859 2013 9701 6160 35983899 61558229 409 793 586 969 1857 00171 37172719 4732 8968 976715018 90027117 086 185 375 476 1858 00100 09252385 9476 1439 5565 607S 14605981 692 546 095 949 1859 00029 8 134 '2051 42203911 1362 7139 39174845 299 907 814 422 1860 B 99958 5342 1716 8964 6383 7159 8199 6374 3709 905 267 534 895 1861 00160 3200 2423 3995 9190 3329 9317 9222,2597 581 659 323 402 1862 00089 0409 2088 8739 1661 9126 0378 1679 1461 188 020 043 875 1863 00018 7617 1754 3483 4133 4923 1438 4137 0324 795 381 762 348 1864 B 99947 4826 1420 8227 6605 0721 2499 65949188 401 742 482 821 1865 0014912684 2126 3257 9412 6890 3617 9442 8076 078 134 272 328 1866 00078 9893 1792 8001 1883 2687 4678 1899 6940 685 494 991 801 1867 00007 7101 1457 2745 4355 8485 5738 4357 5804 291 855 711 274 1868 B 99936 4309 1123 7489 6827 4282 6799 68144668 898 216 431 747 1869 00138 2168 1829 2520 9634 0452 791796623556 574 608 220 254 1870 00067 93761495 7264 2105 6249 8978! 21 19 2420 181 968 940 727 TABLE XXXV. Moon's Epochs. Years. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 29|30|31 1830 921 392 230 588 462 523 536 52 6044 94 51 47 98 99 99 8'9 52 1831 115 532 589 940 937 296 703 30 7041 65 53 94 48 24 2451 44 1832 B 309 673 949 293 412 070 870 07 81 38 36 55 42 97 48 49 14 35 1833 1834 602 796 844 984 345 704 688 040 913 388 845 037 619 203 85 62 9245 0342 07 77 61 63 9253 4003 77 01 777727 0139J18 1835 989 124 063 393 863 392 370 39 1338 48 65 87 51 26 2602 10 1 1836 B 183 265 423 745 338 166 537 17 2435 19 67 34 01 50 51 6401 1837 476 436819 140 840 942 704 94 3542 90 73 8558 79 792793 1838 670 576 178 492 315 715 870 72 4638 60 75 32^07 04 04 8984 1839 864 716 537 845 790 489 037 49 5635 31 77 8056 28 28 5276 1840 B 058 857 8971197 265 262 204 26 6732 02 79 27 06 53 52 1467 1841 351 028 293592 766 038 371 04 7839 73 85 77 62 81 81 77 59 1842 544 168 652944 241 811 537 81 89 ! 35 43 87 25 12 0606 40 51 1843 738 308 012 297 716 585 704 58 9932 14 89 72 61 3031 02 42 1844 B 932 449 371 649 191 358 871 36 1029 85 01 19 10 55 55 65 34 1845 225 620 767 044 692 134 038 13 21 36 56 97 70 67 84 83 27 26 1846 419 760 126 396 167 907 204 91 32 32 26 99 17 16 08 08 90 17 1847 613 901 486 749 643 681 371 68 42 29 97 01 65 6533 33 52 09 1848 B 806 041 845 ' 101 118 454 538 45 53 26 68 03 12 15 5758 15 00 1849 099 212 241 : 496 619 230 705 23 64 33 39 09 03 71 86 86 77 92 1850 293 352 600 848 094 003 871 00 75 29 09 10 10 20 10 10 40 83 I 1851 487 493 960 201 569 777 038 78 85 26 80 12 57 70 35 ! 35 02 75 1852 B 681 633 319 553 044 550 205 55 96 23 51 14 04 19 59 60 65 66 1853 974 04 715 948 545 326 372 33 07 30 22 20 55 7688 88 28 58 1854 168 944 074 300 020 099 539 10 18 26 93 22 03 25 12 12 90 50 1855 361 085 434653 495 873 705 87 28 23 63 24 50 7437 37 53 41 1 1856 B 555 225 793005 970 64ft 872 65 39 2034 26 97 23 61 62 15 33 1857 848 396 189 400 471 422 039 42 50 27105 32 48 80 90 90 78 24 1858 042 537 548 752 947 195 206 20 61 2476 34 95 29 15 15 40 16 1859 236 677 908 105 422 969 372 97 71 2046 36 42 7939 40 0307 1860 B 430 817 267 457 897 742 539 74 82 1717 38 89 28 64 64 6599 i 1861 723 988 663 852 398 518 706 52 93 2488 44 41 84 92 92 28 91 1862 916 129 022 204 873 291 873 29 04 20' 60 46 88 34 17 17 91 82 1863 110 269 382 557 348 065 039 06 14 1729 48 35 8241 42 53 74 1864 B 304 409 741 909 823 838 206 84 25 1400 50 82 32 66 66 16 65 1865 597 580 137304 324 614 373 61 36 21 71 56 33 89 95 94 78 57 1866 791 721 496 657 799 387 540 39 47 1742 58 80 38 1919 41 49 1867 985 861 856 009 274 161 707 16 57 1412 60 28 87 44J44 03 40 1868 B 178 001 215362 749 934 873 93 68 1183 62 75 37 68 69 66 32 1869 471 172 611; 756 251 710 040 71 79 1854 68 26 93 97 97 28 23 1870 665 313 970 109 726J483 207148 90 1526 69 73 43 21 21 91 15 50 TABLE XXXV. Moon's Epochs. Years. Evection. Anomaly. Variation. Longitude. , o / // s o f /' 8 / " 9 / " 1830 5 17 4 12 11 24 31 4.5 2 13 2 39 11 22 55 37.7 1831 11 7 35 41 2 23 14 24.6 6 22 40 4 4 2 18 42.8 1832 B 4 28 7 11 5 21 57 44.4 11 2 17 28 8 11 41 48.0 1833 10 29 57 40 9 3 44 58.5 3 24 6 21 1 4 15 28.4 1834 4 20 29 11 2 28 18.5 8 3 43 45 5 13 38 33.6 1835 10 11 40 3 1 U 38.6 13 21 10 9 23 1 38.8 1836 B 4 1 32 9 5 29 54 58.7 4 22 58 34 2 2 24 44.0 1837 10 3 22 39 9 11 42 12.8 9 14 47 27 6 24 58 24.5 /1838 3 23 54 9 10 25 32.9 1 24 24 51 11 4 21 29.8 1839 9 14 25 38 39s 53.1 6 4 2 16 3 13 44 35.0 1840 B 3 4 57 8 6 7 52 13.2 10 13 39 42 7 23 7 40.4 1841 9 6 47 37 9 19 39 27.5 3 5 28 33 15 41 20.9 1842 2 27 19 7 18 22 47.6 7 15 5 58 4 25 4 26.2 1843 8 17 50 37 3 17 6 7.9 11 24 43 23 9 4 27 31.6 1844 B 2 8 22 7 6 15 49 28.1 4 4 20 48 1 13 50 37.0 1845 8 10 12 36 9 27 36 42.5 8 26 9 40 6 6 24 17.5 1846 2 44 6 26 20 2.8 1 5 47 5 10 15 47 23.0 1847 7 21 15 35 3 25 3 23.2 5 15 24 30 2 25 10 28.3 1848 B 1 11 47 5 6 23 46 43.5 9 25 1 55 7 4 33 33.7 1849 7 13 37 35 10 5 33 57.9 2 16 50 47 11 27 7 14.5 1850 I 4 9 4 1 4 17 18.3 6 26 28 12 4 6 30 19.9 1851 6 24 40 35 430 38.6 11 6 5 37 8 15 53 25.4 1852 B 15 12 5 7 1 43 59.2 3 15 43 3 25 16 31.0 1853 6 17 2 34 10 13 31 13.7 8 7 31 54 5 17 50 11.6 1854 7 34 4 1 12 14 34.1 17 9 20 9 27 13 17.2 1855 5 28 5 33 4 10 57 54.7 4 26 46 44 2 6 36 22.7 1856 B 11 18 37 3 7 9 41 15.2 9 6 24 10 6 15 59 28.2 1857 5 20 27 33 10 21 28 29.8 1 28 13 2 11 8 33 9.1 1858 11 10 59 2 1 20 n 50.3 6 7 50 27 3 17 56 14.6 1859 5 1 30 33 4 18 55 10.9 10 17 27 53 7 27 19 20.1 1860 B 10 22 2 3 7 17 38 31.4 2 27 5 18 6 42 25.8 1861 4 23 52 32 10 29 25 46.1 7 18 54 10 4 29 16 6.6 1862 10 14 24 2 1 28 9 6.6 11 28 31 35 9 8 39 12.2 1863 4 4 55 32 4 26 52 27.3 4891 1 18 2 17.9 1864 B 9 25 27 2 7 25 35 48.0 8 17 46 25 5 27 25 23.5 1865 3 27 17 31 11 7 23 2.7 1 9 35 is 10 19 59 4.3 1866 9 17 49 2 266 23.3 5 19 12 43 2 29 22 10.1 1867 3 8 20 31 5 4 49 44.0 9 28 50 9 7 8 45 15.7 1868 B 8 28 62 2 8 3 33 4.7 2 8 27 34 11 18 8 21.4 1869 3 42 83 11 15 20 19.6 7 16 26 4 10 42 23 1870 ai u 2 2 14 3 40.3 11 9 53 51 8 20 5 8.0 TABLE XXXV. Moon's Epochs. Years. Supp. of Node. II V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII g ' " " 1830 677 11.0 10 24 46 498 502 900 904 427 062 025 433 1831 6 26 26 53.3 215 18 912 914 208 210 506 001 211 710 1832 B 7 15 46 35.5 6 550 326 327 516 516 586 940 397 986 1833 8 5 928.4 10 731 774 779 852 856 702 885 624 297 1834 8 24 29 10.7 128 3 187 191 159 163 782 825 810 573 1835 9 13 48 53.0 5 18 35 601 603 467 469 861 764 996 850 1836 B 10 3 8 35.2 998 015 016 775 775 941 703 182 127 1837 102231 28.1 1 1049 463 468 111 116 057 648 409 437 1838 11 1151 10.4 5 1 21 876 880 419 423 137 588 595 714 1839 1 10 52.6 8 21 53 290 292 726 729 217 527 781 991 1840 B 20 30 34.9 1225 704 705 034 035 296 466 967 268 1841 1 9 53 27.7 4 14 6 152 157 370 375 412 411 194 578 1842 1 29 13 10.0 8 438 566 569 678 682 492 350 380 855 1843 2 18 32 52.2 11 25 10 980 980 986 988 572 290 566 131 1844 B 3 7 52 34.5 3 1542 393 394 293 294 651 229 752 408 1845 3 27 15 27.4 7 1723 840 846 629 634 767 174 979 718 1846 41635 9.6 11 7*5 254 258 937 941 847 113 165 995 1847 5 55451.8 22827 668 670 245 247 927 053 351 272 1848 B 525 1434.1 6 18 59 082 083 553 553 006 992 537 549 1849 6 14 37 27.0 10 20 40 531 535 889 893 122 937 764 859 1850 7 357 9.2 211 12 944 947 196 200 202 876 950 136 1851 723 1651.5 6 144 358 359 504 506 282 816 136 413 1852 B 8 12 36 33.6 922 17 772 772 812 812 362 755 322 689 1853 9 1 59 26.5 1 2358 220 223 148 152 477 700 549 000 1854 9 21 19 8.8 5 1430 634 636 456 459 557 639 735 276 1855 10 103851.1 952 047 048 763 765 637 579 921 553 1856 B 10 29 58 33.3 02534 461 461 71 071 717 518 107 830 1857 11 192126.2 42715 909 912 407 411 832 463 334 140 1858 841 8.4 8 1747 323 325 715 718 912 402 520 417 1859 028 050.7 8 19 736 737 023 024 992 342 706 694 1860 B 1 17 20 32.9 32851 150 150 330 330 072 281 892 971 1861 2 64325.8 8 032 598 601 666 670 187 226 119 281 1862 226 3 8.0 11 21 4 012 014 974 977 267 165 305 558 1863 3 15 22 50.1 3 1136 426 426 282 283 347 105 491 834 1864 B 4 44232.3 728 839 839 590 589 427 044 677 111 1865 424 525.2 11 349 287 291 926 929 542 989 904 422 1866 5 13 25 7.3 22421 701 703 233 236 622 928 090 698 1867 6 24449.5 6 1453 115 115 541 542 702 868 276 975 1868 B 622 431.7 10 526 529 528 849 848 782 807 462 252 1869 7112724.6 277 977 980 185 188 897 752 689 562 1670 8 047 6.7 52739 390 392 493 495 977 691 875 839 TABLE XXXVI. Moon's Motions for Months. Months. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 January 00000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 000 000 000 000 February 08487 0146 2246 8896 0402 1533 1789 2099 0753 175 965 184 059 Mo,. V, 5 Com ' 16153 8343 1371 6931 9797 1951 3404 3027 1433 139 836 157 016 March \ Bis. 16427 8993 2411 7218 0132 2323 3462 3418 1457 209 868 228 050 ., ( Com. 24640 8490 3616 5827 0199 3484 5193 5126 2186 314 801 342 076 April < T, r < Bis. 24914 9140 4657 6114 0534 3856 5251 5517 2210 384 832 412 110 ,, ( Com. 32853 7986 4822 4436 0265 4646 6924 6835 2914 419 735 456 101 M *y isis. 33127 8636 5862'4723 0600 5018 6982 7226 2938 489 766 526 135 T ( Com. 41340 8133 7067 3332 0666 6179 8713 8934 3667 593 700 640 160 June < g: g 41614 8783 8107 3619 1002 6551 8771 93253691 663 731 710 194 T , ( Com. 49554 7629 8273 1942 0732 7341 0444 0643 ! 4396 698 634 754 185 Ju] y {Bis. 49828 8279 9313 2228 1068 7713 0502 10344420 768 665 824 219 . 5 Com. 58041 7776 05-18 0838 11348874 2233 2742 5148 873 599 938 245 A g- Us. 58315 8426 1558 1125 1470 9246 2290 31335173 943 630 009 279 . ( Com. 66528 7922 2764 9734 1536 0408 4021 48425901 048 563 123 304 S *&' ifiis. 66802 8572 3804 0021 1871 0780 4079 523215925 118 595 193 338 f*. < Com. 74741 7419 3969 8343 1602 1569 5752 6550 6630 152 497 237 329 UCt. < T> 75015 8069 5009 8630 1938 1941 5810 6941 6654 222 528 307 363 lyr ( Com. 83228 7565 6215 7239 2004 3102 7541 8649 7382 327 462 421 388 Nov - }Bis. 83502 8215 7255 7526 2339 3475 7599 9040 7407 397 493 492 423 TX < Com. 91442 7062 7420 5848 2070 4264 9272 03588111 432 396 535 414 \ Bis. 91716 7712 8460 6135 2405 4636 9330 0749 8135 502 427 606 448 TABLE XXXVI. Moon's Motions for Months. Months. Erection. Anomaly. | Variation. Longitude. January 0000 0.0 000 0.0 February 11 20 48 42 1 15 53.1 17 54 48 1 18 28 5.8 March J Com ' 10 7 40 26 1 20 50 4.2 11 29 15 15 1 27 24 26.6 n \ Bis. 10 18 59 26 2 3 53 58.2 11 26 42 2 10 35 1.6 ... ( Com. 9 28 29 8 3 5 50 57.3 17 10 3 3 15 52 32.5 AP 111 }Bis. 10 9 48 8 3 18 54 51.2 29 21 29 3 29 3 7.5 u J Com - 9 7 58 51 4 7 47 56.4 22 53 24 4 21 10 3.3 y < Bis. 9 19 17 50 4 20 51 50.3 1 5 4 50 5 4 20 38.3 June i Com ' 8 28 47 33 5 22 48 49.4 1 10 48 11 6 9 38 9.1 MlUt < } 9 10 6 33 6 5 52 43.4 1 22 59 38 6 22 48 44.1 T , ( Com. 8 8 17 16 6 24 45 48.5 1 16 31 32 7 14 55 39.9 Jul y iBis. 8 19 36 15 7 7 49 42.5 1 28 42 59 7 28 6 15.0 ( Com. 7 29 5 59 8 9 46 41.6 2 4 26 20 9 3 23 45.8 V S' \ Bis. 8 10 24 58 8 22 50 35.5 2 16 37 47 9 16 34 20.8 Sept $ C ? m- 7 19 54 41 9 24 47 34.6 2 22 21 7 10 21 51 51.6 8 1 13 40 10 7 51 28.6 3 4 32 34 11 5 2 26.7 Oct J Com< 6 29 24 24 10 26 44 33.7 2 28 4 28 11 27 9 22.4 Uct ' \ Bis. 7 10 43 23 11 9 48 27.7 3 10 15 55 10 19 57.5 Nov J Com ' 6 20 13 6 11 45 26.8 3 15 59 16 1 15 37 28.3 llOV N -! 7 1 32 5 24 49 20.7 3 28 10 43 1 28 48 3.3 T* ( Com. 5 29 42 49 1 13 42 25.9 3 21 42 37 2 20 54 59.1 Dec. < T>- 6 11 1 48 1 26 46 19.8 4 3 54 4 345 34.1 TABLE XXXVI. Moon's Motions for Months. 53 Months. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 24 25 2627 28 292 31 January 000 000 000 000 000000 000 00 00 OC 00 30 00 00 00 00 <] 00 February f 074 946 135 304 805 066 014 24 26 14 82 28 14 17 29 96 C 507 Marrh J C m ' 851 801 159 482 532 125 |027 4550 96 57 13 18 12 46 821 15 March i Bis. 950 831 196 524 558 127 027 4651 06 59 17 21 19 51 851 15 ., ( Com. A P nl iBis. 925 024 747 778 294 331 786 828 336 362 191 193 041 042 6877 6977 12 22 39 42 70 n 32 36 29 36 76 80 771 801 523 6 23 \/i * Com- 899 663 392 047 115 254 055 91 02 15 19 H 43 38 01 702 1 30 ivxav s Tj* * ( JJlS. 999 693 429 089 141 256 055 92,03 26 22 )S 47 45,05 732 1 30 June \ C ? m< 973 609 527 351 920320 069 15 28 29 01 21 57 55 31 652 638 073 639 563 393 946 322 069 15 29 40 04 25 61 62 35 682 638 T , ( Com. 948 525 625 613 699 384 083 37 54 33 81 15 68 6456 583 1 45 y ( Bis. 047 555 661 655 725 386 083 38 55 43 84 1:972 71 60 613 146 . C Com. 022 471 759 917 503 449 097 61 80 47 64 82 81 85 533 653 Aug. < T,. I DIS. 121 501 796 959 529 451 097 62 81 5? 66 r786 88 90 563 653 Q . ( Com. 096 417 894 221 308 515 111 85 07 61 46 )097 97 15 494 261 oept. < T- 195 447 931 263 334517 111 85 08 71 49 )401 04 19 524 261 Oct J Com - 071 333 992 483 087 578 125 07 32 65 26 23 08 07 40 414 768 1 Bis. 170 363 029 525 113 581 126 08 33 75 28 J8 11 14 44 444 769 Nov J Com ' 145 279 127 787 892 644 139 31 59 79 08 il 22 23 70 375 276 ( Bis. 244 309 163 829 918 646 140 32 60 89 11 )526 30 74 405 2|76 Dec ( Com. 120 194 225 049 670 708 153 54 85 83 88 r433 3395 295 784 219 225 261 091; 696 710 153 54 86 93 90 r9,37 40^99 325 7^84 TABLE XXXVL Moon's Motions for Months. \ ^. Months. Supp. of Node. II V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII o ' s / January 0.0 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 February 1 38 29.7 11 15 43 054 224 875 045 111 165 290 043 March i Com - 037 27.5 9 27 59 007 330 666 989 114 313 455 984 \ Bis. 3 10 38.2 10 9 8 041 369 694 023 150 319 496 018 April j om - 4 45 57.3 9 13 42 061 554 542 034 225 478 745 027 4 49 7.9 9 24 51 095 593 570 068 261 484 787 061 VTav J Com - 6 21 16.4 8 18 15 081 738 389 046 300 638 993 036 jviay < T> ( JJlS. 6 24 27.0 8 29 25 115 778 417 080 336 643 034 070 June \ Com - 7 59 46.1 8 3 58 136 962 264 091 411 802 282 079 082 56.7 8 15 8 170 002 293 124 447 808 324 113 j , ( Com. 9 35 5.2 7 8 32 156 147 112 103 486 962 531 088 July \ Bis. 9 38 15.9 7 19 41 190 186 140 136 522 967 572 122 Aug. j Com ' 11 13 35.0 6 24 15 210 371 987 147 597 126 820 131 11 16 45.6 7 5 24 244 411 015 182 6 33 132 862 164 ge fc ( Com. 12 52 4.7 6 9 58 265 595 862 193 708 291 110 173 ep ' ( Bis. 12 55 15.4 6 21 7 299 635 891 227 744 296 152 207 Oct \ Com ' 14 27 23.8 5 14 32 285 780 710 204 783 451 358 182 Uct ' \ Bis. 14 30 34.4 5 25 41 319 819 738 238 819 456 400 216 Nov $ Com - 16 5 53 5 5 15 339 004 585 250 894 615 648 225 }B; S . 16 9 4.2 5 11 24 373 043 613 283 930 621 690 259 j^ ( Com. 17 41 12.6 4 4 49 359 188 432 261 969 775 896 234 17 44 23.3 4 15 58 393 228 461 295 005 | 780 938 268 TABLE XXXVII. Moon's Motions for Days. D. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 "1 13 1 00000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 000 000 000 000 i 2 00274 0650 1040 0287 0336 0372 0058 0390 0024 070 031 070 034; 3 00548 1300 2080 0574 0671 0744 0115 0781 0049 140 062 141 068| 4 00821 1950 3121 0861 1007 1116 0173 1171 0073 210 093 211 103 5 01095 2600 4161 1148 1342 1488 0231 1561 0097 281 125 282 137 6 01369 3249 5201 1435 1678 1860 0289 1952 0121 351 156 352 171 7 01643 3899 6241 1722 2013 2232 0346 2342 0146 421 187 423 205 8 01916 4549 7281 2009 2349 2604 0404 2732 0170 491 218 493 239 9 02190 5199 8321 2296 2684 2976 0462 3122 0194 561 249 564 273 10 02464 5849 9362 2583 3020 3348 0519 3513 0219 631 280 634 308 11 02738 6499 0402 2870 3355 3720 0577 3903 0243 702 311 705 342 12 03012 7149 1442 3157 3691 4093 0635 4293 0267 772 342 775 376 13 03285 7799 2482 3444 4026 4465 0692 4684 0291 842 374 845 410 14 03559 8449 3522 3731 4362 4837 0750 5074 03161912 405 916 444 15 03833 9098 4563 4018 4698 5209 0808 5464 0340 982 436 986 478 16 04107 9748 5603 4305 5033 5581 0866 5854 0364 052 467 057 513 17 04380 0398 6643 4592 5369 5953 0923 6245 0389 122 498 127 547 18 04654 1048 7683 4878 5704 6325 0981 6635 0413 193 529 198 581 19 04928 1698 8723 5165 6040 6697 1039 7025 0437 263 560 268 315 20 05202 2348 9763 5452 6375 7069 1096 7416 0461 333 591 339 649 21 05476 2998 0804 5739 6711 7441 1154 7806 0486 403 623 409 683 22 05749 3648 1844 6026 7046 7813 1212 8196 0510 473 654 480 718 23 06023 4298 2884 6313 7382 8185 1269 8586 0534 543 685 550 752 24 06297 4947 3924 6600 7717 8557 1327 8977 0559 614 716 621 786 25 06571 5597 4964 6887 8053 8929 1385 9367 0583 684 747 691 820 26 06844 6247 6005 7174 8389 9301 1443 9757 0607 754 778 762 854 27 07118 6897 7045 7461 8724 9673 1500 0148 0631 824 809 832 888 28 07392 7547 8085 7748 9060 0045 1558 0538 0656 894 840 903 923 29 07666 8 1 47! 9125 8035 9395 0417 1616 0928 0680 964 872 973 957 30 07940 8847^0165 8322 9731 0789 1673I15T19 0704 034 903 043 991 ! 31 08213 9497 1205 8609 0066 1161 1731 [1709 0729 105 934 114 025 TABLE XXXVII 55 Moon's Motion for Days. D. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 099 031 037 042 026 002 000 01 01 10 03 04 04 07 04 03 00 00 3 198 061 073 084 052 004 001 02 02 20 05 08 07 14 08 06 00 00 4 297 092 110 126 078 006 001 02 03 30 08 12 11 21 13 09 01 01 5 397 122 146 168 104 008 002 03 03 41 11 16 15 28 17 12 01 01 6 496 153 183 210 130 Oil 002 04 04 51 13 21 18 35 21 15 01 01 7 595 183 220 252 156 013 003 05 05 61 16 25 22 42 25 18 01 01 8 694 214 256 294 182 015 003 05 06 71 19 29 26 49 29 22 01 02 9 793 244 293 336 208 017 004 06 07 81 21 33 30 56 33 25 01 02 10 892 275 329 379 234 019 004 07 08 91 24 37 33 63 38 28 02 02 11 992 305 366 421 260 021 005 08 09 01 27 41 37 70 42 31 02 02 12 091 336 403 463 286 023 005 08 09 11 29 45 41 77 46 34 02 03 13 190 366 439 505 312 025 005 09 10 22 32 49 44 84 50 37 02 03 14 289 397 476 547 337 028 006 10 11 32 34 53 48 91 54 40 02 03 15 388 427 512 589 363 030 006 11 12 42 37 58 52 98 58 43 02 03 16 487 458 549 631 389 032 007 11 13 52 40 62 55 05 63 46 03 04 17 587 488 586 673 1 415 034 007 12 14 62 42 66 59 12 67 49 03 04 18 686 519 622 715 441 036 008 13 14 72 45 70 63 19 71 52 03 04 19 785 549 659 757 , 467 038 008 14 15 82 48 74 66 26 75 55 03 04 20 884 580 695 799 , 493 040 009 14 16 92 50 78 70 33 79 59 03 05 21 983 611 732 841 l 519 042 009 15 17 03 53 82 74 40 84 62 03 05 22 082 641 769 883 545 044 010 16 18 13 56 86 77 47 88 65 04 05 23 182 672 805 925 571 047 010 17 19 23 58 90 81 54 92 68 04 05 24 281 702 842 967 j 597 049 Oil 17 20 33 61 95 85 61 96 71 04 06 25 380 733 878 009 623 051 Oil 18 20 43 64 99 89 68 00 74 04 06. 26 479 763 915 052 649 053 Oil 19 21 53 66 03 92 75 04 77 04 06 27 578 794 952 094 675 055 012 20 22 63 69 07 90 82 09 80 04 06 28 677 824 988 136 701 057 012 20 23 73 72 11 00 89 13 83 05 06 29 777 855 025 178j727 059 013! 21 24 84 74 15 03 96 17 86 05 07 30 876 885 061 220 ; 753 061 013 22 25 94 77 19 07 03 21 89 05 07 31 975 916 098 262 | 779 064' 014 23 26 04 80 23 11 10 25 92 05 07 56 TABLE XXXVII. Moon's Motions for Days. D. Evection. Anomaly. Variation. M. Longitude. * ' 8 ' " 8 ' " 8 ' " 1 0000 00 0000 00 2 11 18 59 13 3 54.0 12 11 27 13 10 35.0 3 22 37 59 26 7 47.9 24 22 53 26 21 10.1 4 1 3 56 58 1 9 11 41.9 1 6 34 20 1 9 31 45.1 5 1 15 15 58 1 22 15 35.9 1 18 45 47 1 22 42 20.1 6 1 26 34 57 2 5 19 29.8 2 57 13 2 5 52 55.1 7 2 7 53 57 2 18 23 23.8 2 13 8 40 2 19 3 30.2 8 2 19 12 56 3 1 27 17.8 2 25 20 7 3 2 14 5.2 9 3 31 55 3 14 31 11.7 3 7 31 34 3 15 24 40.2 10 3 11 50 55 3 27 35 5.7 3 19 43 3 28 35 15.2 11 3 23 9 54 4 10 38 59.7 4 1 54 27 4 11 45 50.3 12 4 4 28 54 4 23 42 53.7 4 14 5 54 4 24 56 25.3 13 4 15 47 53 5 6 46 47.6 4 26 17 20 5 8 7 0.3 14 4 27 6 53 5 19 50 41.6 5 8 28 47 5 21 17 35.4 15 5 8 25 52 6 2 54 35.6 5 20 40 14 6 4 28 10.4 16 5 19 44 51 6 15 58 29.5 6 2 51 40 6 17 38 45.4 17 6 1 3 51 6 29 2 23.5 6 15 3 7 7 49 20.4 18 6 12 22 50 7 12 6 17.5 6 27 14 34 7 13 59 55.5 19 6 23 41 50 7 25 10 11.4 7 9 26 1 7 27 10 30.5 20 7 5 49 8 8 14 5.4 7 21 37 27 8 10 21 5.5 21 7 16 19 49 8 21 17 59.4 8 3 48 54 8 23 31 40.5 22 7 27 38 48 9 4 21 53.4 8 16 21 9 6 42 15.6 23 8 8 57 47 9 17 25 47.3 8 28 11 47 9 19 52 50.6 24 8 20 16 47 10 29 41.3 9 10 23 14 10 3 3 25.6 25 9 1 35 46 10 13 33 35.3 9 22 34 41 10 16 14 0.7 26 9 12 54 46 10 26 37 29.2 10 4 46 7 10 29 24 35.7 27 9 24 13 45 11 9 41 23.2 10 16 57 34 11 12 35 10.7 28 10 5 32 45 11 22 45 17.2 10 29 9 1 11 25 45 45.7 29 10 16 51 44 5 49 11.1 11 11 20 28 8 56 20.8 30 10 28 10 43 18 53 5.1 11 23 31 54 22 6 55.8 31 11 9 29 43 1 1 56 59.1 5 43 21 1 6 17 30.8 TABLE. XXXVII. 57 Moon's Motions for Days. D. Supp. of Node. II V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII 8 ' " * ' 1 00 0.0 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 2 003 10.6 11 9 034 039 028 034 036 005 042 034 3 006 21.3 22 18 068 079 056 067 072 Oil 083 067 4 009 31.9 1 3 27 102 118 085 101 108 016 125 101 5 12 42.5 1 14 37 136 158 113 135 143 021 166 135 6 15 53.2 1 25 46 170 197 141 169 179 027 208 168 7 19 3.8 2 6 55 204 237 169 202 215 032 250 202 8 22 14.5 2 18 4 238 276 198 236 251 037 291 235 9 25 25.1 2 29 13 272 316 226 270 287 043 333 269 10 28 35.7 3 10 22 306 355 254 303 323 048 374 303 11 31 46.4 3 21 31 340 395 282 337 358 053 416 336 12 34 57.0 4 2 40 374 434 311 371 394 058 458 370 13 38 7.6 4 13 50 408 474 339 405 430 064 499 404 14 41 18.3 4 24 59 442 513 367 438 466 069 541 437 15 44 28.9 568 476 553 395 472 502 074 583 471 16 47 39.5 5 17 17 510 592 424 506 538 080 624 505 17 50 50.2 5 28 26 544 632 452 539 573 085 666 538 18 54 0.8 6 9 35 578 671 480 573 609 090 707 572 19 57 11.5 6 20 44 612 711 508 607 645 096 749 605 20 010 22.1 7 1 53 646 750 537 641 681* 101 791 639 21 013 32.7 7 13 3 680 790 565 674 717 106 832 673 22 1 6 43.4 7 24 12 714 829 593 708 753 112 874 706 23 9 54.0 8 5 21 748 869 621 742 788 117 915 740 24 13 4.6 8 16 30 782 908 650 775 824 122 957 774 25 16 15.3 8 27 39 816 948 678 809 860 128 999 807 26 19 25.9 9 8 48 850 987 706 843 896 133 040 841 27 82 36.5 9 19 57 884 027 734 877 932 138 082 875 28 25 47.2 10 1 6 918 066 762 910 968 143 123 908 29 28 57.8 10 12 16 952 106 791 944 003 149 165 942 30 1 32 8.5 10 23 25 986 145 819 978 039 154 207 975 31 1 35 19.1 11 4 34 020 | 185 847 Oil 075 159 248 009 / 58 TABLE XXXVIII. Maoris Motions for Hours. H. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 11 27 43 12 14 16 2 16 1 3 1 3 1 2 23 54 87 24 28 31 5 33 2 6 3 6 3 3 34 81 130 36 42 47 7 49 3 9 4 9 4 4 46 108 173 48 56 62 10 65 4 12 5 12 6 5 57 135 217 60 70 78 12 81 5 15 6 15 7 6 68 162 260 72 84 93 14 98 6 18 8 18 9 7 80 190 303 84 98 109 17 114 7 20 9 20 10 8 91 217 347 96 112 124 19 130 8 23 10 23 11 9 103 244 390 108 126 140 22 146 9 26 12 26 13 10 114 271 433 120 140 155 24 163 10 29 13 29 14 11 125 298 477 131 154 171 26 179 11 32 14 00 16 12 137 325 520 143 168 186 29 195 12 35 16 35 17 13 148 352 563 155 182 202 31 211 13 38 17 38 ' 18 14 160 379 607 167 196 217 34 228 14 41 18 41 20 15 171 406 650 179 210 233 36 244 15 44 19 44 21 16 182 433 693 191 224 248 38 260 16 47 21 47 23 17 194 460 737 203 238 264 41 276 17 50 22 50 24 18 205 487 780 215 252 279 43 293 18 53 23 53 25 19 217 515 823 227 266 295 46 309 19 56 25 56 27 20 228 542 867 239 280 310 48 325 20 58 26 53 28 21 239 569 910 251 294 326 50 341 21 61 27 61 30 22 251 596 953 263 308 341 53 358 22 64 28 64 31 23 262 623 997 275 322 357 55 374 23 67 30 67 33 24 274 650 1040 287 336 372 58 390 24 70 31 70 34 Hours. Evection. Anomaly. Variation. Longitude. ' " ' // O ' " ' " * 1 28 17 32 39.7 30 29 32 56.5 2 56 35 1 5 19.5 1 57 1 5 52.9 3 1 24 52 1 37 59.2 1 31 26 1 38 49.4 4 1 53 10 2 10 39.0 2 1 54 2 11 45.8 5 2 21 27 2 43 18.7 2 32 23 2 44 42.3 6 2 49 45 3 15 58.5 3 2 52 3 17 38.8 7 3 18 2 3 48 38.2 3 33 20 3 50 35.2 8 3 46 20 4 21 18.0 4 3 49 4 23 31.7 9 4 14 37 4 53 57.7 4 34 17 4 56 28.1 10 4 42 55 5 26 37.5 5 4 46 5 29 24.6 11 5 11 12 5 59 17.2 5 35 15 6 2 21.0 12 5 39 30 6 31 57.0 6 5 43 6 35 17.5 13 6 7 47 7 4 36.7 6 36 12 7 8 14.0 14 6 36 5 7 37 16.5 7 6 40 7 41 10.4 15 7 4 22 8 9 56.2 7 37 9 8 14 6.9 16 7 32 40 8 42 36.0 8 7 38 8 47 3.4 17 8 57 9 15 15.7 8 38 6 9 19 59.8 18 8 29 15 9 47 55.5 9 8 35 9 52 56.3 19 8 57 32 10 20 35.2 9 39 3 10 25 52.7 20 9 25 50 10 53 15.0 10 9 32 10 58 49.2 21 9 54 7 11 25 54.7 10 40 1 11 31 45.6 22 10 22 24 11 58 34.5 11 10 29 12 4 42.1 23 10 50 42 12 31 14.2 11 40 58 12 37 38.6 24 11 18 59 13 3 54.0 12 11 27 13 10 35.0 TABLE. XXXVIII. 59 Moon's Motions for Hours. H. 14 15 16 17 18 || 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 1 4 1 2 2 1 2 8 3 3 4 2 1 1 3 12 4 5 5 3 1 1 1 4 16 5 6 7 4 2 1 1 1 1 5 21 6 8 9 5 2 1 1 1 1 6 25 8 9 11 6 3 1 1 1 2 7 29 9 11 12 8 1 3 1 1 1 2 8 33 10 12 14 9 1 3 1 1 | 2 9 37 11 14 16 10 j 1 4 1 2 1 3 1 10 41 13 15 18 11 1 4 i 2 2 3 2 11 45 14 17 19 12 1 5 i 2 2 3 2 12 49 15 18 21 13 1 5 i 2 2 3 2 2 13 54 16 20 23 14 1 5 i 2 2 4 2 2 14 58 18 21 25 15 1 6 2 2 2 4 2 2 15 62 19 23 26 16 1 6 2 3 2 4 3 2 16 66 20 25 28 17 1 1 1 7 2 3 2 5 3 2 17 70 21 26 30 18 1 1 7 2 3 1 5 3 2 18 74 23 28 32 19 2 1 8 2 3 3 5 3 2 19 78 24 29 33 21 2 1 8 2 3 3 6 3 3 20 83 25 31 35 22 2 1 8 2 3 3 6 3 3 21 87 26 32 37 23 2 1 9 2 4 3 6 4 3 22 91 28 34 39 24 2 1 9 2 4 3 6 4 3 23 95 29 35 40 25 2 1 10 3 4 4 7 4 3 24 99 31 37 42 26 2 1 10 3 4 4 7 4 3 H. Sap. of Nod. II V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII , ' 1 7.9 28 1 2 1 1 1 2* 1 2 15.9 56 3 3 2 3 3 ? 3 3 23.8 1 24 4 5 4 4 4 1 5 4 4 31.8 1 52 6 7 5 6 6 1 7 6 5 39.7 2 19 7 8 6 7 7 1 9 7 6 47.7 2 47 9 10 7 9 9 1 10 9 7 55.6 3 15 10 12 8 10 10 2 12 10 8 1 3.6 3 43 11 13 9 11 12 2 14 11 9 11.5 4 11 13 15 11 13 13 2 15 13 10 19.4 4 39 14 16 12 14 15 2 17 14 11 27.4 5 7 16 18 13 15 16 2 19 15 12 35.3 5 35 17 20 14 17 18 3 21 17 13 43.3 6 2 18 21 15 18 19 3 23 18 14 51.2 6 30 20 23 16 19 21 3 24 19 15 59.2 6 58 21 25 18 21 22 3 26 21 16 2 7.1 7 26 23 26 19 22 24 4 28 22 17 2 15.0 7 54 24 28 20 24 25 4 29 24 18 2 23.0 8 22 26 29 21 25 27 4 31 25 19 2 30.9 8 50 27 31 22 27 28 4 33 27 20 2 38.9 9 18 28 32 24 28 30 4 35 28 21 2 46.8 9 45 30 34 25 29 31 5 37 29 22 2 54.8 10 13 31 36 26 31 33 5 38 31 23 3 2.7 10 41 33 38 27 32 34 5 40 32 24 3 10.6 11 9 34 39 28 1 34 36 5 42 34 TABLE XXXIX. Moon's Motions for Minutes. 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 1 2 I 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 5 1 2 4 1 1. 1 1 6 1 3 4 1 1 2 2 7 1 3 5 1 2 2 2 . 8 2 4 6 2 2 2 2 9 2 4 6 2 2 2 2 10 2 5 7 2 2 3 3 11 2 5 8 2 3 3 3 12 2 5 9 2 3 3 3 13 2 6 9 3 3 3 1 4 14 3 6 10 3 3 4 1 4 15 3 7 11 3 3 4 1 4 16 3 7 12 3 4 4 1 4 17 3 8 12 3 4 4 1 5 18 3 8 13 4 4 5 1 5 1 19 4 9 14 4 4 5 1 5 1 20 4 9 14 4 5 5 1 5 1 1 21 4 10 15 4 5 5 1 6 1 1 1 22 4 10 16 4 5 6 1 6 1 2 1 1 23 4 10 17 5 5 6 1 6 1 2 1 1 24 5 11 17 5 6 6 1 7 1 2 1 1 1 25 5 11 18 5 6 6 1 7 1 2 1 1 1 26 5 12 19 5 6 7 1 7 1 2 1 1 1 27 5 12 19 5 6 7 1 7 1 2 1 1 1 28 5 13 20 6 7 7 1 8 1 2 1 1 1 29 6 13 21 6 7 7 1 8 1 1 I 2 1 1 1 ,30 6 14 22 6 7 8 1 8 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 TABLE XXXIX. 61 Moon's Motions for Minutes. i Sup. Min. Evec. Anom. Varia. Long. Nod. II V VI VII vm IX XI XII 1 28 32.7 30 32.9 0.1 2 57 1 5.3 1 1 1 5.9 0.3 1 3 1 25 1 38.0 1 31 1 38.8 0.4 1 4 1 53 2 10.6 2 2 2 11.8 0.5 2 5 2 2] 2 43.3 2 32 2 44.7 0.7 2 6 2 50 3 16.0 3 3 3 17.6 0.8 3 7 3 18 3 48.6 3 33 3 50.6 0.9 3 8 3 46 4 21.3 4 4 4 23.5 1.1 4 9 4 15 4 54.0 4 34 4 56.5 1.2 4 10 4 43 5 26.6 5 5 5 29.4 1.3 5 11 5 11 5 59.3 5 35 6 2.4 1.5 5 12 5 40 6 31.9 6 6 6 35.3 1.6 6 13 6 8 7 4.6 6 36 7 8.2 1.7 6 14 6 36 7 37.3 7 7 7 41.2 1.9 7 15 7 4 8 9.9 7 37 8 14.1 2.0 7 16 7 33 8 42.6 8 8 8 47.1 2.1 7 17 8 1 9 15.3 8 38 9 20.0 2.3 8 18 8 29 9 47.9 9 9 9 52.9 2.4 8 1 19 8 58 10 20.6 9 39 10 25.9 2.5 9 1 20 9 26 10 53.2 10 10 10 58.8 2.6 9 1 1 21 9 54 11 25.9 10 40 11 31.8 2.8 10 1 22 10 22 11 58.6 11 11 12 4.7 2.9 10 1 1 1 23 10 51 12 31.2 11 41 12 37.6 3.0 11 1 1 1 24 11 19 13 3.9 12 12 13 10.6 3.2 11 1 1 1 1 25 11 47 13 36.6 12 42 13 43.5 3.3 12 1 1 1 1 26 12 16 14 9.2 13 13 14 16.5 3.4 12 1 1 1 27 12 44 14 41.9 13 43 14 49.4 3.6 13 1 1 1 28 13 12 15 14.6 14 13 15 22.3 3.7 13 1 1 1 29 13 40 15 47.2 14 44 15 55.3 3.8 13 1 1 1 30 14 9 16 19.9 15 14 16 28.2 4.0 14 1 1 1 TABLE XXXIX. Moon's Motions for Minutes. 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ! 18 31 6 14 22 6 7 8 8 1 1 2 1 32 6 14 23 6 7 8 9 1 2 2 2 33 6 15 24 7 8 9 i 9 1 2 2 2 34 6 15 25 7 8 9 9 1 2 2 2 35 7 1C 25 7 8 9 10 1 2 2 2 30 7 16 26 7 8 9 1 10 1 2 2 3 37 7 17 27 7 9 10 1 10 2 2 3 38 7 17 27 8 9 10 2 10 2 2 3 39 7 18 28 8 9 10 2 11 2 2 3 40 8 18 29 8 9 10 2 11 2 2 3 41 8 19 30 8 10 11 2 11 2 2 3 42 8 19 30 8 10 11 2 11 2 2 3 43 8 19 31 9 10 11 o 12 2 2 3 44 8 20 32 9 10 11 2 12 2 2 3 45 9 20 32 9 10 12 2 12 2 2 3 46 9 21 33 9 11 12 2 12 2 2 3 47 9 21 34 9 11 12 2 13 2 2 3 48 9 22 35 10 11 12 2 13 2 2 3 49 9 22 35 10 11 13 2 13 2 2 3 50 9 23 36 10 11 13 2 13 2 2 3 51 10 23 37 10 12 13 2 14 2 2 4 52 10 24 38 10 12 13 2 14 3 3 4 53 10 24 38 11 12 14 2 14 3 3 4 54 10 24 39 11 12 14 2 14 3 3 4 2 55 10 25 40 11 13 14 2 15 3 3 4 1 2 56 11 25 40 11 13 14 2 15 3 3 4 1 2 57 11 26 41 11 13 15 2 15 3 3 4 1 2 58 11 26 42 12 13 15 2 16 3 3 4 2 2 59 11 27 43 12 14 15 2 16 3 3 4 2 2 j 60 11 27 43 12 14 15 2 16 1 3 3 4 1 2 2 TABLE XXXIX. Moorfs Motions for Minutes. 63 Sup. Min Evec. Anom. Varia. Long. Nod. II V VI VII vm IX XI XII 31 14 37 16 52.5 15 45 17 1.2 4.1 14 1 1 i 1 32 15 5 17 25.2 16 15 17 34.1 4.2 15 1 1 i 1 33 15 34 17 57.9 16 46 18 7.1 4.4 15 1 1 i 1 34 16 2 18 30.5 17 16 18 40.0 4.5 16 1 1 i 1 35 16 30 19 3.2 17 47 19 12.9 4.7 16 1 1 i 1 36 16 58 19 35.8 18 17 19 45.9 4.8 17 1 1 i 37 17 27 20 8.5 18 48 20 18.8 4.9 17 1 1 i 38 17 55 20 41.2 19 18 20 51.8 5.0 18 1 1 i 39 18 23 21 13.8 19 49 21 24.7 5.2 18 1 1 i 40 18 52 21 46.5 20 19 21 57.6 5.3 19 1 1 i 41 19 20 22 19.2 20 50 22 30.6 5.4 19 1 i 42 19 48 22 51.8 21 20 23 3.5 5.6 20 1 i 43 20 16 23 24.5 21 51 23 36.5 5.7 20 1 i 44 20 45 23 57.1 22 21 24 9.4 5.8 21 1 i 45 21 13 24 29.8 22 52 24 42.3 6.0 21 1 i i 46 21 41 25 2.5 23 22 25 15.3 6.1 21 1 i 47 22 10 25 35.1 23 53 25 48.2 6.2 22 1 i 48 22 38 26 7.8 24 23 26 21.2 6.4 22 1 i 49 23 6 26 40.5 24 54 26 54.1 6.5 23 1 i 50 23 34 27 13.1: 25 24 27 27.0 6.6 23 1 i 51 24 3 27 45.8 25 55 28 0.0 6.8 24 1 i 52 24 31 28 18.5 26 25 28 32.9 6.9 24 1 i 53 24 59 28 51.1 26 56 29 5.9 7.0 25 1 1 i 54 25 28 29 23.8 27 26 29 38.8 7.1 25 1 1 i 2 55 25 56 29 56.4 27 56 30 11.8 7.3 26 1 1 i 2 56 2f> 24 30 29.1 28 27 30 44.7 7.4 26 1 1 i 2 57 26 52 31 1.8 28 57 31 17.6 7.5 27 2 1 i 2 58 27 21 31 34.4 29 28 31 506 7.7 27 2 1 i 2 59 27 49 32 7.1 29 58 32 &I..5 7.8 28 2 1 i 2 60 28 17 32 39.8 SO 29 32 56.5 7.9 28 2 1 i 2 1 ; .1 64 I TABLE XL. Moon's Motions for Seconds. Sec. Evec. Anom. Var. Long. Sec. Evec. Anom. ,Var. Long. 1 0.5 1 0.5 31 15 16.9 16 17.0 2 1 1.1 1 1.1 32 15 17.4 16 17.6 3 1 1.6 2 1.6 33 16 18.0 17 J8.1 4 2 2.2 2 2.2 34 16 18.5 17 18.7 5 2 2.7 3 2.7 35 17 19.1 18 19.2 6 3 3.3 3 3.3 36 17 19.6 18 19.8 7 3 3.8 4 3.8 37 18 20.1 19 20.3 8 4 4.3 4 4.4 38 18 20.7 19 20.9 9 4 4.9 5 4.9 39 18 21.2 20 21.4 10 5 5.4 5 5.5 40 19 21.8 20 22.0 11 5 6.0 6 6.0 41 19 22.3 21 22.5 12 6 6.5 6 6.6 42 20 22.9 21 23.1 13 6 7.1 7 7.1 43 20 23.4 22 23.6 14 7 7.6 7 7.7 44 21 24.0 22 24.2 15 7 8.2 8 8.2 45 21 24.5 23 24.7 16 8 8.7 8 8.8 46 22 25.0 23 25.3 17 8 9.2 9 9.3 47 22 25.6 24 25.8 18 9 9.8 9 9.9 48 23 26.1 24 26.4 19 9 10.3 10 10.4 49 23 26.7 25 26.9 20 9 10.9 10 11.0 50 24 27.2 25 27.4 21 10 11.4 11 11.5 51 24 27.8 26 28.0 22 10 12.0 11 12.1 52 25 28.3 26 28.5 23 11 12.5 12 12.6 53 25 28.9 27 29.1 24 11 13.1 12 13.2 54 26 29.4 27 29.6 25 12 13.6 13 13.7 55 26 29.9 28 30.2 26 12 14.1 13 14.3 56 26 30.5 28 30.7 27 13 14.7 14 14.8 57 27 31.0 29 31.3 28 13 15.2 14 154 58 27 31.6 29 31.8 29 14 15.8 15 15.9 5" 28 32.1 30 32.4 SO 14 16.3 15 16.5 60 28 32.7 30 32.9 j TABLE XLI, 65 First Equation of Moon's Longitude*^ Argument 1. Diff. Diff. Diff. Diff. Arg. 1 for 10 Ar& 1 for 10 Arg, 1 for 10 Arg. 1 for 10 50 100 150 200 850 12 40.0 12 18.8 11 57.7 11 36.fi 11 15.6 10 &4.7 4.24 432 4.S2 480 4.1.8 4.16 8500 2550 SGOO 2050 2700 2750 1 40.7 1 41.5 1 42.9 1 45.0 1 47.7 1 51.C 16 0.28 0.42 0.54 0.66 0.80 5000 5050 5100 r >K>0 6200 5260 12 40.0 13 0.3 13 20.6 13 40.7 14 0.0 14 20.9 4.06 4.04 4.04 404 4.00 4.00 750023 39.3 7550 i 23 39.4 7BOO'23 38.9 765023 37.7 770023 35.8 7750*23 33.3 0.02 0.24 0.38 0.50 0.62 300 350 400 450 500 10 33.9 10 13.2 9 55.6 9 32.3 9 1S.1 4.14 413 4.06 4.04 4,00 2SOO 2850 2900 ^950 3000 1 55.0 1 59.6 U 4.8 2 10.7 2 17.1 0.92 1.04 1.28 1.42 ^300 5350 5450 5500 14 40.9 15 0.8 15 20.5 15 40.1 15 59.6 3.98 3.9-4 3.92 3.90 B,84 780023 30.2 785023 26.4 790023 22.0 795023 16.9 8000p 11.2 O.V6 0.88 1.02 1.14 1.26 550 600 650 8 52.1 8 32.4 8 13.0 3.94 3.88 3050 5100 2 24.2 2 3L9 2 40.1 i.M 1.64 5550 5600 16 18.8 16 56.7 3.80 3,78 8050 23 4.9 810022 57.9 815022 50.3 1.40 1.52 700 750 7 53.8 V 34.9 3.84 3.78 3.70 3200 2 48.9 2 58.8 1.76 L.88 1,99 5700 17 15.3 17 33.6 3.72 3.66 3.60 8200 8250 22 42.0 22 33.2 1.66 1.76 1.9.0 800 850 t 16.4 6 58.2 3.64 3300 1350 3 8.2 3 18.7 2,10 5800 5850 17 51.6 18 9.4 3.56 830022 23.7 835022 13.7 2-.00 900 950 1000 6 40.3 6 22.8 6 5.7 3.60 3.42 3.34 3400 3450 3-500 3 4L3 3 53.4 2.32 2.42 2.50 5900 5950 6000 18 26.9 18 44.0 19 0.8 3.50 3.42 3.36 3.28 840022 3.1 845021 51.9 8500 2-1- 40.1, 2.- 12 2.24 2.36 246 1050 150 ,200 1250 5 49.0 5 32.8 5 17.0 5 1.6 4 46.7 3.34 3,16 3.08 2.98 2.88 3550 3600 3650 3700 3750 4 5.9 4 19.0 4 32.5 4 46.5 5 0.9 2.62 2.70 2.80 2.88 2.98 6050 6100 6150 6200 6250 19 17.2 19 33.3 19 49. 20 4.2 80* 19.1 3.22 3.14- 3.04 2.98 2.88 8950 8600 S650 1 8700 8750 2J 278 21 15.0 21 1.6 20 47.7 20 33.3 2.56 2,68 2-. 78 2.88 2.98 1300 I3f)0 1400 1450 1500 4 32.3 4 18.4 4 5.0 3 52.2 3 39.9 2.78 2.68 2.56 2.46 2.36 3800 3850 3900 3950 4000 5 15.8 5 31.0 5 46.7 6 2.8 6 1-9. 3.04 3.14- 3.22- 3.38 3.36 6800 6350 6-400 6450 6500 2Q 33.5 20 47.5 21 1.0 21 14.1 21 26.6 2.80 2.70 2.62 2.50 2.42 880020 18.4 8850 20 3.0 8900 19 47.2 8950 19 31.0 9000 19 143 3.08 3.16 3.24 3.34 3.42 1550 3 28.1 2 24 4050 6- 36.0 o 40 6550 21 38.7 sy qo 9050 18 57.2 3KA 1600 1650 1700 1750 3 16.9 3 6.3 2 56.3 2 46.8 2.12. 2.00 1.90 1.78 4150 4200 4250 6 53.1 7 10.6- 7 28.4 7 46.4 350 3.56 3.60 3.66 6600 6650 16700 0750 21 50.3 22 1.3 22 11.8 22 21.7 2.20 2.10 1.98 1.88 9100 18 39.7 9150 18 21.8 9200 18 8.6 9250 IT 43: 1 3.58 3.84 3.70 3.78 1800 2 38.0 1 fift 430d 8 4.7 6800 22 31.1 7ft 9300 17 26.2 q QX 1850 1900 1950 2000 2 29.7 2 22.1 2 15.1 2 8.8 1.52: 1.40 1.26 1.14 4350 4400 4450 4500 8 23.3 8 42.2 9 1.2 9 20.4 3.78 3.80 3.84 3.90 685C 690C G95C 70QC 22 39.9 22 48.1 22 55.8 23 2.9 1 .64 .54 .42 .28 9350 9400 9450 9500 17 7,0 16 47.6 16 27.9 16 7:9 '3.88 3.94 4.00 4.04 2050 2100 2130 2200 2230 2 3.1 58.0 53.6 49.8 46.7 1.02 0.88 0.76 0.62 0.50 4550 4600 4650 4700 475C 9 39.9 9 59.5 10 19.2 10 39.1 10 59.1 3.92 3.94 3.98 4.00 4.00 705023 9.3 7100J23 15.2 7130 23- 2#.4 720023 25.0 725023 29.0 .18 .04 0.92 0.80 0.66 9550 9600 9650 9700 9750 15 47:7 15,27.4 15 6.8 14 46.1 14 25:3 406 4.12 4,14 416 4.18 2300 44.2 2350! 42.3 24001 41.1 2450 40 fi 0.38 0.24 0.10 480C 485C 490C 495(] 11 19.1 11 39.3 11 59.S 12 19 1 4.04 4.04 4.04 7300 23 32.3 7350,23 35.0 740023 37.1 7450 23 38 5 0.54 0.42 0.28 9800 9850 9900 9950 14 4;4 13 43-4 |13. 2-2-. 3 1A- 1 9 4.22-; 4.22: 2500 40 7 0.02 5000 IS 40. ft ^ U U 750023 39.3 ' lb 1.0000 12 40,0 4.1& 66 TABLE XLII. Equations 2 to 7 of Moon's Longitude. Arguments 2 to 7 Arg. 2 diff 3 diff I 4 diff 5 diff 6 diff 7 diff 1 Arg. / ,f / // / , // / // / 2500 2600 2700 457.3 457.0 456.1 0.3 0.9 2.3 2.4 2.8 0.1 0.4 630.3 629.9 628.8 0.4 1.1 339.4 339.2 338.5 0.2 0.7 6.2 * 0.8 0.9 1.3 0.1 0.4 2500 2400 2300 2800 454.7 1.4 3.3 0.5 A O 626.9 1.9 3 37.5 1.0 j ^lU.O 1.8! 2200 2900 4 52.7 2.0 O ft 4.1 0.8 i n 624.3 2.6 q 336.0 1.5 1 o 8.8 ,'J 2.7 ?; 2100 3000 450.1 2 ' 6 5.1 l.U 621.0 o.o 334,1 i.y 010.3 3.7 IM 2000 3.1 1.3 4.1 2.4 1.8 1.3 3100 447.0 3 7 6.4 J.4 616.9 4,7 331.7 2 7 012.1 2.1 5.0 1.4 1900 3200 3300 3400 3500 443.3 439.1 434.4 4292 4.2 4.7 5.2 7.8 9.4 011.3 013.3 1.6 1.9 2.0 612.2 6 6.8 6 0.7 5 54,0 5.4 6.1 6.7 3 29.0 3 25.9 322.4 318.5 31 3.'5 3.9 014.2 016.6 019.2 022.2 2^4 2.6 3.0 6.4 8.1 010.0 012.1 1.7 1.9 2.1 1800 1700 1600 1500 5.7 2.2 7.4 4.2 3.2 2.3 3600 4235 6.1 15.5 2.4 546.6 7.9 314.3 4.6 025.4 3.5 014.4 2.4 1400 3700 3800 417.4 410.8 6.6 6.9 017.9 020.5 2.6 2.7 538.7 530.3 8.4 9.0 3 9.7 3 4.9 4.8 5.2 028.9 032.7 3^8 3.9 016.8 19.5 2.7 2.8 1300 1200 3900 4 3.9 7.3 023.2 521.3 Q 4. 259.7 5 4 36.6 A. * 022.3 2.9 1100 4000 356.6 7.7 026.1 3.0 511.9 y.*r 9.9 2543 5.7 40.7- 025.2 3.1 1000 4100 348.9 7.9 029.1 3.1 5 2.0 10.3 24S.P 5.9 045.1 4.5 028.3 3.2 900 4200 341.0 8.3 032.2 3.2 451.7 10 7 242.7 6.1 049.6 4.7 031 .6 3.3 800 4300 3 32.7 8.5 035.4 3.4 441.0 10.9 236.6 6.3 54.3 4.9 034.8 3.4 700 4400 324.2 8.7 038.8 3.4 430.1 Uo 230.3 6.5 9.2 4.9 038.2 3.5 600 4500 3 15.5 042.2 418.8 . .0 223.8 1 4.1 041.7 500 8.9 3.5 11.5 6.6 5.1 3.6 I 4600 3 6.6 9.0 045.7 3.5 4 7.3 11.6 217.2 6.7 1 9.2 5.1 45.3 3.6 400! 4700 257.6 9.1 049.2 3.6 3 55.7 11.8 2 10.5 3.8 1 143 5.2 048.9 3.7 300j 4800 4900 248.5 239.2 9.3 9.2 052.8 56.4 3.6 343.9 331.9 12.0 11.9 2 3.7 156.9 6.8 6.9 1 19.5 124.7 5.2 5.3 052.6 056.3 3.7 3.7 100! 5000 230.0 9.2 1 0.0 3.6 320.0 11.9 150.0 6.9 130.0 5.3 1 0.0 3.7 5100 220.8 93 1 3.6 3.6 3 8.1 12.0 43.1 6.8 135.3 5.2 1 3.7 3.7 9900 5200 211.5 9.1 1 7.2 3.6 256.1 11.8 36.3 6.8 1 40.5 5.2 1 7.4 3.7 9800 5300 2 2.4 9.0 1 10.8 3.5 44.3 11.6 29.5 6.7 1 45.7 5.1 1 11.1 3.6 9700 15400 !o500 L53.4 1 44.5 8.9 8.7 1 14.3 I 17.8 3.5 3.4 232.7 221.2 11.0 11.3 22.8 16.2 6.6 6.5 150.8 155.9 5.1 4.9 1 14 7 1 183 3.6 3.5 9600 9500 5600 5700 5800 5900 {6000 135.8 127.3 1 19.0 1 11.1 1 3.4 S.5 8.3 7.9 7.7 7.3 21.2 124.6 127.8 130.9 133.9 3.4 3.2 3.1 3.0 2.9 2 9.9 1 59.0 148.3 1 38.0 1 28.1 10,9 10.7 10.3 9.9 9.4 0.7 3.4 57.3 045.7 6.3 6.1 5.9 5.7 ,5.4 2 08 2 5.7 ,210.4 2149 2193 4.9 4.7 4,5 4.4 4.1 151.8 125.2 128.5 131.7 1 34.8 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 2.9 9400J 9300 9200 9100 9000 6100 .6200 j6300 6400 6500 056.1 049.2 042.6 36.5 030.8 6.9 6.6 6.1 5.7 136.8 139.5 142.1 144.5 146.7 2.7 2.6 14 2.2 1 18.7 1 9.7 1 1.3 53.4 46.0 9.0 8.4 7.9 7.4 40 3 ; 035.1 030.3 025.7 021.5 5.2 3 f' 4 1'fl 23L1 Jo 34-6 on 1337.8 3.9 3,8 3.5 3.2 1 37.7 1 40.5 143.2 145.6 147.9 B'JUU *- 8800 o I I 8700 2-4 86 oo 23 8500 5.2 2.0 6.7 3.9 3.0 2.1 6600 25.6 6700 20.9 6800 16.7 6900 13.0 70000 9.9 47 4.2 37 3.1 148.7 1 50.6 162.2 153.6 1549 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.3 039.3 033.2 027.8 023.1 019.0 6.1 5.4 4.7 4.1 017.6 014.1 011.0 8.3 5.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.4 240.8 243.4 v> 45.8 247.9 249.7 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.8 150.0 I 51.9 153.6 155.0 1563 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.3 8400 8300 8200 8100 8000 2.6 1.0 3.3 1.9 1.5 1.0 71000 7.3 72000 5.3 7300'.0 3.9 74000 3.0 75000 2.7 2.0 1.4 0.9 0.3 155.9 1 jB7,2 157.6 1 &7.7 0.8 05 0.4 0.1 015.7 013.1 011.2 010.1 9.7 2.6 1.9 1.1 0.4 4.0 2.5 1.5 0.8 0.6 1.5 1.0 0.7 0.2 251.2 2 52.3 253.1 2 53.6 253.8 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.2 157.3 1 58.2 158.7 159.1 159.2 0.0 0.5 0.4 0.1 7900 7800 7700 7600 7500 TABLE XLIIL TABLE XLIV. C>7 Equations 8 and 9, Equations 10 and 1J. Arg. 8 9 Arg, 8 9 1 20.0 1 1200 5000 1 20.0 1 20.0 100 1 15.5 1 287 5100 1 24.4 1 25.8 200 1 11.1 1 37.3 5200 1 28.8 1 31.4 300 1 6.7 1 45.7 5300 1 33.1 1 36.9 400 1 2.3 1 53.7 5400 1 37.4 I 42.0 500 58.0 2 1.3 5500 1 41.6 1 46.8 600 53.8 2 8.3 5600 1 45.8 1 51.0 700 49.7 2 14.7 5700 1 49.8 1 54.6 800 45.7 2 20.2 5800 1 53.8 1 57.6 900 41.9 2 25.0 5900 1 57.6 1 59.8 1000 38.2 2 28.9 6000 2 1.2 2 1.3 1100 34.7 2 31.9 6100 2 4.7 2 1.9 1200 31.4 2 33.9 6200 2 8.0 2 1.7 1300 28.2 2 34.9 6300 2 11.2 2 0.7 1400 25.3 2 35.0 6400 2 14.1 1 58.8 1500 22.6 2 34 1 6500 2 16.8 1 56.1 1600 20.1 2 32 2 6600 2 19.3 1 52.5 1700 17.9 2 29.5 6700 2 21.6 1 48.3 1800 15.9 2 25.9 6800 2 23.7 1 43.4 1900 14.2 2 21.5 6900 2 25.4 1 37.8 2000 12.7 2 16.4 7000 2 27.0 1 31.7 2100 11.5 2 10.7 7100 2 28.2 1 25.1 2200 10.5 2 4.4 7200 2 29.2 1 18.2 2300 9.9 1 57.7 7300 2 30.0 1 11. 1 2400 9.5 1 50.7 7400 2 30.4 1 3.8 2500 9.4 1 43.5 7500 2 30.6 56.5 2600 9.6 1 36.2 7600 2 30.5 49.3 2700 10.1 1 28.9 7700 2 30.1 42.3 2800 10.8 1 21.8 7800 2 29.5 35.6 2900 11.8 1 14.9 7900 2 28.5 29.3 3000 13.0 1 8.3 8000 2 27.3 23.6 3100 14.6 1 2.2 8100 2 25.8 18.5 3200 16.3 56.6 8200 2 24.1 14.1 3300 18 4 51.7 8300 2 22.1 10.5 3400 20.7 47.5 8400 2 19.9 7.8 3500 23.2 43.9 8500 2 17.4 5.9 3600 25.9 41.2 8600 2 14.7 5.0 3700 28.8 39.3 8700 2 11.8 5.1 3800 32.0 38.3 8800 2 8.6 6.1 3900 35.3 38.1 8900 2 5.3 8.1 4000 38.8 38.7 9000 2 1.8 11.1 4100 42.4 40.2 9100 58.1 15.0 4200 46.2 42.4 9200 54.3 19.8 4300 50.2 45.4 9300 50.3 25.3 4400 54.2 49.0 9400 46.2 31.7 4500 58.4 53.2 9500 42.0 38.7 4600 1 26 58.0 9600 37.7 46.3 4700 1 6.9 1 3.1 9700 33.3 54.3 4800 1 11.2 1 8.6 9800 28.9 1 2.7 4900 1 15.6 1 14.2 9900 24.5 1 11.3 5000 1 20.0 1 20.0 10000 I 20.0 1 20.0 Arg. 10 11 Arg. 10 11 10.0 10.0 500 10.0 10.0 10 9.3 11.1 i 510 9.6 10.8 20 8.6 12.1 520 9.2 11.5 30 8.0 13.1 530 8.9 12.3 40 7.4 14.1 ! 540 8.5 12.9 50 6.8 15.0 550 8.2 13.6 60 6.2 15.8 560 7.9 14.2 70 5.7 16.6 570 7.7 14.6 80 5.3 17.3 580 7.5 15.0 90 4.9 17.9 590 7.4 15.4 100 4.6 18.3 ' 600 7.3 15.6 110 4.3 18.6 610 7.2 15.7 120 4.1 18.9 620 7.3 15.7 130 4.0 19.0 630 7.4 15.6 140 4.0 18.9 640 7.5 15.4 150 4.0 18.8 650 7.8 15.1 160 4.2 18.6 660 8.1 14.7 170 4.4 18.2 670 8.4 14.2 180 46 17.7 680 8.7 13.5 190 4.9 17.1 690 9.2 12.8 200 5.3 16.5 700 9.7 12.1 210 5.7 15.7 710 10.2 11.3 220 6.2 14.9 720 10.7 10.4 230 6.7 14.1 730 11.2 9.5 240 7.2 13.2 740 11.7 8.6 250 7.7 12.3 750 12.3 7.7 260 8.3 11.4 760 12.8 6.8 270 8.8 10.5 770 13.3 5.9 280 9.3 9.6 780 13.8 5.1 290 9.8 8.7 790 14.3 4.3 300 10.3 7.9 800 14.7 3.5 310 10.8 7.2 810 15.1 2.9 320 11.3 6.5 920 15.4 2.3 330 11.6 3.8 830 15.6 1.8 340 11.9 5.3 840 1&.8 1.4 350 12.2 4.9 850 16.0 1.2 360 12.5 4.6 860 16.0 1.1 370 12.6 4.4 1 870 16.0 1.0 380 12.7 4.3 880 15.9 1.1 390 12.8 4.3 890 15.7 1.4 400 12.7 4.4 900 15.4 1.7 410 12.6 4.6 910 15.1 2.1 420 12.5 5.0 920 14.7 2.7 430 12.3 5.4 930 14.3 3.4 440 12.1 5.8 940 13.8 4.8 450 11.8 6.4 950 13.2 5.0 460 11.5 7.1 960 12.6 5.9 470 11.1 7.7 i 970 12.0 6.9 480 10.8 8.5 i 980 11.4 7.9 490 10.4 9.2 j 910 10.7 8.9 500 10.0 10.0 ! 10( 100 10.0 TABLE XLY. Equations 12 to 19. TABLE XLVI. Equation 20. Arg. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Arg. 250 2.3 1.6 7.8 0.0 33.7 3.4 16.7 0.4 250 260 2.3 1.6 7.8 0.0 33.7 3.4 16.7 0.4 240 270 2.4 1.7 7.9 0.1 33,6 3.5 16.6 0.4 230 280 2.6 1.9 8.0 0.2 33.5 3. 5 16.6 0.5 220 290 2.9 2.2 8.2 0.3 33v2 3.6 16.5 0.5 210 300 3.2 2.5 8.4 0.5. 33-. 3.7 16.4 0.6 200 310 3.5 2.9 8.7 0.7 32.7 3.9 16.2 0.7 190 320 4.0 3.4 9.0 1.0 32.4 4.V 16.1 0.8 180 330 4.5 3.9 9.3 1.2 32.0 4.2' 15.9 1.0 170 340 5.1 4.4 9.7 1.6 31.6 4A 1&.7 1.1 160 350 5.7 5.1 10.1 1.9 31.1 4.7 15.4 1.3 150 360 6.4 5.8 10.6 2.3 30.6 4.9 15.2 1.5 140 370 7.1 6.6 11.1 2.7 30.1 5.2 14.9 1.7 130 380 7.9 7.4 11.7 3.2 29.4 5.5 14.6 1.9 120 390 8.7 8.3 12.2 3.6 28.7 5.8 14.3 2.1 110 400 9.6 9.2 12.8 4.1 28.0 6.1 13.9 2.3 100 410 10.5 10.1 13.5 4.6 27.3 6.5 13.6 2.5 90 420 11.5 11.1 14.1 5.2 26.6 6.8 13.2 2.8 80 430 12.5 12.2 14.8 5.7 25.8 7.2 12.9 3.1 70 440 13.5 13.2 15.5 6.3 25.0 7.6 12.5 3.3 60 450 14.5 14.3 16.2 6.9 24.2 8.0 12.1 3.6 50 460 15.6 15.4 17.0 7.5 23.4 8.4 11.7 3.9 40 470 16.7 16.5 17.7 8.1 22.6 8.8 11.3 4.1 30 480 17,8 17.7 18,5 8.7 21.7 9.2 10.8 4.4 20 490 18.-9 18.8 19.2 9.4 20.9 9.6 10.4 4.7 10 500 20.0 20.0 20.0 10.0 20.0 10.0 10.0 5.0 510 21.1 21.2 20.8 10.6 19.1 10.4 9.6 5.3 990 520 22.2 22.3 21.5 11.3 18.3 10.8 9.2 5.6 980 530 23.3 23.5 22.3 11.9 17.4 11.2 8.7 5.9 970 540 24.4 24.6 23.0 12.5 16.6 11.6 8.3 6.1 960 550 25.5 25.7 23.8 13.1 15.8 12.0 7.9 6.4 950 560 26.5 26.8 24.5 13.7 15.0 12.4 7.5 6.7 910 570 27.5 27.8 25.2 14.3 14.2 12.8 7.1 6.9 930 580 28.5 28.9 25.9 14.8 13.4 13.2 6.8 7.2 920 590 29.5 29.9 26.5 15.4 12.7 13.5 6.4 7.5 910 600 30.4 30.8 27.2 15.9 12.0 13.9 6.1 7.7 900 610 31.3 31.7 27.8 16.4 11.3 14.2 5.7 7.9 890 620 32.1 32.6 28.3 16.8 10.6 14.5 5.4 8.1 880 630 32.9 33.4 28.9 17.3 9.9 14.8 5.1 8.3 870 640 33.6 34.2 29.4 17.7 9.4 15.1 4.8 8.5 860 650 34.3 34.9 29.9 18.1 8.9 15.3 4.6 8.7 850 660 34.9 35.6 30.3 18.4 8.4 15.6 4.3 8.9 840 670 355 36.1 30.7 18.8 8.0 15.8 4.1 9.0 830 680 36.0 36.6 31.0 19.0 7.6 16.0 3.9 9.2 820 690 36.5 37.1 31.3 19.3 7.3 16.1 3.8 9.3 810 700 36.8 37.5 31.6 19.5 7.0 16.3 3.6 9.4 800 710 37.1 37.8 31.8 19.7 6.8 16.4 3.5 9.5 790 720 37.4 38.1 32.0 19.8 6.5 16.5 3.4 9.5 780 730 37.6 38.3 32.1 19.9 6.4 16.5 3.4 9.6 770 740 37.7 ,38.4 32.2 20.0 6.3 16.6 3.3 9.6 760 750 37.7 38.4 32.2 20.0 6.3 16.6 3.3 9.6 750 Arg. 20 Arg. 10.0 500 10 10.9 510 20 11.8 520 30 12.7 530 40 13.5 540 50 143 550 I 60 15.0 560 70 15.7 570 80 16.2 580 90 16.7 590 100 17.0 600 110 17.2 610 120 17.4 620 130 17.4 630 140 17.2 640 150 17.0 650 160 16.7 660 170 16,2 670 180 15.7 680 190 15.0 690 200 14.3 700 210 13.5 710 220 12.7 720 230 11.8 730 240 10.9 740 250 10.0 750 260 9.1 760 270 8.2 770 280 7.3 780 290 6.5 790 300 5.7 800 310 5.0 810 320 4.3 820 330 3.8 830 340 3.3 840 350 3.0 850 360 2.8 860 370 2.6 870 380 2.6 880 390 2.8 890 400 3.0 900 410 3.3 910 420 3.8 920 430 4.3 930 440 5.0 940 450 5.7 950 460 6.5 960 470 7.3 970 480 8.2 980 490 9.1 990 500 10.0 1000 TABLE XLVIL TABLE XLVIII. 69 Equations 21 to 29, Equations 30 and 31. 1 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 1 25 7.8 3.2 7.1 6.1 5.9 4.1 5.8 4.3 5.7 25 127 7.8 3.2 7.1 6.1 5.9 4.1 5.8 4.3 5.7 23 29 7.7 3.3 7.0 6.1 5.9 1.1 5.8 4.3 5.7 21 31 7.6 3.3 7.0 6.0 5.8 4.2 5.7 4.3 5.7 19 33 7.5 3.4 6.8 6,0 5.8 4.2 5.7 4.4 5.6 17 35 7.3 3.5 6.7 5,9 5.7 4.3 5.6 4.4 5.6 15 37 7.0 3.7 6.5 5.8 5.7 4.3 5.6 4.5 5.5 13 39 6.8 3.9 6.3 5.7 5.6 4.4 5.5 4.6 5.4 11 41 6.5 4.0 6.1 5.6 5.5 4.5 5.4 4.6 5.4 09 43 6.2 4.2 5.9 5.5 5.4 4.6 5.3 4.7 5.3 07 45 5.9 4.4 5,6 5.3 5.3 4.7 5.2 4.8 5.2 05 47 5.5 4.7 5.4 5.2 5.2 4.8 5.1 4.9 5.1 03 49 5.2 4,9 5.1 5.1 5.1 4.9 5.0 5.0 5.0 01 51 4.8 5.1 4.9 4.9 4.9 5.1 5.0 5.0 5.0 99 53 4.5 5.3 4.6 4.8 4.8 5.2 4.9 5.1 4.9 97 55 4.1 5.6 4.4 4.7 4.7 5.3 4.8 5.2 4.8 95 57 3.8 5.8 4.1 4.5 4.6 5.4 4.7 5.3 4.7 93 59 3.5 6.0 3.9 4.4 4.5 5.5 4.6 5.4 4.6 91 61 3.2 6.1 3.7 4.3 4.4 5.6 4.5 5.4 4.6 89 63 3.0 6.3 3.5 4.2 4.3 5.7 4.4 5.5 4.5 87 65 2.7 6.5 3.3 4.1 4.3 5.7 4.4 5.6 4.4 85 67 2.5 6.6 3.2 4.0 4.2 5.8 4.3 5.6 4.4 83 69 2.4 6.7 3.0 4.0 4.2 5.8 4.3 5.7 4.3 81 71 2.3 6.7 3.0 3.9 4.1 5.9 4.2 6.7, 4.3 79 73 2.2 6.8 2.9 3.9 4.1 5.9 4.2 5.7 4.3 77 75 2.2 6.8 2.9 3.9 4.1 5.9 4.2 5.7 J 4.3 75 TABLE XLIX. Equation 4 32. Argument, Supp. of Node. III* IVs V VI* VII* VIII* 3.1 4.0 6.5 10.0 13.5 16.0 30 2 3.1 4.2 6.8 10.2 13.7 16.1 28 4 3.1 4.3 7.0 10.5 13.8 16.2 26 6 3.1 4.4 7.2 10.7 14.0 16.3 24 8 3.2 4.6 7.4 11.0 14.2 16.4 22 10 3.2 4.7 7. 11.2 14.4 16.5 20 12 3.3 4.9 7.9 11.4 14.6 16.6 18 14 3.3 5.0 8.1 11.7 14.8 16.6 16 16 3.4 5.2 8.3 11.9 15.0 16.7 14 18 3.4 5.4 8.6 12.1 15.1 16.7 12 20 3.5 5.6 8.8 12.4 15.3 16.8 10 22 3.6 5.8 9.0 12.6 15.4 16.8 8 24 3.7 6.0 9.3 12.8 15.6 16.9 6 26 3.8 6.2 9.5 13.0 15.7 16.9 4 28 3.9 6.3 9.8 13.2 15.8 16.9 2 30 4.0 6.5 10.0 13.5 16.0 16.9 Us I O* XL? X* IX* Arg 30 31 5.0 5.0 2 5.0 50 4 4.9 5.1 6 4.9 5.1 8 4.8 5.2 10 4.8 5.2 12 4.7 5.3 14 4.6 5.4 16 4.5 5.5 18 4.4 5.5 20 4.2 5.6 22 4.1 5.7 24 4.0 5.8 26 3.9 5.8 28 3.8 5.9 30 3.7 5.9 32 3.7 5.9 34 3.7 5.9 36 3.7 5.9 38 3.8 5.8 40 3.9 5.7 42 4.1 5.6 44 4.3 5.5 46 4.5 5.3 48 4.8 5.2 50 5.0 5.0 52 5.2 4.8 54 5.5 4.7 56 5.7 4.5 58 5.9 4.4 60 6.1 4.3 62 6.2 4.2 64 6.3 4.1 66 6.3 4.1 68 6.3 4.1 70 6.3 4.1 72 6.2 4.1 74 6.2 4.2 76 6.0 4.2 78 5.9 4.3 80 5.8 4.4 82 5.7 4.5 84 5.5 4.6 86 5.4 4.6 88 5.3 4.7 90 5.2 4.8 92 5.1 4.8 94 5.1 4.9 96 5.0 4.9 98 5.0 5.0 100 5.0 5.0 Constant 55" 70 TABLE L. Evection. Argument. Evection, corrected. I* II* in* IV* i 1 'i Diff. 2o Diff'. ! 2 ; Diff 2 Diff. 2 Diff 2 Diff , .. / ,/ / ,/ / .. M , , 1 9 3 4 5 30 00.0 31 25.5 32 50. y 34 16.3 3541.6 37 6.7 85.5 85.4 J85.4 185.3 85.1 1043.5 11 56.7 13 9.0 14 20.6 15 31.3 1641.1 73 o 40 9.7 L* * 40 50.6 ';;? 41 30.1 i*'!; 42 8.3 '"' 4245.1 4.320.6 40.9 39.5 138.2 (36.8 35.5 50 25.5 50 23.5 5020.1 50 15.2 50 8.8 50 1.0 2.0 3.4 4.9 6.4 7.8 39 8.3 38 24.9 37 40.4 36 54.6 36 7.6 35 19.5 43.4 44.5 45.8 47.0 48.1 942.0 829.3 716.0 6 2.0 447.4 332.2 72.7 73.3 74.0 74.6 75.2 85. T ,69.0 i 34 1 93 49.3 75.9 6 7 8 9 10 38 SI.S'JMQ 39 56*7 4l2L4!ti 42 45.8 oTo 44 10. II 84 ' 3 1750.1 1858.2 20 5.3 21 11.5 22 16.7 ' rs 43 54.7 E'-I 4427.4|ff-J 66:2 4458 ' 8 29:9 4951.7 4941.0 49 28.8 49 15.1 49 0.2 10.7 12.2 13.7 14.9 34 30.2 33 39.7 3248.1 31 55.4 31 1.6 50.5 51.6 52.7 53.8 2 16.3 59.9 76.4 76.9 77.4 78.0 59 43.0 58 25.6 57 7.6 83.9 64.3 272 16.7 54.9 78.4 11 12 18 14 15 45 34.0 oo 7 4657.7^ 49441 83 - Diff. q 1 3 4 5 30 00 23 37.0 27 14.1 25 51.2 24 28.3 23 5.6 83.0 82.9 82.9 829 82.7 50 18.0 49 6.0 47 54.8 46 44.3 45 34.5 44 25.6 72.0 71.2 70.5 69.8 68.9 2051.7 20 9.6 19 28.8 1849.2 18 10.8 1733.8 42.1 40.8 39.6 38.4 37.0 9 34.5 9 34.0 J;J 935.0 i? 937.4 l\ 941.3 J.'J 946.7 5 ' 4 19 50.3 20 32.4 21 15.8 22 0.6 22 46.6 23 33.8 42.1 43.4 44.8 46.0 47.2 49 16.5 50 30.4 5145.1 53 0.6 54 16.7 55 33.5 73.9 74.7 75.5 76.1 76.8 82.6 68.2 35.7 6.9 48.5 77.4 6 7 8 9 10 21 43.0 20 20.5 IS 58.2 1738.1 16 14.2 82.5 82.3 82.1 81.9 43 17.4 42 10.1 41 3.6 39 57.9 38 53.2 67.3 66.5 65.7 64.7 16 58.1 16 23.6 15 50.5 15 18.8 14 48.4 34.5 33.1 31.7 30.4 953.6 10 1.9 -3 1011.7 ^ !*{*; 10 35.6 u 24 22.3 25 12.1 26 3.0 26 55.2 27 48.5 49.8 50.9 52.2 53.3 56 50.9 7fi , 58 9.0 'i 59 27.7 ?H 04770^ 2 6.8 81 7 639 29.1 143 545 80.3 11 12 13 14 15 14 52.5 1331 2 12 10.1 10 49.3 928.8 81.3 81.1 80.8 80.5 3749.3 36 46.4 35 44.4 34 43.4 33 43.4 62.9 62.0 61.0 60.0 14 19.3 1351.5 1325.2 13 0.2 1236.7 27.8 26.3 25.0 23.5 1049.9 11 5.5 11 22.6 1141.2 12 1.2 15.6 17.1 18.6 20.0 28 43.0 29 38.6 30 35.4 31 33.4 32 32.4 55.6 56.8 58.0 59.0 327.1 448.0 6 9.3 731.1 853.3 80.9 81.3 81.8 82.2 80.1 59.1 22.2 21.4 600 82.6 16 17 IS 19 20 8 8.7 649.0 529.7 4 10.8 252.4 79.7 79.3 78.9 78.4 32 44.3 31 46.3 30 49.3 29 53.3 28 58.4 58.0 57.0 56.0 54.9 12 14.5 11 53.7 11 34,4 11 16.5 10 59.8 20.8 19.3 17.9 16.7 1222.6 12 45.5 13 9.8 13 35.5 14 2.7 22.9 24.3 25.7 27.2 33 32.4 34 33.6 35 35.8 36 39.0 37 43.3 61.2 62.2 63.2 64.3 10 15.9 1138.9 13 2.3 1426.0 1549.9 83.0 83.4 83.7 83.9 78.0 53.8 14,9 28.6 65.2 84.3 21 22 23 24 25 1 34.4 17.0 77.4 76.9 76.4 75.9 28 4.6 27 11.9 26 20.3 25 29.8 24 40.5 52.7 51.6 50.5 49.3 10 44.9 1031.2 10 19.0 10 8.3 9 59.0 13.7 12.2 10.7 9.3 1431.3 15 1.2 15 32.6 16 5.3 1639.4 29.9 31.4 32.7 34.1 38 48.5 39 54.7 41 1.8 42 9.9 43 18.9 66.2 67.1 68.1 69.0 1714.2 1838.eC'* 20 3.3^ 21 28.2 f' 9 2253.3i 59 0.1 57 43.7 56 27.8 . 75.2 48.1 7.8 355 698 85.1 26 27 28 29 30 55 12.6 53 58.0 52 44.0 51 30.7 50 18.0 74.6 74.0 73.3 72.7 23 52.4 23 5.4 22 19.6 21 35.1 2051.7 47.0 45.8 44.5 43.4 951.2 944.8 939.9 936.5 934.5 6.4 4.9 3.4 2.0 17 14.9 1751.7 18 29.9 19 9.4 19 50.3 36.8 38.2 39.5 40.9 4428.7 45 39.4 4651.0 48 3.3 49 16.5 70.7 71.6 723 73.2 24 18.4 25 43.7 27 9.1 28 34.5 30 0.0 85.3 85.4 85.4 85,5 1 72 TABLE LI, Equation of Moon's Centre. Argument. Anomaly corrected. 0* I* II* III* IV* V* 7 Diff for 10 10 Diff for 10 12 Diff forlO 13 Diff for 10 12 Diff for 10 9 Diff for 10 ' 30 1 30 2 30 0.0 332.6 7 5.2 1037.8 1410.3 1742.7 70.9 709 70.9 70.8 70.8 2057.9 2355.6 26 52.2 2947.7 32 42.0 3535.2 59.2 58:9 58.5 58J 57.7 3843.6 40 14.0 4142.7 43 9.6 4434.9 4558.4 30.1 29.6 29.0 28.4 27.8 1735.2 17209 17 4.8 1647.1 1627.6 16 6.5 K 5.9 6.5 7.0 1620.8 1435.3 1248.5 11 0.4 911.1 720.5 // 35.2 35.6 36.0 36.4 36.9 5828.9 5543.8 5258.0 5011.6 4724.5 4436.8 // 55.0 55.3 55.5 55.7 55.9 70.8 57.3 27.3 7.6 37.3 56.1 3 30 4 30 5 21 15.0 24 47.3 2819.4 3151.2 35 23.0 70.8 70.7 70.6 70.6 3827.1 41 18.0 44 7.6 46 56.0 49 43.2 57.0 56.5 56.1 55.7 47 20.2 48 40.3 4958.7 51 15.3 5230.2 26.7 26.1 25.5 25.0 1543.7 1519.2 1453.1 1425.2 1355.8 8.2 8.7 9.3 9.8 528.7 335.6 141.3 37.7 38.1 38.5 38.9 41 48.5 3859.5 36 10.0 33 19.8 3029.1 56.3 56.5 56.7 56.9 5945.8 5749.1 70.5 55.3 24.4 10.4 39.3 57.1 30 6 30 7 30 3854.5 42 25.8 4556.9 4927.7 52 58.2 70.4 70.4 70.3 70.2 5229.1 55 13.8 5757.2 ~039L3 320.1 54.9 54.5 54.0 53.6 5343.3 5454.7 56 4.4 57 12.3 58 18.5 23.8 23.2 22.6 22.1 1324.7 1251.9 1217.4 1141.4 11 3.7 10.9 11.5 12.0 12.6 5551.1 53 52.0 5151.7 49 50.3 4747.6 39.7 40.1 40.5 40.9 27 37.8 24 45.9 21 53.5 19 0.6 16 7.1 57.3 57.5 57.G 57.8 70.1 53.2 21.5 13.1 41.3 58.0 8 30 9 30 10 56 28.5 59 58.4 ~3~2lM) 657.2 1026.0 70.0 69.9 69.7 69.6 559.7 837.9 11 14.8 1350.3 1624.5 52.7 52.3 51.8 51.4 59 22.9 025.6 126.5 225.7 323.0 20.9 20.3 19.7 19.1 1024.3 943.4 9 0.8 816.6 730.8 13.6 14.2 14.7 15.3 4543.8 43 38.9 41 32.8 39 25.6 37 17.3 41.7 42.0 42.4 42. "8 1313.1 1018.6 723.6 428.1 132.2 58.2 58.3 58.5 58.6 69.5 50.9 18.6 15.8 43.1 58.8 30 11 30 12 30 1354.5 1722.5 2050.1 2417.3 2744.0 69.3 69.2 69.1 68.9 18 57.3 21 28.8 23 58.8 2627.5 28 54.7 50.5 50.0 49.6 49.1 418.7 5 12.5 6 4.6 654.9 743.5 17.9 17.4 16.8 16.2 6 43.4 554.4 5 3.9 411.7 318.0 16.3 16.8 17.4 17.9 35 7.9 3257.4 3045.8 2833.1 26 19.4 43.5 43.9 44.2 44.6 58 35.8 5538.9 5241.7 4943.9 4645.8 59.0 59.1 59.3 59.4 68.7 48.6 15.6 18.4 44.9 ! 59.5 13 30 14 30 15 31 10.2 34 35.8 38 1.0 41 25.6 4449.6 68.5 68.4 68.2 68.0 3120.5 3344.9 36 7.9 38 29.4 4049.3 48.1 47.7 47.2 46.6 830.3 915.4 958.6 1040.1 11 19.9 15.0 14.4 13.8 13.3 222.7 125.8 027.4 19.0 19.5 20.0 20.5 24 4.6 2148.8 1931.9 1714.1 1455.2 45.3 45.6 45.9 46.3 4347.3 4048.4 3749.1 3449.5 31494 59.6 59.8 59.9 60.0 | 59 27.4 5825.9 8 11 13 12 11 |8 TABLE LI. Equation of Moon's Centre. Argument. Anomaly corrected. 73 VI* ' VII* VIII* IX* x XI Diff DifF Diff Diff , Diff oO Diff 7 for 10 4 forlO 1 for 10 for 10 1 for 10 O for 10 O ' 30 1 30 2 30 0.0 5654.6 5349.2 5043.9 4738.6 4433.4 61.8 61.8 61.8 61.8 61.7 / rr 131.1 5846.7 56 3.0 5320.0 50 37.7 4756.2 54.8 54.6 543 54.1 53.8 43 39.2 41 55.0 40 12.0 3830.5 36 50.3 3511.3 34.7 34.3 33.8 33.4 33.0 / // 42 24.8 4212.1 42 1.2 41 52.0 41 44.4 41 38.7 4.2 3.6 ai 2.5 1.9 2116.4 2248.5 2422.2 2557.7 2734.8 29 13.7 30.7 31.2 31.8 32.4 33.0 39 2.1 42 0.8 45 0.7 48 1.7 51 3.7 54 6.7 59.6 60.0 60.3 60.7 61.0 61.8 53.6 32.5 1.4 33.5 61.3 3 30 4 30 5 4128.1 38 23.0 35 18.0 32 13.0 29 8.1 61.7 61.7 61.7 61.6 45 15.4 4235.3 3956.0 3717.4 3439.6 53.4 53.1 52.9 52.0 3333.7 31 57.5 3022.6 2849.0 2716.8 32.1 31.6 31.2 30.7 41 34.6 41 32.2 4131.6 41 32.7 41 35.6 0.8 0.2 0.4 1.0 30 54.2 3236.3 3420.2 36 5.6 3752.8 34.0 34.6 35.1 35.7 57 10.7 ~OT5^ 321.8 628.8 936.8 61.7 62.0 62.3 62.7 61.6 52.3 30.2 1.5 36.2 63.0 30 6 30 7 30 26 3.4 2258.8 1954.3 1650.0 1345.8 61.5 61.5 61.4 61.4 32 2.7 2926.5 2651.1 2416.6 2142.9 52.1 51.8 51.5 51.2 2546.1 2416.7 2248.7 2122.1 1956.9 29.8 29.3 28.9 28.4 4140.1 4146.4 41 54.5 42 4.3 4215.9 2.1 2.7 3.3 3.9 3941.5 4132.0 43 24.0 45 17.7 4712.9 36.8 37.3 37.9 38.4 1245.7 1555.5 19 6.2 22 17.8 25 30.3 63.3 63.6 63.9 64.2 61.3 51.0 27.9 4.4 39.0 64.5 8 30 9 30 10 1041.9 738.0 434.4 131.0 58271 61.3 61.2 61.1 61.1 1910.0 163S.O 14 6.9 1136.6 9 7.3 50.7 50.4 50.1 49.8 1833.1 1710.8 1549.8 1430.4 1312.5 27.4 27.0 265 26.0 4229.2 42 44.2 43 1.1 4319.6 4339.9 5.0 5.6 6.2 6.8 49 9.8 51 8.3 53 8.4 5510.1 5713.3 39.5 40.0 40.6 41.1 2843.7 31 57.8 3512.9 3828.7 41 45.2 64.7 65.0 65.3 65.5 61.0 49.5 25.5 7.4 41.6 65.8 30 11 30 12 30 5524.9 5222.2 4919.7 46 17.5 43 15.6 60.9 60.8 60.7 60.6 638.9 411.3 144.7 49.2 48.9 48.6 48.2 1155.9 1040.9 927.3 815.2 7 4.6 25.0 24.5 24.0 23.5 44 2.0 4425.9 4451.5 4518.8 4548.0 8.0 8.5 9.1 9.7 59 18.2 124T5 332.4 541.9 752.9 42.1 42.6 43.2 43.7 45 2.6 4820.7 5139.6 5459.1 5819.3 66.0 66.3 66.5 66.7 59 18.9 56 54.2 60.5 47.9 23.1 103 442 67.0 13 30 14 30 15 4014.0 3712.6 3411.6 31 10.9 28 10.6 60.5 60.3 60.2 60.1 5430.4 52 7.5 4945.6 4724.7 45 4.8 47.6 47.3 47.0 46.6 555.4 447.8 341.7 237.1 134.1 22.5 22.0 21.5 21.0 46 18.9 4651.5 4726.0 48 2.2 4840.1 10.9 11.5 12.1 12.6 10 5.5 1219.5 1435.1 1652.1 1910.7 44.7 45.2 45.7 46.2 1 40.3 5 1.9 824.1 1146.9 15104 67.2 67.4 67.6 67.8 5 3 2 1 i 5 74 TABLE LI. Equation of Moon's Centre. Argument. Anomaly corrected. 0* I* II* III* IV* V* 8 Diff forlO 11 Diff forlO 13 Diff forlO 12 Diffl 10 forlO n Diff forlO 8 Diff for 10 O ' / // / // / ,' / // / ., , 15 30 16 30 17 30 4449.6 4813.1 5135.9 5458.1 5819.7 67.8 67.6 67.4 67.2 67.0 4049.3 43 7.9 4524.9 4740.5 4954.5 52 7.1 46.2 45.7 45.2 44.7 44.2 1119.9 1157.8 1234.0 13 8.5 1341.1 1412.0 12.6 12.1 11.5 10.9 10.3 5825.9 5722.9 56 18.3 5512.2 54 4.6 5255.4 21.0 21.5 22.0 22.5 23.1 1455.2 1235.3 1014.4 752.5 529.6 3 5.8 46.6 47.0 47.3 47.7 47.9 3149.4 2849.1 2548.4 22 47.4 1946.0 1644.4 60.1 f.0.2 60.3 60.5 60.5 140 7 66.7 437 9.7 23.5 483 60.6 18 30 19 30 20 5 0.9 820.4 1139.3 1457.4 1814.8 66.5 66.3 66.0 65.8 5418.1 5627.6 5835.5 ~6~4T8 246 7 43.2 42.6 42.1 41.6 1441.2 15 8.5 1534.1 1558.0 1620.1 9.1 8.5 8.0 7.4 5144.8 5032.7 4919.1 48 4.1 46 47.5 24.0 24.5 25.0 25.5 041.1 58 15.3 5548.7 5321.1 5052.7 48.6 48.9 49.2 49.5 1342.5 1040.3 737.8 435.1 132.2 60.7 60.8 60.9 61.0 65.5 41.1 6.8 26.0 49.8 61.1 30 21 30 22 30 2131.3 24 47. 1 28 2.2 31 16.3 3429.7 65.3 65.0 64.7 64.5 449.9 651.6 851.7 1050.2 1247.1 40.6 40.0 39.5 39.0 1640.4 1658.9 1715.8 1730.8 1744.1 6.2 5.6 5.0 44 45 29.6 4410.2 4249.2 4126.9 40 3.1 26.5 27.0 27.4 27.9 48 23.4 4553.1 4322.0 4050.0 3817.1 50.1 50.4 50.7 51.0 58 29.0 5525.6 5222.0 4918.1 46 14.2 61.1 61.2 61.3 61.3 64.2 38.4 3.9 28.4 51.2 61.4 23 30 24 30 25 3742.2 4053.8 44 4.5 4714.3 50 23.2 63.9 63.6 63.2 63.0 1442.3 1636.0 1828.0 2018.5 22 7.2 37.9 37.3 36.8 36.2 1755.7 18 5.5 1813.6 1819.9 18 24.4 33 2.7 2.1 1.5 33 37.9 3711.3 35433 34 13.9 3243.2 28.9 29.3 29.8 30.2 3543.4 33 8.9 3033.5 2757.3 2520.4 51.5 51.8 52.1 52.3 43 10.0 40 5.7 37 1.2 3356.6 3051.9 61.4 61.5 61.5 61.6 62.7 35.7 *' , 1.0 307 526 61 6 30 26 30 27 30 5331.2 5633.2 59 44.2 62.3 R2.0 61.7 61.3 23 54.4 25 39.8 2723.7 29 5.8 3046.3 35.1 34.6 34.1 33.5 1827.3 IS 28.4 1827.8 1825.4 1821.3 0.4 0.2 0.8 1.4 31 11.0 29 37.4 28 2.5 26 26.3 2448.7 31.2 31.6 32.1 32.5 2242.6 20 4.0 1724.7 1444.7 12 3.8 52.9 53.1 3.3 53.6 2747.0 2442.0 21 37.0 1831.8 1526.6 61.7 61.7 61.7 61.7 249.3 5 53.3 61.0 33.0 1.9 33.0 53.8 61,7 28 30 29 30 30 856.3 1158.3 1459.3 1759.2 2057.9 60.7 60.3 60.0 59.6 32 25.2 34 2.3 35 37.8 3711.5 3843.6 32.4 31.8 31.2 30.7 1815.6 18 8.0 1758.8 1747.9 1735.2 2.5 3.1 3.6 4.2 23 9.7 21 29.5 1948.0 18 5.0 1620.8 33.4 33.8 34.3 34.7 922.3 640.0 357.0 1 13.3 54.1 54.3 54.6 54.8 1221.4 916.1 610.8 3 5.4 0.0 61.8 61.8 61.8 61.8 5828.9 ! 10 12 13 12 9 7 TABLE LI. Equation of Moon's Centre. Argument. Anomaly corrected. 75 VI* VII* VIII* IX* X* XI* Diff Diff o Diff Diff Lo Diff Diff 5 forlO 2 for 10, * 1 for 10 for 10 x for 10 5 forlO / , ,, , / // , , ,, / 15 30 16 30 17 30 28 10.6 2510.5 2210.9 1911.6 1612.7 1314.2 60.0 59.9 59.8 59.6 59.5 45 4.8 4245.9 4028.1 3811.2 3555.4 3340.6 46.3 45.9 45.6 45.3 44.9 134.1 032.6 59~32l3 5834.2 5737.3 56 42 20.5 20.0 19.5 19.0 18.4 4840.1 49 19.9 50 1.4 5044.6 5129.7 5216.5 13.3 13.8 14.-4 15.0 15.6 1910.7 21 30.6 2352.1 2615.1 28 39.5 31 5.3 46.6 47.2 47.7 48.1 48.6 15 10.4 8 34.4 21 59.0 2524.2 28 49.8 3216.0 68.0 68.2 68.4 68.5 68.7 594 44.6 J17.9 16.2 49.1 68.9 18 30 19 30 20 1016.1 718.3 421.1 124.2 59.3 59.1 59.0 58.8 31 26.9 29 14.2 27 2.6 2452.1 2242.7 44.2 43.9 43.5 43.1 5548.3 5456.1 54 5.6 5316.6 5229.2 17.4 16.8 16.3 15.8 53 5.1 53 55.4 5447.5 5541.3 56 37.0 16.8 17.4 17.9 18.6 3332.5 36 1.2 3831.2 41 2.7 43 35.5 ! 49.6 50.0 50.5 50.9 3542.7 39 9.9 4237.5 46 5.5 49 34.0 69.1 69.2 69.3 69.5 58278 58.6 42.8 15.3 19.1 51.4 69.6 305531.9 21 0,5236.4 304941.4 22 04646.9 304352.9 58.5 58.3 58.2 58.0 2034.4 1827.2 1621.1 1416.2 1212.4 42.4 42.0 41.6 41.3 51 43.4 5059.2 50 16.6 4935.7 48 56.3 14.7 14.2 13.6 13.1 5734.3 58 33.5 59 34.4 03771 141 5 19.7 20.3 20.9 21.5. 46 9.7 48 45.2 5122.1 54 0.3 5639.9 51.8 52.3 52.7 53.2 53 2.8 5631.9 1TT76 331.5 7 1.8 69.7 69.9 70.0 70.1 57.8 40.9 12.6 22.1 53.6 70.2 23 30 24 30 25 4059.4 38 6.5 3514.1 32 22.2 2930.9 57.6 57.5 57.3 57.1 10 9.7 8 8.3 6 8.0 4 8.9 210.9 40.5 40.1 39.7 39.3 4818.6 4742.6 47 8.1 4635.3 46 4.2 12.0 11.5 10.9 10.4 247.7 355.6 5 5.3 616.7 729.8 22.6 23.2 23.8 24.4 5920.7 54.0 54.5 54.9 55.3 1032.3 14 3.1 1734.2 21 5.5 2437.0 70.3 70.4 70.4 70.5 2 2.8 446.2 730.9 1016.8 j 56.9 I 38.9 9.8 25.0 55.7 70.6 30 26 30 27 30 2640.2' 2350.0 .;?!!' 21 &5 Sr2 181L5 i561 15 23.2 5fU 014.2 38.5 38.1 37.7 37.3 45 34.8 45 6.9 4440.8 4416.3 43 53.5 9.3 8.7 8.2 7.6 844.7 10 1.3 11 19.7 1239.8 14 1.6 25.5 26.1 26.7 27.3 13 4.0 1552.4 1842.0 2132.9 2424.8 56.1 56.5 57.0 57.3 28 8.8 3140.7 35 12.8 3845.1 4217.3 70.6 70.7 70.7 70.8 58 18.7 5024.4 J431.3 5239.5 55.9 36.9 7.0 27.8 57.7 70.8 28 30 29 SO dO 1235.5 948.4 7 2.0 416.2 131.1 55.7 55.5 | 55.3 55.0 5048.9 48 59.6 4711.5 45 24.7 4339.2 36.4 36.0 35.6 35.2 4332.4 4312.9 4255.2 4239.1 4224.8 6.5 5.9 5.4 4.8 1525.1 1650.4 1817.3 1946.0 21 16.4 4 27 18.0 AiO.rr o/\ -if) o: 29.0 ! 1 29 ' 6 36 44 3(U 39 il 58.1 58.5 58.9 59.2 4549.7 49 22.2 52 54.8 56 27.4 0.0 70.8 70.9 70.9 70.9 4 1 1 3 7 76 TABLE LII. Variation. Argument. Variation, corrected. 0* I* II* 111^ iv V fo DiffJl Diff. 1 Diff. Diff. Diff. Diff. 1 2 3 4 5 I L 38 0.0 39 13.3 40 26.5 |41 39.5 J42 52.2 44 4.5 73.3 73.3 73.0 72.7 72.3 8 1.5 835.5 9 7.2 936.5 10 3.4 10 27.9 34.0 31.7 29.3 26.9 24.5 6 57.9 g 6 18.0^-J 5 35.9 f' 1 45L7 Ir1 A K K.46.2 4.S 2 3 17.3< 48 ^ 35 54.4 34 40.4 33 26.6 32 13.0 30 59.6 29 46.7 74.0 73.8 73.6 73.4 72.9 529.5 454.2 421.3 350.6 322.3 256.5 35.3 32.9 30.7 28.3 25.8 6 1.6 641.6 723.9 8 8.4 8 55.0 943.7 // 40.0 42.3 44.5 46.6 48.7 71.9 22.0 50.1 72.4! 23.4 50.8 6 7 8 9 10 45 16.4 46 27.7 47 38.4 48 48.3 49 57.4 71.3 70.7 69.9 69.1 10 49.9 11 9.4 11 26.4 11 40.9 11 52.9 19.5 17.0 14.5 12.0 2 27.2 - ( 1 35.3 ^i; JLiLSSs 5946.1 5?1 58490 28 34.3 27 22.4 26 11.2 25 0.7 2351.1 233.1 712 215U 1 L.& -t eo r/ 7ft * 1 1 53.7 /U.O | , 07 Q fiq R j 1 d7.8 by ' b 124.5 21.0 18.4 15.9 13.3 10 34.5 1 1 27.3 12 22.0 13 18.6 14 16.9 52.8 54.7 56.6 58.3 68.2 9.3 58.8 68.8 10.8 60.1 11 12 13 14 15 51 5.6 52 12.8 53 18.9 54 23.8 55 27.5 67.2 66.1 64.9 63.7 12 2.2 12 9.0 12 13.2 12 14.8 12 13.9 6.8 4.2 1.6 0.9 57 50.2 56 50.0 55 48.3 54 45.2 53 40.9 60.2 61.7 63.1 64.3 22 42.3 21 34.5 20 27.9 19 22.3 18 18.0 67.8 \ s-; ' 643 0570 64 3 56.7 8.2 5.5 3.0 0.3 15 17.0 16 18.7 1722.0 1826.9 19 33.1 61.7 63.3 64.9 66.2 62.3 3.6 65.6 63.0 2.3 67.6 16 17 18 19 20 56 29.8 57 30.7 5830.1 59 28.0 60.9 59.4 57.9 56.2 12 10.3 12 4.2 11 55.5 11 44.2 11 30.5 6.1 8.7 11.3 13.7 52 35.3 51 28.5 50 20.7 49 11.9 48 2.2 66.8 67.8 68.8 69.7 17 15.0 16 13.4 15 13.2 14 14.6 13 17.5 61.6 60.2 58.6 57.1 059.0 1 3.9 1 11.5 1 21.6 134.4 4.9 7.6 10.1 12.8 20 40.7 21 49.6 22 59.6 24 10.8 25 22.9 68.9/ 70.0 71.2 72.1 24 2 54.5 16.4 70.5 55.3 15.4 73.0 21 22 23 24 25 1 18.7 2 11.4 3 2.3 351.2 438.2 52.7 50.9 48.9 47.0 11 14.1 10 55.3 10 34.0 10 10.2 944.0 18.8 21.3 23.8 26.2 46 51. 7 _ 4540.51^ 4428 - 6! 725 481.l{9 42 3.2i 72 ' 9 12 22.2 11 28.5 1036.7 9 46.8! 8 58.81 53.7 51.8 49.9 48.0 1 49.8 2* 7.8 2 28.3 251.4 3 16.9 18.0 20.5 23.1 2o.5 26 35.9 27 49.8 29 4.5 30 19.7 31 35.6 73.9 74.7 75.2 75.91 44.9 28.G ! |73.3 146.1 28.1 76.3 26 27 28 29 30 523.1 6 6.0 646.7 725.2 8 1.5 42.9 40.7 38.5 36.3 9 15.4 844.5 8 11.2 735.7 6 57.9 30.9 33.3 35.5 37.8 4049.9! 7q7 39 36.2 ' 38 ftt.4 X A o-r o A 74.0 37 8.4 74Q 35 54.4 8 12.7! 728.7 646.8 6 7.1 529.5 A i n 3 45 - 44.0 \ A 1K c 41 q ! 4 15 6 39 7 i 4 48 ' 5 o? I 5 23.9 j7.b /. , c 16 1.6 30.6 32.9 35.4 37.7 3251.9 34 8.6 35 25.6 36 42.7 38 0.0 76.7 77.0 77.1 77.3 1 1 loo 1? TABLE LII. Variation. Argument. Variation corrected. 1 VI* VII* . VIII* IX* X* XI* ' J 1 Diff. 1 Diff. 1 Diff. Oo Diff. Diff. Diff; 1 2 3 4 5 38 0.0 39 17.3 40 34.4 4151.4 43 8.1 44 24.4 77.3 77.1 77.0 76.7 76.3 958.4 1036.1 11 11.5 1144.4 1215.0 1243.1 37.7 35.4 32.9 30.6 28.1 1030.5 952.9 913.2 831.3 747.3 7 1.2 37.6 39.7 41.9 44.0 46.1 40 5.6 3851.6 3737.6 36 23.8 3510.1 33 56.8 74.0 74.0 73.8 73.7 73.3 9 2.1 824.3 748.8 715.5 644.6 616.0 37.8 35.5 33.3 30.9 28.6 758.5 834.8 913.3 954.0 1036.9 1121.8 36.3 38.5 40.7 42.9 44.9 75.9 25.5 48.0 72.9 26.2 47.0 6 7 8 9 10 4540.3 4655.5 4810.2 4924.1 5037.1 75.2 74.7 73.9 73.0 13 8.6 1331.7 1352.2 1410.2 1425.6 23.1 20.5 18.0 15.4 613.2 523.3 431.5 337.8 242.5 49.9 51.8 53.7 55.3 3243.9 3131.4 3019.5 29 8.3 2757.8 72.5 71.9 71.2 70.5 5 49.8 526.0 5 4.7 445.9 429.5 23.8 21.3 18.8 16.4 12 8.8 12S7.7 1348.6 1441.3 1535.8 48.9 50.9 52.7 54.5 72.1 12.8 57.1 69.7 13.7 56.2 11 12 13 14 15 5149.2 53 0.4 54 10.4 55 19.3 5626.9 71.2 70.0 68.9 67.6 1438.4 1448.5 1456.1 15 1.0 15 3.3 10.1 7.6 4.9 2.3 145.4 046.8 58.6 60.2 61.6 63.0 2648.1 2539.3 2431.5 23 24.7 2219.1 68.8 67.8 66.8 65.6 415.8 4 4.5 355.8 349.7 346.1 11.3 8.7 6.1 3.6 1632.0 1729.9 1829.3 19 30.2 20 32.5 57.9 59.4 60.9 62.3 5946.6 58 45.0 5742 66.2 0.3 64.3 64.3 0.9 63.7 16 17 18 19 20 5733.1 58 38.0 5941.3 64.9 63.3 61.7 60.1 15 3.0 15 0.0 1454.5 1446.3 1435.5 3.0 5.5 8.2 10.8 5637.7 5532.1 5425.5 5317.7 52 8.9 65.6 66.6 67.8 68.8 21 14.8 2011.7 1910.0 18 9.8 1711.0 63.1 61.7 60.2 58.8 3 45.2 346.8 351.0 357.8 4 7.1 1.6 4.2 6.8 9.3 2136.2 2241.1 2347.2 2454.4 26 2.0 64.9 66.1 67.2 68.2 043.0 143 1 58.3 13.3 69.6 57.1 12.0 69.1 21 22 23 24 25 241.4 38.0 432.7 525.5 616.3 56.6 54.7 (TO Q 50.8 1422.2 14 6.3 1347.9 1326.9 13 3.5 15.9 18.4 21.0 23.4 5059.3 49 48.8 48 37.6 4725.7 46 13.3 70.5 71.2 71.9 72.4 1613.9 1518.4 1424.7 1332.8 1242.7 55.5 53.7 51.9 50.1 419.1 433.6 450.6 510.1 532.1 14.5 17.0 19.5 22.0 2711.7 2821.6 29 32.3 3043.6 31 55.5 69.9 70.7 71.3 71.9 48.7 25.8 72.9 48.2 24.5 72.3 26 27 28 29 30 7 5.0 751.6 836.1 918.4 958.4 46.6 44.5 42.3 40.0 1237.7 12 9.4 1138.7 11 5.8 1030.5 28.3 30.7 32.9 35.3 45 0.4 4347.0 42 33.4 4119.6 40 5.6 73.4 73.6 73.8 74.0 1154.5 11 8.3 1024.1 942.0 9 2.1 46.2 44.2 42.1 39.9 556.6 623.5 652.8 724.5 758.5 26.9 29.3 31.7 34.0 33 7.8 3420.5 35 33.5 36 46.7 38 0.0 72.7 73.0 73.2 73.3 1 1 Oo 78 ' TABLE LIII. Reduction. Argument. Supplement of Node + Moon's Orbit Longitude. Oa Vis Diff. Is VIIsDiff IlaVIHs Diff. Ills IXs Diff. IVs Xs Diff. VaXIs Diff.' , . /, / // / ,/ , , // 1 2 3 4 5 7 0.0 6 45.6 6 31.2 6 16.9 6 2.6 5 48.4 14.4 14.4 14.3 14.3 14.2 1 3.0 ' " o se.o ; 49.5 J;J 43.4 J-* 37.8 f J 3S.7 - 1 1 3.0 1 10.4 1 18.3 1 26.5 1 35.2 1 44.2 7.4 7.9 8.2 8.7 9.0 7 0.0 7 14.4 7 28.8 743.1 7 57.4 8 11.6 14.4 14.4 14.3 14.3 14.2 12 57.0 13 4.0 13 10.5 13 16.6 13 22.2 13 27.3 7.0 6.5 6.1 5.6 5.1 12 57.0 12 49.6 12 41.7 12 33.5 12 24.8 12 15.8 7.4 7.9 8.21 8.7; 9.0 14.1 4.5 9.5 14.1 4.5 '9.5; 6 7 8 9 10 5 34.3 5 20.3 5 6.4 4 52.6 4 39.0 14.0 13.9 13.8 13.6 28.2 23.9 *3 20.0 ,r 16.8 ** 14.1 ^ ' 1 53.7 2 8.5 2 13.7 2 24.2 S 35.0 9.8 10.2 10.5 10.8 8 25.7 8 39.7 8 53.6 9 7.4 9 21.0 14.0 13.9 13.8 13.6 13 31.8 13 36.1 13 40.0 13 43.2 13 45.9 4.3 3.9 3.2 2.7 12 6.3 11 56.5 11 46.3 11 35.8 11 25.0 9.8 10.2 10.5 10.8 13.4 2.3 11.2 13.4 2.3 11.2 11 12 13 14 15 4 25.6 4 12.3 3 59.3 3 46.5 3 33.9* 13.3 13.0 12.8 12.6 11.8 . 10.1 :{' 8-8 i'? 8.1 J' 7.8 ' d 2 46.2 2 57.7 3 9.5 3 21.6 3 33.9 11.5 11.8 12.1 12.3 9 34.4 9 47.7 10 0.7 10 13.5 10 26.1 13.3 13.0 12.8 12.6 13 48.2 13 49.9 13 51.2 13 51.9 13 52.2 1.7 1.3 0.7 0.3 11 13.8 11 2.3 10 50.5 10 38.4 10 26.1 11.5 11.8 12.1 12.3 12.3 ;0.3 12.6 12.3 0.3 12.6 16 17 18 19 20 3 21.6 3 9.5 2 57.7 2 46.2 2 35.0 " Si }{$ iai }, JO 11.8 v -,fl 14.1 0.7 1.3 1.7 2'.3 3 46.5 3 59.3 4 12.3 4 25.6 4 39.0 12.8 '}j}j!!-*' 12.1 13.0 . go H.8 13.3 ,:i 11.5 ,n A 11 10. - , ~ 13 4 ; 11 25.0 1L2 13 51.9 13 51.2 13 49.9 13 48.2 13 45.9 0.7 1.3 1.7 2.3 10 13.5 10 0.7 9 47.7 9 34.4 9 21.0 12.8 13.0 13.3 13.4 10.8 2.7 13.6 1 10.8 2.7 13.6 21 22 23 24 25 2 24.2 2 13.7 2 3.5 53.7 44.2 10.5 10.2 9.8 9.5 16.8 20.0 23.9 28.2 32.7 3.2 3.9 4.3 4.5 4 52.6 , 5 6.4 *J; 5 20.3 JJ'J 5 34.3 JJJ 5 48.4 11 35.8 11 46.3 11 56.5 12 6.3 12 15.8 10.5 10.2 9.8 9.5 13 43.2 13 40.0 13 36.1 13 31.8 13 27.3 3.2 3.9 4.3 4,5 9 7.4 8 53.6 8 39.7 8 25.7 8 11.6 13.8 13.9 14.0 14.1 9.0 5.1 14.2 9.0 5.1 14.2 2fi 27 28 29 30 35.2 28.5 183 10.4 30 8.7 82 7.9 7.4 37.8 43.4 49.5 56.0 1 3.0 56 6.1 6.5 7.0 6 2.6 6 16.9 6 31.2 6 45.6 7 0.0 1d 12 24.8 Jj 31' 12 33.5 J! 12 41.7 14<4 J12 57.0 8.7 8.2 7.9 7.4 13 22.2 13 16.6 13 10.5 13 4.0 12 57.0 5.6 6.1 6.5 7.0 7 57.4 7 43.1 7 28.8 7 14.4 7 0.0 14.3 14.3 144 M4 TABLE LIV. Lunar Nutation in Longitude. Argument. Supplement .of the Node. 0* I* !! Ills IV Vs + + + + f _j_ o tt ,, // // o 0.0 8.5 14.8 17.3 15.2 8.8 30 2 0.6 9.0 15.1 17.2 14.9 8.1 28 i 4 1.8 9.4 15.4 17.2 14.5 7.7 26 6 1.7 10.0 15.6 17.2 14.2 7.2 24 8 2.3 10.4 15.9 17.2 13.8 6.5 22 10 2.9 10.9 16.4 17.1 13.5 6.1 20 12 3.5 11.4 16.3 17.0 13.0 5.4 18 14 4.1 11.8 16.5 16.9 12.6 4.8 16 16 4.6 12.2 16.7 16.7 12.2 4.3 14 18 5.2 12.6 16.8 16.5 11.8 3.7 12 20 5.8 13.1 16.9 16.4 11.3 3.0 10 22 6.2 13.4 17.1 16.2 10.9 2.4 8 24 6.9 13.8 17.1 15.9 10.4 1.8 6 26 7.4 14.1 17.2 15.7 9.8 1.3 4 28 7.8 14.5 17.2 15.4 9.4 0.6 2 30 8.5 14.8 17.3 15.2 8.8 0.0 XI X* IX* VIII* VII* VI* TABLE LV. 79 Moon's Distance from the North Pole of the Ecliptic. Argument. Supplement of Node+Moon's Orbit Longitude. III* IV* V* VI VII* VIII* . 84 85 Diff. for 10 87 Diff. for 10 89 Diff. for 10 92 Diff. for 10 94 Q 30 1 30 2 30 3916.0 3916.7 3918.8 3922.4 3927.3 3933.7 2042.7 22 4.2 23 27.0 2451.0 2616.2 2742.6 27.2 27.6 28.0 28.4 28.8 1346.6 16 6.9 1827.8 2049.5 2311.8 25 34.8 46.8 47.0 47.2 47.4 47.7 48 0.0 5041.4 5322.9 56 4.3 5845.7 1270 53.8 53.8 53.8 53.8 53.8 / // 2213.4 2433.1 2652.2 2910.2 31 27.5 3344.2 4^.6 46.4 46.0 45.8 45.6 / // 1517.3 1637.7 1756.8 1914.6 2031.3 2146.7 O ' 30 30 29 30 28 30 29 2 47.9 53.8 45.3 3 30 4 30 5 3941.5 39 50.6 40 1.2 4013.2 4026.7 2910.1 3038.9 32 8.8 3339.9 35 12.2 29.6 30.0 30.4 30.8 2758.5 30 22.8 3247.7 35 13.2 3739.3 48.1 48.3 48.5 48.7 4 8.3 649.5 930.6 1211.6 1452.5 53.7 53.7 53.7 53.6 36 0.2 3815.3 40 29.7 42 43.3 4456.2 45.0 44.8 44.5 44.3 23 0.8 2413.7 25 25.3 26 35.7 2744.8 27 do 26 30 25 31.1 48.9 53.6 44.0 30 6 30 7 30 4041.5 40 57.7 41 15.4 4134.4 41 54.8 3645.6 3820.1 39 55.8 41 32.7 43 10.6 31.5 31.9 32.3 32.6 40 6.1 42 33.4 45 1.2 4729.6 4958.6 49.1 49.3 49.5 49.7 1733.3 20 14.0 22 54.4 2534.8 28 14.9 53.6 53.5 53.5 53.4 47 8.1 49 19.4 51 29.7 5339.3 5548.0 43.8 43.4 43.2 42.9 28 52.6 29 59.0 31 4.3 32 8.2 33 10.9 30 24 30 23 30 33.0 49.8 53.3 42.6 8 30 9 30 10 42 16.7 4239.9 43 4.6 4330.6 4358.1 4449.7 4629.9 4811.2 4953.5 51 37.0 33.4 33.8 34.1 34.5 5228.1 54 58.2 5728.7 59 59.8 ~231 3 50.0 50.2 50.4 50.5 3054.9 3334.7 3614.3 3853.7 41 32.8 53.3 53.2 53.1 53.0 5755.8 2.8 2 8.9 414.1 618.4 42.3 42.0 41.7 41.5 3412.2 35 12.2 36 10.9 37 8.3 38 4.4 22 30 21 30 20 34.9 50.7 53.0 41.1 30 11 30 12 30 4426.9 4457.1 4528.8 46 1.8 4636.1 5321.6 55 7.1 56 53.8 5841.6 "fj^fjlj 35.2 35.7 35.9 36.2 5 3.3 735.8 10 8.8 1242.1 1516.0 508 441L7 5?'0 4650 ' 4 ;} , 14928.7 "I 52 6.8 51 , // , // / // / // O ' 15 49 48.7 9 49.6 30 50 31.3 ill 44.5 16 051 15.3 1 13 40.3 3052 0.6|15?72 17 052 47.3i 173o.O 30 53 35.3 19 33.7 38.3 38.6 39.0 39.3 39.6 28 11.1 30 47.3 33 23.8 36 0.7 38 37.9 41 15.4 52.1 52.2 52.3 52.4 52.5 748.9 10 24.7 13 0.1 1535.1 18 9.8 20 44.0 51.9 51.8 51.7 51.6 51.4 26 10.4 28 4.3 29 57.1 31 49.0 33 39.9 35 29.7 38.0 37.6 37.3 37.0 36.6 46 11.3 46 52.6 47 32.5 48 11.0 4848.1 49 23.9 15 30 14 30 13 30 39.9 52.6 51.3 36.2 18 54 24.7 21 33.4 3055 15.4 2334.1 19 056 7.5 2535.7 3057 0.92738.2 20 57 55.6 29 41.6 40.2 40.5 40.8 41.1 43 53.2 4631.3 49 9.6 51 48.3 54 27.2 52.7 52.8 52.9 53.0 23 17.9 25 51.2 28 24.2 30 56.7 33 28.7 51.1 51.0 50.8 50.7 37 18.4 39 6.2 40 52.9 42 38.4 44 23.0 35.9 35.6 35.2 34.9 49 58.2 5031.2 51 2.9 51 33.1 52 1.9 12 30 11 30 10 41.4 53.0 50.5 34.5 305851.7 31 45.9 21 59 49.1:3351.1 30 047.83557.2 22 0' 1 47.8 j 38 4.2 30 249.1 40 12.0 41.7 42.0 42.3 42.6 42.9 57 6.3 59 45.7 T25^3 5 5.1 745.1 53.1 53.2 53.3 53.3 53.4 36 0.2 3831.3 41 1.8 4331.9 46 1.4 50.4 50.2 50.0 49.8 49.7 46 6.5 47 48.8 49 30.1 51 10.3 52 49.4 34.1 33.8 33.4 33.0 32.6 52 29.4 52 55.4 5320.1 53 43.3 54 5.2 30 9 30 8 30 23 30 24 30 9,5 351.8 4220.7 4 55.7 44 30.3 6 1.0 ! 4640.6 7 7.4J4S51.9 815.251 3.8 43.2 43.4 43.6 44.0 10 25.2 13 5.6 15 46.0 18 26.7 21 7.5 53.5 5-3.5 53.6 53.6 48 30.4 50 58.8 53 26.6 55 53.9 58 20.7 49.5 49.3 49.1 48.9 5427.3 56 4.2 57 39.9 59 14.4 47 8 32.3 31.9 31.5 31.1 5425.6 54 44.6 55 2.3 55 18.5 55 33.3 7 30 6 30 5 443 53.6 48.7 30.8 30 26 30 27 30 924.3 10 34.7 11 46.3 12 59.2 14 13.3 53 16.7 55 30.3 57 44.7 59 59.8 44.5 44.8 45.0 45.3 23 48.4 26 29.4 29 10.5 31 51.7 34 33.0 53.7 53.7 53.7 53.7 046.8 3 12 3 537.2 8 1.5 1025.2 48.5 48.3 48.2 47.9 220.1 351.2 521.1 649.9 8 17.4 30.4 30.0 29.6 29.2 55 46.8 55 58.8 56 9.4 56 18.5 56 26.3 30 4 30 3 30 2158 45.6 53.8 47.7 28.8 28 15 28.7 30 16 45.4 29 18 3.2 30 19 22.3 30 20 42.7 432.5 649.8 9 7.8 11 26.9 1346.6 45.8 46.0 46.4 46.6 37 14.3 39 55.7 42 37.1 45 18.6 48 0.0 53.8 53.8 53.8 53.8 1248.2 15 10.5 17 32.2 1953.1 22 13.4 47.4 47.2 47.0 46.7 943.8 11. 9.0 12330 13 55.5 15 17.3 28.4 280 27.6 27.2 56 32.7 56 37.6 5641.2 56 43.3 56 44.0 2 30 1 30 85 |87 89 j 92 94 94 II* 1 I* O I XI* X* IX* TABLE LVI. Equation II of the Moon's Polar Distance. Argument II, corrected. 81 III* diff. IV* diff. V* diff. VI* diff. VII* diff. VIII* diff. / // , ,, / // / / // o 1 2 3 4 5 13.8 13.9 14.1 14.5 15.1 15.8 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.7 1 24.4 1 29.0 1 33.8 1 38.7 143.8 149.0 4.6 4.8 4.9 5.1 5.2 436.9 444.9 4530 5 1.1 5 9.3 517.6 8.0 8.1 8.1 8.2 8.3 9 0.0 9 9.2 9 18.4 927.5 936.7 9 45:9 9.2 9.2 9.1 9.2 9.2 13 23.1 1331.0 13 38.8 1346.6 13 54.2 14 1.8 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.6 7.6 1635.6 16 40.2 16 44.6 16 48.9 16 53.0 16 56.9 4.6 4.4 4.3 4.1 3.9 30 29 28 27 26 25 0.9 5.3 8.4 9.1 7.5 3.8 6 7 8 9 10 16.7 17.7 18.9 020.3 021.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1 54.3 1 59.8 2 5.4 211.1 2 16.9 55 5.6 5.7 5.8 526.0 534.4 542.9 551.4 6 0.0 8.4 8.5 8.5 8.6 955.0 10 4.1 10 13.2 10 22.3 1031.4 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 14 9.3 1416.7 14 24.0 1431.2 14 38.2 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.0 17 0.7 17 4.4 17 7.9 1711.3 17 14.5 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.2 24 23 22 21 20 1.7 6.0 8.7 9.0 |7.0 3.0 11 12 13 14 15 023.5 025.3 027.3 029.4 031.7 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.3 222.9 2 29.0 235.2 241.5 247.9 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6 8.7 6 17.4 626.2 635.0 643.8 8.7 8.8 8.8 8.8 10 40.4 10 49.4 10 58.4 11 7.3 11 16.2 9.0 9.0 8.9 8.9 1445.2 1,4 52.1 14 58.9 15 5.5 15 12.1 6.9 6.8 6.6 6.6 17 17.5 17 20.4 17 23.2 17 25.8 17 28.3 2.9 2.8 2.6 2.5 19 18 17 16 15 2.5 6.6 8.9 8.8 6.4 2.3 16 17 18 19 20 034.2 036.8 039.6 042.5 45.5 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.0 254.5 3 1.1 3 7.9 3 14.8 321.8 6.6 6.8* 6.9 7.0 652.7 7 1.6 7 10.6 719.6 728.6 8.9 9.0 9.0 9.0 11 25.0 11 33.8 11 42.6 11 51.3 12 0.0 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.7 15 18.5 15 24.8 1531.0 15 37.1 1543.1 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 17 30.6 17 32.7 17 34.7 17 36.5 1738.2 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.7 14 13 12 11 10 3.2 7.0 9.1 8.6 5.8 Ii5 21 22 23 24 25 048.7 052.1 55.6 59.3 1 3.1 34 3288 35 3360 37 3 43.3 j! 3 50.7 d ' 8 3 58.2 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 737.7 746.8 7 55.9 8 5.0 8 14.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 12 8.6 12 17.1 12 25.6 12 34.0 12 42.4 8.5 8.5 8.4 8.4 15 48.9 15 54.6 16 0.2 16 5.7 16 11.0 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 17 39.7 1741.1 1742.3 1743.3 17 44.2 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 9 8 7 6 5 3.9 7.6 9.2 8.3 5.2 0.7 26 27 2S 29 30 1 7.0 1 11.1 1 15.4 1 19.8 1 24.4 4 4 5.8 I I'i 4 13 4 I;? 481.3 46 4 29 - 4 b 4 36.9 7.6 7.8 7.8 7.9 ,8 23.3 8 32.5 841.6 8 50.8 9 0.0 9 2 12 50.7 of 11258.9 9 o 13 7.0 92 11315 ' 1 ; 13 23.1 8.2 8.1 8.1 8.0 16 16.2 1621.3 16 26.2 16 31.9 1635.6 51 * 744 ' 9 AQ 1745.5 ? si 17 45.9 ~ 1746.1 4 ' 6 il7 46.2 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.1 4 3 2 1 II* I* 0* I XI* X* j IX* TABLE LVII. Equation III of Moon's Polar Distance. Argument. Moon's True Longitude. III* IV* V* VI* VII* VIII* 16.0 14.9 12.0 8.0 4.0 1.1 30 6 16.0 14.5 11.3 7.2 33 0.7 24 12 15.8 13.9 10.5 6.3 2.6 0.4 18 18 15.6 13.4 9.7 5.5 2.1 0.2 12 24 15.3 12.7 8.8 4.7 1.5 0.0 6 30 14.9 12.0 8.0 4.0 1.1 0.0 II* I* O* XI* X* IX* : " 1 F2TABLE LVI1I. To convert Degrees and Minutes into Decimal Parts. TABLE LIX. Equations of Moon's Polar Distance. Arguments, Arg. 20 of Long. ; V to IX corrected; X not corrected; and XI and XII corrected. Deg. Dec &Mm. parts. ' 1 5 003 1 26 4 148 5 2 10 6 231 7 253 8 3 14 9 336 10 358 11 4 i'J 12 441 13 5 2 14 524 15 546 16 6 7 17 629 18 650 19 7 12 20 734 21 755 22 8 17 23 838 24 9 25 922 26 943 27 10 5 28 1026 29 1043 30 11 10 31 11 31 32 1153 33 12 14 34 1236 3f> 1258 36 1319 37 1341 38 14 2 39 1424 40 1446 41 15 7 42 1529 43 1550 44 16 12 45 1634 46 1655 47 1717 48 1738 49 18 50 1822! 51 1843 52 19 5 53 Arg 20 V VI VII VIE IX X XI Arg Arg XII Arg. 250 0.3 55.9 6.1 2.6 25.1 3.0 0.7 0.9 250 4.0 500 260 0.3 55.8 6.2 2.725.1 3.1 0.7 0.9 240 10 3.7 510 270 0.4 55.7 6.3 2.8 25.0 3.2! 0.8 1.0 230 20 3.4 520 280 0.6 55.4 6.5 3.0 24.9 3.5 1.0 1.0 220 30 3.1 530 290 0.8 55.1 6.9 3.324.8 3.8 1.2 1.1 210 40 2.8 540 300 1.0 54.6 7.3 3.724.7 4.3 1.5 1.2 200 50 2.5 550 310 1.3 54.1 7.8 4.2 24.4 4.9 1.8 1.3 190 60 2.3 5GO 320 1.7 53.4 8.4 4.7,24.1 5.6 2.2 1.4 180 70 2.1 570 330 2.1 52.7 9.1 5.423.8 6.4 2.7 1.5 170 80 1.9 580 340 2.6 51.9 9.8 6.1 23.5 7.2! 3.2 1.7 160 90 1.7 590 1 350 3.1 51.0 10.7 6.9 23.2 8.2 3.8 1.9 150 100 1.6 600 360 3.7 50.0 11.6 7.7,22.8 9.2 4.4 2.1 140 110 1.5 610 370 4.3 48.9 12.6 8.7J22.4 10.3 5.1 2.3 130 120 1.5 620 380 4.9 17.7 13.6 9.7:21.9 11.5 5.8 2.5 120 130 1.5 630 390 5.6 46.5 14.8 10.721.4 12.8 6.6 2.8 110 140 1.5 640 400 6.4 45.2 16.0 11.820.9 14.1 7.4 3.0 100 150 1.6 650 410 7.1 43.9 17.2 13.020.4 15.5 8.3 3.3 90 160 1.7 660 420 7.9 42.5 18.5 14.2 19.9 17.0 9.1 3.5 80 170 1.9 670 430 8.8 41.0 19.8 15.5 19.3 18.5 10.1 3.8 70 180 2.1 680 440 9.6 39.5 21.2 16.8 18.7 20.1 11.0 4.1 60 190 2.3 690 450 10.5 38.0 22.6 18.1 18.1 21.7 12.0 4.4 50 200 2.5 700 460 11.3 36.4 24.1 19.4 17.5 23.3 12.9 4.7 40 210 2.8 710 470 12.2 34.9 25.5 20.8 16.9 24.9 13.9 5.0 30 220 3.1 720 480 13.2 33.2 27.0 22.2 16.3 26.6 15.0 5.4 20 230 3.4 730 490 14.1 31.6 28.5 23.6 15.6 28.3 16.0 5.7 10 240 3.7 740 500 150 30.0 30.0 250 15.0 30.0 17.0 6.0 250 4.0 750 510 159 284 31.5 26.4 14.4 31.7 18.0 6.3 990 260 4.3 760 520 16.8 26.8 33.0 27.8 13.7 33.4 19.0 6.6 980 270 4.6 770 530 17.8 25.1 34.5 29.2 13.1 35.1 20.1 7.0 970 280 4.9 780 540 18.7 23.6 35.9 30^6 12.5 36.7 21.1 7.3 960 290 5.2 790 550 19.5 22.0 37.4 31.9 11.9 38.3 22.0 7.6 950 300 5.5 800 5GO 20.4 20.5 38.8 33.2 11.3 39.9 23.0 7.9 940 310 5.7 810 570 21.2 19.0 40.2 34.5 10.7 41.5 23.9 8.2 930 320 5.9 820 580 22.1 17.5 41.5 35.8 10.1 43.0 24.9 8.5 920 330 6.1 830 590 22.9 16.1 42.8 37.0 9.6 44.5 25.7 8.7 910 340 6.3 840 600 23.6 14.8 44.0 38.2 9.1 45.9 26.6 9.0 900 350 6.4 850 610 24.4 13.5 45.2,39.3 8.6 47.2 27.4 9.2 890 360 6.5 860 620 25.1 12.3 46.440.3 8.1 48.5 28.2 9.5 880 370 6.5 870 630 25.7 11.1 47.4'41.3 7.6 49.7 28.9 9.7 870 380 6.5 880 640 26.3 10.0 48.4 42.3 7.2 50.8 29.6 9.9 860 390 6.5 890 650 26.9 9.0 49.343.1 6.8 51.8 30.2 10.1 850 400 6.4 900 660 27.4 8.1 50.2 43.9 6.5 52.8 30.8 10.3 840 410 6.3 910 670 27.9 7.3 50.9144.6 6.2 53.6 31.3 10.5 830 420 6.1 920 680 28.3 6.6 51.645.3 5.9 54.4 31.8 10.6 820 430 5.9 930 690 28.7 5.9 52.2 45.8 5.6 55.1 32.2 10.7 810 440 5.7 940 700 29.0 5.4 52.7 46.3 5.3 55.7 32.5 10.8 800 450 5.5 950 710 29.2 4.9 53.1 46.7 5.2 56.2,32.8 10.9 790 460 5.2 960 720 29.4 4.6 53.5 47.0 5.1 56.5 33.0 11.0 780 470 4.9 970 730 29.6 4.3 53.7 47.2 5.0 56.8 33.2 11.0 770 480 4.6 980 740 99.7 4.2 53.8 47.3 4.9 56.933.3 11. 1 760 490 4.3 990 750 J29.7 4.1 53.947.4 4.9 57.033.3 11.1 750 500 4.0 1000 Constant 10" TABLE LX. TABLE LXI. S3 Small Equations of Moon's Parallax. Moon's Equatorial Parallax. \rgs., 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, of Long. Argument. Arg. of Evection. A. I 2 4 5 6 8 9 12 13 A. 0.0 1.6 0.6 1.6 1.9 0.0 3.0 .4 2.0 100 30.0 1.6 0.6 1.6 1.9 0.0 3.5 .4 2.0 97 6 0.0 1.5 0.6 1.5 1.8 0.0 3.1 .4 1.9 94 9 0.1 1.5 O.G .5 1.8 0.1 2.6 .3 1.8 91 120.1 1.4 0.5 .4 .7 0.2 1.9 .2 1.7 88 150.1 1.3 0.5 .3 .6 0.2 1.3 .1 1.6 85 180.2 1.1 0.4 .1 .4 0.3 0.7 1.0 1.4 82 21 0.3 1.0 0.4 .0 .3 0.5 0.2 0.9 1.2 79 240.4 0.9 0.3 0.9 .2 0.6 0.0 0.7 1.0 76 270.5 0.7 0.3 0.7 1.0 0.7 0.1 0.6 0.9 73 30 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.6 0.9 0.8 0.4 0.5 0.7 70 330.6 0.4 0.2 0.4 0.7 0.9 0.8 0.4 0.5 67 360.7 0.3 0.1 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 0.3 0.4 64 390.7 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.1 2.1 0.2 0.2 61 420.8 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.4 l.l 2.8 0.1 0.1 58 45 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 1.2 3.2 0.0 0.0 55 480.8 500.S 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.3 1.2 1.2 3.5 0.0 3.6)0.0 0.0 0.0 52 50 Constant 7" The first two figures only of the Arguments are taken. o I* II" III* IV* V* 120.8 1 15.6 1 1.6 42.6 24.1 10.8 30 1 1 20.8J1 15.2 1 0.9 41.9 23.6 10.5 29 2 1 20.8 1 14.9 1 0.3 41.3 23.0 10.2 28 3 1 20.7 1 14.5 59.7 40.6 22.5 9.9 27 4 1 20.7 14.2 59.2 40.0 21.9 9.6 26 5 1 20.6 13.8 58.6 39.4 21.4 9.4 25 6 1 20.6 13.4 57.9 38.7 20.9 9.1 24 7 1 20.5; 13.0 57.3 38.1 20.4 8.8 23J 8 1 20.4! 12.6 56.7 37.4 19.9 8.6 221 9 1 20.3 12.2 56.1 36.8 19.4 8.4 21 10 1 20.2; 11.7 55.5 36.1 18.9 8.2 20i 11 120.1 11.3 54.9 35.5 18.4 8.0 19 12 19.9 10.8 54.2 34.9 17.9 7.8 18 13 19.8 10.4 53.6 34.2 17.5 7.6 17 14 19.6 9.9 53.0 33.6 17.0 7.4 16 15 19.5 , 9.4 52.3 33.0 16.6 7.2 15 16 19.3 9.0 51.7 32.4 16.1 7.1 14 17 19.1 8.5 51.1 31.7 15.7 6.9 13 18 18.9 8.0 50.4 31.1 15.2 6.8 12 19 18.7 7.5 49.8 30.5 14.8 6.7 11 20 18.4 7.0 49.1 29.9 14.4 6.5 10 21 18.2 6.5 48.5 29.3 14.0 6.4 9 22 18.0 5.9 47.8 28.7 13.6 6.3 8 23 17.7, 5.4 47.2 28.1 13.2 6.3 7 24 17.4 4.8 46.5 27.5 12.9 6.2 6 25 17.1 4.3 45.9 26.9 12.5 6.1 5 26 16.9 3.8 45.2 26.3 12.1 6.1 4 27 16.6 3.2 44.6 25.8 11.8 6.1 3 28 16.2 2.6 43.9 25.2 11.5 6.0 2 29 15.9 2.1 43.3124.7 11.11 6.0 1 30 15.6 1.5 42.6!24.l|l0.8l 6.0 ! XI* X* IX* IvTIlJviI* VI* 84 TABLE LXII. Moon's Equatorial Parallax. Argument. Anomaly. 0* diff I* diff II* diff III* diff IV* diff V diff , / , / / // / o 1 2 3 4 5 5857.7 58 57. 7 1 5857.6! 58 57.4! 5857.1 5856.8 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 58 27-.0 58 25.0 58 23.0 58 20.9 5818.7 58 16.5 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.2 57 7.9 57 4.8 57 1.6 5658.4 5655.2 56 52.0 3.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 5529.8 5526.6 5523.4 5520.2 55 17.0 5513.8 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 54 1.9 53 59.4 53 56.9 53 54.5 5352.1 5349.7 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 53 3.2 53 1.8 53 0.5 52 59.3 5258.1 52 57.0 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.1 30 29 28 27 26 25 0.4 2.2 3.2 3.2 2.3 1 2 6 7 8 9 10 58 56.4 5856.0 5855.4 58 54.8 58 54.2 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.6 58 14.3 58 12.0 58 9.6 58 7.2 58 4.8 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.4 56 48.8 5645.5 56 42.3 56 39.0 5635.7 3.3 3.2 3.3 3.3 5510.6 55 7.5 55 4.4 55 1.3 54 58.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 53 47.4 5345.1 5342.9 5340.6 53 38.5 2.3 2.2 2.3 2.1 52 55.8 52 54.8 5253.8 52 52.8 5251.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 24 23 22 21 20 0.8 2.5 3.3 3.1 2.2 0.9 11 12 13 14 15 58 53.4 5852.6 5851.8 58 50.8 58 49.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 58 23 25 5759.8*' 5757.2 5754.6J!! 5751.9^' 5632.4 5629.1 56 25.8 56 22.5 56 19.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 5455.1 5452.1 5449.1 5446.1 5443.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 5336.3 53 34.2 5332.1 5330.1 5328.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 5251.0 5250.1 5249.3 5248.6 52 47.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 19 18 17 16 15 1.1 2.7 3.3 2.9 1.9 0.7 j 16 17 18 19 20 5848.7 5847.6 58 46.4 5845.1 5843.8 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 5749.2 57 46.4 2-8 5743.7C 5740.8~Q 57 38.0 3 ' 8 56 15.9 5612.6 56 9.3 56 6.0 56 2.7 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 5440.2 5437.3 5434.4 5431.5 5428.7 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 5326.2 53 24.3 5322.4 5320.6 53 18.8 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 5247.2 5246.6 5246.0 5245.5 5245.0 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 14 13 12 11 10 1.4 2.9 3.4 2.8 1.8 0.4 21 22 23 24 25 58 42.4 5840.9 58 39.4 58 37.8 58 36.2 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.6 57351 5732.2 5729.3 5726.3 5723.3 2.9 2.9 3.0 3.0 55 59.3 5556.0 5552.7 5549.4 5546.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 5425.9 5423.1 5420.3 5417.6 5414.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 53 17.0 53 15.3 53 13.7 53 12.0 53 10.4 1.7 1.6 1.7 1.6 5244.6 5244.2 5243.8 5243.5 5243.3 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 9 8 7 6 5 1.8 3.0 3.3 2.7 1.5 0.2 26 27 28 29 30 58 34.4 58 32.7 58 30.9 5829.0 58 27.0 1.7 1.8 1.9 20 5720.2 57 17.2 5714.1 5711.0 57 7.9 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.1 5542.8 5539.6 5536.4 5533.1 5529.8 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 54 12.2 54 9.6 54 7.0 54 4.4 54 1.9 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 53 8.9 53 7.4 53 5.9 53 4.5 53 3.2 , , 5243.1 15242.9 \l 5242.8 J'J '5242.7 d 5242.7 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 4 3 2 1 XI* X* IX* VIII* VII* VI* TABLE LXIII. 85 Moorfs Equatorial Parallax. Argument. Argument of the Variation, Is II* III* IV* V o ,/ ,/ // o 55.6 42.3 16.0 3.7 17.6 44.0 30 1 55.6 41.5 15.3 3.8 18.5 44.8 29 2 55.5 40.7 14.5 3.8 19.3 45.6 28 3 55.5 39.8 13.8 3.9 20.1 46.3 27 4 55.3 39.0 13.1 4.1 21.0 47.0 26 5 55.2 38.1 12.4 4.3 21.9 47.7 25 6 55.0 37.2 11.7 4.5 22.7 48.4 24 7 54.8 36.3 11.1 4.7 23.6 49.1 23 8 54.6 35.5 10.4 5.0 24.5 49.7 22 9 54.3 34.6 9.8 5.3 25.4 50.3 21 10 54.0 33.7 9.2 5.6 26.3 50.9 20 11 53.7 32.7 8.7 6.0 27.2 51.5 19 12 53.3 31.8 8.2 6.3 28.2 52.1 18 13 52.9 30.9 7.7 6.8 29.1 52.6 17 14 52.5 30.0 - 7.2 7.2 30.0 53.1 16 15 52.0 29.1 6.7 7.7 30.9 53.5 15 16 51.5 28.2 6.3 8.2 31.8 54.0 14 17 51.0 27.2 5.9 8.7 32.8 54.4 13 18 50.5 26.3 5.6 9.3 33.7 54.8 12 19 49.9 25.4 5.3 9.8 34.6 55.1 11 20 49.4 24.5 5.0 10.5 35.5 55.4 10 21 48.8 23.6 4.7 11.1 36.4 55.7 9 22 48.1 22.7 4.5 11.7 37.3 56.0 8 23 47.4 21.9 4.3 12.4 38.2 56.2 7 24 46.8 21.0 4.1 13.1 39.0 56.4 6 25 46.1 20.1 3.9 13.8 39.9 56.6 5 26 45.4 19.3 3.8 14.5 40.8 56.8 4 27 44.6 18.5 3.7 15.3 41.6 56.9 3 28 43.9 17.6 3.7 16.1 42.4 56.9 2 29 43.1 16.8 3.7 16.8 43.2 57.0 1 30 42.3 16.0 3.7 17.6 44.0 67.0 55 X* IX* VIII* VII* VI* S6 TABLE LXIV. TABLE LXV. Reduction of the Parallax, and also of the Latitude. Argument. Latitude. Moon's Semi-diameter. Argument. Equatorial Parallax. Lat. Red. of par Red. of Lat. Eq.Par Semidia. Eq.Par Semidia Eq.Par Semidia. sec' Pro. Par. ,/ , / " / // / // , n ' ,, 7T~ ~ ~/7~ 53 14 26.5 56 15 15.6 59 16 4.6 1 0.3 0.0 0.0 53 10 14 29.3 56 10 15 18.3 59 10 16 7.4 2 0.5 3 0.0 1 11.8 53 20 14 32.0 56 20 15 21.0 59 20 16 10.1 3 0.8 6 0.1 2 22.7 53 30 14 34.7 56 30 15 23.8 59 30 16 12.8 4 1.1 9 0.3 3 32.1 53 40 14 37.4 56 40 15 26.5 59 40 16 15.6 5 1.4 12 15 0.5 0.7 4 39.3 5 43.4 53 50 54 14 14 40.2 42.9 56 50 57 15 29.2 15 31.9 59 50 60 16 18.3 16 21.0 6 7 1.6 1.9 18 1.0 6 43.7 54 10 14 45.6 57 10 15 34.7 60 10 16 23.7 8 2.2 21 1.4 7 39.7 54 20 14 48.3 57 20 15 37.4 60 20 16 26.4 9 2.4 24 1.8 8 30.7 54 30 14 51.1 57 30 15 40.1 GO 30 16 29.2 10 2.7 27 30 2.3 2.7 9 16.1 9 55.4 54 40 54 50 14 14 53.8 56.5 57 40 57 50 15 42.8 15 45.6 60 40 60 50 16 31.9 16 34.6 33 3.3 10 28.3 55 14 59.2 58 15 48.3 61 16 37.3 36 3.8 10 54.3 55 10 15 2.0 58 10 15 51.0 61 10 16 40.1 39 4.4 11 13.2 55 20 15 4.7 58 20 15 53.7 61 20 16 42.8 42 45 4.9 5.5 11 24.7 11 28.7 55 30 55 40 15 15 7.4 10.1 58 30 58 40 15 56.5 15 59.2 61 30 61 40 16 45.5 16 48.2 48 6.1 11 25.2 55 50 15 12.9 58 50 16 1.9 61 50 16 51.0 51 6.7 11 14.1 56 15 15.6 59 16 4.6 62 16 53.7 54 7.2 10 55.7 57 7.8 10 30.0 60 8.3 9 57.4 63 8.8 9 18.3 66 9.2 8 32.9 69 9.7 7 42.0 TABLE LXVI. 72 10.0 6 45.9 75 10.3 5 45.4 Augmentation of Moon's Semi-diameter. 78 81 10.6 10 8 4 41.0 3 33 5 //^ 84 1LO 2 23.7 A li. Horizon. Semi-diameter Alt Horizon. Semi-diameter. 87 90 11.1 11.1 1 12.3 0.0 Alt. 14'30" 15' 16' 17 Alt. 14' 30" 15' 16' 17 Subsidiary Table. 2 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 42 9.2 9.8 11.2 12.6 Lat. + 3' 3' 4 1 .0 1.1 1.3 1.5 45 9.7 10.4 11.8 13.3 6 1 .5 1.6 1.9 2.1 48 10.2 10.9 12.4 14.0 o >/ " 8 2.0 2.1 2.4 2.7 51 10.6 11.4 13.0 14.7 + 0.0 0.0 10 2.4 2.6 3.0 3.4 54 11.1 11.8 13.5 15.2 $ 0.0 12 v.v 0.0 12 2.9 3.1 3.6 4.0 57 11.5 12.3 14.0 15.8 i& 15 U.v 0.0 0.0 14 3.4 3.6 4.1 4.7 60 11 8 12.7 14.4 16.3 A 1 0.1 16 3.8 4.1 4.7 5.3 63 12.2 13.0 14.9 16.8 24 V. 1 0.1 0.1 18 4.3 4.6 5.2 5.9 66 12.5 13.4 15.2 17.2 21 4.9 5.3 6.0 6.8 69 12.8 13.7 15.6 17.6 qn 1 A 1 ou 36 U. 1 0.2 V. 1 0.2 24 5.6 6.0 6.8 7.7 72 13.0 13.9 15.9 17.9 42 A 0.2 27 6.2 ' 6.7 7.6 8.6 75 13.2 14.1 16.1 18.2 48 v. 0.3 0.3 30 6.9 7.3 8.4 9.5 78 13.4 14.3 16.3 18.4 54 0.3 0.3 33 7.5 8.0 9.1 10.3 81 13.5 14.4 16.5 18.6 36 8 1 8.6 9.8 11.1 84 13.6 14.5 16.6 18.7 60 Mft 0.4 s\ c 0.4 39 8.6 9.2 10.5 i 11.9 90 13.7 14.6 16.7 18.8 78 U.5 0.6 0.5 0.6 84 0.6 0.6 90 + 0.6 0.6 TABLE LXVII. 87 Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. Arguments. 1 to 18 of Longitude. Ar g 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 8 9 Arg. ~ r ~" 100 5.0 0.0 2.9 1.9 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.16 2 5.0 0.0 2.8 1.9 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.15 98 4 4.9 0.0 2.8 1.9 0.0 0.01 0.00 0.02 0.15 96 6 4.8 0.1 2.8 1.9 0.1 0.03 0.01 0.05 0.14 94 8 4.7 0.2 2.7 1.8 0.1 0.06 0.01 0.09 0.12 92 10 4.5 0.3 2.6 1.7 0.2 0.09 0.02 0.14 0.10 90 12 4.3 0.4 2.5 1.7 0.2 0.13 0.02 0.19 0.09 88 14 4.1 0.6 2.3 1.6 0.3 0.18 0.03 0.26 0.07 86 16 3.8 0.7 2.2 1.5 0.4 0.23 0.04 0.33 0.05 84 18 3.6 0.9 2.0 1.4 0.5 0.28 0.05 0.41 0.03 82 20 3.3 1.1 1.9 1.3 0.6 0.34 0.06 0.50 0.02 80 22 3.0 1.3 .7 1.1 0.7 0.40 0.07 0.58 0.01 78 24 2.7 1.5 .5 1.0 0.8 0.46 0.08 0.67 0.00 76 26 2.3 1.7 .3 0.9 0.9 0.52 0.10 0.77 0.00 74 28 2.0 1.9 .2 0.8 .0 0.58 0.11 0.86 0.00 72 30 1.7 2.1 .0 0.7 .1 0.63 0.12 0.94 0.01 70 32 1.4 2.2 0.8 0.5 .2 0.69 0.13 1.03 0.01 68 34 1.2 2.4 0.7 0.4 .3 0.74 0.14 1.11 0.03 66 36 0.9 2.6 0.5 0.3 .3 0.78 0.15 1.18 0.05 64 38 0.7 2.7 0.4 0.3 .4 0.82 0.16 1.25 0.06 62 40 0.5 2.8 0.3 0.2 .5 0.86 0.16 1.3Q 0.08 60 42 0.3 2.9 0.2 0.1 .5 0.89 0.17 1.35 0.10 58 44 0.2 3.0 0.1 0.1 .6 0.91 0.17 1.39 0.11 56 46 0.1 3.1 0.0 0.0 .6 0.93 0.18 1.42 0.12 54 48 0.0 3.1 0.0 0.0 .6 0.94 0.18 1.44 0.13 52 50 0.0 3.1 0.0 0.0 1.6 0.94 0.18 1.44 0.13 50 Arg. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Alg. 100 0.00 0.26 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.26 0.00 0.21 2 0.00 0.25 0.00 000 0.00 0.00 0.26 0.00 0.20 98 4 0.02 0.24| 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.26 0.00 0.20 96 6 0.04 0.22 0.03 0.01 O.C2 0.01 0.25 0.00 0.20 94 8 0.08 0.20 0.04 0.02 0.04 0.01 0.25 0.0 1 0.20 92 10 0.12 0.17 0.07 0.03 0.06 0.02 0.24 0.01 0.20 90 12 0.16 0.14 0.09 0.04 0.09 0.02 0.22 0.02 0.19 88 14 0.20 0.11 0.12 0.06 0.12 0.03 0.21 0.02 0.19 86 16 0.24 0.08 0.16 0.07 0.15 0.04 0.20 0.03 0.18 84 18 0.28 0.05 0.19 0.09 0.19 0.05 0.19 0.04 0.18 82 20 0.31 0.03 0.23 0.11 0.22 0.06 0.17 0.05 0.17 80 22 0.34 0.01 0.27 0.13 0.26 0.07 0.15 0.06 0.17 78 24 0.35 0.00 0.31 0.15 0.30 0.08 0.14 0.07 0.16 76. 26 0.36 0.00 035 0.17 0.34 0.08 0.12 0.07 0.16 74 28 0.35 0.01 0.39 0.19 0.38 0.09 0.11 0.08 0.15 72 30 0.34 0.02 0.43 0.21 0.42 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.15 70 32 0.32 0.04 0.47 0.23 0.45 0.11 0.07 0.10 0.14 68 34 0.29 0.06 0.50 0.25 0.49 0.12 0.06 0.11 0.14 66 36 0.26 0.09 0.54 0.26 0.52 0.13 0.05 0.12 0.13 64 38 0.22 0.11 0.57 0.28 0.55 0.14 0.04 0.12 0.13 62 40 0.18 0.14 0.59 0.29 0.58 0.14 0.02 0.13 0.12 60 42 0.15 0.16 0.62 0.30 0.60 0.15 0.01 0.13 0.12 58 44 0.12 0.19 0.63 0.31 ! 0.62 0.15 0.01 0.14 0.12 56 46 0.10 021 0.65 0.32 ' 0.63 0.16 0.00 0.14 0.12 54 48 0.09 0.22 0.6610.32 0.64 0.16 0.00 0.14. '0.12 52 50 0.08 0.22 0.66 ' 0.32 0.64 0.16 0.00 0.14 0.11 50 TABLE LXVIII. Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. Argument. Argument of the Evection. 0* I* II* III* IV* V* 80.3 74.7 59.6 39.4 19.8 5.9 o 30 1 80.3 74.3 58.9 38.7 19.3 5.6 29 2 80.3 73.9 58.3 38.0 18.7 5.3 28 3 80.2 73.5 57.7 37.3 18.1 5.0 27 4 80.2 73.1 57.1 36.6 17.6 4.7 26 5 80.1 72.7 56.4 36.0 17.0 4.4 25 . 6 80.1 72.3 55.8 35.3 16.5 4.1 24 7 80.0 71.9 55.1 34.6 15.9 3.8 23 8 79.9 71.4 54.5 33.9 15.4 3.6 22 9 79.8 71.0 53.8 33.2 14.9 3.4 21 10 79.7 70.5 53.1 32.5 14.4 3.1 20 11 79.5 70.1 52.5 31.9 13.9 2.9 19 12 79.4 69.6 51.8 31.2 13.4 2.7 18 13 79.2 69.1 51.1 30.5 12.9 2.5 17 14 79.1 68.6 50.5 29.9 12.4 2.3 16 15 78.9 68.1 49.8 29.2 11.9 2.1 15 16 78.7 67.6 49.1 28.6 11.4 2.0 14 17 78.5 67.0 48.4 27.9 11.0 1.8 13 18 78.2 66.5 47.7 27.2 10.5 1.7 12 19 78.0 66.0 47.0 26.6 10.1 1.6 11 20 77.8 65.4 46.4 26.0 9.7 1.4 10 21 77.5 64.9 45.7 25.3 9.3 1.3 9 "22 77.2 64.3 45.0 24.7 8.8 1.2 8 23 77.0 63.7 44.3 24.1 8.4 1.2 7 24 70.7 63.2 43.6 23.5 8.0 1.1 6 25 76.4 62.6 42.9 22.8 7.7 1.0 5 26 76.1 62.0 42.2 22.2 7.3 1.0 4 27 75.7 61.4 41.5 21.6 6.9 0.9 3 28 75.4 60.8 40.8 21.0 6.6 0.9 2 29 75.0 60.2 40.1 20.4 6.2 0.9 1 30 74.7 59.6 39.4 19.8 5.9 0.9 XI* X IX* VIII* VII* VI* TABLE LXIX. Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. Arguments. Sum of Equations, 2, 3, &c., and Evection corrected { 0" | 10" | 20" | * o s 00 0.2 0.5 XII I 0.0 0.2 0.4 XI II 0.1 0.2 0.3 X III 0.2 0.2 0.2 IX IV 0.3 0.2 0.1 VIII V 0.4 0.2 0.0 VII VI 0.5 0.2 0.0 VI 0" [ 10" I 20" | TABLE LXX. Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. Arguments. Sum of preceding equations, and Anomaly corrected. " 10" 20" 30" 40" 50" 60" 70" 80" 90" 100" s s 4.1 5.3 6.5 7.6 8.8 10.0 11.2 12.4 13.5 14.7 15.9 XII 5 4.1 5.3 6.5 7.7 8.8 10.0 11.2 12.3 13.5 14.7 15.9 25 10 4.2 5.4 6.5 7.7 8.8 10.0 11.2 12.3 13.5 14.6 15.8 20 15 4.3 5.5 6.6 7.7 8.9 10.0 11.1 12.3 13.4 14.5 15.7 15 20 4.5 5.6 6.7 7.8 8.9 10.0 11.1 12.2 13.3 14.4 15.5 10 25 4.8 5.8 6.9 7.9 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.1 13.1 14.2 15.2 5 I -0 5.1 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 14.9 XI 5 5.4 6.3 7.2 8.2 9.1 10.0 10.9 11.8 12.8 13.7 14.6 25 10 5.7 6.6 7.4 8.3 9.2 10.0 10.8 11.7 12.6 13.4 14.3 20 15 6.1 6.9 7.7 8.5 9.2 10.0 10.8 11.5 12.3 13.1 13.9 15 20 6.6 7.2 7.9 8.6 9.3 10.0 10.7 11.4 12.1 12.8 13.4 10 25 7.0 7.6 8.2 8.8 9.4 10.0 10.6 11.2 11.8 12.4 13.0 5 II 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5 X 5 , 7.9 8.4 8.8 9.2 9.6 10.0 10.4 10.8 11.2 11.6 12.1 25 10 8.4 8.7 9.1 9.4 9.7 10.0 10.3 10.6 10.9 11.3 11.6 20 15 8.9 9.1 9.4 9.6 9.8 10.0 10.2 10.4 10.6 10.9 11.1 15 20 9.4 9.5 9.7 9.8 9.9 10.0 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.5 10.6 10 25 9.9 9.9 9.9 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.1 10.1 5 III 10.4 10.3 10.2 10.1 10.1 10.0 9.9 9.9 9.8 9.7 9.6 IX 5 10.8 10.7 10.5 10.3 10.2 10.0 9.8 9.7 9.5 9.3 9.2 S5 10 11.3 11.0 10.8 10.5 10.3 10.0 9.7 9.5 9.2 9.0 8.7 20 15 11.7 11.4 11.0 10.7 10.3 10.0 9.7 9.3 9.0 8.6 8.3 15 20 12.1 11.7 11.3 10.9 10.4 10.0 9.6 9.1 8.7 8.3 7.9 10 25 12.5 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 5 IV 12.9 12.3 11.7 11.2 10.6 10.0 9.4 8.8 8.3 7.7 7.1 VIII 5 13.3 12.6 11.9 11.3 10.6 10.0 9.4 8". 7 8.1 7.4 6.7 25 10 13.6 12.9 12.1 11.4 10.7 10.0 9.3 8.6 7.9 7.1 6.4 20 15 13.9 13.1 12.3 11.5 10.8 10.0 9.2 8.5 7.7 6.9 6.1 15 20 14.1 13.3 12.5 11.6 10.8 10.0 9.2 8.4 7.5 6.7 5.9 10 25 14.4 13.5 12.6 11.7 10.9 10.0 9.1 8.3 7.4 6.5 5.6 5 V 14.6 13.7 12.7 11.8 10.9 10.0 9.1 8.2 7.3 6.3 5.4 VII 5 14.7 13.8 12.8 11.9 10.9 10.0 9.1 8.1 7.2 6.2 5.3 25 10 14.9 13.9 12.9 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.1 6.1 5.1 20 15 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 5.0 15 20 15.1 14.1 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 5.9 4.9 10 25 15.1 14.1 13.1 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 6.9 5.9 4.9 5 VI 15.1 14.1 13.1 12.1 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 6.9 5.9 4.9 VI 0' 10" 20" 30" 40" 50" 60" 70" 80" 90" 100" 90 TABLE LXXI. Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. Argument. Anomaly corrected. diff. I* diff. II* diff III* diff. IV* diff. V diff. // ft /, 1 2 3 4 5 441.5 441.5 441.3 441.1 440.8 440.4 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 404.1 401.6 399.2 396.6 394.0 391.3 2.5 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.7 309.3 305.6 301.9 298.1 294.4 290.6 3.7 3.7 3.8 ' 3.7 3.8 ! 195.3 191.6 187.9 184.3 180.6 177.0 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.7 3.6 95.8 93.0 90.2 87.6 84.9 82.3 2.8 2.8 2.6 2.7 2.6 30.6 29.2 27.8 26.4 25.1 23.8 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 30 29 28 27 26 25 0.5 2.7 3.8 3.6 2.6 1.2 6 7 8 9 10 439.9 439.4 438.7 438.0 437.2 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.8 388.6 385.8 383.0 380.1 377.1 2.8 2.8 2.9 3.0 286.8 283.0 279.2 275.4 271.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.9 173.4 169.8 166.3 162.8 159.3 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 79.7 77.1 74.6 72.1 69.7 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 22.6 21.4 20.3 19.2 18.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 IrO 24 23 22 21 20 0.9 13.0 3.8 3.5 2.4 1.0 11 12 13 14 15 436.3 435.3 434.2 433.1 431.8 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.3 374.1 371.1 368.0 364.8 361.6 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.2 267.7 263.8 260.0 256.2 252.3 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.9 155.8 152.4 148.9 145.5 142.2 3.4 3.5 3.4 3.3 67.3 65.0 62.7 60.4 58.2 2.3 2.3 2,3 2.2 17.2 16.3 15.4 14.6 13.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 19 18 17 16 15 1.3 3.2 3.8 3.3 2.1 0.7 16 17 18 19 20 430.5 429.1 427.6 426.1 424.5 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.6 358.4 355.1 351.8 348.4 345.0 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.4 248.5 244.6 240.8 236.9 233.1 3.9 3.8 3.9 3.8 138.S 135.6 132.3 129.1 125.9 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 56.1 53.9 51.9 49.8 47.9 2.2 2.0 2.1 1.9 13.1 12.4 11.8 11.2 10.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 14 13 12 11 10 1.7 3.4 3.8 3.2 2.0 0.5 21 22 23 24 25 422.7 421.0 419.1 417.2 415.2 1.7 1.9 1.9 2.0 341.6 338.1 334.6 331.1 327.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3,6 229.3 225.4 221.6 217.8 214.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 122.7 119.6 116.5 113.4 110.4 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 45.9 44.0 42.2 40.4 38.7 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 10.2 9.8 9.4- 9.1 8.8 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 9 8 7 6 5 2.1 3.5 3.7 3.0 1.7 0.2 26 27 28 29 30 413.1 410.9 408.7 406.4 404.1 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 324.0 320.3 316.7 313.0 309.3 3.7 3.6 3.7 3.7 210.3 206.5 202.8 199.0 195.3 3.8 3.7 3.9 3.7 107.4 104.5 101.6 98.7 95.8 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 37.0 35.3 33.7 32.1 30.6 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.5 8.6 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 4 3 2 1 XI* X* IX* VIII* VII VI* TABLE LXXII. Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. Arguments. Sum of preceding Equations, and Arg. of Variation. 91 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 a o 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.6 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.6 12.6 13.7 14.7 15.7 16.7 8 XII 5 4.6 5.6 6.6 7.6 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.6 12.6 13.6 14.6 15.6 16.6 25 10 4.8 5.8 6.8 7.7 8.7 9.6 10.6 11.5 12.5 13.4 14.4 15.3 16.3 20 15 5.3 6.1 7.0 7.9 8.8 9.7 10.5 11.4 12.3 13.1 14.0 14.9 15.8 15 20 5.8 6.6 7.4 8.2 8.9 9.7 10.5 11.2 12.0 12.8 13.5 14.3 15.1 10 25 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.5 9.1 9.7 10.4 11.0 11.7 12.3 12.9 13.6 14.2 5 I 7.4 7.8 8.3 8.8 9.3 9.8 10.3 10.8 11.3 11.8 12.3 12.7 13.2 XI 5 8.3 8.6 8.9 9.2 9.5 9.9 10.2 10.5 10.8 11.2 11.5 11.8 12.1 25 10 9.2 9.3 9.5 9.6 9.8 9.9 10.1 10.2 10.4 10.5 10.7 10.8 11.0 20 15 10.2 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.8 9.8 15 20 11.1 10.9 10.7 10.5 10.3 10.1 9.9 9.7 9.5 9-2 9.0 8.8 8.6 10 25 12.1 11.7 11.3 10.9 10.5 10.2 9.8 9.4 9.0 8.6 8.3 7.9 7.5 5 II 12.9 12.4 11.8 11.3 10.8 10.2 9.7 9.1 8.6 8.1 7.5 7.0 6.4 X 5 13.7 13.0 12.3 11.6 11.0 10.3 9.6 8.9 8.2 7.5 6.9 6.2 5.5 25 10 14.3 13.5 12.7 11.9 11.1 10.3 9.5 8.7 7.9 7.1 6.3 5.5 4.7 20 15 14.9 14.0 13.1 12.2 11.3 10.4 9.5 8.6 7.7 6.8 5.8 4.9 4.0 15 20 15.3 14.3 13.3 12.3 11.4 10.4 9.4 8.4 7.5 6.5 5.5 4.5 3.6 10 25 15.5 14.5 13.5 12.4 11.4 10.4 9.4 8.4 7.4 6.3 5.3 4.3 3.3 5 III 15.6 14.5 13.5 12.5 11.4 10.4 9.4 8.4 7.3 6.3 5.3 4.2 3.2 IX 5 15.4 14.4 13.4 12.4 11.4 10.4 9.4 8.4 7.4 6.4 5.4 4.4 3.3 25 10 15.2 14.2 13.3 12.3 11.3 10.4 9.4 8.5 7.5 6.5 5.6 4.6 3.6 20 15 14.8 13.9 13.0 12.1 11.2 10.4 9.5 8.6 7.7 6.8 5.9 5.1 4.2 15 20 14.2 13.4 12.6 11.9 11.1 10.3 9.5 8.8 8.0 7.2 6.4 5.6 4.9 10 25 13.5 12.9 12.2 11.6 10.9 10.3 9.6 9.0 8.4 7.6 7.0 6.3 5.7 5 IV 12.7 12.2 11.7 11.2 10.7 10.2 9.7 9.2 8.7 8.2 7.7 7.2 6.7 YIIIO 5 11.9 11.5 11.2 10.8 10.5 10.1 9.8 9.5 9.1 8.8 8.4 8.1 7.7 25 10il0.9 10.7 10.6 10.4 10.2 10.1 9.9 9.7 9.6 9.4 9.2 9.1 8.9 20 15 9.9 99 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.1 10.1 15 20 8.9 9.1 9.3 9.5 9.7 9.9 10.1 10.3 10.5 10.7 10.9 11.1 11.3 10 25 8.0 8.4 8.7 9.1 9.5 9.9 10.2 10.6 11.0 11.3 11.7 12.1 12.5 5 V 7.1 7.6 8.2 8.7 9.2 9.8 10.3 10.9 11.4 11.9 12.5 13.0 13.6 VII 5 6.3 7.0 7.6 8.3 9.0 9.7 10.4 11.1 11.8 12.5 13.2 13.9 14.6 25 10 5.6 6.4 .7.2 8.0 8.8 9.7 10.5 11.3 12.1 13.0 13.8 14.6 15.4 20| 15 5.0 5.9 6.8 7.8 8.7 9.6 10.6 11.5 12.4 13.3 14.3 15.2 16.1 15 20 4.6 5.6 6.6 7.6 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.6 12.6 13.6 14.6 15.7 16.7 10 25 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.5 8.5 9.6 10.6 11.7 12.7 13.8 14.9 15.9 17.0 5 VI 4.2 5.3 6.4 7.4 8.5 9.6 10.6 11.7 12.8 13.9 14.9 16.0 17.1 VI 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 TABLE LXXIII. Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. Argument. Argument of the Variation. O I* II* III* IV* V* o // // // // // 77.2 57.8 20.3 2.4 21.5 59.7 30 1 77.2 56.7 19.2 2.5 22.7 60.9 29 2 77.1 55.5 18.1 2.6 23.8 62.0 28 3 77.0 54.3 17.0 2.7 25.0 63.1 27 4 76.8 53.1 16.0 2.9 26.2 64.2 26 5 76.6 51.8 15.0 3.1 27.5 65.3 25 6 76.4 50.5 14.1 3.3 28.7 66.3 24 7 76.1 49.3 13.2 3.7 30.0 67.3 23 8 75.7 48.0 12.3 4.0 31.3 68.3 22 9 75.3 46.7 11.4 4.4 32.6 69.2 21 10 74.9 45.4 10.6 4.9 33.9 70.1 20 11 74.4 44.1 9.8 5.3 35.2 70.9 19 12 73.9 42.8 9.0 5.9 36.5 71.7 18 13 73.3 41.5 8.3 6.4 37.8 72.5 17 14 72.7 40.2 7.6 7.0 39.2 73.3 16 15 72.0 38.9 7.0 7.7 40.5 74.0 15 16 71.3 37.5 6.4 8.3 41.8 74.7 14 17 70.6 38.2 5.8 9.1 43.2 75.3 13 18 69.8 34.9 5.3 9.8 44.5 75.8 12 19 69.0 33.6 4.8 10.6 45.8 76.4 11 20 68.1 32.3 4.4 11.5 47.2 76.9 10 21 67.2 31.1 4.0 12.3 48.5 77.3 9 22 66.3 29.8 3.7 13.2 49.8 77.7 8 23 65.3 28.6 3.3 14.2 51.1 78.1 7 24 64.4 27.3 3.1 15.1 52.4 78.4 6 25 63.4 26.1 2.9 16.1 53.6 78.6 5 26 62.3 24.9 2.7 17.1 54.9 78.9 4 27 61.2 23.7 2.5 18.2 56.1 79.0 3 28 60.1 22.5 2.5 19.3 57.3 79.2 2 29 59.0 21.4 2.4 20.4 58.5 79.2 1 30 57.8 20.3 2.4 21.5 59.7 79.2 . XI* X* IX VIII* VII' VI* TABLE LXXIV. 03 Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. Arguments. Arg. of Reduction and Sum of preceding Equations 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 o O 3.3 3.1 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2. 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 XII 5 13.3 3.1 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2. 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 25 10 13.2 3.0 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.3 2. 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 20 15 |3.1 2.9 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2. 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 15 20 3.0 2.8 2.7 2.5 2.4 2.2 2. 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 10 25 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.2 2: 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 5 I 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 XI 5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.6 25 10 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 20 15 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 15 20 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 10 25 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.4 5 II 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 X 5 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.8 .9 2. 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 25 10 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.8 .9 2. 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.0 20 15 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 .8 .9 2. 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.1 15 20 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 .7 .9 2. 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.0 3.2 10 25 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 .7 .9 2. 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 5 III 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 .7 .9 2. 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 IX 5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 .7 .9 2 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 25 10 0.8 .0 1.2 1.4 1.6 .7 .9 2 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.0 3.2 20 15 0.9 .1 1.2 1.4 1.6 .8 .9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.1 15 20 1.0 .2 1.3 1.5 1.6 .8 .9 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.7. 2.9 3.0 10 25 1.2 .3 1.4 1.6 1.7 .8 .9 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 5 IV 1.4 .5 1.6 1.7 1.8 .9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6^.7 VIII | . 5 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.8 .9 2.0 2.0 2.1 2 2 2 2.3 2.4 2.4 25 10 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 .9 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 20 15 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 15 20 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 .8 1.8 1.8 10 25 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.8 .7 1.6 1.6 5 V 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 .5 1.4 1.3 Vll 5 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.5 .4 1.3 1.2 25 10 3.0 2.8 2.7 2.5 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 .3 1.1 1.0 20 15 3.1 2 9 ? 8 ? 6 *> 4 t> ?! 1 1 9 1 7 1 *\ A o 1 9 15 20 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 .1 1.0 0.8 10 25 3.3 3.1 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 .1 0.9 0.7 5 VI 3.3 3.1 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 .1 0.9 0.7 VI 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 94 TABLE LXXV. Moon's Horary Motion in Long. Arg. Arg. of Reduction. TABLE LXXVI. Moon's Horary Motion in Long. (Equation of the second order.) Arguments. Arg's.of Table LXX. Os Vis I* VI!s Us \Ills o II // 2.1 6.0 14.0 30 1 2.1 6.3 14.2 29 2 2.1 6.5 14.4 28 3 2.1 6.8 14.7 27 4 2.2 7.0 14.9 26 5 2.2 7.3 15.1 25 6 2.2 7.5 15.3 24 7 2.3 7.8 15.5 23 8 2.4 8.1 15.7 22 9 2.5 8.4 15.9 21 10 2.5 8.6 16.1 20 11 2.6 8.9 16.2 19 12 2.7 9.2 16.4 18 13 2.9 9.4 16.6 17 14 3.0 9.7 16.7 16 15 3.1 10.0 16.9 15 16 3.3 10.3 17.0 14 17 3.4 10.6 17.1 13 18 3.6 10.8 17.3 12 19 3.8 11.1 17.4 11 20 3.9 11.4 17.5 10 21 4.1 11.6 17.5 9 22 4.3 11.9 17.6 8 23 4.5 12.2 17.7 7 24 4.7 12.5 17.8 6 25 4.9 12.7 17.8 5 26 5.1 13.0 17.8 4 27 5.3 13.2 17.9 3 28 5.6 13.5 17.9 2 29 5.8 13.7 17.9 1 | 30 6.0 14.0 17.9 1 XTV XIV IXsIIIs ft Arg. 50 100 a // // " 0.05 0.05 0.05 I , 0.08 0.05 0.02 II 0.10 0.05 0.00 III 0.10 0.05 0.00 IV 0.09 0.05 0.01 V 0.07 0.05 0.03 VI 0.05 0.05 0.05 VII 0.03 0.05 0.07 VIII 0.01 0.05 0.09 IX 0.00 0.05 0.10 X 0.00 0.05 0.10 XI 0.02 , 0.05 0.08 XII 0.05 0.05 0.05 tt 50 100 Constant to be added 27'24".0. TABLE LXXVII. Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. (Equations of the second order.) Arguments. Arguments of Tables LXXII and LXXIV. Variation. Reduction. tt 100 200 300 400 500 600 tf 600 0. VI. 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 003 0.03 I. VII. 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.13 0.10 0.06 0.02 0.01 0.05 I. VII. 15 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.05 0.01 0.01 0.06 n. vin. o 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.13 0.10 0.07 0.03 0.01 0.05 m. ix. o 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.03 0.03 IV. X. 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.21 0.26 0.05 0.01 IV. X. 15 0.05 0.08 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.23 0.28 0.05 0.00 V. XI. 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.05 0.01 VI. XII. 0.14 0.14 0.14 J0.14 0.14 C.14 0.14 0.03 0.03 TABLE LXXVIII. 95 Moon's Horary Motion in Longitude. (Equations of the second order.) Arguments. Args. of Evection, Anomaly, Variation, Reduction. Evec. Anom. Var. Red. Evec. Anom. Var. Red. 0* 0.16 1.05 0.34 0.08 0.16 1.05 0.34 0.08 8 XII ' 5 0.15 0.93 0.28 0.09 0.18 1.17 0.40 0.06 25 10 0.13 0.81 0.22 0.10 0.19 1.28 0.46 0.05 20 15 0.12 0.70 0.17 0.11 0.21 1.40 0.51 0.04 15 20 0.10 0.59 0.12 0.12 0.22 1.50 0.56 0.03 10 25 0.09 0.49 0.08 0.13 0.24 1.60 0.60 0.02 5 I 0.08 0.40 0.05 0.14 0.25 1.70 0.63 0.01 XI 5 0.07 0.31 0.02 0.15 0.26 1.78 0.66 0.01 25 10 0.05 0.24 0.01 0.15 0.27 1.86 0.67 0.00 20 15 0.04 0.17 0.01 0.15 0.28 1.92 0.67 0.00 15 20 0.03 0.12 0.01 0.15 0.29 1.98 0.67 0.00 '* 10 25 0.03 0.07 0.03 0.15 0.30 2.02 0.65 0.01 5 II 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.14 0.31 2.05 0.62 0.01 X 5 0.01 0.02 0.09 0.13 0.32 2.08 0.59 0.02 25 10 0.01 0.00 0.13 0.12 0.32 2.09 0.54 0.03 20 15 0.00 0.00 0.18 0.11 0.32 2.10 0.50 0.04 15 20 0.00 0.00 0.24 0.10 0.33 2.09 0.44 0.05 10 25 0.00 0.02 0.29 0.09 0.33 2.08 0.39 0.06 5 III 0.00 0.04 0.35 0.08 0.33 2.06 0.33 0.08 IX 5 0.00 0.07 0.40 0.06 0.33 2.03 0.27 0.09 25 10 0.01 0.10 0.46 0.05 0.32 2.00 0.22 0.10 20 15 0.01 0.14 0.51 0.04 0.32 1.96 0.17 .0.11 15 20 0-01 0.18 0.56 0.03 0.31 1.91 0.12 { F 0.12 10 25 0.02 0.23 0.60 0.02 0.31 1.87 0.08 0.13 5 IV 0.03 0.28 0.63 0.01 0.30 1.82 0.05 0.14 VIII 5 0.03 0.34 0.66 0.01 0.29 1.76 0.02 0.15 25 10 0.04 0.39 0.67 0.00 0.28 1.70 0.01 0.15 20 15 0.05 0.45 0.68 0.00 0.27 1.64 0.00 0.15 15 20 0.06 0.52 0.67 0.00 0.26 1.58 0.00 0.15 10 25 0.08 0.58 0.66 0.01 0.25 1.52 0.02 0.15 5 V 0.09 0.64 0.64 0.01 0.24 1.45 0.04 0.14 VII 5 0.10 0.71 0.60 0.02 0.23 1.39 0.08 0.13 25 10 0.11 0.78 0.56 0.03 0.22 1.32 0.12 0.12 20 15 0.12 0.84 0.51 0.04 0.20 1.25 0.16 0.11 lo 20 0.14 0.91 0.46 0.05 0.19 1.18 0.22 0.10 10 25 0.15 0.98 0.40 0.06 0.18 1.12 0.28 0.09 5 VI 0.16 1.05 0.34 0.08 0.16 1.05 0.34 0.08 VI 16 TABLE LXXIX. Moon's Horary Motion in Latitude. Argument. Arg. I of Latitude. 0* I* II* III* IV* V // // n // // o 378.0 354.3 289.2 200.0 110.8 45.7 30 1 378.0 352.7 286.5 196.9 108.1 44.2 29 2 377.9 351.1 283.8 193.8 105.4 42.7 28 3 377.8 349.4 281.0 190.7 102.8 41.3 27 4 377.6 347.7 278.3 187.5 100.2 39.9 26 5 377.3 346.0 275.5 184.4 97.7 38.6 25 6 377.0 344.2 272.6 181.3 95.1 37.3 24 7 376.7 342.3 269.8 178.2 92.6 36.1 23 8 376.3 340.5 266.9 175.1 90.2 34.9 22 9 375.8 338.5 264.0 172.1 87.7 33.8 21 10 375.3 336.6 261.1 169.0 85.3 32.7 20 11 374.7 334.5 258.1 165.9 83.0 31.6 19 12 374.1 332.5 255.2 162.9 80.7 30.7 18 13 373.5 330.4 252.2 159.8 78.1 29.7 17 14 372.7 328.3 249.2 156.8 76.1 28.9 16 15 372.0 326.1 246.2 153.8 73.9 28.0 15 16 371.1 323.9 243.2 150.8 71.7 27.3 14 17 370.3 321.9 240.2 147.8 69.6 26.5 13 18 369.3 319.3 237.1 144.8 67.5 25.9 12 19 368.4 317.0 234.1 141.9 65.5 25.3 11 20 367.3 314.7 231.0 138.9 63.4 24.7 10 21 366.2 312.3 227.9 136.0 61.5 - 24.2 9 22 365.1 309.8 224.9 133.1 59.5 23.7 8 23 363.9 307.4 221.8 130.2 57.7 23.3 7 24 362.7 304.9 218.7 127.4 55.8 23.0 6 25 361.4 302.3 215.6 124.5 54.0 22.7 5 26 360.1% 299.8 212.5 121.7 52.3 22.4 4 27 358.7 297.2 209.3 119.0 50.6 22.2 3 28 357.3 294.6 206.2 116.2 48.9 22.1 2 29 355.8 291.9 203.1 113.5 47.3 22.0 1 30 354.3 289.2 200.0 110.8 45.7 22.0 XI* X* IX* VIII* VII* Vis TABLE LXXX. Moon's Horary Motion in Latitude. Arguments. Args. V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, and XII, of Latitude Arg. V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Arg. 0.00 0.50 0.34 0.00 0.50 0.04 0.12 0.08 1000 50 0.01 0.49 0.33 0.00 0.49 0.04 0.12 0.07 950 100 0.04 0.45 0.30 0.02 0.45 0.04 0.11 0.05 900 150 0.09 0.40 0.27 0.04 0.40 0.03 0.10 0.03 850 200 0.16 0.33 0.22 0.06 0.33 0.03 0.08 0.01 800 250 0.23 0.25 0.17 0.09 0.25 0.02 0.06 0.00 750 300 0.30 0.17 0.12 0.12 0.17 0.01 0.04J0.01 700 350 0.37 0.10 0.07 0.14 0.10 0.01 0.02 0.03 650 400 0.42 0.05 0.04 6.16 0.05 0.00 0.01;0.05 600 450 0.45 0.01 0.01 0.18 0.01 0,00 0.00 0.07 550 500 0.46 0.00' 0.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.08 500 TABLE LXXXI. Moon's Horary Motion in Latitude. 97 Arguments. Preceding equation, and Sum of equations of Horary Motion in Longitude, except the last two. Pr. eq. 0" 1".6 50" 1".4 100" 150" 0".9 200" 250" 0".4 300" 0".l 350" 0''.2 400" 0".4 A50" 500' 0".9 550" 600" ^ 650" Dill l."l 0".6 0".7 1".2 1".7 ~ ' 20 59.0 54.5 50.0 45.4 40.9 36.4 31.8 27.3 22.8 18.2 13.7 9.1 4.6 0.1 4.5 30 57.4 53.1 48.9 44.6 40.3 36.0 31.7 27.4 23.2 18.9 146 10.3 6.0 1.7 4.3 40 55.8151.8 47.7 43.7 39.7 35.6 31.6 27.6 23.6 19.5 15.5 11.5 7.4 3.1 4.0 50 54.2 50.4! 46.6 42.9 39.1 35.3 31.5 27.7 24.0 20.2 16.4 12.6 8.8 5.1 3.8 60 52. 6 '49.1 45.5 42.0 38.5 34.9 31.4 27.9 24.4 20.8 17.3 13.8 10.2 6.7 3.5 70 51.0 47.7 44.4 41.1 37.9 34.6 31.3 28.0 21,8 21.5 18.2 14.9 11.7 8.4 3.3 80 49.3 46.3 43.3 40.3 37.3 34.2 31.2 28.2 25.2 22.1 19.1 16.1 13.1 10.0 3.0 90 47.7i45.OJ 42.2 39.4 36.7 33.9 31.1 28.3 25.6 22.8 20.0 17.3 14.5 11.7 2.8 100 46.1 43.6 41.1 38.6 36.0 33.5 31.0 28.5 26.0 23.4 20.9 18.4 15.9 13.4 2.5 110 44.5 42.2 40.0 37.7 35.4 33.2 30.9 28.6 26.4 24.1 21.8 19.6 17.3 15.0 2.3 120 42 9 40.9 38.9 36.9 34.8 32.8 30.8 28.8 26.8 24.8 22.7 20.7 18.7 16.7 2.0 130 41.3 39.5 37.8 36.0 34.2 32.5 30.7 28.9 27.2 25.4 23.7 21.9 20.1 18.4 1.8 140 39.7 38.2 36.7 35.1 33.6 32.1 30.6 29.1 27.6 26.1 24.6 23.0 21.5 20.0 1.5 150 38.1 36.8 35.5 34.3 33.0 31.8 30.5 29.2 28.0 26.7 25.5 24.2 23.0 21.7 1.3 160 36.5 35.4 34.4 33.4 32.4 31.4 30.4 29.4 28.4 27.4 26.4 25.4 24.4 23.3 1.0 170 34.8 34.1 33.3 32.6 31.8 31.1 30.3 29.5 28.8 28.0 27.3 26.5 25.8 25.0 0.8 180 33.2 32.7 32.2 31.7 31.2 30.7 30.2 29.7 29.2 28.7 28.2 27.7 27.2 26.7 0.5 190 31.6 31.4 31.1 30.9 30.6 30.4 30.1 29.8 29.6 29.3 29.1 28.8 28. 6| 28.3 0.3 200 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.01 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 80.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 0.0 210 28.4(28.6 28.9 29.1 29.4 29.6 29.9 30.2 30.4 30.7 30.9 31.2 31.4 31.7 0.3 220 26.3 27.3 27.8 28.3 28.8 29.3 29.8 30.3 30.8 31.3 31.8 32.3 32.8 33.3 0.5 230 25.2 25.9, 26.7 27.4 28.2 28.9 29.7 30.5 31.2 32.0 32.7 33.5 34.2 35.0 0.8 240 23.5 24.6! 25.6 26.6) 27.6 28.6 29.6 30.6 31.6 32.6 33.6 34.6 35.6 36.7 1.0 250 21.9 23.2 24.5 25.71 27.0 28.2 29.5 30.8 32.0 33.3 34.5 35.8 37.1 38.3 1.3 260 20.3 21 J 23.3 24.9 26.4 27.9 29.4 30.9 32.4 33.9 35.4 37.0 38.5 40.0 1.5| 270 18.7 20.,*; 22.2 24.0 25.8 27.5 29.3 31.1 32.8 34.6 36.3 38.1 39.9 41.6 1.8 280 17.1 19.1J 21.1 23.1 25.2 27.2 29.2 31.2 33.2 35.2 37.3 39.3 41.3 43.3 2.0 290 15.5 17.8 20.0, 22.3 24.6 26.8 29.1 31.4 33.6 35.9 38.2 40.4 42.7J 45.0 2.3 300 13.9 16.4 18.9121.4 24.0 26.5 29.0 31.5 34.0 36.6 39.1 41.6 44.1 46.6 2.5 ! 310 12.3 15.0 17.8 20.6 23.3 26.1 28.9 31.7 34.4 37.2 40.0 42.7 45.5 48.3 2.8 j 320 10.7|l3.7 16.7; 19.7 22.7 25.8 28.8 31.8 34.8 37.9 40.9 43.9 46.9 50.0 3.0 330 9.0 12.3 15.6! 18.9; 22.1 25.4 28.7! 32.0 35.2 38.5 41.8 45.1 48.3 51.6 33 340 7.4)10.9 14.5 18.0 21.5 25.1 28.6 32.1 35.6 39.2 42.7 46.2 49.8 53.3 35 350 5.8 9.6 13.4: 17.1 20.9 24.7 28.5 32.3 36.0 39.8 43.6 47.4 51.2 54.9 3.8 360 4.2 8.2 12.3 16.3 20.3 24.4 28.4 32.4 36.4 40.5 44.5 48.5 52.6 56.6 4.0 370 2.6i 6.9 11.1 15.4 19.7 24.01 28.3 32.6 36.8 41.1 45.4 49.7 54.0 58.3 43 380 l.OJ 5.5 10.0 14.6 19.1 23.6J 28.2 32.7 37.2 41.8 46.3 50.9 55.4] 59.9 4.5 L_ 0" 50" 100" 150" 200" 1 : 250" 300" 350" 400" 450" 500"!550" 600" 650" TABLE LXXXI I. Moons Horary Motion in Latitude. Argument. Arg. II. of Latitude. 05 1.9 11* 111* IVs Vs " " " " r ft 9.3 8.7 7.1 5.0 2.9 1.3 30 3 9.3 8.6 6.9 4.8 2.7 1.2 27 6 9.2 8.5 6.7 4.6 2.5 1.1 24 9 9.2 8.3 6.5 4.3 2.3 1.0 21 12 9.2 8.2 6.3 4.1 2.1 0.9 18 15 9.1 8.0 6.1 3.9 2.0 0.9 15 18 9.1 7.9 5.9 3.7 1.8 0.8 12 21 9.0 7.7 5.7 3.5 1.7 0.8 9 24 89 7.5 5.4 3.3 1.5 0.8 6 27 88 7.3 5.2 3.1 1.4 0.7 . 3 30 87 7.1 5.0 2.9 1.3 0.7 XI* Xo ; :,\, iVM*:- V!i* VI* M 98 TABLE LXXXIII. Moon's Horary Motion in Latitude. Arguments. Preceding equation, and Sum of equations of Horary Motion in Longi- tude, except the last two. : Prec. H equ. 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.3 0.0 1 .9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.2 2 .7 1.5 1.3 1.1 .0 0.8 0.6 0.3 3 .5 1.4 1.2 1.1 .0 0.9 0.8 0.6 4 .3 1.2 1.2 1.1 .1 .0 0.9 0.9 5 .1 1.1 1.1 1.1 .1 .1 1.1 1.1 6 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.1 .1 .2 1.3 1.3 7 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 .2 .3 1.4 1.6 8 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 .2 .4 1.6 1.9 9 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.3 .5 1.8 2.0 10 0.1 0.4 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Constant to be subtracted 237" .2. TABLE LXXXV. Moon's Horary Motion in Latitude. (Equations of second order.) Arguments. Preceding equation, and Sum of equations of Horary Motion in Longi- tude, except the last two. Prec " equ. 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0.00 0.65 0.57 0.48 0.39 0.31 0.21 0.12 0.00 0.10 0.62 055 0.47 0.39 0.31 !o.23 0.15 0.04 0.20 0.69 0.53 0.46 0.39 0.32 0.25 0.18 0.09 0.30 0.66 0.51 0.45 0.39 0.33 0.27 0.21 0.13 0.40 0.63 0.48 0.44 0.39 0.3410.29 0.24 0.17 0.50 0.50 0.46 0.43 0.38 0.35 0.30 0.27 0.21 0.60 0.47 0.44 0.42 0.38 0.36 0.32 0.29 0.25 0.70 0.44(0.42 0.40 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.80 0.41 ,0.40 0.39 0.38 0.37 0.36 0.35 0.34 0.90 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 1.00 0.35 0.36 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.41 0.42 1.10 0.32 0.34 0.36 0.38 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.46 1.20 0.29 0.32 0.34 0.38 0.40 0.44 0.47 0.51 1.30 026 0.30 033 0.38 0.41 0.46 0.49 0.55 1.40 0.23 0.28 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.47 0.52 0.59 1.50 0.20 0.25 0.31 037 0.43 0.49 0.55 0.63 1.60 0.17 0.23 0.30 0.37 0.44 0.51 0.58 0.67 1.70 0.14 0.21 0.29 0.37 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.72 1.80 0.11 0.19 0.28 0.37 0.45 0.55 0.64 0.76 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 TABLE LXXXIV. Moorfs Hor. Motion in Lat (Equa. of second order.) Argument. Arg. I of Lat. I I o // 0.90 0.90 XII 5 0.83 0.97 25 10 0.75 1.05 20 15 0.68 1.12 15 20 0.61 .19 10 25 0.54 .26 5 I 0.47 .33 XI 5 0.41 .39 25 10 0.35 .45 20 15 0.29 .51 15 20 0.24 .56 10 25 0.20 .60 5 II 0.16 .64 X 5 0.12 1.68 25 10 0.09 1.71 20 15 0.07 1.73 15 20 0.05 1.75 10 25 0.04 1.76 5 III 0.04 1.76 IX 5 0.04 1.76 25 10 0.05 1.75 20 15 0.07 1.73 15 20 0.09 1.71 10 25 0.12 1.68 5 rv o 0.16 1.64 VIII 5 0.20 1.60 25 10 0.24 1.56 20 15 0.29 1.51 15 20 0.35 1.45 10 25 0.41 1.39 5 V 0.47 1.33 VII 5 ' 0.54 1.26 25 10 0.61 1.19 20 15 0.68 1.12 15 20 0.75 1.05 10 25 0.83 0.97 5 VI 0.90 0.90 VI TABLE LXXXVI. Mean New Moons and Arguments, in January. Years. Mean New Moon in. January. I. II. III. IV. N. d. h m. 1821 2 17 59 0092 7859 80 78 823 1822 21 15 32 0602 7182 78 66 930 1823 11 20 0304 5787 61 55 953 1824 B 29 21 53 0814 5110 59 43 060 1825 18 6 41 0516 3716 42 32 083 1826 7 15 30 0218 2321 25 21 105 1827 26 13 3 0728 1644 24 09 213 1828 B 15 21 51 0430 0250 07 98 235 1829 4 6 40 0131 8855 90 87 257 1830 23 4 12 0642 8178 88 75 365 1831 12 13 1 0343 6784 71 64 387 1832 B 1 21 50 0045 5389 54 53 409 1833 19 19 22 0555 4712 53 42 517 1834 9 4 11 0257 3318 36 31 539 1835 28 1 43 0768 2641 34 19 647 1836 B 17 10 32 0469 1246 17 08 669 1837 5 19 20 0171 9852 00 97 692 1838 24 16 53 0681 9175 99 85 799 1839 14 1 42 0383 7780 82 74 822 1840 B 3 10 30 0085 6386 65 63 844 1841 21 8 3 0595 5709 63 51 951 1842 10 16 51 0.297 4314 46 40 974 i843 29 14 24 0807 3637 44 28 081 1844 B 18 23 13 0509 2243 28 17 104 1845 7 8 1 0211 0848 11 06 126 1846 26 5 34 C721 0171 09 94 234 1847 15 14 22 0423 8777 92 84 256 i848B 4 23 11 0125 7382 75 73 278 184-J 22 20 43 0635 6705 73 61 386 1850 12 5 32 0337 5311 56 50 408 1851 1 14 21 0038 3916 40 39 431 1852 B 20 11 53 0549 3239 38 27 538 1853 8 20 42 0251 1845 21 16 560 1854 27 18 14 0761 1168 19 04 6G8 1855 17 3 3 0463 9773 02 93 690 1856 B 6 11 51 0164 8379 85 82 713 1857 24 9 24 0675 7702 84 70 820 1953 13 18 13 0376 6307 67 59 843 1859 3 3 1 0078 4913 50 48 865 18GOB 22 34 0588 | 4236 48 36 972 100 TABLE LXXXVII. Mean Lunations and Changes of the Arguments, Num Lunations. I. II. III. IV. N. d. h ni i 14 18 22 404 5359 58 50 43 1 29 12 44 808 717 15 99 85 2 59 1 28 1617 1434 31 98 170 3 88 14 12 2425 2151 46 97 256 4 118 2 56 3234 2869 61 96 341 5 147 15 40 4042 3586 76 95 426 6 177 4 24 4851 4303 92 95 511 7 206 17 8 5659 5020 7 94 596 8 236 5 52 6468 5737 22 93 682 9 265 18 36 7276 6454 37 92 767 10 295 7 20 8085 7171 53 91 852 11 324 20 5 8893 7889 68 90 937 12 354 8 49 9702 8606 83 89 22 13 383 21 33 510 9323 98 88 108 TABLE LXXXVIII. Number of Days from the commencement of the year to the first of each month- Months. Com. Bis. j Days. Days. January February 31 31 March . 59 60 April . 90 91 May . 120 121 June 151 152 JuJy . 181 182 August . 212 213 September October . 243 273 244 274 November 304 305 December 334 33f TABLE LXXXIX. Equations for New and Fall Moon. 101 Arg. i | ii Arg. I II Arg! Ill IV Arg h in 1 h in h m h m m m 4 20 I 10 10 5000 4 20 10 10 25 3 31 25 100 4 36 9 36 5100 4 5 10 50 26 3 31 24 200 4 52 9 2 5200 3 49 11 30 27 3 30 23 300 5 8 8 28 5300 3 34 12 9 28 3 30 22 400 5 24 7 55 5400 3 19 12 48 29 3 30 21 500 5 40 7 22 5500 3 4 13 26 30 3 30 20 600 5 55 6 49 5600 2 49 14 3 31 3 30 19 700 6 10 6 17 5700 2 35 14 39 32 4 30 18 800 6 24 5 46 5800 2 21 15 13 33 4 29 17 900 i 6 38 5 15 5900 2 8 15 46 34 4 29 16 1000 ' 6 51 4 46 6000 1 55 16 18 35 4 29 15 1100 7 4 4 17 6100 1 42 16 48 36 5 28 14 1200 7 15 3 50 6200 1 31 17 16 37 5 28 13 1300 7 27 3 24 6300 1 19 17 42 38 5 27 12 j 1400 7 37 2 59 6400 1 9 18 6 39 5 27 11 1500 7 47 2 35 6500 59 18 28 40 6 26 10 1600 7 55 2 14 6600 50 18 48 41 6 26 9 1700 8 3 1 53 6700 42 19 6 42 7 25 8 1800 8 10 1 35 6800 34 19 21 43 7 25 7 1900 8 16 1 18 6900 28 19 33 44 7 24 6 2000 8 21 1 3 7000 22 19 44 45 8 23 5 2100 8 25 51 7100 17 19 52 46 8 23 4 2200 8 29 40 7200 14 19 57 47 9 22 3 2300 8 31 32 7300 11 20 48 9 21 2 2400 8 32 25 7400 9 20 1 49 10 21 1 2500 8 32 21 7500 8 19 59 50 10 20 2600 8 31 19 7600 8 19 55 51 10 19 99 2700 8 29 20 7700 9 19 48 52 11 19 98 2800 8 26 23 7800 11 19 40 53 11 18 97 2900 8 23 28 7900 15 19 29 54 12 17 96 3000 8 18 36 8000 19 19 17 55 12 17 95 3100 8 12 47 8100 24 19 2 56 13 16 94 3200 8 6 59 8200 30 18 45 57 13 15 93 3300 7 58 1 14 8300 37 18 27 58 13 15 92 3400 7 50 1 32 8400 45 18 6 59 14 14 91 3500 7 41 1 52 8500 53 17 45 60 14 14 90 3600 7 31 2 14 8600 1 3 17 21 61 15 13 89 3700 7 21 2 38 8700 1 13 16 56 62 15 13 88 3800 7 9 3 4 8800 1 25 16 30 63 15 12 87 3900 6 58 3 32 8900 1 36 16 3 64 15 12 86 4000 6 45 4 2 9000 I 49 15 34 65 16 11 85 4100 6 32 4 34 9100 2 2 15 5 66 16 11 84 4200 6 19 5 7 9200 2 16 14 34 67 16 11 83 4300 6 5 5 41 9300 2 30 14 3 68 16 10 82 4400 5 51 6 17 9400 2 45 13 31 69 17 10 81 4500 5 36 6 54 9500 3 12 58 70 17 10 80 4600 5 21 7 32 9600 3 16 12 25 71 17 10 79 4700 5 6 8 11 9700 3 32 11 52 72 17 10 78 4800 4 51 8 50 9SOO 3 48 11 18 73 17 10 77 4900 4 35 9 30 9900 4 4 10 44 74 17 9 76 5000 4 20 10 10 10000 4 20 10 10 75 17 9 75 102 TABLE XC. Mean Right Ascensions and Declinations of 50 principal Fixed Stars, for the beginning of 1840. Stars' Name. Mag light Ascen. AnnualVar. Declination. Ann. Var. ft m a 8 ' " ~ 1 Algenib 2.3 5 0.31 + 3.0775 14 17 38.82 N -1- 20.051 2 /? Andromedae 2 1 46.7 3.309 34 46 17.2 N 19.35 3 Polaris 2.3 1 2 10.38 16.1962 88 27 21.96N 19.339 4 Achernar 1 1 31 44.88 2.2351 58 3 5.13 S 18.473 5 a Arietis 3 1 58 9.94 3.3457 22 42 11.81 N -r- 17.455 f 6 a Ceti 2.3 2 53 55.34 -r- 3.1257 3 27 30.09 N + 14.561 7 aPersei 2.3 3 12 55.97 4.2280 49 17 8.74N 13.371 8 AldebartM 1 4 26 44.77 3.4264 16 10 56.82 N 7.949 9 Capella 1 5 4 52.67 4.4066 45 49 42.81 N 4.793 10 Rig el 1 5 6 51.09 2.8783 8 23 29.29 S 4.620 11 tfTauri 2 5 16 10.96 4- 3.7820 28 27 58.20 N -r- 3.825 12 y Orionis 2 5 16 33.1 3.210 6 11 55.3 N + 3.82 13 a Columbao 2 5 33 51.52 21688 34 9 47.41 S 2.291 14 a Orionis 1 5 46 30.71 3.2430 7 22 17.14N + 1.191 15 Canopus 1 6 20 24.18 1.3278 52 36 38.42 S 1.778 16 Sirnu 1 6 38 5.76 + 2.6458 16 30 4.79 S -r- 4.449 17 Castor 3 7 24 23.06 3.8572 32 13 58.89N 7.206 18 Procyon 1.2 7 30 55.53 3.1448 5 37 48.92 N 8.720 19 PoZ/w* 2 ,7 35 31.07 3.6840 28 24 25.57 N 8.107 20 aHydrae 2 9 19 43.57 2.9500 7 58 4.83 S + 15.341 21 Regulus 1 9 59 50.93 -1- 3.2220 12 44 49.70 N 17.356 22 a Ursae Majoris 1.2 10 53 47.98 3.8077 62 36 48.93N 19.221 23 /JLeonis 2.3 11 40 53.69 3.0660 15 28 1.16N 19.985 24 Virginia 34 11 42 21.4 3.124 2 40 2 6 N 19.98 25 y Ursae Majoris 2 11 45 22.93 3.1914 54 35 4 67 N 20.014 26aCrucis 2 12 17 43.7 + 3.258 62 12 47. 9S -f 19.99 27 S/>fca 28 Centauri 1 2 13 16 46.36 13 57 18.0 3.1502 3.491 10 19 24.39 S 35 34 41.9 S 18.945 17.499 29 a Draconis 3.4 14 2.8 1.625 65 8 32.1 N 17.37 30 Arcturvs 1 14 8 21.96 2.7335 20 1 7.67 N 18.956 31 a 2 Centauri 1 14 28 47.84 -{- 4.0086 60 10 6.24 S -f 15. 152 32 a 2 Librae 3 14 42 2.44 3.3088 15 22 18.25S 15.256 33 /> Ursae Minoris 3 14 51 14.66 0.2787 74 48 34.18N 14.712 34 y a Ursae Minoris 3.4 15 21 1.3 0.179 72 24 14.1 N 12.81 35 a Coronae Borealis 2 15 27 54.87 + 2.5277 27 15 27.71 N 12.361 36 a Serpentis 2.3 15 36 2343 + 2.9386 6 56 2. SON 11.770 37 /JScorpii 2 15 56 8.68 3.4729 19 21 38.82 S -1- 10.330 i 38 Ant&res 1 16 19 36.49 3.6625 26 4 13.13S 8.519 J9 a Herculis 3.4 17 7 21.30 2.7317 14 34 41.43 N 4.576 40 uOphiuchi 2 17 27 30 56 2.7724 12 40 58.65 N 2.844 41 fi Ursae Minoris 3 18 23 56.48 19.2072 86 35 28.89 N + 2.161 42 Vega 1 18 31 31.19 + 2.0116 38 38 16.85 N 2.742 43 Altair 1 19 42 58.61 2.9255 8 27 0.21 N 8.701 44 a 2 Capricomi 3 20 9 10.34 3.3323 13 2 5.57 S 10.705 45 a Cygni 1 20 35 58.80 2.0416 44 42 41.38N + 12.614 46 a Aquarii 3 21 57 33.93 + 3.0835 1 5 38.00 S 17.256 47 Fomalhaut 1 22 48 47.67 3.3114 30 28 4.91 S 19.092 48 /?Pegasi 2 22 56 1.1 2.878 27 13 1.7 N -f 19.255 49 Markal 2 22 56 47.75 2.9771 14 20 46.92N 19295 50 a Andromedae 1 24 7.72 3.0704 28 12 27.06 N 20.056 i TABLE XCI. 103 Constants for the Aberration and Nutation in Right Ascension and Declination of the Stars in the preceding Catalogue \ Aberration. Nutation. M ! t N M' 6' N' * ' ' 8 ' 8 ' 1 8 28 47 0.1087 7 27 12,0.9657 6 8 24 0.0300 5 28 30 0.8381 2 8 13 39 0.1830 6 19 12 1.0740 6 19 53 0.0838 5 10 8 0.8496 3 8 13 51 1.6526 5 16 57 1.3052 8 16 7 1.3427 5 10 22 0.8493 4 8 5 20,0.3801 10 26 46 1.2798 4 10 12 0.0775 5 31 0.8629 5 7 28 26 0.1397 702 0.8972 6 11 1 0.0695 4 22 53 0.8765 6 7 14 11 0.1149 8 23 8 0.8678 6 1 26 0.0322 4 8 16 0.9078 7 7 9 30 0.3020 535 1.0630 6 18 13 0.1849 4 3 47 0.9179 8 6 21 43 0.1447 7 23 12 0.5760 6 3 27 0.0726 3 17 54 0.9502 9 6 12 51 0.2875 3 25 37 0.9112 6 5 46 0.1830 3 10 29 0.9605 10 6 12 20 0.1355 9 3 42 1.0300 5 28 47 1.9966 3 10 4 0.9608 11 6 10 13 0.1873 4 19 21 0.3917 6 2 52 0.1008 3 8 19 0.9626 12 6 10 6 0.1340 8 26 4 0.7851 6 40 0.0441 3 8 14 0.9626 13 665 0.2145 9 4 24 1.2348 5 26 18 1.8750 3 4 57 0.9648 14 6 3 13 0.1361 8 28 23 0.7521 6 15 0.0481 3 2 37 0.9657 15 5 25 22 0.3491 8 25 53 1.2960 6 8 46 1.6679 2 26 15 0.9657 16 5 21 21 0.1501 8 25 51 1.1152 6 1 51 1.9658 2 22 58 0.9636 17 5 10 40 0.2010 1 2 17 0.6620 5 24 2 0.1257 2 14 6 0.9535 18 596 0.1297 9 6 54 0.8071 5 28 47 0.0414 2 12 47 0.9513 19 582 0.1829 14 32 0.6052 5 24 2 0.1114 2 11 53 0.9499 20 4 12 39 0.1158 8 17 31 0.9967 6 3 41 0.0081 1 18 37 0.9007 21 4 2 22 0.1162 10 3 47 0.8457 5 23 47 0.0480 1 7 59 0.8782 22 3 18 7 0.4366 3 28 1.2394 4 18 58 0.2407 21 57 0.8520 23 3 5 21 0.1117 10 6 20 0.9621 5 20 56 0.0344 6 35 0.8393 24 3 4 57 0.0958 9 6 51 0.9075 5 28 25 0.0253 065 0.8390 25 348 0.3229 11 17 28 1.2298 4 21 46 0.1465 055 0.8383 26 2 25 19 0.4261 685 1.2585 7 16 2 0.2089 11 24 14 0.8390 27 2 9 22 0.1066 8 3 31 0.8862 6 5 51 0.0154 11 56 0.8559 28 1 28 40 0.1942 6 7 12 1.0176 6 17 31 0.1062 10 23 8 i 0.8760 29 1 27 53 0.4824 10 23 28 1.2995 3 25 50 0.1090 '10 22 16 0.8777 30 1 25 46 0.1336 9 28 18 1.0974 5 18 49 1.99371 10 20 1 0.8822 31 1 20 32 0.4123 5 7 54 1.1820 6 29 6 0.2460 il 10 14 36 0.8937 32 I 17 26 0.1273 7 18 24 0.6923 6 6 29 0.0593J 10 11 28 ! 0.9006 33 i 14 42 0.6961 10 15 5 1.3087 2 26 45 0. 2235 j 10 8 47 0.9066 34 1 7 20 0.6386 10 7 33 1.3087 2 27 7 0.0960 10 1 45 ' 0.9225 35 1 5 45 0.1704 9 22 28 1.1785 5 17 18 1.9510 10 18 0.9257 36 1 3 43 0.1237 9 8 22 0.9994 5 27 30 0.0058 9 28 26 0.9298 37 28 58 0.1485 744 0.6237 6 5 20 0.0795 9 24 12)0.9386 38 23 24 0.1728 5 27 59 0.5816 6 5 49 0.1029 9 j9 21 0.9478 39 12 13 0.1451 9 5 25 1.0962 5 27 45 1.9742 9 9 58 0.9610 40 7 34 0.1427 934 1.0786 5 28 48 1.9803 969 0.9642 41 11 23 47 1.3571 8 22 49 1.2821 11 19 31 0-8257 8 24 57 0.9650 42 11 22 50 0.2393 8 24 29 1.2545 6 5 31 1.8436 i 8 24 10 0.9644 43 11 6 15 0.1309 8 22 59 1.0237 2 16 1.9988 8 10 21 0.9472 44 11 2 0.1341 9 29 33 0.6961 5 26 12 0061)9 8 4 55 0.9368 45 10 23 29 0.2668 8 39 1.2634 6 28 32 1.9042 7 29 0.9242 46 10 2 57 0.1057 9 2 31 0.8988 5 29 S6 0.0264 7 8 37 0.8794 47 9 19 26 0.1638 11 7 34 1.0271 5 13 8 0.0765 6 23 30 '0.8540 48 9 17 29 0.1491 7 17 1.1171 6 17 2 0.0162 6 21 13! 0.8511 49 9 17 17 0.1120 825 1.0138 6 8 23 0.0157 6 20 58 0.8508 50 906 0.1495 7 6 42 1.0785 6 17 20 0.0444 6 8 1 0.8380 104 TABLE XCII. Mean Longitudes and Latitudes of some of the principal Fixed Stars for the beginning of 1 840, with their Annual Variations. Stars' Name. Mag Longitude. Annual Var. Latitude. Annual Var. a Arietis 3 g ' " 1 5 25 27.6 50.277 ' " 9 57 40.9 N + 0.161 Aldebaran 1 2 7 33 5.9 50.210 5 28 38.0 s 0.335 Capella 1 2 19 37 17.8 50.302 22 51 44.4 N 0.052 Polaris 2.3 2 26 19 20.1 47.959 66 4 59. 5 N + 0.552 Sirius 1 3 11 52 32.9 49.488 39 34 4.3 S + 0.319 Canopus 1 3 12 44 59.6 49.366 75 50 57.6 S + 0.459 Pollux 2 3 21 22.0 49.502 6 40 20.2 N + 0.255 Regulus 1 4 27 36 13.2 49.946 27 38. 3 N + 0.220 Spica 1 6 21 36 29.2 50.085 2 2 29.7 S + 0.171 Arcturus 1 6 22 4.7 50.711 30 51 17.5 N + 0.214 Antares 1 8 7 31 45.2 50.120 4 32 51. 6 S 4 0.424 Altair 1.2 9 29 31 5.9 50.795 29 18 37.3 N 4- 0.080 Fomalhaut 1 11 1 36 22.0 50.595 21 6 49. 7 S + 0.213 Achernar 1 11 13 2 5.3 50.346 17 6 17.3 S 0.083 a Pegasi 2 11 21 15 24.7 50.112 19 24 40.9 N + 0.098 TABLE added to TABLE XC. Mean Right Ascensions and Declinations of Polaris and <* Ursae Minoris for 1S30, 1840, 1850, and 1860. Stars. Years Right Asc. Ann. Var. Declination. Ann. Var. O ' ' // / " 1830 59 30.76 + 15.478 88 24 8.82 + 19.371 Polaris 1840 1850 1 2 10.32 1 5 0.29 16.470 17.567 88 27 22.43 88 30 35.40 19.309 19.240 1860 1 8 1.79 18.784 88 33 47.64 19.163 1830 18 27 5.13 19.167 86 35 5.70 + 2.363 i Ursae Minoris 1840 18 23 53.03 19.241 86 35 27.93 2.085 1850 18 20 40.21 19.305 86 35 47.36 1.805 1860 18 17 26.77 19.360 86 36 3 97 1.523 TABLE XCIII. Second Differences. 105 Hours & Minutes. 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' ir h m h m ! 12 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 10 11 50 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.9 3.3 3.7 4.1 4.5 20 11 40 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.1 4.9 5.7 6.5 7.3 81 8.9 30 11 30 1.2 2.4 3.6 4.8 6.0 7.2 8.4 9.6 10.8 12.0 13.2 40 11 20 1.6 3.1 4.7 6.3 7.9 9.4 11.0 12.6 14.2 15.7 17.3 50 11 10 1.9 3.9 5.8 7.8 9.7 11.6 13.6 15.5 17.4 19.4 21.4 1 11 2.3 4.6 6.9 9.2 11.5 13.8 16.0 18.3 20.6 22.9 25.2 1 10 10 50 2.6 5.3 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8 18.4 21.1 23.7 26.3 29.0 1 20 10 40 3.0 5.9 8.9 11.9 14.8 17.8 20.7 23.7 26.7 29.6 32.6 1 30 10 30 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.3 29.5 32.8 36.1 1 40 10 20 3.6 7.2 10.8 14.4 17.9 21.5 25.1 28.7 32.3 35.9 39.5 1 50 10 10 3.9 7.8 11.6 15.5 19.4 23.3 27.2 31.0 34.9 38.8 42.7 2 10 4.2 8.3 12.5 16.7 20.8 25.0 29.2 33.3 37.5 41.7 45.8 2 10 9 50 4.4 8.9 13.3 17.8 22.2 26.6 31.1 35.5 40.0 44.4 48.8 2 20 9 40 4.7 9.4 14.1 18.8 23.5 28.2 32.9 37.6 42.3 47.0 51.7 2 30 9 30 4.9 9.9 14.8 19.8 24.7 29.7 34.6 39.6 44.5 49.5 54.4 2 40 9 20 5.2 10.4 15.6 20.7 25.9 31.1 36.3 41.5 46.7 51.9 57.0 2 50 9 10 5.4 10.8 16.2 21.6 27.1 32.5 37.9 43.3 48.7 54.1 59.5 3 9 5.6 11.3 16.9 22.5 28.1 33.8 39.4 45.0 50.6 56.3 61.9 3 10 8 50 5.8 11.7 17.5 23.3 29.1 35.0 40.8 46.6 52.4 58.3 64.1 3 20 8 40 6.0 12.0 18.1 24.1 30.1 36.1 42.1 48.1 54.2 60.2 66.2 3 30 8 30 6.2 12.4 18.6 24.8 31.0 37.2 43.4 49.6 55.8 62.0 68.2 3 40 8 20 6.4 12.7 19.1 25.5 31.8 38.2 44.6 50.9 57.3 63.7 70.0 3 50 8 10 6.5 13.0 19.6 26.1 32.6 39.1 45.7 52.2 58.7 65.2 71.7 4 8 6.7 13.3 20.0 26.7 33.3 40.0 46.7 53.3 60.0 66.7 73.3 4 10 7 50 6.8 13.6 20.4 27.2 34.0 40.8 47.6 54.4 61.2 68.0 74.8 4 20 7 40 6.9 13.8 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.5 48.4 55.4 62.3 69.2 76.1 4 30 7 30 7.0 14.1 21.1 28.1 35.2 42.2 49.2 56.2 63.3 70.3 77.3 4 40 7 20 7.1 14.3 21.4 28.5 35.6 42.8 49.9 57.0 64.2 71.3 78.4 4 50 7 10 7.2 14.4 21.6 28.9 36.1 43.3 50.5 57.7 64.9 72.2 79.4 5 7 7.3 14.6 21.9 29.2 36.5 43.8 51.0 58.3 65.6 72.9 80.2 5 10 6 50 7.4 14.7 22.1 29.4 36.8 44.1 51.5 58.8 66.2 73.6 80.9 5 20 6 40 7.4 14.8 22.2 29.6 37.0 44.4 51.9 59.3 66.7 74.1 81.5 5 30 6 30 7.4 14.9 22.3 29.8 37.2 44.7 52.1 59.6 67.0 74.5 81.9 5 40 6 20 7.5 15.0 22.4 29.9 37.4 44.9 52.3 59.8 67.3 74.8 82.2 5 50 6 10 7.5 15.0 22.5 30.0 37.5 45.0 52.5 60.0 67.4 74.9 82.4 6 6 7.5 15.0 22.5 30.0 37.5 45.0 52.5 60.0 67.5 75.0 82.5 N 106 TABLE XCIII. Second Differences. Hours & Mm. 10" 20" 30" 40" 50" 1" 2" 3" 4'' 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" h m h m " ' " 12 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 10 11 50 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 020 11 40 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 j 0.1 30 11 30 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 O.I 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 40 11 20 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.3 0.0 0. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 50 11 10 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 0.0 0. 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 1 11 0.4 0.8 1.1 1.5 1.9 0.0 0. 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 10 10 50 0.4 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.2 0.0 0. 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 20 10 40 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 0. 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4l 30 10 30 0.5 1.1 1.6 2.2 2.7 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 40 10 20 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 50 10 10 0.6 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 2 10 0.7 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.5 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 2 10 9 50 0.7 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.7 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 2 20 9 40 0.8 1.6 2.3 3.1 3.9 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7 2 30 9 30 0.8 1.6 2.5 3.3 4.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.7 2 40 9 20 0.9 1.7 2.6|3.5 4.3 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 2 50 9 10 0.9 1.8 2.7 ! 3.6 4.5 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 3 9 0.9 1.9 2.8 3.8 4.7 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 3 10 8 50 1.0 1.912.9 3.9 4.9 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 3 20 8 40 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 3 30 8 30 1.0 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.2 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 3 40 8 20 1.1 2.1 i3.2 4.2 5.3 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 | 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 3 50 8 10 1.1 2.2 3.3 4.3 5.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 4 8 1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4 5.6 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 4 10 7 50 1.1 2.3 3.4 4.5 5.7 0. 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 4 20 7 40 1.2 2.3 3.5 4.6 5.8 0. 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 4 30 7 30 1.2 2.313.5 4.7 5.9 0. 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 4 40 7 20 1.2 2.4 j 3.6 4.8 5.9 0. 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 4 50 7 10 1.2 2.4 3.6 4.8 6.0 0. 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 5 7 1.2 2.4 3.6 4.9 6.1 0. 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.1 5 10 6 50 1.2 2.5 3.7 4.9 6.1 0. 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.1 5 20 6 40 1.2 2.5 3.7 4.9 6.1 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.1 5 30 6 30 1.2 2.5 3.7 5.0 6.2 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 LO 1.1 5 40 6 20 1.2 2.5 3.7 5.0 6.2 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.1 5 50 6 10 1.2 2.5 3.7 5.0 6.2 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.1 6 6 1.3 2.6 3.8 5.0 6.3 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.1 TABLE XCIV. 107 Third Differences. Time after Time after noon or 10" 20" 30" 40" 50" 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' noon or midnight. midnight. Oh. Om. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12h. Om. 30 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 11 30 1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.5 11 1 30 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.1 10 30 2 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.4 1.9 2.3 10 2 30 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.4 9 30 3 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.4 1.9 2.3 9 3 30 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.9 1.3 1.7 2.2 8 30 4 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.1 1.5 1.9 8 4 30 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 7 30 5 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.6 oa 1.0 7 5 30 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 6 30 6 . J 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6 TABLE XCV. Fourth Differences. Time after noon or midnight. 10" 20" 30" 40" 50" 1- 2' 3' Time after noon or midnight. h. m. h. m. 0.0 0.0 0.0 00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12 30 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.6 11 30 1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.8 1.2 11 1 30 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 1.2 1.7 10 30 2 0.1 0.2 04 0.5 0.6 0.7 1.5 2.2 10 2 30 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.8 2.7 9 30 3 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.0 2.1 3.1 9 3 30 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.1 2.3 3.4 8 30 4 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 2.5 3.7 8 4 30 0.2 0.4 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 2.6 3.9 7 30 5 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.7 4.1 7 5 30 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.4 2.8 4.2 6 30 6 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.4 2.8 4.2 6 108 TABLE XCVI. Logistical Logarithms. f 1 2 3 180 4 5 6 7 8 9 " 60 ! 120 240 300 360 420 480 540 1.7782 1.4771 1.3010 1.1761 1.0792 1.0000 9331 8751 8239 1 3.5563 1.7710 1.4735 1.2986 1.1743 1.0777 9988 9320 8742 8231 2 3.2553 1.7639 1.4699 1.2962 L1725 1.0763 9976 9310 8733 8223 3 3.0792 1.7570 1.4664 1.2939 1.1707 1.0749 9964 9300 8724 8215 4 2.9542 1.7501 1.4629 1.2915 1.1689 1.0734 9952 9289 8715 8207 5 2.8573 1.7434 1.4594 1.2891 1.1671 1.0720 9940 9279 8706 8199 6 2.7782 1.7368 1.4559 1.2868 1.1654 1.0706 9928 9269 8697 8191 7 2.7112 1.7302 1.4525 1.2845 1.1636 1.0692 9916 9259 8688 8183 8 2.6532 1.7238 1.4491 1.2821 1.1619 1.0678 9905 9249 8679 8175 9 2.6021 1.7175 1.4457 1.2798 1.1601 1.0663 9893 9238 8670 8167 10 2.5563 1.7112 1.4424 12775 1.1584 1.0649 9881 9228 8661 8159 11 2.5149 1.7050 1.4390 1.2753 1.1566 1.0635 9869 9218 8652 8152 12 2.4771 1.6990 1.4357 1 2730 1.1549 1.0621 9858 9208 8643 8144 13 2.4424 1.6930 1.4325 1.2707 1.1532 1.0608 9846 9198 8635 8136 14 2.4102 1.6871 1.4292 1.2685 1.1515 1.0594 9834 9188 8626 8128 15 2.3802 1.6812 1.4260 1.2663 1.1498 1.0580 9823 9178 8617 8120 16 2.3522 1.6755 1.4228 1.2640 1.1481 1.0566 9811 9168 8608 8112 17 2.3259 1.6698 1.4196 1.2618 1.1464 1.0552 9800 9158 8599 8104 18 2.3010 1.6642 1.4165 1.2596 1.1447 1.0539 9788 9148 8591 8097 19 2.2775 1.6587 1.4133 1.2574 1.1430 1.0525 9777 9138 8582 8089 20 2.2553 1.6532 1.4102 1.2553 1.1413 1.0512 9765 9128 8573 8081 21 22341 1.6478 1.4071 1.2531 1.1397 1.0498 9754 9119 8565 8073 22 22139 1.6425 1.4040 1.2510 1.1380 1.0484 9742 9109 8556 8066 23 2.1946 1.6372 1.4010 1.2488 1.1363 1.0471 9731 9099 8547 8058 24 2.1761 1.6320 1.3979 1.2467 1.1347 1.0458 9720 9089 8539 8050 25 2.1584 1.6269 1.3949 1.2445 1.1331 1.0444 9708 9079 8530 8043 26 2.1413 1.6218 1.3919 1.2424 1.1314 1.0431 9697 9070 8522 8035 27 2.1249 1.6168 1.3890 1.2403 1.1298 1.0418 9686 9060 8513 8027 28 2.1091 1.6118 1.3860 1.2382 1.1282 1.0404 9675 9050 8504 8020 29 2.0939 1.6069 1.3831 1.2362 1.1266 1.0391 9664 9041 8496 8012 30 2.0792 1.6021 1.3802 1.2341 1.1249 1.0378 9652 9031 8487 8004 31 2.0649 1.5973 1.3773 1.2320 1.1233 1.0365 9641 9021 8479 7997 32 2.0512 1.5925 1.3745 1.2300 1.1217 1.0352 9630 9012 8470 7989 33 2.0378 1.5878 1.3716 1.2279 1.1201 1.0339 9619 9002 8462 7981 34 2.0248 1.5832 1.3688 1.2259 1.1186 1.0326 9608 8992 8453 7974 35 2.0122 1.5786 1.3660 1.2239 1.1170 1.0313 9597 8983 8445 7966 36 2.0000 1.5740 1.3632 1.2218 1.1154 1.0300 9586 8973 8437 7959 37 1.9881 1.5695 1.3604 1.2198 1.1138 1.0287 9575 8964 8428 7951 38 1.9765 1.5651 1.3576 1.2178 1.1123 1.0274 9564 8954 8420 7944 33 1.9652 1.5607 1.3549 1.2159 1.1107 1.0261 9553 8945 8411 7936 40 1.9542 1.5563 1.3522 1.2139 1.1091 1.0248 9542 8935 8403 7929 41 1.9435 1.5520 1.3495 1.2119 1.1076 1.0235 9532 8926 8395 '7921 42 1.9331 1.5477 1.3468 1.2099 1.1061 ! 1.0223 9521 8917 8386 7914 43 1.9228 1.5435 1.3441 1.2080 1.1045 1.0210 9510 8907 8378 7906 44 1.9128 1.5393 1.3415 1.2061 1.1030 1.0197 9499 8898 8370 7899 45 1.9031 1.5351 1.3388 1.2041 1.1015 1.0185 9488 8888 8361 7891 46 1.8935 1.5310 1.3362 1.2022 1.0999 1.0172 9478 8879 8353 7884 47 1.8842 1.5269 1.3336 1.2003 1.0984 1.0160 9467 8870 8345 7877 48 1.8751 1.5229 1.3310 1.1984 1.0969 1.0147 9456 8861 8337 7869 49 1.8661 1.5189 1.3284 1.1965 1.0954 1.0135 9446 8851 8328 7862 50 1.8573 1.5149 1.3259 1.1946 1.0939 1.0122 9435 8842 8320 7855 51 1.8487 1.5110] 1.3233 1.1927 1.0924 1.0110 9425 8833 8312 7847 52 1.8403 1.5071 1.3208 1.1908 1.0909 1.0098 9414 8824 8304 7840 53 1.8320 1.5032 1.3183 1.1889 1.0894 1.0085 9404 8814 8296 7832 54 1.8239 ! 1.4994 1.3158 1.1871 1.0880 1.0073' 9393 8805 8288 7825 55 1. 81 59 j 1.4956 1.3133 1.1852 1.0865 1.0061 9383 8796 8279 7818 56 1.8081 1.4918 1.3108 1.1834 1.0850 1.0049 9372 8787 8271 7811 67 1.8004 1.4881 1.3083 1.1816 1.0835 1.0036 9362 8778 8263 7803 58 1.7929 1.4844 1.3059 1.1797 1.0821 1.0024 9351 8769 8255 7796 59 1 7855 '1.4808 1.3034 1.1779 1.0806 1.0012 9341 8760 8247 7789 6fl 1. 7782 ! 1.4771 1.301C I 1761 1.0792 1.0000 9331 8751 8239 7782 TABLE XCVI. Logistical Logarithms. 109 ' 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 " 600 t,60 720 780 840 900 960 1020 1080 1140 1200 1260 7782 7368 6990 6642 6320 6021 5740 5477 5229 4994 4771 4559 1 7774 7361 6984 6637 6315 6016 5736 5473 5225 4990 4768 4556 2 7767 7354 6978 6631 6310 6011 5731 5469 5221 4986 4764 4552 3 7760 7348 6972 6625 6305 6006 5727 5464 5217 4983 4760 4549 4 7753 7341 6966 6620 6300 6001 5722 5460 5213 4979 4757 4546 5 7745 7335 6960 6614 6294 5997 5718 5456 5209 4975 4753 4542 6 7738 7328 6954 6609 6289 5992 5713 5452 5205 4971 4750 4539 7 7731 7322 6948 6603 6284 5987 5709 5447 5201 4967 4746 4535 8 7724 731 5 i 6942 6598 6279 5982 5704 5443 5197 4964 4742 4532 9 7717 7309 6936 6592 6274 5977 5700 5439 5193 4960 4739 4528 10 7710 7002 6930 6587 6269 I 5973 5695 5435 5189 4956 4735 4525 11 7703 /296 6924 6581 6264 5968 5691 5430 5185 4952 4732 4522 12 7696 7289 6918 6576 6259 5963 5686 5426 5181 4949 4728 4513 13 7688 7283 6912 6570 6254 5958 5682 5422 5177 4945 4724 4515 14 768i J7276 6906 6565 6248 5954 5677 5418 5173 4941 4721 4511 15 767't 7270 6900 6559 6243 5949 5673 5414 5169 4937 4717 4508 16 7667 '.''264 6894 6554 6238 5944 5669 5409 5165 4933 4714 4505 17 7660 7257 6888 6548 6233 5939 5664 5405 5161 4930 4710 4501 18 7653 7251 6882 6543 6228 5935 5660 5401 5157 4926 4707 4498 19 7646 7244 6877 6538 b'223 5930 5655 5397 5153 4922 4703 4494 20 7639 7238 6871 6532 6218 5925 5651 5393 5149 4918 4699 4491 21 7632 7232 6865 6527 6213 5920 5646 5389 5145 4915 4696 4488 22 7625 7225 6859 6521 6208 5916 5642 5384 5141 4911 4692 4484 23 7618 7219 6853 6516 6203 5911 5637 5380 5137 4907 4689 4481 24|7611 7212 6847 6510 6198 5906 5633 5376 5133 4903 4685 4477 25 7604 7206 6841 6505 6193 5902 5629 5372 5129 4900 4682 4474 26 7597 7200 6836 6500 6188 5897 5624 5368 5125 4896 4678 4471 27 ! 7590 7193 6830 6494 6183 5892 5620 5364 5122 4892 4675 4467 28 ! 7383 7187 6824 6489 6178 5888 5615 5359 5118 4889 4671 4464 29 7577 7181 6818 6484 6173 5883 5611 5355 511414885 4668 4460 30 7570 7175 6812 6478 6168 5878 5607 5351 5110 4881 4664 4457 31 7563 7168 6807 6473 6163 5874 5602 5347 5106 4877 4660 4454 32 7556 7162 6801 6467 6158 5869 5598 5343 5102 4874 4657 4450 33 7549 7156 6795 6462 6153 5864 5594 5339 5098 4870 4653 4447 34 7542 7149 6789 6457 6148 5860 5589 5335 5094 4866 4650 4444 35 7535 7143 6784 6451 6143 5855 5585 5331 5090 4863 4646 4440 36 7528 7137 6778 6446 6138 5850 5580 5326 5086 4859 4643 4437 37 7522 7131 6772 6441 6133 5846 5576 5322 5082 4855 4639 4434 38 7515 7124 6766 6435 6128 5841 5572 5318 5079 4852 4636 4430 39 7508 7118 6761 6430 6123 5836 5567 5314 5075 ' 4848 4632 4427 40 7501 7112 6755 6425 6118 5832 5563 5310 5071 4844 4629 4424 41 ! 7494 7106 6749 6420 6113 5827 5559 5306 5067 4841 4625 4420 42 ! 7488 7100 6743 6414 6108 5823 5554 5302 5063 4837 4622 4417 43 7481 7093 6738 6409 6103 5818 5550 5298 5059 4833 4618 4414 44 7474 7087 6732 6404 6099 5813 5546 5294 5055 4830 4615 4410 45 7467 7081 6726 6398 6094 5809 5541 5290 5051 4826 4611 4407 46 7461 7075 6721 6393 6089 5804 5537 '5285 5048 4822 4608 4404 47 7454 7069 6715 6388 6084 5800 5533 5281 5044 4819 1 4604 4400 48 7447 7063 6709 6383 6079 5795 5528 5277 5040 4815 4601 4397 49 7441 7057 6704 6377 6074 5790 5524 5273 5036)4811 4597 4394 50 7434 7050 6698 6372 6069 5786 5520 5269 5032 4808 4594 4390 51 7427 7044 6692 6367 6064 5781 5516 5265 5028 4804 4590 4387 52 7421 7038 6687 6362 6059 5777 5511 5261 5025 : 4800 4587 4384 53 7414 7032 6681 6357 6055 5772 5507 5257 5021 4797 4584 4380 54 7407 7026 6676 6351 6050 ! 5768 5503 5253 5017 4793 4580 4377 55 7401 7020 6670 6346 6045 I 5763 5498 5249 5013 4789 '4577 4374 56 7394 7014 6664 6341 6040 5758 5494 5245 5009 4786 , 4573 4370 57 7387 7008 6659 6336 6035 5754 5490 5241 5005 47S2 4570 4367 58 59 7:381 7374 7002 6996 6653 6648 6331 6325 6030 j 5749 6025 1 5745 5486 5481 5237 5233 5002 4998 4778 4775 4506 4563 4364 4361 60 7368 6990 b42 6320 6021 1 5740 5477 5229 4994 4771 '4559 4357 no TABLE XCVI. Logistical Logarithms. 22 23 24 25 2(3 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 ^ ' f 1320,1380 1440 1500 1560 1630 1680 1740 1800 1860 1920 1J80 4357 i 4164 3979 3802 3632 3468 3310 3158 3010 2868 2730 2596 1 4354 4161 3976 3799 3629 3465 3307 3155 30Q8 2866 2728 2594 2 4351 4158 3973 3796 3626 3463 3305 3153 3005 2863 2725 2592 3 4347 4155 3970 3793 3623 3460 3302 3150 3003 2861 2723 2590 4 4344 4152 3967 3791 3621 3457 3300 3148 3001 2859 2721 2588 5 4341 I 4149 3964 3788 3618 3454 3297 3145 2998 2856 2719 2585 6 4338 1 4145 3961 3785 3615 3452 3294 3143 2996 2854 2716 2583 7 4334 4142 3958 3782 3612 3449 3292 3140 2993 2852 2714 2581 8 4331 4139 3955 3779 3610 3446 3289 3138 2991 28-' 9 2712 2579 9 4328 4136 3952 3776 3607 3444 3287 3135 2989 284/ 1 2710 2577 10 4325 4133 3949 3773 3604 3441 3284 3133 2986 2845 3707 2574 11 4321 4130 3946 3770 1 3601 3438 3282 3130 2984 2842 2705 2572 12 4318 4127 3943 3768 3598 3436 3279 3128 2981 2840 2703 2570 13 4315 4124 3940 3765 3596 3433 3276 3125 2979 2838 2701 2568 14 4311 4120 3937 3762 3593 3431 3274 3123 2977 2835 2698 2566 15 4308 4117 3934 3759 3590 3428 3271 3120 2974 2833 2696 2564 16 4305 4114 3931 3756 3587 3425 3269 3118 2972 2831 2694 2561 17 4302 4111 3928 3753 3585 3423 3266 3115 2969 2828 2692 2559 18 4298 4108 3925 3750 3582 3420 3264 3113 2967 2826 2689 2557 19 4295 4105 3922 3747 3579 3417 3261 3110 2965 2824 2687 2555 20 4292 4102 3919 3745 3576 341 3259 3108 2962 2821 2685 2553' 21 4289 4099 3917 3742 3574 3412 3256 3105 2960 2819 2683 2551 22 4285 4096 3914 3739 3571 3409 3253 3103 2958 2817 2681 2548 23 4282 4092 3911 3736 3568 3407 3251 3101 2955 2815 2678 2546 24 4279 4089 3908 3733 3565 3404 3248 3098 2953 2812 2676 2544 25 4276 4086 3905 3730 3563 3401 3246 3096 2950 2810 2674 2542 26 4273 4083 3902 3727 3560 3399 3243 3093 2948 2808 2672 2540 27 4269 4080 3899 3725 3557 3396 3241 3091 2946 2805 2669 2538 28 4266 4077 3896 3722 3555 3393 3238 3088 2943 2803 2667 2535 29 4263 4074 3893 3719 3552 3391 3236 3086 2941 2801 2665 2533 30 4260 4071 3890 3716 3549 3388 3233 30S3 2939 2798 2663 2531 31 4256 4068 3887 3713 3546 3386 3231 3081 2936 2796 2660 2529 32 4253 4065 3884 3710 3544 3383 3228 3078 2934 2794 2658 2527 33 4250 4062 3881 3708 3541 3380 3225 3076 2931 2792 2656 2525 34 4247 4059 3878 3705 3538 3378 3223 3073 2929 2789 2654 2522 35 4244 4055 3875 3702 3535 3375 3220 3071 2927 2787 2652 2520 36 4240 4052 3872 3699 3533 3372 3218 3069 2924 2785 2649 2518 37 4237 4049 3869 3696 3530 3370 3215 3066 2922 2782 2647 2516 38 4234 4046 3866 3693 3527 3367 3213 3064 2920 2780 2645 2514 39 4231 4043 3863 3691 3525 3365 3210 3061 2917 2778 2643 2512 40 4228 4040 3860 3688 3522 3362 3208 3059 2915 2775 2640 2510 41 4224 4037 3857 3685 3519 3359 3205 3056 2912 2773 2638 2507 42 4221 4034 3855 3682 3516 3357 3203 3054 2910 2771 2636 2505 43 4218 4031 3852 3679 3514 3354 3200 3052 2908 2769 2634 2503 44 4215 4028 3849 3677 3511 3351 3198 3049 2905 2766 2632 2501 45 4212 4025 3846 3674 3508 3349 3195 3047 2903 2764 2629 2499 46 4209 4022 3843 3671 3506 3346 3193 3044 2901 2762 2627 2497 47 4205 4019 3840 3668 3503 3344 3190 3042 2898 2760 2625 2494 48 4202 4016 3837 3665 3500 3341 3188 3039 2896 2757 2623 2492 49 4199 4013 3834 3663 3497 3338 3185 3037 2894 2755 2621 2490 50 4196 4010 3831 3660 3495 3336 3183 3034 2891 2753 2618 2488 51 4193 4007 3828 3657 3492 3333 3180 3032 2889 2750 2616 2486 52 4189 4004 3825 3654 3489 3331 3178 3030 2887 2748 2614 2484 53 4186 4001 3822 3651 3487 3328 3175 3027 2884 2746 2612 2482 54 4183 3998 3820 3649 3484 3325 3173 3025 2882 2744 2610 2480 55 4180 3995 3817 3646 3481 3323 3170 3022 2880 2741 2607 2477 56 4177 3991 3814 36*3 3479 3320 3168 3020 2877 2739 2605 2475 57 4174 3988 3811 3640 3476 3318 3165 3018 2875 2737 2603 2473 58 4171 3985 3808 3637 3473 3315 3163 3015 2873 2735 2601 2471 59 4167 3982 3805 3635 3471 3313 3160 3013 2870 2732 2599 2469 60 4164 3979 3802 3632 3468 3310 3158 3010 2868 2730 2596 2467 TABLE XCVI. Logistical Logarithms. Ill ' 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 2040 2100 2160 2220 2280 2340 2400 2460 2520 2580 2640 2700 2467 2341 2218 2099 1984 1871 1761 1654 1549 1447 1347 1249 1 2465 2339 2216 2098 1982 1869 1759 1652 1547 1445 1345 1248 2 2462 2337 2214 2096 1980 1867 1757 1650 1546 1443 1344 1246 3 2460 2335 2212 2094 1978 1865 1755 1648 1544 1442 1342 1245 4 2458 2333 2210 2092 1976 1863 1754 1647 1542 1440 1340 1243 5 2456 2331 2208 2090 1974 1862 17*2 1645 1540 1438 1339 1241 6 2454 2328 2206 2088 1972 1860 1750 1643 1539 1437 1337 1240 7 2452 2326 2204 2086 1970 1858 1748 1641 1537 1435 1335 1238 8 2450 2324 2202 2084 1968 1856 1746 1640 1535 1433 1334 1237 9 2448 2322 2200 2082 1967 1854 1745 1638 1534 1432 1332 1235 10 2445 2320 2198 2080 1965 1852 1743 1636 1532 1430 1331 1233 11 2443 2318 2196 2078 1963 1850 1741 1634 1530 1428 1329 1232 12 2441 2316 2194 2076 1961 1849 1739 1633 1528 1427 1327 1230 13 2439 2314 2192 2074 1959 1847 1737 1631 1527 1425 1326 1229 14 2437 2312 2190 2072 1957 1845 1736 1629 1525 1423 1324 1227 15 2435 2310 2188 2070 1955 1843 1734 1627 1523 1422 1322 1225 16 2433 2308 2186 2068 1953 1841 1732 1626 1522 1420 1321 1224 17 2431 2306 2184 2066 1951 1839 1730 1624 1520 1418 1319 1222 18 2429 2304 2182 2064 1950 1838 1728 1622 1518 1417 1317 1221 19 2426 2302 2180 2062 1948 1836 1727 1620 1516 1415 1316 1219 20 2424 2300 2178 2061 1946 1834 1725 1619 1515 1413 1314 1217 21 2422 2298 2176 2059 1944 1832 1723 1617 1513 1412 1313 1216 22 2420 2296 2174 2057 1942 1830 1721 1615 1511 1410 1311 1214 23 2418 2294 2172 2055 1940 1828 1719 1613 1510 1408 1309 1213 24 2416 2291 2170 2053 1938 1827 1718 1612 1508 1407 1308 1211 25 2414 2289 2169 2051 1936 1825 1716 1610 1506 1405 1306 1209 26 2412 2287 2167 2049 1934 1823 1714 1608 1504 1403 1304 1208 27 2410 2285* 2165 2047 1933 1821 1712 1606 1503 1402 1303 1206 28 2408 2283 2163 2045 1931 1819 1711 1605 1501 1400 1301 1205 29 2405 2281 2161 2043 1929 1817 1709 1603 1499 1398 1300 1203 30 2403 2279 2159 2041 1927 1816 1707 1601 1498 1397 1298 1201 31 2401 2277 2157 2039 1925 1814 1705 1599 1496 1395 1296 1200 32 2399 2275 2155 2037 1923 1812 1703 1598 1494 1393 1295 1198 33 2397 2273 2153 2035 1921 1810 1702 1596 1493 1392 1293 1197 34 2395 2271 2151 2033 1919 1808 1700 1594 1491 1390 1291 1195 35 2393 2269 2149 2032 1918 1806 1698 1592 1489 1388 1290 1193 36 2391 2267 2147 2030 1916 1805 1696 1591 1487 1387 1288 1192 37 2389 2265 2145 2028 1914 1803 1694 1589 1486 1385 1287 1190 38 2387 2263 2143 2026 1912 1801 1693 1587 1484 1383 1285 1189 39 2384 2261 2141 2024 1910 1799 1691 1585 1482 1382 1283 1187 40 2382 2259 2139 2022 1908 1797 1C89 1584 1481 1380 1282 1186 41 2380 2257 2137 2020 1906 1795 1687 1582 1479 1378 1280 1184 42 2378 2255 2135 2018 1904 1794 1686 1580 1477 1377 1278 1182 43 2376 2253 2133 2016 1903 1792 1684 1578 1476 1375 1277 1181 44 2374 2251 2131 2014 1901 1790 1682 1577 1474 1373 1275 1179 45 2372 2249 2129 2012 1899 1788 1680 1575 1472 1372 1274 1178 46 2370 2247 2127 2010 1897 1786 1678 1573 1470 1370 1272 1176 47 2368 2245 2125 2009 1895 1785 1677 1571 1469 1368 1270 1174 48 2366 2243 2123 2007 1893 1783 1675 1570 1467 1367 1269 1173 49 2364 2241 2121 2005 1891 1781 1673 1568 1465 1365 1267! 11 71 50 2362 2239 2119 2003 1889 1779 1671 1566 1464 1363 1266 1170 51 2359 2237 2117 2001 1888 1777 1670 1565 1462 1362 1264 1168 52 2357 2235 2115 1999 1886 1775 1668 1563 1460 1360 1262 ! 1167 53 2355 2233 2113 1997 1884 1774 1666 1561 1459 1359 1261 1165 54 2353 2231 2111 1995 1882 1772 1664 1559 1457 I 1357 1259 I 1163 55 2351 2229 2109 1993 1880 1770 1663 1558 1455 1355 1257 1162 56 2349 | 2227 2107 1991 1878 1768 1661 1556 1454 1354 1256 1160 57 2347 2225 2105 1989 1876 1766 1659 1554 1452 1352 1254 1159 58 2-345 2223 2103 1987 1875 1765 1657 1552 1450 1350 1253 1157 59 2343 2220 2101 1986 1873 1763 1655 1551 1449 1349 1251 1156 60 2341 2218 2099 1984 1871 1761 1654 1549 1447 1347 1249 1154 112 TABLE XCVI. Logistical Logarithms. r 1 46 47 48 49 50 51 | 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 " 2760 2820 2880 2940 3000 3060 3120 3180 3240 3300 3360 3420 3480 3540 ~0 1154 1061 "0969 "0880 "0792" i 0706 0621 0539 0458 0378 0300 0223 0147 0073 1 1152 1059 0968 0878 0790 i 0704 0620 0537 0456 0377 0298 0221 0145 0072 2 1151 1057 0966 OS77 0789 0703 0619 0536 0455 0375 0297 0220 0145 0071 3 1149 1056 0965 0875 0787 0702 0617 0535 0454 0374 0296 0219 0143 0069 4 1148 1054 0963 0874 0786 0700 0616 0533 0452 0373 0294 0218 0142 0068 5 1146 1053 0962 0872 0785 0699 0615 0532 0451 0371 0293 0216 0141 0067 6 1145 1051 0960 0871 0783 0697 0613 0531 0450 0370 0292 0215 0140 0066 7 1143 1050 0859 0869 0782 0696 0612 0529 0448 0369 0291 0214 0139 0064 i 8 1141 1048 0957 0868 0780 0694 0610 0528 0447 0367 0289 0213 0137 0063 9 1140 1047 0956 0866 0779 0693 0609 0526 0446 0366 0288 0211 0136 0062 10 1138 1045 0954 0865 0777 0692 0608 0525 0444 0365 0287 0210 0135 0061 11 1137 1044 0953 0863 0776 0690 0606 0524 0443 0363 0285 0209 0134 0060 12 1135 1042 0951 0862 0774 0689 0605 0522 0442 0362 0284 0208 0132 0058 13 1134 1041 0950 0860 0773 0687 0603 0521 0440 0361 0283 0206 0131 0057 14 1132 1039 0948 0859 0772 0686 0602 0520 0439 0359 0282 0205 0130 0056 15 1130 1037 0947 0857 0770 0685 0601 0518 0438 0358 0280 0204 0129 0055 16 1129 1036 0945 0856 0769 0683 0599 0517 0436 0357 0279 0202 0127 0053 17 1127 1034 0944 0855 0767 0682 0598 0516 0435 0356 0278 0201 0126 0052 |18 1126 1033 0942 0853 0766 0680 0596 0514 0434 0354 0276 0200 0125 0051 19 1124 1031 0941 0852 0764 0679 0595 0513 0432 0353 0275 0199 0124 0050 20 1123 1030 0939 0850 0763 0678 0594 0512 0431 0352 0274 0197 0122 0049 21 1121 1028 0938 0849 0762 0676 0592 0510 0430 0350 0273 0196 0121 0047 22 1119 1027 0936 0847 0760 0675 0591 0509 0428 0349 0271 0195 0120 0046 23 1118 1025 0935 0846 0759 0673 0590 0507 0427 0348 0270 0194 0119 0045 24 1116 1024 0933 0844 0757 0672 0588 0506 0426 0346 0269 0192 0117 0044 25 1115 1022 0932 0843 0756 0670 0587 0505 0424 0345 0267 0191 0116 0042 26 1113 1021 0930 0841 0754 0669 0585 0503 0423 0344 0266 0190 0115 0041 27 1112 1019 0929 0840 0753 0668 0584 0502 0422 0342 0265 0189 0114 0040 28 1110 1018 0927 0838 0751 0666 0583 0501 0420 0341 0264 0187 0112 0039 29 1109 1016 0926 0837 0750 0665 0581 0499 0419 0340 0262 0186 0111 0038 30 1107 1015 0924 0835 0749 0663 0580 0498 0418 0339 0261 0185 0110)0036 31 1105 1013 0923 0834 0747 0662 0579 0497 0416 0337 0260 0184 0109 0035 32 1104 1012 0921 0833 0746 0661 0577 0495 0415 0336 0258 0182 0107 0034 33 1102 1010 0920 0831 0744 0659 0576 0494 0414 0335 0257 0181 0106 0033 | 34 1101 1008 0918 0830 0743 0658 0574 0493 0412 0333 0256 0180 0105 0031 35 1099 1007 0917 0828 i 0741 0656 0573 0491 0411 0332 0255 0179 0104 0030 36 1098 1005 0915 0827 0740 0655 0572 0490 0410 0331 0253 0177 0103 0029 37 1096 1004 0914 0825 0739 0654 0570 0489 0408 0329 0252 0176 0101 0028 38 1095 1002 0912 0824 ; 0737 0652 0569 0487 0407 032S 0251 0175 0100 0027 39 1093 1001 0911 0822 0736 0651 0568 0486 0406 0327 0250 0174 0099 0025 40 1091 0999 0909 0821 0734 0649 0566 0484 0404 0326 0248 0172 0098 0024 41 1090 0998 0908 0819 0733 0648 0565 0483 0403 0324 0247 0171 0096 0023 42 1088 0996 0906 0818,0731 0647 i 0563 0482 0402 0323 0246 0170 0095 0022 43 1087 0995 0905 0816! 0730 0645 ! 0562 0480 0400 0322 0244 0169 0094 0021 44 1085 0993 0903 0815 0729 0644 0561 0479 0399 0320 0243 0167 0093 0019 45 1084 0992 0902 0814 0727 0642 0559 0478 0398 0319 0242 0166 009110018 46 1082 0990 0900 6812 0726 0641 0558 0476 0396 0318 0241 0165 0090 0017 47 1081 0989 0899 0811 0724 0640 0557 0475 0395 0316 0239 0163 0089 0016 48 1079 0987 0897 0809 0723 0638 | 0555 0474 0394 0315 0238 0162 OQ88 0015 49 1078 0986 0896 0808 0721 0637 0554 0472 - 0392 0314 0237 0161 0087 0013 60 1076 0984 0894 0806 0720 0635 0552 0471 0391 031310235 0160 0085 0012 51 1074 0983 0893 0805 0719 0634 0551 0470 0390 0311 0234 0158 0084 0011 52 1073 0981 0891 0803 0717 0633 0550 0468 0388 0310 0233 0157 0083 0010 53 1071 0980 0890 0802 0716 0631 0548 0467 0387 0309 0232 0156 0082 0008 54 1070 0978 0888 0801 ! 0714 0630 0547 0466 0386 0307 0230 0155 0080(0007 55 1068 0977 , 0887 0799 | 0713 0628 0546 0464 0384 0306 j 0229 j 0153 0079 0006 66 1067 0975 0885 0798 0711 3627 0544 0463 0383 : 0305 i 09C8 0152 0078 0005 fi7 1065 0974 0884 0796 0710 0626 0543 0462 0382 0304- 0227 0151 0077 0004 98 1064 0972 0883 0795 0709 0624 ! 0541 1 0460 0381 0302 ! 0225 0150 0075 0002 r>9 1062 0971 0881 0793 0707 0623 0540 0459 0379 0301 0224 0148 0074 0001 no 1061 0969 0880 0792 0706 0621 i0539 0458 0378 0300 0223 0147 0073 0000 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY, BERKELEY THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW Books not returned on time are subject to a fine of 50c per volume after the third day overdue, increasing to $1.00 per volume after the sixth day. Books not in demand may be renewed if application is made before expiration of loan period. 1 JUN 4 1926 JUL 26 192? KP I i8 \a j t 8 8 W32 c^ \0 ^v 1 AUQ 8 25w-7,'25